Section 8 - Body & Accessories

Body and Accessories Table of Contents 8-1
Section 8
Body and Accessories
Data Link Communications . . . . . Interior Lights Dimming Schematic

Schematic and Routing Diagrams (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43
Data Link Communications Schematic Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45
Data Link Communications Schematic Component Locator.. . . . 8-46
Icons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Lighting Systems Compo
Data Link Connector (DLC) (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46
Schematics (Commercial) . . . . 8-6 Lighting Systems Components
Data Link Connector (DLC) (Motorhome) 8-49
Schematics (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Lighting Systems Component Views
Component Locator ......................... 8-8 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
Data Link Communic Lighting Systems Component Views
Components (Commercial) . 8-8 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59
Data Link Communications Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64
Components (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Lighting Systems Connector End
Data Link Communications Views (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64
Component Views (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Lighting Systems Connector End
Data Link Communications Views (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68
Component Views (Motorhome) . . . . . 8-13 Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . . 8-73
Visual Identification . . . .. 8-15 Courtesy or Dome Lamps Always On . . . . . . . . 8-73
Data Link Communications Connector Courtesy or Dome Lamps Always On
End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 (Motorhome Export Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73
Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . . 8-16 Courtesy or Dome Lamps Inoperative . . . . . . . . 8-74
Data Link Communications Courtesy or Dome Lamps Inoperative
System Check.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 (Motorhome Export Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate Instrument Panel Lamps Do Not Dim . . . . . . . . 8-76
with Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Instrument Panel Lamps Do Not Dim
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate (Motorhome Export) 8-76
with EBCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Instrument Panel Lamp . . . . . . . . . 8-77
Scan Tool Does municate Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79
with VCM/PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Lighting System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate Exterior Lights Circuit Description
with TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79
Description and Operation . . . . . . . . Exterior Lights Circuit Description
Data Link Communications ....................
Operation (Commercial) . . . . . . .
Data Link Communications Operation WipersNVasher Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84
...................... 8-21 Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . 8-84
Wiper/Washer System Schematic
Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Wiper/Washer System Schematic Icons . . . . . . 8-84
Lighting Systems Schematic References . . . . . 8-22 Wiper/Washer System (Standard)
Lighting Systems Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Schematics (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85
Headlights Schematics (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . 8-23 WiperIWasher System (Pulse)
Headlights Schematics (Commercial) . . . . . . . . 8-25 Schematics (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86
Headlights DRL Schematics Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 WiperiWasher System Components
Headlights DRL Schematics WiperiWasher System Component Vi
(Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Identification
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) . Wiper/Washer Syste
Exterior Lights Schematics (Commercial) . End Views (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . 8-90
Backup Lights Schematics (Motorhome) . . . . . 8-41 Wiper/Washer System Connector
Backup Lights Schematics (Commercial) . . . . . 8-42 End Views (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90
8-2 Table of Contents Body and Accessories
Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . . 8-91 Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice
Washers Always On (Motorhome Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-122
WIPulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-91 Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable . . . . . . . . . 8-123
Washers Always On (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . 8-91 Splicing lnline Harness Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-124
Washers lnoperative (Motorhome H02S Wiring Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-125
WIPulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-91 SIR Wiring Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-125
Wipers All Modes and Washer Flat Wire Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-127
Inoperative (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92 Connector Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-127
Wipers All Modes lnoperative Connector Position Assurance Locks . . . . . . . 8-127
(Motorhome WIPulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-94 Terminal Position Assurance Locks . . . . . . . . . 8-127
Wipers Delay Mode lnoperative Push to Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-128
(Motorhome W/Pulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95 Pull to Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-129
Wipers High Mode lnoperative Weather Pack Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-129
(Motorhome W/Pulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95 Repairing Connector Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-130
Wipers Low or Mist Modes lnoperative Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 8-131
(Motorhome W/Pulse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-96
Power and Grounding Schematic
Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-131
WiperIWasher System Circuit Power and Grounding Schematic Icons . . . . . 8-131
Description (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98
Power Distribution Schematics
WiperIWasher System Circuit (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-132
Description (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98
Power Distribution Schematics
Wiring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-99 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-136
Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . . 8-99 Fuse Block Details Schematics
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-140
Where to Find Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . 8-99
Fuse Block Details Schematics
How to Use Electrical Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-102 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148
How to Use Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . 8-102 Ground Distribution Schematics
How to Use Schematic Reference (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-158
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-103 Ground Distribution Schematics
How to Use Schematic Icon Tables . . . . . . . . . 8-103 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-170
How to Use Component Location Upfitter Provision Schematics
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-104 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-180
How to Use Component Location Upfitter Provision Schematics
Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-104 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-182
How to Use Connector End Views . . . . . . . . . . 8-106 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-185
How to Use Diagnostic System Checks . . . . . 8-106 Power and Grounding Components
How to Use Diagnostic Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-185
How to Use Circuit Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-107 Power and Grounding Components
Chassis Zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-108 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-193
Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-109 Power and Grounding Component
General Electrical Diagnosis Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-203
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-113 Electrical Center Identification
Symptom Diagnostic Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-113 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-219
lntermittents and Poor Connections Electrical Center Identification
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-114 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-220
Testing for Electrical Intermittents . . . . . . . . . . 8-115 Power and Grounding Connector
Checking Aftermarket Accessories . . . . . . . . . 8-116 End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-222
Troubleshooting with a Digital Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-225
Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-116 lnline Harness Connector End Views
Troubleshooting with a Short Finder . . . . . . . . 8-116 (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-225
Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 8-116 lnline Harness Connector End Views
Probing Electrical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-116 (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-240
Using Connector Test Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117 Harness Routing Views (Commercial) . . . . . . . 8-257
Using Fused Jumper Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117 Harness Routing Views (Motorhome) . . . . . . . 8-270
Measuring Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117 Special Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-280
Measuring Voltage Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117
Testing for Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117 lnstrument Panel. Gauges and
Testing for Short to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-118 Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-282
Wiring Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-119 Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 8-282
Circuit Protection. Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-119 lnstrument Cluster Schematic
Circuit Protection. Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 8-120 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-282
Circuit Protection. Fusible Links . . . . . . . . . . . 8-120 Instrument Cluster Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . 8-282
Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation . . . . . . . . 8-120 lnstrument Cluster: Analog
Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Schematics (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-283
Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-120 lnstrument Cluster: Analog
Schematics (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-287
Body and Accessories Table of Contents 8-3
Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-291 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-327
lnstrument Cluster Components Instrument Cluster Circuit Description . . . . . . . 8-327
(Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-291 Audible Warnings Circuit Description . . . . . . . 8-329
lnstrument Cluster Components
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-293 Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-330
.
Instrument Cluster Component Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 8-330
Views (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-295 Horns Schematic References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-330
lnstrument Cluster Component Views Horns Schetnatics (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-331
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-300 Horns Schematics (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-332
lnstrument Cluster Connector End Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-333
Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-303 Horns Components (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . 8-333
Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . 8-306 Horns Components (Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-334
Fasten Safety Belt Indicator Always On . . . . . 8-306 Horns Component Views (Commercial) . . . . . 8-335
Fasten Safety Belt Indicator Inoperative . . . . . 8-306 Horns Component Views (Motorhome) . . . . . . 8-337
Engine Coolant Temp Gauge Always Horns Connector End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-338
Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-307 Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . 8-339
Engine Coolant Temp Gauge Always Horns Always On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-339
Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-307 Horns Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-339
Eng Coolant Temp Gauge lnaccurate or
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-308 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-341
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Always High . . . . 8-308 Horns Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-341
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Always Low . . . . 8-309 Cruise C ~ n t r a .l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-342
Eng Oil Pressure Gauge lnaccurate or Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 8..342
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-309 Cruise Control Schematic References . . . . . . 8-342
Fuel Gauge Always lndicates Empty Cruise Corltrol Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . 8..342
(Dieselj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-310
Cruise Control Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-343
Fuel Gauge Always lndicates Empty
(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-310 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-345
Fuel Gauge Always lndicates Full Cruise Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-345
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-311 Cruise Control Component Views . . . . . . . . . . 8-346
Fuel Gauge Always lndicates Full Cruise Contro! Connector End Views . . . . . . . 8-350
(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-312 Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . 8-351
Fuel Gauge lnaccurate or lnoperative Cruise Control System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-351
(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
. 3 Cruise Control Does Not Set or
Fuel Gauge lnaccurate or lnoperative Accelerate (Gasolinej . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-352
(Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-313 Cruise Controi Does Not Set or
Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On . . . . 8-315 Accelerate (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-355
Low Engine Coolant lndicator Cruise Control Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-355
lrloperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-315 Does Not Resume, Accelerate, or Tap
Speedometer andlor Odometer Up or Down (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-355
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-316 Does Not Resume. Accelerate. or Tap
Tachometer Inaccurate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-317 Up or Down (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-:355
Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative . . . . . . . 8-318 Repair Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-356
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 8-319 Cruise Control Cable Replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-356
Audible Warnings Schematic References . . . . 8-319 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-359
Audible Warnings Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . . 8-319 Cruise Control System Circuit
Audible Warnings Schematics Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-:359
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-320 Special Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-360
Audible Warnings Schematics
(Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-321 Frame and Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-361
Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-322 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-361
Audible Warnings Components Fastener Tightening Specifications . . . . . . . . . 8-361
(Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 8-322 Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . 8-361
Audible Warnings Components Checking Frame Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-361
(Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-322 Frame Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-362
Audible Warnings Component Views . . . . . . . . 8-323 Repair instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-363
Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-324 Frame Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-363
Audible Warnings Connector End Views . . . . . 8-324 Tow Hook Replacemet-rt (Export) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-364
Diagnostic Information and Procedures . . . 8-325 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-365
Chime Always On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-325 Frame Centerline Length Description . . . . . . . 8-365
Chime Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-325 Welding Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-366
Fasten Safety Belt Chime Always On . . . . . . . 8-326 Frame and Underbody Description . . . . . . . . . 8-367
Lights On Chime Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-326 M~nimizingFrame Service Description . . . . . . 8-367
Bodv and Accessories Data Link Communications 8-5
Data Link Communications

Schematic and Routing Diagrams
Data Link Communications Schematic References
Data Link Communications Schematic Icons

Icon Icon Definition
Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices.
Data Link Connector (DLCI Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 50)
.- v---v-v-- G3
2 16 Data
Link
Connector
0.5 PPL 799 (DLC)
b PI00
C110
0.5 ORN 540

799
- -C1- 'Electronic
(Gas)
(Diesel)
S
S
€9
I
I1
v
1 C1-32 PPL
C2 = 24 PPL I
I ci = l o BLK
Brake
1 Control
: PI00
0.8 ORh
L,,,-J
Transmission
+1
0.5 PPL 1807 Control
!
F
0.5 PPL 1807
G C1
r - - ."-
cllo
Serial Data
Clam 2
-,
I
. !
0.5 PPL 1807
11
. I
C4
- .
r - - - - - -
Serial Data
class 2
0.5 PPL 1807
C8 . .C3
r - - - - 1
! Serial Data
Class 2
~100
I
.
3 BLK
S205 ,
I
Distribution
(L31, L35)
Module 4
(TCM)
(L57, Mech
NT Only)
Details
S144
L - - - - J L - - - - J Dlslributlon
Electronic Powertrain
Brake Control Vehicle Control Control Module
Module Module (VCM) (PCM)
A b 4
AYA
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 50)
--
r-----
-
;Fuse
Block
I Cell 10
0.5 PPL 11807 Fuse Block
Cell 11 0.8 ORN
0.5 PPL 18071

I
0.5 PPL ,~ 1 0 10.5 B L W H T
4 Distribution
Distribution
F
0.5 PPL 1807
0,5 PPL 1807
G C3 .. C8 ,C3
. --,
r - - - - 7 , . -,- Electronic
Serlal I Serlal I Distribution Brake
Data Data Control
I Cell 14
Class 2 Module
(EBCM)
Dlstrlbutlon
Cell 14
& - - - - A
Electronic L - - - - J
Powertrain
1
Brake Vehicle Control
Control Control Module 3 BLK 250 A
Module Module (PCM)
(EBCM) (VCM)
A
8-8 Data Link Communications Bodv and Accessories
Component Locator
Data Link Communications Components (Commercial)
I Name I Location 1 Locator View I Connector End View I
On the lower LH side of the passenger Data Link Communications Data Link
Data Link
compartment bulkhead on the side of the Component Views Communications
Connector (Commercial)
relay bracket
Antilock Brakes System Antilock Brakes System
Electronic Brake Control Below the radiator on the lower
Component Views in Connector End Views in
Module (EBCM) crossmember
Antilock Brake System Antilock Brake System
Electrical Center ,?ewer and Grounding
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder Identification (Commercial) Connector End Views in
in Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
Engine Controls PCM Connector End
Powertrain Control At the LH side of the drivers island on the
Component Views in Views (EFI) in Engine
Module (EFI Diesel) relay bracket
Engine Controls Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Transmission Control At the LH side of the drivers island on the Connector End Views
Component Views in
Module (MFI Diesel) relay bracket (L57 MFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
"
Engine harness to the ABS harness, at the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C110 front of the LH frame rail near the steering (Commercial) in End Views (Commercial)
gearbox Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
T
Harness Routing Views
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the (Commercial) in End Views (Commercial)
C200
bulkhead near P I 0 0 Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
(Diesel with On top of the thermostat housing Component Views in -
Manual Trans)
Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
(All Gasoline' At the rear of the LH cylinder head Component Views in -
Diesel with Auto Trans)
Wiring Systems
I G200 I LH interior bulkhead near the relay bracket I - I - I
I LH bulkhead left of the steering column
I Harness Routing Views
(Commercial) in Wiring Systems I
In the engine harness, approximately
S104 (EFI Diesel) 25 cm (10 in) from the breakout for the - -
batterv iunction block
- --
In the engine harness, approximately 4 cm

S110 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the breakout for C200 - -
towards PlOO
S110 (Diesel) 4 cm (2 in) from the ABS harness -
connectors C l 10 and C l 1 1 towards P I 00
I S143 (MFI Diesel) I In the engine harness, approximately

17 cm (7 in) from P l 0 0 I
S143 (EFI Diesel) 16 cm (6 in) from the N C compressor - -
clutch breakout towards C200
S143 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the C200 breakout towards the - -
MAF sensor
Data Link Communications Components (Commercial) (cont'd)
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
S144 (Gasoline) 11 cm (4 in) from the C200 breakout - -
towards P I 00
S144 (Diesel) 17 cm (7 in) from the AIC - -
compressor relay
S150 (Gasoline) 18 cm (7 in) from the breakout for C200 - -
toward PI00
In the engine harness, approximately -- -
17 cm (7 in) from PlOO
In the IP harness, approximately 4 cm
(2 in) before the fuse block breakout - -
toward C200
Data Link Communications Components (Motorhome)

I Name I Location 1 Locator View I Connector End View I
Data Link Communications Data Link
Data Link At the lower LH side of the steering
Component Views Communications
Connector (DLC) column on the support bracket (Motorhome) Connector End Views
Electronic Brake Control Below the radiator on the lower
Component Views in Connector End Views in
Module (EBCM) crossmember
Antilock Brake Svstem Antilock Brake System
Electrical Center Power and Grounding
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder Identification (Motorhome)in Connector End Views in
Wiring Systems Wirino S V S ~ ~ ~ S
- - --
Powertraln Control
Module (Diesel)
Vehicle Control
On the LH side of the driver's Island
Engine Controls
Component 'Iews in
Enalne Controls
Engine Controls
I PCM Connector End
Views In Engine Controls
VCM Connector End I

I
Mounted to the top of the radiator support
Module (Gas) Component Views in
., Controls
Enaine
Views in Engine Controls
I
I
Engine harness to the ABS harness, at the Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C110 front of the LH frame rail near the brake (Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)
master cylinder Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, at tne Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C200 top front of the steering column near the (Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)
park brake pull button switch Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
GI08 On top of the thermostat housing Component Views in -
Wirinq Systems
I G200
I Mounted to the top front of the steering
column support plate I -.
I -
I
I Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead
In the engine harness, 16 cm (7 In) from

~
jMotorhome, in Wiring Systems
- - - -
I
- -
S101 (Diesel) the breakout for the auxrhary englne - -

coolant fan motor, toward P l 00
In the engrne harness, 20 cm (8 In) from
S101 (Gas) the breakout for C100 and C207, toward -- -
the aux~l~aryenqlne coolant fan motor
I Sl50 (Diesel) I In the engine harness, 14 cm (6 in) from

P100, toward Cl00 and C207 I --
I -
I
8-10 Data Link Communications Body and Accessories
Data Link Communications Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
In the engine harness, 4 cm (2 in) from the
S150 (Gas)
. . breakout for the battery junction block - -
toward C100 and ~ 2 0 .7
(Diesel)
In the engine harness, 11 cm (5 in) from - -
the breakout for the ABS ground
In the engine harness, 5 cm (2 in) toward
S166 (Gas) passthrough PI00 from the breakout for - -
the ABS harness
In the engine harness, 15 cm (6 in) from
S170 (Gas) the breakout for the cruise control module. - -
toward the battery junction block
In the IP side of the engine harness, 7 cm
S202 (Diesel) (3 in) from the breakout for the wiper - -
switch, toward P l 00
S204
In the IP harness, 26 cm (10 in) from the - -
horn relay breakout, toward PI00
S235 (Diesel) 1 In the IP side of the engine harness,

23 cm (9 in) from PlOO toward C200
In the IP side of the engine harness,
- -
S235 (Gas) -
26 cm (10 in) from P l 00 toward C200
Body and Accessories Data Link Communications 8-11
Data Link Communications Component Views (Commercial)
IP Side of Engine Wiring - All Engines (Commercial)
Legend
Data Link Connector (DLC) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
Headlamps Dimmer Switch Stoplamps Switch
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Ignition Switch
Solenoid C1
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) C2
Relay C1
Horn Relay
C2
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay
Turn Signal Switch Connector
C210
Crank Fuse
C211
IP Side of Engine Wiring-Diesel-Forward View
Legend
(1) Powertrain Control Module (3) PlOO
(EFI Diese1)~ransmissionControl Module (4) Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Calibrator
(MFI Diesel with Auto Trans)
(2) Data Link Connector (DLC)
Data Link Communications Component Views (Motorhome)
Engine to Dash and Steering Column
Legend
(1) Ignition Switch (7) Fuel Pump Prime
(2) Steering Column (8) ClOO
(3) Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (9) C207
Solenoid (10) C200
(11) Windshield Wiper Pulse Control Module
(5) Hazard Lamps Flasher
(6) PI00
Legend
(1) Turn Signal Switch Connector (7) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay
(2) Headlamps Dimmer Switch (8) Horn Relay
(3) Data Link Connector (DLC) (9) Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI)
(4) Powertrain Control Module (Diesel) Relay
(5) Ignition Switch (10) Fan Control Relay
(6) Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI)
Solenoid
Visual ldentification
Data Link Communications Connector
End Views
Data Link Connector
Connector Part 12110250

information 16 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Series lBLKl
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
1 - - Not Used
Serial Data Signal-
2 PPL 1807 Class 2-10400 BAUD-
Primary
3 - - Not Used
4 BLK 250 Ground
5 1
I
B W H T 1
I
451 1
I
Engine Control Module
Ground
6 I - - I Not Used
6
(L57
1FI AfT)
1 WHTIBLK I 1 448
---
Diagnostic Enable
-----
Signal-Powertrain(TCM)
7-9 - Not Used
9 Serial Data
(L57 TAN 800 Signal-UART-8192
1FI AiT) BAUD-Primary ITCM)
10-11 - - Not Used
12 TANNVHT 799 Diagnostic Signal-ABS
13-15 - - Not Used
16 ORN 1 540
Fuse Output- Battery-
Type II Fuse
Diagnostic Information and Procedures
Data Link Communications System Check 3. Inspect for proper installation of the aftermarket
electronic equipment, Improper installation of
1. Test the scan tool operation on a known good aftermarket electronic equipment may affect the
vehicle in order to ensure proper operation of integrity of other systems.
the scan tool. 4. Verify power and ground at the data link
2. Inspect for proper connection of the scan tool to connector (DLC).
the Data Link Connector (DLC). 5. Verify the integrity of the serial data wires.
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Components
step1 Action I Value(s1 I Yes No
Was the Data Link Communications System Check Refer to
performed? Data Link
Communications
1. Remove the Scan Tool from the Data Link

Connector (DLC). I Go to Step 2 System Check
3
2. Inspect the ENG-BAT fuse.
Is the fuse open?
Locate and repair the source of the overload in CKT 540
(ORN) and replace the fuse.
Is the repair complete?
Connect a test light from the ENG-BAT fuse to ground.
4
I
- Go to Step 3
System OK
Go to Step 4
-
4
--
Did the test liaht illuminate? I Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
Locate and repair the open in the power supply circuit
5 between the junction block and the ENG-BAT fuse. -
Is the repair complete? System OK
Connect a test light from the DLC, terminal 16 to ground.
Did the test light illuminate? Go to S t e 8
~ Go to Step 7
Locate and repair the open in CKT 540 (ORN) between
7 the ENG-BAT fuse and the DLC.
+
Connect a test light from the DLC, terminal 16 to
terminal 5.
+
8
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9
Locate and repair the open in CKT 451 ( B L W H T )
g between the DLC and G108. -
Connect a test light from the DLC, terminal 16 to
10 terminal 4. -
Did the test light illuminate? I Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11
Locate and repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the
11 DLC and G200.
I
Is the repair comdete? I System OK
12 1
I
Does the vehicle have a diesel engine? I - I
I
Go to Step 15 Go to Step 13
13 I 1. Install the scan tool.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position.
Will the scan tool communicate with the vehicle control
I -
module (VCM)? Go to Step 17 Go to Step 14
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Components (cont'd)
Step I Action I Value(s) I Yes I No
Perform the Scan Tool to VCM Diagnostics. Refer to Scan
14 Tool Does Not Communicate with VCM/PCM.
Are these diagnostics complete? Svstem OK
1. Install the scan tool.
15 2. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position.
I Will the scan tool communicate with the powertrain control

module (PCM)? I Go to Step 17 Go to Step 16
Perform the Scan Tool to PCM Diagnostics. Refer to Scan
16 Tool Does Not Communicate with VCM/PCM. - -
Are these diagnostics complete? I I Svstem OK
I 1. Keep the ignition switch in the RUN position. I 1
l7 1 2. Attempt to communicate with the electronic brake
control module (EBCM).
Will the scan tool communicate with the EBCM?
I - I Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18
Perform the Scan Tool to EBCM Diagnostics. Refer to
18 Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM. -
I
I
Are these diagnostics complete? System OK
I 1. Keep the ignition switch in the RUN position. I I I

l9 1 2. Attempt to communicate with the transmission control
module (TCM).
Will the scan tool communicate with the TCM?
I - I System OK Go to Step 20
Perform the Scan Tool to TCM Diagnostics. Refer to Scan
20 Tool Does Not Communicate with TCM. - -
I Are these diagnostics complete? I system OK I
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM

Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Was the Data Link Communications Systems Check Got to Data Link
1 performed? - Communications
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Inspect the data link connector (DLC) and repair any
damaged terminals if required.
2. Verify that the Scan Tool is firmly connected to
the DLC.
I 4. Attempt scan tool communications with the electronic

brake control module (EBCM).
Can communications be established?
I System OK Go to Step 3
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the vehicle control module (VCM)
connector C 4 for gasoline engines, or the powertrain
control module (PCM) connector C3 for diesel
II
engines.
3. Disconnect the EBCM connector C1 for P42 vehicles,
or C 3 for P 32 vehicles.
4. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance on
the the DLC from terminal 2 10 terminal 5.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?
I Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 1807 (PPL).
A
-t
I Is the repair complete?
- -
Svstem OK
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM (cont'd)
- Use a J 39200 DMM to measure
Step Action
the resistance on the
Value(s) Yes
5 DLC from terminal 12 to terminal 5. 10M R

- Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 799
Is the resistance greater than the specified value? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6 (TANMIHT). -
7 2. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage on the 1.ov
DLC from terminai 2 to terminal 5.
Is the voltage less than the specified value? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
Locate and repair the short to B + in CKT 1807 (PPL).
. , I - I
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage on the DLC
from terminal 12 to terminal 5. 1.0 V
Locate and repair the short to B + in CKT 799 (TANMIHT). - -
Is the repair complete? I 1 ~ v s t e mOK
-
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. I

2. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance of I
CKT 1807 (PPL) from the DLC terminal 2 to
the EBCM.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 1807 (PPL).
. . I -
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance of
CKT 799 (TANMHT) from the DLC terminal 12 to
the EBCM. 5.0 s2
Is the resistance greater than the specified value? Go to Step 14
Locate and repair the open in CKT 799 (TANMIHT). -
1. Connect the EBCM.
2. Connect the VCM (gasoline engines) or the PCM
(diesel engines).
3. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position. -
5. Attempt to establish communications to the EBCM.
Can communications be established? Svstem OK
-Step
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with VCMIPCM
Action Yes
Was the Data Link Communications Systems Check Go to Data Link
1 performed? Communications
2. Verify that the Scan Tool is firmly installed.
2 3. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position.
4. Attempt scan tool communications with the vehicle
control module (VCM) for gasoline engines, or the
powertrain control module (PCM) for diesel engines.
Can communications be established? Svstem OK Go to Step 3
2. Disconnect the PCM connector C3 or the VCM
connector C4.
3. Disconnect the electronic brake control
module (EBCM).
the DLC from terminal 2 to terminal 5.
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 1807 (PPL).
Is the repair complete? Svstem OK
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage on the DLC
from terminal 2 to terminal 5.
Is the voltaae areater than the specified value? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7
Locate and repair the short to B + in CKT 1807 (PPL). -
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance from the
DLC terminal 2 to the PCM connector C3, cavity C8, or to
the VCM connector C4, cavity 11.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 1807 (PPL).
1. Connect the PCM or VCM.
2. Connect the EBCM.
5. Attempt to communicate with the PCM or VCM.
Can communications be established? System OK Go to Step 1
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with TCM
Actian Yes No
Was the Data Link Communications Systems Check Go to Data Link
Performed? Communications
2. Verify that the Scan Tool is firmly connected to
the DLC.
4. Attempt scan tool communications with the
transmission control module (TCM).
Can communications be established? Svstem OK
2. Disconnect the TCM.
the DLC from terminal 6 to terminal 5.
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 448
(WHTIBLK). -
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance on the
DLC from terminal 9 to terminal 5.
Is the resistance qreater than the specified value? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 800 (TAN). -
DLC terminal 6 to terminal 9.
Locate and repair the short between CKT 448 (WHTIBLK)
and CKT 800 (TAN).
Is the re~aircom~lete? Svstem OK
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the DLC
terminal 6 to terminal 5.
Is the voltage greater than the specified value? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11
Locate and repair the short to B + in CKT 448 (BLWWHT). -
is the repair complete? System OK
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the DLC
terminal 9 to terminal 5.
Locate and repair the short to B + in CKT 800 (TAN). -
DLC terminal 6 to the TCM connector C2, cavity A8.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 448 (BLWHT).
DLC terminal 9 to the TCM connector C2, cavity 610.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 800 (TAN).
1. Connect the TCM.
4. Attempt to establish communications with the TCM.
Can communications be established? System OK Go to Step 1
Description and Operation
Data Link Communications Operation Data Link Communications Operation
(Commercial) (Motorhome)
Voltage is applied at all times to the Data Link Voltage is applied at all times to the Data Link
Connector (DLC) through the ENG-BAT fuse to Connector (DLC) through the ENG-BAT fuse to
terminal 16 of the DLC. The following components terminal 16 of the DLC. The following components
provide ground: provide ground:
Terminal 4 to ground G200 Terminal 4 to ground G200
Terminal 5 to ground GI08 Terminal 5 to ground G I 08
Establishing communication allows the system Establishing communication allows the system
operations to monitor for diagnostic purposes. operations to monitor for diagnostic purposes.
Terminal 2, CKT 1807 (PPL), allows communication Terminal 2, CKT 1807 (PPL), allows communication
with Serial Data Class 2 information from the Electronic with Serial Data Class 2 information from the Electronic
Brake Control Module (EBCM), the Vehicle Control Brake Control Module (EBCM) for all engines, the
Module (VCM) for gasoline engines and the Powertrain Vehicle Control Module (VCM) for gasoline engines,
Control Module (PCM) for electronic diesel engines. and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for
Diagnostic data can be accessed for the Transmission diesel engines. Diagnostic data can be accessed for
Control Module (TCM) for mechanical diesel engines the EBCM, for all engines, through terminal 12,
with automatic transmissions through terminal 6, CKT 799.
CKT 448 (WHTIBLK), and terminal 9, CKT 800 (TAN)
and for the EBCM, for all engines, through
terminal 12, CKT 799.
8-22 Lighting Systems Body and Accessories
Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems Schematic References
Reference on Schematic -
Sectlon Number Subsection Name
Brake Warning System Cell 41 5 - Hydraulic Brakes
BTSl Schematics Cell 138 2 - Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt
Cruise Control Cell 34 8 - Cruise Control -
- -- --- -
Engine Controls Cell 21 6 - Engine ~ o % o l s

Fuse Block Details Cell 11 8 - Wiring Systems
Ground Distribution Cell 14 8 - Wiring Systems
Instrument Cluster: Analog Cell 81 8 - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
Park Brake Cell 46 5 - Park Brake
( Power Distribution Cell 10 ( 8 - Wiring Systems 1
Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
I Icon I Icon Definition 1
I I Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices.
Headlights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 100: Headlamps Switch and Base Headlamps)
1-
'lBattery
3 RED S215 C200 RED
IC
_! + IJunction
2
r - - - - -
I Power ;Fuse I A1 2 Fusible
. .
IbII
inkIt,
I
L - J
Block
C
Cell 10
I
I I 3 RED 2
Circuit Headlamps
Switch
Headlamps
1 YEL Dimmer
'...*..."
Park
A r---eK
Interior
Ughte
Cell 117
Xterior
Cell HO
J
0.8TAN 12
I
GRN 111 1 LT GRN 11
K6 I
C200
0.8 TAN
Fa---"-
I
I l"~Nmenl
custer
ax
"'
l
HI Beam I
l2dicator ,
Instrument
I Cluster
0.8TAN 12 I cell 81 I
1 LT GRN 11
Rectangular Headlamps
2 BLK 150
1 BLK 150
G I 0 1 0 G
l .2
Headlights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 100: Rectangular Headlamps)
Headlamps Dimmer Swltch
F7
1 LT GRN 11
v
0 4 1 2
1- A
pExzq.
1 LT GRN 11
0.8 TAN
1LTGRN
11
Svl 1 0.8 TAN 12
7r 1 LT GRN 11
1
7'
1 LT GRN
Ill
0.8 TAN 12
I
Outer lnner
Headlamp, Headlamp RH,
RH High Beam
lnner
Headlamp LH,
High Beam
I
L
1 ELK 150
1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150
1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150
1 BLK 150
GlOl 1
2 ELK 150
GI02 ~~11~~ !
1 BLK 150
GI01
2 BLK 150
1 BLK
Headlights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 100)
, - -go- - ;Instrument
p -
f
I ?LI,* ILT GRN

I
1
L-;G,,--,
Cluster
a)~lndlcator
i g h ~ e a r1 n
I
A!A
Headlights DRL Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch and IP Cluster)
l Fuse
,, - * Daytime
I Block ! Park I Running
I II Brake 1
GAUGES I
Ignition Input I Lamps
Positive Module
Fuse 8 I
20A I 1 Voltage Gr,
L----,- - - - J L,
0.8 PNK
A A&
0.5BLK STAR
Details
0.5LT BLL
'.
OFF RUN
0.8PNK 0.5 LT BLU

---~ o - - - - - -1-6-I Instrument
n
High
Cluster
Daytime
I
) ~eam Systems
I
1
1
instrument
Ciuster
Cell 81
L - - - - -
4r
---
22j 4
lndicator
-,---,------A
lndicator
I
0.8 DK BLU j93 0.5LT BLU

-------
I
C200
DRL
Relay Relay
:PI00 (Single (Dual
Headlarnps) Headlam~s)A
3 BLK S166
2 BLK 451
Headlights DRL Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Headlamps)
T Switch
Input
Relay
---------------
lnput
\
1
0.8 DK GRNNHT 1317
Switch '
0.8 PNK 1 LT GRh
I
0.8 A C213
I LT GRN/ 592 In - Line
BLK Connector, K~
Provisions
For Body
Details Builder
(Fog Lamp Relay)
0.8 PNK 39 1 YEL
871 851 Headlamp

Dimmer
Switch
Relay
0.5 BLK 250

0.8
DK BLU 593
Instrument Headlamp,
Cluster
5204
RH
K7
3 BLK 250
1
0.8 *
DK BLU 1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150
1 OK BLU C
593 1 0 1 0 2 la107
Headliahts DRL Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 102: Dual Headlamps)
r
Hot In RUN And START
r - - - - -I-- -- Fuse I Headlarnp '' Daytime
Running
l~lock
I
I Swltch
lnput
' Lights
Module
I
I
I
L 1.
U
I
1-
1 YEL
;---s---
I
' Headlamps
I
Switch -
In Line Connector
Provisions For
Bodv Builder
(FOQb r n p Relay)
1 LT GRN
K6
1 YEL
1 LT GRN
Headlamps
Detalls
Dimmer
0.8 PNK
1 LT GRN 1 LT GRN
87A
I 11
1 LTGRN \
11
\
0.8 1 LT GRN
lnner lnner
Headlamp,
0.5 ELK 250 LH
I Headlamp, Headlamp,
1 DK BLU 593 1
PI00 RH
5204 - - - -$ +
1 ~ 1 0 0 1 DK BLU I ------ Lamps
1 LT GRN
1
1 BLK 150 1 BLK
3 BLK 250 Relay

(DRL) 2
Dlstrlbutlon
86 J I / 2 BLK 150 1 ELK 150 1 BLK 150
BLK 150
. G200 10 I G , , , , 1G7
.
Headlights DRL Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 102: DRL Indicator)
l Daytime
1 Running
1 Lamps
I l Module
I
I
Ignition
Posltive
Voltage Qrou
' A
L------,--. J
0.8 WHT 629 In -Line

Connector
Provlslons
For Body
Builder
(Fog Lsmp Relay)
LOCK'.. ....f.....a''
0.5 BLK OFF Ru"
Dlstributlon
-------4 ,,,,,
Ic2
DRL J
Modulr
T
I 0.5 LT BLU 1134
0.8 "BLu A 1~211
5205 0.8 PNK 39 LTGRNI 592
BLK 0.5 LT BLU T1134
.- -
u
\
+ Warnhl
System
- , 0.5
1
Cell 41
Hi Beam LT BLU 1134
1 Instrument Indicator
I Cluster:
'I
11
I Analog Indicator
Cell 81
A
L-------,---, Park
4 I IBrake
S218 1
0.5 B L W H T
3 BLK 250 A1
Headlights DRL Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 102: Headlamps)

r------ f "'
-IID r -
lr
1 Power
I Cell 10
~19h I Lights -
I Relay Input
I Control
+...
I 0.8 PNK 39 E'

I
+ \ 1 YEL
10 0,8
LT GRNI 1 LT GRN
1 YEL ELK
0.8 PNK 39 0.8 ORN
L
87A 30
0.8
DK BLU
RH
Headlamp Headlamp
Instrument
Cluster
0.5 BLK 250 N5
1
3 BLK 250
0200
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Switch)
1-
"1"""
'.Fuse
I- Power
Distribution
I Block
----- --- .................................. ,,,,,,J

1 BRN / 141
+ 1 BRNtl41
,
1 Z P1
Cell li2
1 PPL 6
B2
C200 I
L
[--fjil-L - - A-.,
-
"
--
Ir - - - -- -- -- -- -
A
240 o"]
1 ORN 240
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: Headlamps Switch and IP Cluster)
Turn
1- Turn
gnal Signal
~Ikh Switch
I Fuse
l
1
I Power Block
I Distrlbutlon
I Fuse7 I 0.5 LT BLU 14 0.5DK BLU

I
;---J----
I
1 BRN 9
l
I
Headlamps
Switch
1 BRN
0.8 LT BLU 14
) Len
Turn
Indicator
0.8 DK BLU
I
. - - - - - - - - - <32 1-+- 'Instrument
4- '
.,,, Cluster
( ) Turn I
lndicator I
)
A\
Pi 00 0.5 B L W H T
, 1 BRN S213 I BRN C??O fl
Dimming P
9 9 Dl
1 BRN
1 BRN
AY
In - Line
Connector 2 BLK 451
Provisions
For Body
Builder
(Marker Lamps)
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: Forward Lamps)
1urn Turn
Signal
Switch
0.8 LT BLU 114 0.8 DK BLU
0.8 LT BLU 0.5 LT BLU 14

0.5 DK BLU 15 0,8 DK BLU
Front Front
Turn
Park Park
And Front And
Turn Side Turn
Slgnal Signal
RH Y Lamp,
RH
0.8 BRN 9 0.5 BRN 9 0.8 BRN
0.8 BRN
I BRN 9 1 IBRNr964
Switch Block
(USICanada) (Europe)
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps)
Turn Turn
Signal Headlamps Signal
Switch Switch Switch
El
In -Line Connector
For Body Builder
(Mld- Vehlcle Clearance
0.8 YEL 18
Tail And Tail And
Stop/ Stop/
Turn
Signal Signal
Lamps, Lamps,
LH RH
(Provisions (Provisions
for) for)
. - 0.8 BRN
.. S405 1 BRN
9 S402
1 BRN
9
S404
0.8 BRN 9 0.8 BRN 9

0.8 BRN 9 0.8 BRN 9
h A
E L r LH RH
Y kmp Y Kp
/ 11
- .
0.8 BLK 150 0.8 BLK I50

-
I
5401
3 BLK
150
a
'G401
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps [Export Only] )
Turn Turn
Signal Signal
Switch Switch
1 DK GRN 19 ) < stop Tail And

Stopl
Turn
Signal
Lamps,
RH
(Rovisiona for)
0.8 DK BLU 913
0.8 PPL 912

0.8 DK BLU
2 PPL 1912 2 DK BLU 913 1

A4 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
AS C300
.............................................
..............................................
1 DK BLU 913
.loo
J6 C200
$ 0.8 BLK
1 PPLI9lP IDK BLU1913
;IPFuse - - - - 'IP
a;{
0.8 BLK 150 r - -
I LH TAIL LPS
Block
I
:Y2O 1
RH TAIL LPS I Fuse
Block
Fl --
Distrlbutlon b- 1 S401
I I I
i--L----i
1 BRN 9
1
3 BLK 150 6
Fuse Blodc
Yo401
Exterior Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 110: License Lamps [Export Only] )
[ H O ~At All Tlmes]
Headlamp
I 1 Panel
Fuse Block I 1 Dimmer
V I Park
1 BRN 9
1 ERN
L 9
I
'- -
Hot With Park Lamps Switch On Hot WRh Park Lamps Swhch On
I
1 B4
[k, - ;Fuse
LICENSE LPS l
Block I Block
1 GRY 1914
Is206
I I 964
1 GRY 914
1 GRY 914
Front
Marker Lamps
A, C204 O.8GRY 914

Marker Lamps
(Provirionr for
Body Builder)
Europe
-
A S402 4
0.8GRY 914 0.8 GRY 914

AA
License License
Lamp, LH Lamp, RH
Exterior Lights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Switch)
---- ' Fuse

I
'
I t
El
€3
TURN W
Fuse 5
15A
Power
Distribution
Cell 10
-----
Power
Distribution
Cell 10
G8
STOP
( Fuse 11
t5A
-
I
I
Block
;r[
Turn I
Fuse
1 BRN
141
Block
Details
IO R N ~ ~ ~ O
D c211
i o R ~ ] 1LTBLlJ
~ , 20 810
I CONN ID
I C1- 32 BRN (
c2< C2 = 24 BRN
Powertrain
Control
C3-32BLU '(PCM)
I .
1 0 R N 240
A,
Hazard
Lamps
Flasher
,
S~gnal I
Lamps I (Closed wl
Flasher
I pedal depressed)
I
YB
:LU c:?
1 LT BLU
I ( LV 1
2 LTBLU 1 20 I
I L I PLU
.. I 1 WHT 1 17
AI
I I
L----,,-J
1 PPL 16
. L
, ,....I
- - - - - - -4 - - - - - - - . -------,----------
Left Turn
\- --
Right Turn
1 YEL
0.8 LT BLU 14
K5
C2O3
LT BLU 14
0.8 LT s L u T i 4 1 YEL
I
I 0,8 DK BLU 1 15 I
., , Park And Turn ~nstNment
Cluster Slgnal Lamp Tall And Stoprurn Slgnal Lamps Signai Lamp Cluster
Exterior Lights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 110: Headlamps Switch and Turn Signal Indicators)
Turn Signal
Switch
I Power t TAIL
1 Distribution
LPS
1 FBlock
US~
I Cell 10 Fuse7 1
F8
I
0.8 LT BLU 14
0.8 DK BLU
---- 'lHeadlamps 3
Switch r - .
I I I) 1 Instrument
I Left ~iiht 1 Cluster
I ( ) Turn ( ) Turn I
I Indicator Indicator
I
L - .
4
------
31
0.5 0.5
BLW 451 BLW
WHT WHT
I"" I
Ground
Front Distribution
1 BRN Marker
/ And Park
l Instrument I 9 Lamps 0.5 B L W H T 1451 Ground

Pand
Dimming
Cell 117
44?-t+8Q 1 BRN C202
i6 1 BRN
Ucense
Distrlbutlon
Lamps
1 BRN 9
-
In Line Connector
Provisions For
Body Builder
(Rear Marker Lamps)
Exterior Lights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 110: Forward Lamps)
Turn Turn
Signal Signal
Switch Switch
I
0a8LT BLU l4 0.5 LT BLU 0.5 DK BLU
/ 15 0.8 DK BLU
I
0s8LT BLU l4 0.8 LT BLU 0.5 DK BLU
Side Side Park

Marker Marker And Turn
Lamp, Signal
LF RF Lamp,
1
RF
0.5 BRN
0.8BRN 9 0.8 BRN
0.8 BLK 150 A
B
0.5 ERN
0.8 BRN
2 ELK 1150
Ground
S205
Cell 14 Cell 14
3 ELK 1250
- G200
Exterior Lights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps)
Turn Turn
7
switch
1 YEL 18 I ERN
S
T
2YEL 18 2 BRN
-
0.8 YEL I18
Tail And
StopRurn
Signal 2 BRN
Lamps,
LH
0.8 BRN 9 1
S405 1 BRN
0.8 ERN 9
A J - -
0.8 BLK 150
I Ground
Distribution
Cell 14
Backup Lights Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 112)
1 Power
I I
L - - - - - ----a
0.8 PNK 639
c'$fo :;",€INK
F4 0.8 PNK 639
€3 PI00
0.8 PNK 639
Brake
0,8 PNK
639
-
A
S169
PI00 Brake
C C1
ParkINeutral
Provision For I Position (PNP)
~ o d yBuilder I I And Backup
(Park Accessory) I , I Lamps
l Switch
I
0.8 LT GRN
24
Backup
2 LTGRN 24
-
S403
0.8 LT GRN
24
1 LT GRN 24
Backup
Lamp,
RH
r
Connector
Prorislon For
Body Builder
(Backup Lamps)
Backup Lights Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 112)
I Power 1"
Dlstrlbutlon Fuse
I Cell 10
Fuse 5 Block
I
1"" 141
Transmlsslon
1 BRN 141
F2 C200
1 BR~?141
Transmlsslon
C
r-------
1 BRN 141
I
clcr
ParkbkulraI
1 BRN 141
I
f 1 Backup
1
l
I Position (PNP) 1 ~arn~s
I i .[. f jAnd Backup Lt-. 1switch
L-,,,,
C2- NAT
., - Lamps Switch
1~403
-
0.8 LT GRN 24 0.8 LT GRN 24
Backup
-
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 117)
El
l Headlamps
I 1 Switch
I
Head I
I
I
1 BRN
4
'- - - - - - - - - - - -
29
I r
-- 7 lnStr"m8nt
I
I
, I .
,, V I I
D B 0.5GRY 8 I I
0.8 DKGRN 44 I . I
r--..----
I I
L - , , , , , - , , , , , , , , J
1 I
L - - - . - - - - J
0.5 GRY 8 r - - - - - - - - - - - -
..S214
0.5 GRY 8 0.5 GRY 8
0.8 ELK 250
A1 ,
" l Seat Belt
T
I I And Lamps
Transmission L ------------
I I Alarm Module
L - J Range ( l R ) 3 BLK 250
$ G200 -i GI 08
I
I
GRN
..
E
Seat
IBeSt And
bmps
matics (Motorhome) (Cel
1
0.8WHT 156
0,8ORN 48
5201
0.8 ORN 40
.
0.8G g l l S 7
- -.
( Override
Dome
'---,ISwitch
29
~ 3 . 1 1 1 1 1 3 e " m I I I ) I I . I I I
1
T
Headlarnps/
Panel
Dimmer
Switch
A
B
C216
< Provisions For
(
Body Builder
(Dame Lamp]
'lInstrument
I Block
I
I
In - tine Connectar
' Alarm I T / Transmission

Module
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 117) o
a3
P
Y
11 !
I Fuse
Provislons For
Body Builder
' Block
I El
I
(
I
J I
P---C8L - - - -K---!!-A (
I
I
i
..... Head
1 ORN 1140 0.8ORN 40 (
I Fuse Block !
5204 - - -b Details
Cell 11 I
I
In - Une I
Conneclw
Provislons 1 ERN 9
For Body
13
I
For Body A , kBRN xterlor
Builder -+ Llghts
A
( Budder
(Dome Lamp)
( ~ a r k e r C205 1 BRN 9 cell 110 0.8WHT 156
kmw) C1
Instrument
Cluster
B
0.8DK GRN 44 A
&A
'H4 ,p, 'FUS~
' I Fuss16 Block 0.5 GRY 8
IH3 5A I
Distribution
8 T
-A D T. Transmission
0.8BLk 250 (
Seat
Belts Dislribul~on (
(L57) Cell 14
1 Alarm
- .IModule
S205
,
3 BLk 250
. G200 - GI08
312
Component Locator
Lighting Systems Components (Commercial)
1 Name Location I Locator View I Connector End View I
Backup Lamps At the rear lamps harness (body builder Lighbng Systems Component -
installed) Views (Commerc~al)
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems

Backup Lamps Switch On the upper LH side of the transmission
Component Views Connector End Views
(Manual Trans) near the middle
(Commercial) (Commercial)
I
Power and Grounding
On the forward LH side of the bulkhead -
Battery Junction Block Component Views in
above P l 00
Wiring Systems
Daytime Running Lamp! Connector End Views
(DRL) Relay
LH interior bulkhead on the relay b r a c k t Component Views
Daytime Running Lamp: On the IP harness located by the body

Lighting Systems
- Connector End Views
(DRL) Module builder
(Commercial)
1
On the IP harness located by the body
Hazard Lamps Flasher Component Views Connector End Views
builder
Headlamps
In the forward lamps harness (body builder
installed) I Lighting Systems Component
Views (Commercial) I Lighting Systems
Headlamps Dimmer At the LH side of the steering column
Lighting Systems
Switch above the support bracket (Commercial)
icommercial)
Lighting Systems
Headlamps Switch Connector End Views
builder
(Commercial)
I Ignition Switch
On the lower RH side of the steering
column below the support bracket
Power and Groundhg
Component Views in
Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
Connector End Views in
Wiring Systems
Body builder installed - Connector End Views in

lnstrument Cluster
lnsrrument Panel,
Gauges and Console
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder Identification(Commercial) Connector End Views in
Lighting Systems
IP Lamps Dimmer On the IP harness located by the body - Connector End Views
Switch builder
lCommercialJ
License Lamps
(provision for)
Body builder installed Lighting Systems Component
Views (Commercial) I
installed) I Lighting Systems Component
Views (Commercial) I -
Park Brake System

Park Brake Indicator -
Switch
Body builder installed Connector End Views in
Park Brake
ParkINeutral Position Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
On the LH side of the transmission near
and Backup Lamps
the middle Component Views Connector End Views
Switch (Commercial) (Commercial)
Module (EFI Diesel) relay bracket Component Views in Views (EFI) in Engine
Engine Contiols Controls
Body and Accessories Lighting Systems 8-47
Lighting Systems Components (Commercial) (cont'd)
Name Location Locator View I Connector End View
I 1 1 Audible Warninqs
Seat Alarm Connector End views in
Attached to the IP fuse block Instrument Panel,
Module
Gauges and Console
Sidemarker Lamps - In the forward lamps harness (body builder Lighting Systems Component -
(provision for) installed) Views (Commercial)
Tail and Stopnurn Lighting Systems
Signal Lamps Body builder installed Component Views -
(orovision for) (Commerciall J
Torque Converter Lighting Systems Lighting Systems

Above the brake pedal at the RH side of Component Views Connector End Views
Clutch(TCC) and the steering column
Stoplamps Switch (Commercia!) (Commercial)
1
Transmission Range In the transmission range selector on the Lighting Systems Component -
(TR) Lamp steering column Views (Commercial)
Part of the multifunction lever on the Component Views Connector End Views
Turn Signal Switch
steering column (Commerchl) (Commercial)
Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the End Views (Commercial)
C200 (Commercial) in
bulkhead near PI00 in Wiring Systems
Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, in ?he (Commercial) in End Views (Commercial)
C202
bulkhead near P100 Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the End Views (Commercial)
C203 (Commercial) ln
bulkhead near PI00 in Wiring Systems
Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the rear chassis
Power and Grounding

At the RH front of the engine near the
(Manual Trans) Component Views in
generator bracket Wirina Svsterns
Power and Grounding
' GI08 (Auto Trans) At the rear of the LH cylinder head Component Views in -
Wiring Systems
G200 LH interior bulkhead near the relay bracket - -
Power and Grounding
G401 Body builder installed Component Views in -
Wiring Systems
In the forward lamps harness, -. -
S101
approximately 25 cm (10 in) from C203
8-48 Liqhtinq Systems Body and Accessories
Name Location 1 Locator View I Connector End View
In the forward lamps harness,
approximately 110 cm (41 in) from the LH
lamps breakout toward the RH lamps
breakout
t
approximately 17 cm (7 in) from the RH
lamps breakout toward the LH lamps
approximately 122 cm (44 in) from the RH
lamps breakout toward the LH lamps
In the engine harness at the battery - -
S131
junction block fusible link C3
In the engine harness, approximately - -
S143 (MFI Diesel)
17 cm (7 in) from PI00
S143 (EFI Diesel) 16 cm (6 in) from the AfC compressor - -
S143 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the C200 breakout towards the - -
MAF sensor
S201 (EFI Diesel) approximately 16 cm (6 in) from the - -
stoplarnp switch toward P l 00
(8 in) from the fuse block breakout
towards C200
--

(2 in) before the fuse block breakout
toward C200
- -- - - -
In the IP harness, appr~x~mately 12 cm

toward C200
In the IP harness, approx~mately40 cm
(16 ~ n before
) the fuse block breakout - -
toward the ~nstrumentcluster connector
In the IP harness headlamps sw~tch
breakout approximately 8 cm (3 ~ n before
) - -
the fuse block breakout toward C200
toward the ~nstrumentcluster
(1 1 in) before the fuse block breakout - -
toward C200
toward C200
(10 in) from the fuse block breakout - -
toward C200
S401 (125 in, 133 in
In the rear lamps harness, approximately - -
wheelbase; 110 in,
45 cm (17 in) from C400
157 in with school bus)
S401 (157 in wheelbase
In the rear lamps harness, approximately
W/Oschool bus; 178 in
100 cm (39 in) from C400
with school bus)
Name Location Locator View 1 Connector End View
S402 in' 133 in
wheelbase; lo
55 cm (22 in) from C400
157 in wlo school bus)
S402 in wheelbase
with school bus, 178 in
cm (43 in) from C400
w/o school bus
S403 (125 in, 133 in
In me rear ' harness, approximately - -
wheelbase; 1 lO in,
65 cm (26 in) frorn C400
157 in w/o school bus)
lamps harness, approximately

- -
W/Oschool bus
5 cm (2 in) from RH taillamps breakout
S405
5 cm (2 in) from the LH taillamps breakout
Lighting Systems Components (Motorhome)

Backup Lamps At the rear lamps harness (body builder
(provision for) installed)
On the forward LH side of the bulkhead Power and Grounding

Battery Junction Block Component Views in
above P 1 00
Wiring Systems
Daytime Running Lamps Attached to the IP harness located by the

Lighting Systems
(DRL) Module body builder
(Motorhome)
Daytime Running Lamps Mounted on top of the steering column Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
(DRL) Relay
support at the driver's island
(Motorhome) (Motorhome)
Daytime Running Lamps On the forward lamps harness located by Lighting Systems
(DRL) Relay 2 the body builder
(Motorhome)
At the inner LH side of the steering columr Lighting Systems
Hazard Lamps Flasher Component Views Connector End Views
support bracket
(~otorhome) (Motorhome)
HeadlampsIPanel On the IP harness located by the body Lighting Systems
Dimmer Switch builder Connector End Views
(Motorhome)
Headlamps
installed)
Headlamps Dimmer At the LH side of the steering column Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Switch above the support bracket Component Views Connector End Views
(Motorhome) (Motorhome)
On the IP harness located by the body Lighting Systems
Headlamps Switch - Connector End Views
builder
(Motorhome)
On the lower RH side of the steering Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
Ignition Switch Component Views in Connector End Views in
Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
lnstrument Cluster
lnstrument Cluster Body builder installed - Connecior End Views in
lnstrument Panel,
Gauges and Console
Electrical Center Power and Groundiqg
IP Fuse Block -ocated by the body builder Identification (Motorhome)in Connector End Views in
Wiring Systems Wirina Svsterns
Lighting Systems Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
Location Locator View Connector End View I
Lighting Systems
IP Lamps Dimmer On the IP harness located by the body - Connector End Views
Switch builder
License Lamps
(provision for)
Body Builder installed
I -
Park and Turn In the forward lamps harness (body builder -

Signal Lamps installed)
Park Brake Switch -
Body builder installed
I
On the LH side of the transmicsion near
and Backup Lamps Component Views
the middle
Switch (Motorhomel
Seat Belt and Lamps -

Attached to the IP fuse block
Alarm Module
Sidemarker Lamps In the forward lamps harness (body builder -

installed)
I Stoplamps Switch
Above the brake pedal at the RH side of
the steering column
Lighting Systems
Component Views
(Motorhome)
Lighting Systems
Connector End Views
(Motorhome)
Signal Lamps Body builder installed

I -
In the transmission range selector on the Lighting Systems Component

steering column Views (Motorhome)
I Turn Signal Switch

Part of the multifunction lever on the
steering column
Engine harness to the forward lamps

Lighting Systems Component
Wews (Motorhome)

Connector End Views
harness, at the LH side of the engine (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)

bulkhead near the battery junction block Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
(Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
bulkhead near PI00
Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the body builder Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
provision harness, or) top of the steering (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
column support at the LH side Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Marker lamps provision for the body
builder
Engine harness to the windshield wiper
I -
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
harness, at the LH side of the engine (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
in Wiring Systems
lnline Harness Connector
Dome lamp provision for the body builder End Views (Motorhome)
in Wiring Systems
Park accessory provision for the body
builder
Foa lamps provision for the bodv builder
II -
-
-
Engine harness to the rear chassis Harness Routing V&vs lnline Harness Connector
harness, near the middle of the chassis at (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
the outside of the LH frame rail Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Rear chassis harness to the taillamp Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
harness, behind the fuel tank near the LH (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
frame rail Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
1 Name Location Locator View I Connector End View
-
Center hlgh mounted stoplamp (CHMSL) - -

provision for the body builder
Mid-vehicle clearance l~ghtsprovisron for - -
the body builder
-
I --
- -- -
I -
Body builder ~nstalled
At the rear of the R H cylinder head Component Views in

Wirina Systems
Bodv builder installed I - I --
Power and Grounding
On top of the thermostat housing Component Views in
Wiring Systems
Mounted to the top front of the steering
column support plate
Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead

(Motorhome) in Wiring Systems I
breakout for the engine coolant fan motor
RlOl
connector toward the N C
compressor relay
breakout for the heated oxygen sensors
toward the ignition control module
breakout
- ~ ~ - - -
Resistor splice for R101 in the engine

S106/S107 harness, 7 cm (3 in) from the breakout for - -
(Resistor Splice) the engine coolant fan motor connector
toward the N C compressor relay
Sll7 breakout for ClOO and C207, toward the -
engine coolant fan motor
S124 (Gas) the breakout for the cruise control module, - -
toward the starter relay
S126 (Gas) the breakout for the N C compressor clutch - -
and the EGH valve, toward the VCM
S166 (Gas) breakout for the cruise control module, - -
toward the VCM
S166 (Diesel) breakout for ClOO and C207, toward the - -
auxiliary engine coolant fan motor
S169 (Gas) the breakout for GI00 and C207, going - -
away from passthrough PI00
breakout to the engine coolant level switch - -
S169 (Diesel)
and the auxiliary engine coolant fan motor
connector
In the forward lamps harness, 12 cm (5 in)
to the breakout for the LH h e a d l a m ~ I' -
I -
Location Locator View Connector End View
In the forward lamps harness, 5 cm (2 in) - -
to the breakout for the LH headlamp
to the breakout for the LH headlamp, - -
toward the DRL relay
to the breakout for the RH headlamp, - -
In the IP harness, 10 cm (4 in) from C200 -
toward the IP fuse block
horn relay breakout, toward PlOO
instrument cluster connector
In the IP harness, 20 cm (8 ~ n from
) the
engine harness connector C200 and 4 - -
relav sockets
In the IP harness, 6 cm (2 in) from the
dimmer switch and the IP cluster
connector breakout, toward the IP
fuse block
breakout for the instrument cluster - -
connector toward the IP fuse block
harness in the breakout for the headlamp - -
switch connector I

breakout for the IP lamp dimmer switch - -
and the instrument cluster connector,
IP fuse block
(4 in) from the turn s~gnalswitch connector - -
breakout
In the rear lamp harness, 45 cm (17 in)
from C400 I -
I -
In the rear lamp harness, 55 cm (22 in)
from C400 I
In the rear lamp harness, 65 cm (26 in) - -
from C400
In the rear lamp harness, 5 cm (2 in) from - -
the breakout for the LH taillamp
In the rear lamp harness, 5 cm (2 in) from - -
the breakout for the RH taillamp
Bodv and Accessories Liahtina Svstems 8-53
Lighting Systems Component Views (Commercial)
Forward Lamps Harness (Typical)
Legend
(1) Lamp, Left Front Park and Turn Signal (7) Lamp, Left Front Sidemarker
(2) C203 (8) Headlamp, Left
(3) C200 (9) Headlamp, Right
(4) C202 (10) Lamp, Right Front Sidemarker
(5) Horn, High Tone (F - Note) (1 1) Lamp, Right Front Park and Turn Signal
(6) Horn, Low Tone (A - Note)
8-54 Lighting Systems Bodv and Accessories
Automatic Transmission, Upper LH Rear
Legend
(1) Transmission Input Speed Sensor (5) c 1
(2) Transmission Output Speed Sensor (6) ParklNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup
(3) C301 Lamps Switch
(4) c2
Steering Column
Legend
(1) Hazard Lamps Flasher Switch (4) Turn Signal Switch Connector
(2) Transmission Range (TR) Lamp (5) Cruise Control Switch Connector (P32)
(3) Multifunction Lever (6) Wiper Switch Connector
Legend
Data Link Connector (DLC) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Ignition Switch
Solenoid C1
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) C2
Relay C1
Horn Relay
C2
Turn Signal Switch Connector
C210
Crank Fuse
C211
Body and Accessories Liahtina Svstems 8-57
Pedal Switches
Legend
(1) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and Stop (2) Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
Lamps Switch
Rear Lamps Typical (Body Builder Installed)
I
330034
Legend
(1) Lamp. Left Hear Sidemarker (6) Lamp, Right License
(2) (2400 (7) G401
(3) Lamp, Right Backup (8) Lamp, Right Tail and Stopflurn Signal
(4) Lamp, Left Tail and Stopflurn Signal (9) Lamp, Right Backup
(5) Lamp, Left License (1 0) Lamp, Right Rear Sidemarker
Body and Accessories Liahtina Svstems 8-59
Lighting Systems Component Views (Motorhome)
Radiator Support Wiring (L65)
Legend
(1) C203 (7) Starter Relay
(2) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and (8) Brake Pressure Differential Switch
Stoplamps Switch (9) N C Compressor Relay
(3) Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Calibrator (10) Fuel Pump Relay
(4) Accelerator Pedal Position Module (APP)
(Part of Accelerator Pedal Assembly) (1 1) ParkfNeutral Position (PNP) Switch Relay
(12) Stoplarnps Switch
(5) Engine Coolant Level Switch
(6) Auxiliary Engine Coolant Fan N C
Pressure Switch
Dash and Steering Column
Legend
(1) C203 (4) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
(2) Brake Pedal Bracket Stoplamps Switch
(3) Stoplamps Switch (5) Turn Signal Switch Connector
Engine Wiring Harness to Dash and Steering Column
186174
Legend
Solenoid
Steering Column
Legend
(2) Transmission Range (TR) Lamp (5) Cruise Control Switch Connector (Motorhome)
Engine And Transmission Harness
I I
393813
Legend
(1) Glowplug Controller (Diesel) (8) C301
(2) Water In Fuel Indicator Sensor (Diesel) (9) Transmission Input Speed Sensor
(3) C103 (10) ParkINeutral Position and Backup Lamps
(4) C104 Switch
(5) Auto Apply Park Brake Harness (11) To GI06
(6) Transmission (12) Fuel Heater (Diesel)
(7) Transmission Output Speed Sensor
Visual ldentif ication
Lighting Systems Connector Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Module
End Views (Commercial)
B a c k u ~L a m ~ sSwitch
3-k H G F E D C B A
1
12015308
Connector Part
Information 8 Way Edgeboard Series
STD (BLK)
1
- --
Connector Part 12103584 Circuit

Information 2 Wav Weather Pack (BRN) Pin Wire Color No. Function
~ l ~ c ~
Function i t A I
I
LT BLU I
I
1134
I
I
Park Brake Switch
Signal
-
LT GRN Backup Lamp Feed
Fuse Output-Ignition
B
DK GRN /
wHT 1 1317 1 Fog Lamp Relay
outout-coil
BRN
Feed-Tv~eIll Fuse
C I PNK 1 39 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
Tvpe Ill Fuse
I YEL 1 lo 1 Headlamp Switch

Output
E I LTGRN I 11 I High Beam

head lam^ Feed
High Beam Indicator
F WHT 629 Lamp Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
LT GRN / Daytime Running Lamp
G BLK
592 Relay Output-Coil
H BLK 250 Ground
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay Headlamps Dimmer Switch
12110539 Connector Part 08917693

Connector Part
Information 5 Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information 4 Way F 56 Series (ELK)
Series Flexlock (BLK)
. . Circuit
Circuit Function
A TAN Low Beam
High Beam Headlamp l2
Headlamp Feed
30 DK BLU 593 Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
B - - Not Used
85 1 PNK 1 39 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-

Type
- . Ill Fuse I C LT GRN
High Beam
Headlamp Feed
I 1 1
J
LT GRN 1 Daytime Running Lamp Headlamp Switch
86 592 YEL l0 Outout
BLK Relay Output-Coil
87 1 ORN 1 640 1 Fuse Output-Battery-

T-v. ~ eIll Fuse I Headlamps Switch
I
I I
87A I BLK 1 250 1 Ground

Hazard Lamps Flasher
12020029
Connector Part
Information 6 Way F Metri-Pack 480
. .
Series (NAT)
-
Circuit
Connector Part 02973385 Pin Wire Color No. I Function
Information 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
9 1 Park Lamp Feed
Pin Wire Color
Circuit
No. Function I B I - - I Not Used
I A I ORN 1 240 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
T V DIll
~ Fuse
I 1
B (DRL)~ ORN 640 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
T V DIll~ Fuse
1 B I BRN 1 27 ( Hazard Flasher Output
I CIRED1 2
Fuse Output-Battery-
1 Type I Fuse
D YEL
lo Output1
Headlamp Switch
ParklNeutral Position (PNP and Backup
Headlamps Switch (cont'd)
Lamps Switch 1 b
12020029
Information 6 Way F Metri-Pack 480 Connector Part
Series (NAT)
Circuit
. .
I
Series IGRY),
- - -~
.-
I I Circuit l
!p W
d;o;ri . :N Function
E 1 ORN
1 140 1I Fuse Output-Battery
T V D Ill
~ Fuse
Not Used
Transmission Mounted
F I - - Not Used 1737 Neutral Safety Switch
Output-ParklNeutral
IP Lamps Dimmer Switch C

D
BRN
-
1 Fuse Output-Ignition 3-
141 1TypeIIIFuse
- Not Used
E DK BLU I Ignition Switch
WHT 805 Output-RunIHeatlCrank
F LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed
Fuse Output-Crank-
G PPL
Tvoe Ill Fuse
ParMNeutral Position (PNP and Backup

Lamps Switch 2 2
12020030
Connector Part
Series (NAT),.
Circuit
A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
B BLK 250 Ground
C WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output
D DK GRN
1 44 1 IP Lamps Dimmer
Switch Output Connector Part
Information
12191757
4 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Series (NAT)
Circuit
A-B - - Not Used
C I BLK 1 901 1 PNP Switch
D I BLK 1 901 1
PNP Switch
Bodv and Accessories Lighting Systems 8-67
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and Turn Signal Switch
Stoplamps Switch C1
440973

12033699 Information 11 Way F Pack-Con (ELK)
Connector Part
Information 3 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (ELK1
Circuit
Pin I Wire Color I Circuit
No. 1 Function
Pin Wire Color No. Function D l GRY 1 8 lam^ FeedPanel

1 Instrument
I I I
A WHT 17 Stoplamp Switch Output E-F I - - 1 Not Used
1I ORN 1 240 1 Fuse Output-Battery- BLK [ 28 1 Horn Relay Output-Coil
C
B
LT BLU 1 20
T V DIll
~ Fuse
1 Stoplamp Feed H I LTBLU 1 14 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and J I DKBLU 1 15 1 Turn Signal Lamp

Feed-Right Front
Stoplamps Switch C2 K 1 BRN 1 27 1 Hazard Flasher Output
I PPL 1 l6 1 Turn Signal Flasher

OU~DU~
StopKurn Lamp
M YEL 18
Feed-Left Rear
N I DKGRN I 19 I StopKurn Lamp

Feed-Riaht Rear
P I WHT I 17 [ Stoplamp Switch Output
12015197
Connector Part
.
Series IBLU),
Circuit
A I BRN 1
I
241 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 3-
Type
- . Ill Fuse
Brake Pedal Switch
6 PPL 420 Output-Torque
I I I converter clutch
8-68 Liahtina Svstems Body and Accessories
Lighting Systems Connector
End Views (Motorhome) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay (249)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

Module (249)
F H G F E D C B A
1 12110539
Connector Part
Series Flexlock IBLK)
Circuit
12015308
Connector Part Function
Information 8 Way Edgeboard Series
STD (BLK) High Beam Headlamp
DK BLU Feed-Daytime
Circuit Running Lamps
Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
I I I Park Brake Switch Type Ill Fuse
1 LT,"z
A LT BLu 1134
I I I
Signal
-
1 86 '1 1 592
Daytime Running Lamp
B
DK GRN 1
wHT 1 1317 1 Fog Lamp Relay
outout-coil
1 1 I I
Relay Output-Coil
C I PNK 1 39 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
Tvpe Ill Fuse I
87
87A 1
ORN
BLK 1
640
250
Tvpe Ill Fuse
1 Ground
I YEL 1 lG
Headlamp Switch
loutput
E ( LTGRN I 11 I High Beam

Headlamp Feed
High Beam Indicator
F WHT 629 Lamp Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
LT GRN / Daytime Running Lamp
G 592
Relay Output-Coil
BLK
H I BLK 1 250 1 Ground
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay 2 HeadlampsIPanel Dimmer Switch (Export)
(HPWZ49)
12129716
Connector Part
Information 4 Way F Metri-Pack 280 I Series IBLK)
Series Flexlock (GRY) Circuit
Circuit Pin Wire Color No. Function
Pin Wire Color No. Function B GRY 157 Interior Lamp Output
High Beam Fuse Output-Battery-
Headlam Feed Type I Fuse
High Beam Headlamp
Running Lamps
D I PNK 1 39 1Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
Tvoe Ill Fuse
I
BLK E 1 DK GRN 1 44 1Instrument Panel Lamps

Dimmer Switch Output
87 1 LTGRN I 11 I High Beam
head lam^ Feed I 1 lo 1Headlamp Switch
OUfDUt
Hazard Lamps Flasher H I ORN 1 140 1Fuse Output-Battery-

Type Ill Fuse
K - - INot Used
L I
I
ORN 1
I
40 1 ..
Tvpe Ill Fuse
M I WHT 1 156 1 Courtesy Lamp Output
N - - Not Used
R BLK 250 Ground
S 1 BRN 1 9 1 Park lam^ Feed
333032
Connector Part 1 02973385

Information 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
Circuit
A ORN 240 Type Ill Fuse
B I BRN 1 27 1 Hazard Flasher Out~ut I
Headlamps Dimmer Switch Headlamps Switch (cont'd)
Connector Part
12020029
Series (NAT)
Circuit
I
T.v. ~ eIll Fuse
F I - - I Not Used
IP Lamps Dimmer Switch
Headlamps Switch
Connector Part
Information I 12020030
Series (NAT)
l2O2W29 Circuit
Connector Part Pin Wire Color No. Function
Series (NAn,. A BRN 9 Park lam^ Feed
Circuit B BLK 250 Ground
C WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output
A I BRN I 9 1 Park Lamp Feed
- - I Not Used
D DKGRN
I 44 I IP Lamps Dimmer
Switch Output
T v ~ eIll Fuse
C RED
1 Fuse Output-Battery-
Type I Fuse
D YEL Headlamp Switch
ParWNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup ParWNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup
Lamps Switch C1 Lamps Switch C2
12129840 12129804
Connector Part Connector Part
Information 7 Way F Metri-Pack 1501280 Information 4 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Series (GRY) Series (CRM)
I Pin I Wire Color

-
I Circuit
No.
-
I Function Pin Wire Color
Circuit
No. Function
A Not Used A-B - - Not Used
Transmission Mounted
B YEL 1737 Neutral Safety Switch C I
BLK I
901 I
PNP Switch
I Out~ut-ParWNeutral D I BLK 1 901 1 PNP Switch
C
D
PNK
-
1 639
-
1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
Type Ill Fuse
Not Used
Stoplamps Switch
DK BLU / Ignition Switch

E 805
WHT Output-Run/Heat/Crank
I F I LT GRN 1 24 1 Backup Lamp Feed
G PPL
1 806 1 Fuse Output-Crank
-Type Ill Fuse
Connector Part * 12033699

information 3 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (BLK)
Type Ill Fuse
I C I LT BLU 1 20 1 Stoplamp Feed
8-72 Liahtina Svstems Bodv and Accessories
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and Turn Signal Switch
Stoplamps Switch
Connector Part
Information
12033706
Connector Part
Information 1. 11 Way F Pack-Con (BLK)
12033718
Circuit
Series (BLU) Wire Color No. Function
Pin I W i n Color I Circuit

No. I Functlon I GRY 1 Instrument Panel
I Lam0 Feed
- -
r - -
A-B 1
I
- 1 - I Not Used E-F - - Not Used
C BRN
1 1Fuse Output-Ignition 3-
241 T w. e Ill Fuse
G BLK 28 Horn Relay Output-Coil
Brake Pedal Switch H LT BLU

l4 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
D PPL 420 Output-Torque
Converter Clutch J I DKBLU 1 15 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Right Front
K I BRN 1 27 1 Hazard Flasher Output
I
I
PPL 1 l6 1 Turn Signal Flasher
OU~DU~
M YEL
l8 1 StopKurn Lamp
Feed-Left Rear
N I
I
DKGRN I
I
19 IF
I
StopKurn Lamp
eed-Riaht
" Rear
P 1 WHT I 17 1 Stoplamp Switch Output

Courtesy or Dome Lamps Always On
Step 1 Action I ~alue(s) 1 Yes I No I
I Disconnect connector C207 (Commercial),or C210 (Motorhome).

Does the dome lamp remain on?
Repair the short to ground or to B + in the wiring beyond
I - Go to Step 2 I Go to Step 3 1
connector C207 (Commercial), or C210 (Motorhome).
- -
Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems.
1. Disconnect the instrument panel (IP) lamps dimmer
switch.
3 2. Connect a test light from connector C207 cavity A -
(Commercial), or C210 cavity B (Motorhome) to B +.
Repair the short to ground in CKT 156 (WHT).
4 - -
- Is the repair complete? System OK
Replace the IP lamps dimmer switch.
5 - -
Courtesy or Dome Lamps Always On (Motorhome Export Only)

Action Yes
1. Disconnect connector C210.
2. Connect a test light from cavity B of the
headlampipanel dimmer switch connector to ground.
3. Turn the dome lamp override switch ON,
(button depressed).
Does the test light illurnmate? Go to Step 2
1. Disconnect the headlampipanel dimmer switch.
2. Connect a test light from cavity B of the -
headlamp/panel dimmer switch connector to ground.
Does the test light illuminate? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Locate and repair short to 6 + in CKT 157 (GRY) between
C210 and the headlamp/panel dimmer switch. - -
Replace the headlampipanel dimmer switch.
- -
Connect a test light from C210 of the body builders wire
5 harness connector, cavity A to ground. -
Does the test light illuminate?
1. Locate and repair the short to €3 i. in the body builder
installed wire harness.
-
2. Connect connector C210.
I I Is the repair complete? I system OK I
Courtesy or Dome Lamps Inoperative
Step Action Value(s) Yes
Inspect the HORNIDM fuse.
1 -
Is the fuse open? Go tostep 2
Locate and repalr the source of overload ~nCKT 40 (ORN)
and replace the fuse. - -
Does the dome lamp Ilght? System OK
Inspect the cond~t~on of G200.
--
Is ~tclean and tlqht?
- Go to Steo 5 Go to Step 4
Repair the ground as necessary.
- -
1. Disconnect C207 (Commercial), or C210 (Motorhome).
2. Connect a test light from cavity G (Commercial), or
cavity A (Motorhome) to ground.
Did the test light illuminate?
1. Connect a test lamp from C207 cavity A (Commercial),
or C210 cavity B (Motorhome), to B +.
2. Place the dome lamp switch in the ON position.
Did the test liaht illuminate?
Repair the open in CKT 40 (ORN) between C207, cavity G
(Commercial) or C210, cavity A (Motorhome) and the
instrument panel (IP) fuse block.
r Go to Steo 6
--
Go to Step 8
System OK
Go to Steo 7
~ -
Go to Steo 9
Repair the open in the wiring between C207 (Commercial)

or C210 (Motorhome) and the dome lamps. -
Is the reuair comglete? System OK
~ -~ -~-
1. Disconnect the IP lamps dimmer switch.

2. Connect a test light from IP lamps dimmer switch -
connector cavity B and B +.
Did the test light iliuminate? Go to Steo 10 Go to Steo 11
1
1. Connect a fused jumper wire from cavity A to cavity G of ~ 2 0 7
(Commercial),or C210 cavities A and B (Motorhome). I
2. Connect a test light from the IP dimmer switch cavi!y C and
ground.
)id the test light illuminate?
I -
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between IP lamps
dimmer switch connector cavity B and G200. -
Replace the IP lamps dimmer switch.
-
Is the repair complete? I I ~ v s t e mOK
Repair the open in CKT 156 (WHT) between connector
C207 (Commercial) or C210 (Motorhome) and IP lamps
dimmer switch connector cavity C.
-
Courtesy or Dome Lamps Inoperative (Motorhome Export Only)
Step Action Value@) Yes No
lnspect the HORNIDM fuse.
1 -
Is the fuse open? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Locate and repair source of overload in CKT 40 (ORN)
2 and replace the fuse. - -
Inspect the condition of ground G200.
3 -
Is it clean and tight? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
Repair G200 as necessary. - -
4
1. Disconnect C210.
2. Place the dome lamp override switch in the OFF
5 position (button extended). -
3. Connect a test light from C210, cavity A to ground.
1. Place the dome lamp switch to ON (rotate the
dimmer rheostat to full UP position). -
6
2. Connect a test light from C210 cavity 6 to B +.
With a test light, backprobe the headlarnpslpanel dimmer
7 switch connector from cavity B to ground. -
With a test light, backprobe the headlamps/panel dimmer
8 switch connector from cavity L to ground.
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 1 1
With a test light, backprobe the headlampslpanel dimmer
9 switch connector from cavity M to B +. -
With a test light, backprobe the headlampslpanel dimmer
10 switch connector from cavity R to B +. -
Repair the open in CKT 140 (ORN) between the
headlampslpanel dimmer switch connector, cavity H and - -
11 the Instrument Panel (IP) fuse block cavity F 8.
Repair the open circuit(s) in the wiring beyond C210. - -
12
Repair the open in CKT 157 (GRY) between C210,
cavity A, and the headlampslpanel dimmer switch - -
13 connector, cavity 6.
Replace the headlamps/panel dimmer switch. - -
14
Repair the open in CKT 156 (WHT) between C210,
cavity B, and the headlamps/panel dimmer switch - -
15 connector, cavity M.
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the
headlampsfpanel dimmer switch connector, - -
16 cavity R and G200.
Is the r e ~ a i com~lete?
r Svstem OK
8-76 Liqhtinq Svstems Bodv and Accessories
lnstrument Panel Lamps Do Not Dim
Place the headlamps switch in the PARK or HEAD Go to Instrument
1 position. - Panel Lamps
Do the instrument panel (IP) lamps illuminate? Go to Step 2 Inoperative
Rotate the IP lamps dimmer switch rheostat from full
2 brightness to full dim. -
Do the IP lamps brighten and dim? System OK Go to Step 3
Disconnect the IP lamps dimmer switch.
3 -
Do the IP lamps remain illuminated? Go tostep 4 Go .to Step 6
1 Remove the INSTR LPS fuse from the IP fuse block.

Do the IP lamps remain illuminated?
Repair short to B + in CKT 8 (GRY).
5 - -
Replace the IP lamps dimmer switch. -
6 -
1. Repair short to 6 + between cavity D of the IP lamps
dimmer switch connector and the IP iuse block
7 cavity H4. - -
2. Reinstall the INSTR LPS fuse.
lnstrument Panel Lamps Do Not Dim (Motorhome Export)

Step Action I Yes I No I
2. Place the headlampsipanel dimmer switch to the Go to lnstrument
PARK position. Panel Lamps
Do the instrument panel (IP) lamps illuminate? Go to Step 2 Inoperative
Rotate the IP lamps dimmer switch rheostat from full
brightness to full dim. -
Do the IP lamps brighten and dim? System OK Go to Step 3
Disconnect the headlampsipanel dimmer switch.
-
Do the IP illumination lamps remain lit? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
Remove the INSTR LPS fuse from the IP fuse block. I - I I I
Do the IP ilurnination lamps remain lit? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 7
Repa~rshort to B + in CKT 8 (GRY) between IP fuse block
cavity H3 and the IP cluster connector, cavity 29. - -
Redace the Headlamosi~aneldimmer switch.
a ,

1. Repair the short to B + between the headlampslpanel
dimmer switch connector, cavity E and cavity H4 of
the IP fuse block.
2. Reinstall the INSTR LPS fuse.
Is the repair complete? I
Instrument Panel Lam s Inoperative
r
lnspect the TAIL LPS fuse in the instrument panel (IP)
1 fuse block. -
I I Is the fuse open? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
and repair the source of overload in
CKT 140 (ORN) and replace the fuse. - -
Check the condition of the INSTR LPS fuse in the IP
3 fuse block. -
Locate and repair the source of overload in CKT 8 (GRY)
4 and replace the fuse. - -
lnspect the condition of ground G 108.
5 -
Is it clean and tiaht? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
b 108 as necessary.
I
I 7l
With a test light, backprobe cavity E of the headlamps
switch, or cavity H of the headlamplpanel dimmer switch
(Motorhome Export) connector to ground.
Repair the open in CKT 140 (ORN) between the IP fuse
0 System OK
Go to Step 9 I
I
Go to Step 8
block cavity F 8 and the headlamps switch connector,

cavity E, or the headlamps/panel dimmer switch
connector, cavity H (Motorhome Export).
I Is the repair complete? System OK
h Is the vehicle being repaired an export model? - Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
1. Place the headlamps switch to the PARK or HEAD
i position.
2. With a test light, backprobe cavity A of the headlamps
switch connector to ground.
1 I Did the test light illuminate?
1. Place the park lamps switch to the ON position.
2. Turn the dimmer rheostat to the full bright position.
3. With a test light, backprobe cavity E of the
I
1
headlampslpanel dimmer switch connector to ground.
Did the test liaht illuminate? Go to Step 17 Go to Step 12
Replace the headlamps switch, or the headlampslpanel
dimmer switch (Motorhome Export).
position.
13 2. With a test light, backprobe cavity A of the IP lamps
dimmer switch connector to ground.
Repair the open in CKT 9 (BRN) between the headlamps
switch connector cavity A and the IP lamps dimmer switch
l4 connector cavity A.
1 15 II With a test light, backprobe cavity D of the IP lamps

dimmer switch connector to ground.
I I
1 Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step 17 Go to Step 16
Instrument Panel Lamps Inoperative (cont'd)
I Action Value(s) Yes
I Replace the IP lamps dimmer switch.
-
With a test light, probe cavity H 4 of the IP fuse block to
ground. -
Repair the open in CKT 44 (DK GRN) between the IP lamps
dimmer switch connector, cavity D, or the headlampslpanel
dimmer switch connector, cavity E (Motorhome Export) and .-
cavity H4 of the IP fuse block.

position.
2. With a test light, backprobe cavity 29 of the IP cluster
connector to ground.
With a test light, backprobe cavity 31 of the
IP cluster to B +.
Repair the open in CKT 8 (GRY) between the IP cluster
connector, cavity 29 and the IP fuse block cavity H3. - -
Repair the open in CKT 451 (BLWWHT) between the IP
cluster connector, cavity 31 and G108. - -
I I
Replace the instrument cluster.
I -
I
system OK
System OK
I - 1I
Description and Operation Exterior Lights Circuit Description
Lighting System Operation (Commercial)
Headlamps Headlamps Circuit Description
The headlamps will turn on when the headlamp switch Voltage is available at all times to the headlamp
is placed in the ON position. switch from the junction block through CKT 2 (RED).
When the low beam headlamps are on, the headlamps Within the headlamp switch is a circuit breaker
can be switched to the high beams by pulling the which resets automatically. The circuit breaker opens
headlamp dimmer switch toward the driver until upon heating due to an overcurrent condition. With
it clicks. When the headlamp dimmer switch is again the circuit breaker open, current stops, and the circuit
pulled until it clicks, the headlamps will then switch breaker's thermal element cools. When sufficiently
to the low beams from the high beams. cooled, the circuit breaker closes.
The three-position headlamp switch has the following
Daytime Running Lamps positions:
The Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) illuminate the An off position
high beam headlamps at a reduced intensity. The DRL
will operate when the ignition switch is in the RUN A parking lamps position
or START position and the gear selector lever is out of A headlamps position
the PARK position. DRL is a programmable feature When the switch is in the headlamps position, voltage
for vehicles sold in the United States. Turning on is available on CKT 10 (YEL) to the headlamps
the headlamps will disable the DRL system. dimmer switch. The headlamp dimmer switch is part of
Flash-To-Pass the multifunction switch on the steering column. By
pulling the multifunction switch lever up along the axis
When the headlamp dimmer switch is pulled toward of the steering column, the switch changes selections
driver, but does not click, the high beam headlamps between the high beam and the low beam.
will light for as long as the switch is held. This
will occur in any headlamp state (off, DRL, low beams). With the selection of the low beams, voltage is supplied
to the left headlamp, cavity C, and then to the right
Park Lamps headlamp, cavity C, through CKT 12 (TAN). With the
The park lamps will turn on when the headlamp switch selection of high beams, voltage is supplied to the left
is placed in the PARK or ON position. headlamp, cavity B, and then to the right headlamp,
cavity B, through CKT 11 (LT GUN). Ground is supplied
Turn Lamps for both headlamps through G200.
The turn lamps can only be activated with the ignition CKT 11 (LT GRN) also supplies high beam voltage to
switch in RUN or START. When the turn signal the instrument cluster for the illumination of the
switch is placed in a position to indicate a left turn or a high beam indicator lamp. Ground is available through
right turn, the respective turn lamps will flash. The CKT 451 (BLK) to ground G I 03.
respective turn indicator will flash on the lnstrument
Panel Cluster (IPC). DRL Circuit Description
The headlamps switch provides constant voltage to
Hazard Lamps the switch side, cavity 87, of the Daytime Running
When the hazard switch is pressed, all turn lamps will Lamps (DRL) relay through CKT 640 (ORN). Voltage
flash. Both turn indicators will flash on the lnstrument is supplied to the coil side of the DRL relay,
Panel Cluster (IPC). cavity 85, from the GAUGES fuse when the ignition is
in the RUN or START position. Ground is provided
Stoplamps for the relay through CKT 592 (LT GRNIBLK) to
When the brake pedal is pressed, all stoplamps the normally closed DRL relay control switch, cavity G,
illuminate. at the DRL module. When the DRL relay is energized,
Backup Lamps the relay contacts close and voltage is supplied to
the low beam of the left headlamp through cavity A.
When the ignition switch is in RUN and the gear Voltage is supplied to the low beam of the right
selector lever is in REVERSE, the backup lamps light. headlamp, cavity C, through the left headlamp,
lnstrument Cluster Dimming cavity C, and the right headlamp is grounded at G200
to complete the circuit.
The instrument cluster lamps light when the park
lamps are on. The brightness of the instrument cluster
lamps is controlled by the instrument cluster dimmer
switch located on the instrument panel.
8-80 Liahtincl Svstems Bodv and Accessories
When the headlamp switch is in the head position, the The lamps illuminate immediately and begin flashing
voltage is directed to the headlamps dimmer switch when the current flow heats the timing element in
and the headlamp switch input at the DRL module. The the flasher. The timing element repeatedly opens and
module opens the contacts at the DRL relay control closes the circuit.
switch and this interrupts the path to ground. The With the turn signal switch inactive, voltage to the turn
contacts at the DRL relay open and the daytime signal lamps is supplied through the marker lamps.
running lamps are shut off. This interruption in the When the turn signal switch is activated a second
ground path also turns off the DRL indicator. circuit is used to power the turn signal lamps.
With the headlamp switch in the head position and The ground path for the marker lamps is interrupted
headlamps dimmer switch is in the low position, and they will not light. As the turn signal lamps flasher
voltage is available, first, to the left low beam opens and closes the circuit, the marker lamps light
headlamp and then to the right low beam headlamp. opposite to the turn signal lamps.
G200 supplies ground to the right headlamp and
completes the circuit. Hazard Flasher Circuit Description
When the headlamps dimmer switch is moved to the Voltage is available at all times through the STOPIHAZ
high position, voltage is available, first, to the left fuse and the hazard lamps flasher to the open
high beam headlamp and then to the right high beam contacts of the hazard flasher switch within the turn
headlamp. G200 supplies ground to the right signal switch. With the hazard switch in the on position,
headlamp and completes the circuit. voltage is available to the instrument cluster, the
turn signal lamps and the stoplturn signal lamps. All of
With the headlamps dimmer switch in the high
the turn lamps and the turn indicators flash on
position, voltage is also available to the high beam
and off.
input at the DRL module. This signal prompts the DRL
to supply battery voltage to the Hi Beam indicator at The front marker lamps flash in the hazard on position
the instrument cluster. Ground G 108 completes in the same manner these lamps flash in the turn
the circuit and the indicator illuminates. right or turn left position with the headlamps switch in
park or head.
Park, Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Circuit
In the HAZARD position, the circuit is always open,
Description and the turn lamps flasher controls the lamps.
Voltage is available through the TAIL LPS fuse to the
headlamps switch at all times. With the headlamp Backup Lights Circuit Description
switch in the park or head position, voltage is available When the ignition switch is in the RUN position,
to the following components through CKT 9 (BRN): voltage is available through the TURN B/U fuse to the
The park lamps backup lamp switch (manual transmission) or the
The tail lamps parklneutral position and backup lamps switch
(automatic transmission) on CKT 141 (BRN). With the
The marker lamps transaxle in reverse, voltage is available to the left
The license lamps and right backup lamps, which are case grounded, on
The park and marker lamps are grounded through CKT 24 (LT GRN).
G200. The tail and license lamps are case grounded.
Interior Lamps Dimming Circuit Description
Stoplamps Circuit Description Voltage is supplied to the headlamps switch at
Voltage is available at all times through the STOPIHAZ all times by the TAIL-LPS fuse. The headlamps switch
fuse to the stoplamp switch. With the depression of provides voltage to the IP lamps dimmer switch in
the brake pedal, the contacts in the stoplamp the park and head position. With the contacts of the
switch close and voltage is available through the turn panel lamps switch closed, voltage is supplied to
signal switch to the left stoplamp, CKT 18 (YEL) the INSTR-LPS fuse. This fuse protects CKT 8 (GRY)
and the right stoplamp, CKT 19 (DK GRN). Both lamps in the event of a short to ground or an overload
are case grounded and supplies voltage to the seat belts alarm module,
Turn Signal Lamps Circuit Description the transmission range lamp, and the illumination
lamps at the instrument cluster. Rotation of the
With the ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is
IP lamps dimmer switch toward the full OFF position
available through the TURN-BIU fuse and the turn
signal lamps flasher to the only closed contact of the (within 5 degrees of the end of rotation) reduces
hazard flasher switch within the turn signal switch. voltage until the current is so low that the lamps do
not illuminate.
With the turn signal switch in the left turn position,
voltage is available to the turn signal lamp and left turn The seat belt alarm circuit operation is found in
indicator on CKT 14 (LT BLU) and the stoplamp on Audible Warnings Circuit Description in Instrument
CKT 18 (YEL). With the turn signal switch in the right Panel, Gauges, and Console. The transmission range
turn position, voltage is available to the turn signal lamp is case grounded and the illumination lamps
lamp and right turn indicator on CKT 15 (DK BLU) and are grounded through G1O8.
the stoplamp on CKT 19 (DK GRN). The turn signal
lamps are grounded to G200, the indicator lamps
are grounded to GI08 and the stoplamps are case
grounded.
The HORN-DM fuse provides voltage on CKT 40 DRL Circuit Description
(ORN) to cavity G of connector C207 for the body The headlamps switch provides constant voltage to
builder installed dome lamp. The ground is provided by the switch side, cavity 87, of the Daytime Running
the following path: Lamps (DRL) relay through CKT 640 (ORN). Voltage
1. CKT 156 (WHT) from C 207, cavity A, to the IP is supplied to the coil side of the DRL relay,
lamps dimmer switch. cavity 85, from the GAUGES fuse when the ignition is
2. CKT 250 (BLK) from the IP lamps dimmer switch in the RUN or START position. Ground is provided
to ground G200 for the relay through CKT 592 (LT GRNIBLK) to
the normally closed DRL relay control switch, cavity G,
Exterior Lights Circuit Description at the DRL module. When the DRL relay is energized,
(Motorhome) the relay contacts close and voltage is supplied to
Headlamps Circuit Description the low beam of the left headlamp through cavity C.
Voltage is supplied to the low beam of the right
Voltage is available at all times to the headlamp
headlamp, cavity B, through the left headlamp,
switch from the junction block through CKT 2 (RED).
cavity B. The right headlamp is grounded at G101,
Within the headlamp switch is a circuit breaker
G102, or G 107 to complete the circuit.
which resets automatically. The circuit breaker opens
upon heating due to an overcurrent condition. With On vehicles equipped with dual rectangular
the circuit breaker open, current stops, and the circuit headlamps, the energized DRL relay provides voltage
breaker's thermal element cools. When sufficiently to the left inner headlamp at cavity 6 and the
cooled, the circuit breaker closes. second DRL relay at cavity 85. When grounded
The three-position headlamp switch has the following through CKT 150 (BLK) at G101, G102, or G107, the
second DRL relay energizes and closes the switch
positions:
contacts. Voltage is supplied from the left inner
An off position headlamp, cavity A, to the right inner headlamp,
A parking lamps position cavity A and to cavity 30 on the second DRL relay.
A headlamps position The inner headlamps illuminate when ground is
established at Gl01, G102, or GI07 through CKT 150
When the switch is in the headlarnps position, voltage
(BLK) from the right inner headlamp, cavity B. The
is available on CKT 10 (YEL) to the headlarnps inner headlarnps are in series with each other and will
dimmer switch. The headlamp dimmer switch is part of have reduced intensity. Voltage is supplied to the
the multifunction switch on the steering column. By high beams of the left and right outer headlarnps by
pulling the multifunction switch lever up along the axis the second DRL relay. The outer headlamps illuminate
of the steering column, the switch changes selections when ground is established at G101, G102, or
between the high beam and the low beam. G I 0 7 through CKT 150 (BLK). The outer headlamps
With the selection of the low beams, voltage is are in series with the left inner headlamp and will have
supplied to the low beam of the left headlamp, reduced intensity.
cavity A, and then to the low beam of the right When the headlamp switch is in the head position, the
headlamp, cavity A, on CKT 12 (TAN). With the voltage is directed to the headlamps dimmer switch
selection of high beams, voltage is supplied to the high and the headlamp switch input at the DRL module
beam on the left headlamp, cavity B, and then to through CKT 10 (YEL). The module opens the contacts
the high beam of the right headlamp, cavity B, at the DRL relay control switch and this interrupts
on CKT 11 (LT GRN). Ground is supplied for both the path to ground. The contacts at the DRL
headlamps through G101, G102, or G107. relay open and the daytime running lamps are shut
On those vehicles equipped with dual rectangular off. This interruption in the ground path also turns the
headlamps, with the headlamps dimmer switch is in DRL indicator off.
the high position, voltage is supplied to both outer With the headlamp switch in the head position and
headlamps before being supplied to their respective headlamps dimmer switch is in the low position,
inner headlamps. The outer and inner headlamps voltage is available to the left low beam headlamp,
are all grounded through G101, G102, or G107. cavity A, and then to the right low beam headlamp,
CKT 11 (LT GRN) also provides high beam voltage to cavity A, through CKT 12 (TAN). G101, G102, or G I 0 7
the instrument cluster for the illumination of the supply ground to the right headlamp through CKT 150
High Beam indicator lamp. Ground is available through (BLK) and complete the circuit. On vehicles equipped
CKT 451 (BLK) to G I 08. with dual rectangular headlamps, G101, G102, or
G I 0 7 supply ground to both headlamps.
When the headlamps dimmer switch is moved to the Stoplamps Circuit Description
high position, voltage is available to the left high Voltage is available at all times through the STOPIHAZ
beam headlamp and then to the right high beam fuse to the stoplamp switch. With the depression of
headlamp through CKT 11 (LT GRN). G102, G101, or the brake pedal, the contacts in the stoplamp
G I 0 7 supply ground to the right headlamp through switch close and voltage is available through the turn
CKT 150 (BLK) and complete the circuit. On vehicles signal switch to the left stoplamp, CKT 18 (YEL)
equipped with dual rectangular headlamps, voltage and the right stoplamp, CKT 19 (DK GRN). Both lamps
from the headlamp dimmer switch is supplied to are case grounded
the inner headlamps at cavity A and the second DRL
relay at cavity 30 through CKT 11 (LT GRN). G I 01, Turn Signal Lamps Circuit Description
G I 0 2 and G I 0 7 provide a direct ground for the With the ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is
right inner headlamp through CKT 150 (BLK). Ground available through the TURN-B/U fuse and the turn
for the left inner headlamp through CKT 150 (BLK) signal lamps flasher to the only closed contact of the
is provided through the second DRL relay. This hazard flasher switch within the turn signal switch.
energizes the relay and the switch contacts are closed.
Voltage is then supplied to the left outer headlamp, With the turn signal switch in the left turn position,
cavity B, through CKT 11 (LT GRN) and then to voltage is available to the turn signal lamp and left turn
the right outer headlamp, cavity B. Each headlamp is indicator on CKT 14 (LT BLU) and the stoplamp on
separately grounded through CKT 150 (BLK) at CKT 18 (YEL). With the turn signal switch in the right
G102, G101, or G107. turn position, voltage is available to the turn signal
lamp and right turn indicator on CKT 15 (DK BLU) and
With the headlamps dimmer switch in the high the stop lamp on CKT 19 (DK GRN). The turn signal
position, voltage is also available to the high beam lamps are case grounded and the indicator lamps
input at the DRL module. This signal prompts the DRL are grounded to G108.
to supply battery voltage to the Hi Beam indicator at
the instrument cluster. Ground G I 08 completes The lamps illuminate immediately and begin flashing
the circuit and the indicator illuminates. when the current flow heats the timing element in
the flasher. The timing element repeatedly opens and
Park, Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Circuit closes the circuit.
Description With the turn signal switch inactive, voltage to the turn
Voltage is available through the TAlL LPS fuse to the signal lamps runs through the front marker lamps.
headlamps switch at all times. With the headlamp When the turn signal switch is activated a second
switch in the park or head position, voltage is available circuit is used to power the turn signal lamps.
to the following components through CKT 9 (BRN): The ground path for the marker lamps is interrupted
The park lamps and they will not light. As the turn signal lamps flasher
opens and closes the circuit, the front marker lamps
The tail lamps light opposite to the turn signal lamps.
The front sidemarker lamps
Hazard Flasher Circuit Description
The rear sidemarker lamps
Voltage is available at all times through the STOPIHAZ
The license lamps fuse and the hazard lamps flasher to the normally
On export vehicles, voltage is available through the open contacts of the hazard flasher switch within the
TAlL LPS fuse to the headlamp panel dimmer switch, turn signal switch. With the hazard switch in the
cavity H, at all times. With the headlamp switch in on position, voltage is available to the instrument
the park or headlamp position, voltage is available cluster, the turn signal lamps, the front marker lamps,
through CKT 9 (BRN) to the following fuses and and the stop/turn signal lamps. All of the turn lamps
components: and the turn indicators flash on and off.
1. The FRONT PARK LPS fuse to the park lamps
Backup Lights Circuit Description
and the front marker lamps through CKT 964
(BRN) and CKT 9 (BRN) When the ignition switch is in the RUN position,
voltage is available through the AUTO APPLY fuse to
2. The MARKERILICENSE LPS fuse to the license
the parkheutral position and backup lamps switch
lamps through CKT 914 (GRY)
on CKT 639 (PNK). With the transaxle in reverse,
3. The LH TAlL LPS fuse to the left tail lamps and voltage is available to the left and right backup lamps,
rear marker lamps through CKT 912 (PPL) which are case grounded, on CKT 24 (LT GRN).
4. The RH TAlL LPS fuse to the right tail lamps and
rear marker lamps through CKT 913 (DK BLU).
For all vehicles, the park, tail, and license lamps are
all case grounded. The front s~demarkerlamps ground
through the turn signal lamps and the rear sidemarker
lamps ground through G401.
Interior Lamps Dimming Circuit Description On export vehicles, voltage is supplied to the
Voltage is supplied to the headlamps switch, cavity E, headlamp panel dimmer switch, cavity H, at all times
at all times by the TAlL LPS fuse. The headlamps by the TAlL LPS fuse. Voltage is also supplied to
switch provides voltage to the IP lamps dimmer switch the headlamp panel dimmer switch, cavity D, in RUN
in the park and head position through CKT 9 (BRN). and START by the GAUGES fuse. With the
With the contacts of the panel lamps switch closed, headlamp panel dimmer switch in the park position,
voltage is supplied to the INSTR-LPS fuse through voltage is supplied to the exterior lights through CKT 9
CKT 44 (DK GRN). This fuse protects CKT 8 (GRY) in (BRN), the INSTR LPS fuse through CKT 44
the event of a short to ground or an overload and (DK GRN), and the dimmer switch lamp. The INSTR
supplies voltage to the seat belt and lamps alarm LPS fuse supplies voltage to the seat belt and
module, the transmission range lamp, and the lamps alarm module, the transmission range lamp,
illumination lamps at the instrument cluster. Rotation and the illumination lamps at the instrument cluster.
of the IP lamps dimmer switch toward the full OFF The seat belt and lamps alarm circuit operation
position (within 5 degrees of the end of rotation) is found in Audible Warnings Circuit Description in
reduces voltage until the current is so low that the Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console. The
lamps do not illuminate. transmission range lamp is case grounded and the
illumination lamps are grounded through G108.
The seat belt and lamps alarm circuit operation is The dimmer switch lamp is grounded through G200.
found in Audible Warnings Circuit Description in
Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console. The The HORN-DM fuse provides voltage on CKT 40
transmission range lamp is case grounded and the (ORN) to the DOME OVERRIDE switch in the
illumination lamps are grounded through G108. headlamp panel dimmer switch, cavity L. These
contacts are normally closed and provide voltage to
The HORN-DM fuse provides voltage on CKT 40 connector C210 for the body builder installed
(ORN) to cavity A of connector C210 for the body dome lamp. The ground is provided by the
builder installed dome lamp. The ground is provided following path:
by the following path:
1. CKT 156 (WHT) from C 210, cavity B, to the
1. CKT 156 (WHT) from C210, cavity B, to the IP headlamp panel dimmer switch, cavity M
lamps dimmer switch.
2. The closed contacts of the dome lamp switch
2. CKT 250 (BLK) from the IP lamps dimmer switch
to ground G200 3. CKT 250 (BLK) from the headlamp panel dimmer
switch, cavity R, to ground G200.
8-84 WipersMlasher Systems Body and Accessories
WiperslWasher Systems
WiperMlasher System Schematic References
Reference on Schematic 1 Section Number - Subsection Name I
Ground Distribution Cell 14 1 8 -Wiring Systems
Power Distribution Cell 10 1 8 - Wirina Systems
WiperMlasher System Schematic Icons

lcon lcon Definition
Hol In ACC And RUN 1
I Power
Distribution
1 YEL
Windshield
Wiper And
Washer
Switch
Washer
L
F
1 ORN
FA
1dshield Wmdshield Windshield Windshield
Output Wiper Wlper WlW Washer
Accessory Motor Relay Motor Sw~tch
Type Ill Feed Feed Feed Signal
Fuse Dynamic Coil H~gh
Brake Speed
-
(LOW)
Provlsions For Wiper1

Washer Motor
WiperIWasher Svstem (Pulse) Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 91)
- - - T"'
Hot In ACC And RUN
IFuse
Block
Closed In
Wiper/
Washer
Pulse Only
Switch
Delay
Switch
PULSE
Delay
,
Rheostat
0.8 BRNWHT 96
A
08 1
------- -------
4 Ficl
0.8 GRY 91 0.8
LT BLU/ 97
BLK
--------
0.8 PPL 92
-------
0.8 PNib4
-------- -------
4
0.8 BRN 96
:I;-
Delay Wiper MisVLow OftiPulseiLow High Washer Delay Windshield
SWI~C~ Washer Speed speed lnput Speed swnch switch Wiper
Feed Switch Input Input Input Input Pulse
Feed
Control
Windshield WSW Module
Wiper Relay WSW Switch Motor Feed WSW
Feed Coil MIsVOfflLow High Speed Switch
Output Output Output Signal Ground
------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
I GRf - - - - -I-L- -T- B- L i 7- - - - - - - I- pp$

-- - - - - - - -1-p- -N ~ ~ l o o
- - - - - - - - - - -C ------------ ------------ - - - - - - - - - - - -F C207 3 BLK 250

use Wlndshleld WSW Switch - WSW WSW
Output Wiper Relay MlstlOtflLow Motor Feed Switch PI00
Accessory Feed Coil High Speed Signal
Type Ill A2 A C200
Fuse
"
Provisions For
WiperiWasher
Motor
3 BLK 250
Body and Accessories WipersMlasher Systems 8-87
Component Locator
Wi~erMlasherSvstem Com~onents
IP Fuse Block Identification (Commercial) Connector End Views in
(Commercial) Located by the body builder
IP Fuse Block
L.ocated by the body builder Identification (Motorhome) Connector End Views in
(Motorhome) in Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
--
Windshield Wipermasher System

Part of the multifunction lever on the WipenWasher System Connector End Views
WasheriWiper Switch column Component Views
(Cnrnmerciah (Commercial)
I
I Windshield - . 01me
1 ram ., , I 1 Wiper/Washer System
I I I
c - -- A,-- ,A,:---"",--L-- p..-h--
Switch r n u ~ ~ ~ ~ u nlever
c i ~ o011
n 111a vvrlJt'f/ w v d ~ i ayalarii
e ~ Connector End Views
steering column Component views (Motorhome)
(Motorhome)
Windshield Wiper Pulse Tie strapped to the engine wiring harness Wiper/Washer System
System Connector End Views
Control Module at the driver's island under the steering Component Views
(Motorhome) column support
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
C200 (Motorhome)
bulkhead near PI00 Wiring Systems

(Commercial) in End Views (Commercial)
engine bulkhead near the battery in Wiring Systems
Wiring Systems
iurction block
-
C207 (Motorhome)
Engine harness to the windshield wiper
harness, at the LH side of the engine
bulkhead near the battery junction block
-1 Harness Routing Views
(Motorhome) in
Wiring Systems
-
End Views (Motorhome)
in Wiring Systems
Harness Routing Views (Motor

Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead home) in Wiring Systems
-
I S150 (Motorhome, Gas) breakout for the battery junction block -
toward ClOO and C207
In the engine harness, 14 cm (6 in) from -
Diesel) P I 00, toward C100 and C207
In the IP harness, 26 cm (10 in) from the -
S204 horn relay breakout, toward PI00
8-88 Wiperswasher Systems Body and Accessories
Wiperwasher System Component Views
186178
Legend
(2) Steering Column (8) C100
Solenoid (10) C200
(1 1) Windshield Wiper Pulse Control Module
(6) Pl 00
Steering Column
Legend
tamps Flasher Swit Signat Switch Connector
issl~nRange (TR) L e ControI Switch Connector (
Switch Connector
Accessories
Visual Identification
WiperIWasher System Connector WiperlWasher System Connector
End Views (Commercial) nd Views (Motorhome)
Windshield Wipermasher Switch shield Wiper SwitchlPulse
Control Msdule
52020492
Connector Part
lnformati~n 7 Way F Pack-Con
Connector and Clip ((BLK) -(
Connector Part
information
7 1,,,
e 120W430
7 Way F Pack-Can (GRY)
I
f
Pin
A
If Wire Color
-
I
I
Circuit
No. I
- 1 Not Used
Function Pin
A
Wire Color
-- [ - I~
Function
o used
t
Windshield Washer
Motor Switch Siqnal
Windshield Wiper Motor
Feed-Hish Speed
I
YEL 1 143 1 fuse Output-Accessory-
Type Ill Fuse
Windshield Wiper Relay
Feed-Coil
D
r-GRY
I BLK [
1 250 [ Ground
p z d Wiper Relay
Windshield Wiper
I F 1 ORN 1 98 ( Windshield
Feed-Dvnarnic Brake
--
Wiper Motor
I G 1 - I - 1 Not Used
Bodv and Accessories WipersMlasher Systems 8-91

Washer Always On (Motorhome WIPulse)

2. Disconnect the wipertwasher switch connector from --
the windshield wiper pulse control module.
Does the washer pump continue to operate? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
Replace the wiperlwasher switch. Refer to Pivot and Pulse
Switch Assembly - Disassemble (Column Shift) in Steering -
Wheel and Column-Tilt.

2. Disconnect the wiperlwasher wire harness from the
3 windshield wiper pulse control module. -
Does the washer pump stop operating? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
Replace the pulse wiper control module. -
4
Repair the short to ground in CKT 94 (PNK) between the
pulse wiper control module connector, cavity B and the -
wiperlwasher body builder provision connector.
Washers Always On (Commercial)

Step Action Val ue(s) Yes No

2. Disconnect the windshield wiper and washer switch -
pigtail connector.
Does the washer pump continue to operate? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Repair the short to B + in CKT 94 (PNK) between the
windshield wiper and washer switch and the provisions for -
wiperlwasher motor connector C207, cavity B.
-
Replace the windshield wiper and washer switch. -
3 -
Washers Inoperative (Motorhome WIPulse)

Action Value(s) Yes No

2. With a test light, probe the wiperlwasher body builder
provision connector from cavity E to ground.
Refer to Probing Electrical Connectors in Wiring Systems.
I - I
Repair the open in CKT 143 (YEL) between the instrument
panel (IP) fuse block cavity G I and the wiperlwasher body -
builder provision connector, cavity E.
-
Is the repair complete? System OK 1
8-92 Wi~ersNVasherSvstems Bodv and Accessories
Washers lnoperative (Motorhome WIPulse) (cont'd)
1. Use a J 39200 DMM to backprobe the windshield
wiper pulse control module connector, (wire harness
side) cavity D to B +. Refer to Using Connector Test
Adapters in Wiring Systems. 10.0 volts
2. Measure the voltage.
Is the voltage greater than the specified value? Go to Step 5
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the windshield
wiper pulse control module connector, cavity D and G200. -
1. Use a J 39200 DMM to backprobe the wiperlwasher
switch pigtail connector, cavity D to B +.
10.0 volts
Replace the windshield wiper pulse control module.
Is the repair complete? I - System OK
- -

switch pigtail connector, cavity B to B +.
2. Depress and hold the washer switch. 1 10.0 volts
Switch Assembly - Disassemble (Column Shift) in Steering
-
Wheel and Column-tilt.
1. Use a J 39200 DMM to,backprobe the pulse wiper
control module connector, cavity B to B +.
2. Depress and hold the washer switch.
-
Is the reoair comolete? System OK
Repair the open in CKT 94 (PNK) between the windshield
wiper pulse control module connector, cavity B and the
wipedwasher body builder provision connector.
Is the repair complete? ( System OK
Wipers All Modes and Washer lnoperative (Commercial)

Step I Action 1 Value(s) Yes
lnsoect the WIPER fuse.
is the fuse open? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Repair the source of the overload in CKT 143 (YEL)
between the instrument panel (IP) fuse block, cavity G1
and the wipedwasher body builder provision
connector C207, cavity D or the windshield wiper and
washer switch pigtail connector, cavity D.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCY or the
RUN position.
2. Use a test light to probe from connector C207,
cavity D to ground.
Did the test light illuminate? I GO to Step5 I GO to Step 4
Bodv and Accessories Wi~ersMasherSystems 8-93
Wipers All Modes and Washer Inoperative (Commercial) (cont'd)
step 1 Action I Value(s) I Yes I No
4 panel (IP) fuse block cavity G I and C207, cavity D.
Use a test light to probe the windshield wiper and washer
switch pigtail connector, cavity D to ground. Refer to
Probing Electrical Connectors in Wiring Systems.
Repair the open in CKT 143 (YEL) between the IP fuse
block, cavity G1 and the windshield wiper and washer
switch pigtail connector, cavity D.
1. Disconnect the windshield wiper and washer switch

pigtail connector at the base of the steering column.
2. Turn and hold the windshield wiper and washer
switch in the MIST position.
3. Connect a test light from the windshield wiper and
washer switch pigtail connector, cavity E to ground
and cavity F to ground.
Did the test light illuminate at both cavities? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 20
1. Turn the windshield wiper and washer switch to the

LOW position.
washer switch pigtail connector, cavity E to ground
and cavity F to ground.
Did the test light illuminate at both cavities? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 20
1. Turn the windshield wiper and washer switch to the

HIGH position.
9 2. Connect a test light from the windshield wiper and
washer pigtail connector, cavity C to ground.
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step 20
I 1. Turn and hold the windshield wiper and washer

switch in the WASH position.
washer switch pigtail connector, cavity B to ground.
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step II Go to Step 20
I
I
1. Disconnect connector C207.
2. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance from
the windshield wiper and washer switch pigtail
connector, (wire harness side) cavity F to C207,
cavity F.
Repair the open in CKT 98 (ORN) between the windshield
wiper and washer switch pigtail connector, cavity F and
l2 C207, cavity F.
windshield wiper and washer switch pigtail connector, (wire
harness side) cavity E to C207, cavity E.
Repair the open in CKT 91 (GRY) between the windshield
wiper and washer switch pigtail connector, cavity E and
C207, cavity E.
( Is the repair complete?
8-94 WipersMlasher Systems Body and Accessories
.
W i ~ e r sAll Modes and Washer lno~erative(Commercial), tcont'd)
windshield wiper and washer pigtail connector, (wire
15 harness side) cavity C to C207, cavity C. 1.0 a
Repair the open in CKT 92 (PPL) between the windshield
wiper and washer switch pigtail connector, cavity C to
16 C207, cavity C.
- -
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance fom the
windshield wiper and washer switch connector, (wire
17 harness side) cavity B to C207, cavity B. 1.0 R
3
wiper and washer switch pigtail connector, cavity B and
18 C207, cavity B.
Repair the windshield wiper and washer motor or wiring
19 beyond C207.
Replace the windshield wiper and washer switch. Refer to
Pivot and Pulse Switch Assembly - Disassemble (Column
Shift) in Steering Wheel and Column-Tilt (Column Shift), or
20 Pivot and Pulse Switch Assembly - Disassemble (Floor
-
Shift) in Steering Wheel and Column-Tilt (Floor Shift).
- Is the repair complete? I Svstem OK
Wipers All Modes Inoperative (Motorhome WIPulse)

I step I Action I Valueb) 1 Yes I No
2. With a test light, probe the wiperlwasher provision
connector, C207 from cavity E to ground. Refer to
Probing Electrical Connectors in Wiring Systems.
1
I
panel fuse block, cavity G I and the wiperlwasher provision
connector, cavity E.
I
1
-
I
system OK I
1
1. Backprobe the windshield wiper pulse control module

with a J 39200 DMM from cavity D to 6 +.
Is the voltage more than the specified value? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the windshield
wiper pulse control module, cavity D and G200. - -
1. Backprobe the wiperlwasher switch pigtail with a
J 39200 DMM from cavity D to B +.
+
Is the voltage more than the specified value? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
I I Is the repair complete? I / ~ v s t e mOK I
Bodv and Accessories Wi~ersNVasherSvstems 8-95
Wipers Delav Mode Inoperative (Motorhome WIPulse)
Step Action
,
~alue(s) 1 Yes
I
No
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCY or RUN position.
2. Turn the wiperlwasher switch to the PULSE position.
3. Move the wiperlwasher delay rheostat to the
maximum delay position.
1
4. Probe the wiperlwasher switch pigtail connector with
a J 39200 DMM from cavity A to cavity G.
5. Measure the resistance.
Is resistance outside the specified range? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
0
Replace the wiperlwasher switch.
2
1. Probe the wiperlwasher switch pigtail connector with
a J 39200 DMM from cavity D to cavity F.
--L
3
2. Measure the resistance.
4 Wheel and Column-Tilt.
5
Is the repair complete? System OK I
Wipers High Mode lnoperative (Motorhome WIPulse)

1. Turn the ignit~onsw~tchto the ACCY or RUN position.
2. Turn the wiperlwasher switch to the HIGH position.
3. Backprobe the wiperlwasher switch pigtail with a
1 1 J 39200 DMM from cavity C to B +. Refer to Using 10.0 V
Connector Test Adapters in Wiring Systems.
' 4. Measure the voltage. I
2 Wheel and Column-Tilt.
Is the repair com~lete? I System OK
with a J 39200 DMM from cavity C to B +.
3
Is the voltage greater than the specified value? I Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
System OK
wiper pulse control module, cavity C and the wiperlwasher
5 provision connector, C207.
System OK
8-96 Wi~ersMlasherSvstems Bodv and Accessories
Wipers Low or Mist Modes Inoperative (Motorhome WIPulse)
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCY or RUN position.
2. Turn the wiperlwasher switch to the LOW position.
3. Backprobe the wiperlwasher switch pigtail connector
1 with a J 39200 DMM from cavity E to B +. Refer to 10.0 V
Using Connector Test Adapters in Wiring Systems.
2 -
1. Turn and hold the wiperlwasher switch in the MIST
position.
10.0 v
with a J 39200 DMM from cavity E to B +.
-
Switch Assembly Disassemble (Column Shift) in Steering
-
1 1. Turn the wiperlwasher switch to the LOW position. I

I
with a J 39200 DMM from cavity F to B +.
1. Turn and hold the wiperlwasher switch in the MIST
position.
with a J 39200 DMM from cavity F to B +.
I Is the voltage qreater than the specified value? I Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
Replace the wipedwasher switch. Refer to Pivot and Pulse
1. Turn the wiperlwasher switch to the LOW position.
9 with a J 39200 DMM from cavity E to B +.
Is the voltage greater than the specified value? Go to Step 1 1
-

10 -
Is the r e ~ a i complete?
r Svstem OK
connector with a J 39200 DMM from cavity F to B +.
I Is the voltage greater than the specified value? I Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12
Body and Accessories WipersNVasher Systems 8-97
Wipers Low or Mist Modes Inoperative (Motorhome WIPulse) (cont'd)
Step Action ~alue(s) I Yes No
Replace the windshield wiper pulse control module. 1
provision connector C 207, from cavity C to B +.
2. Measure the voltage
I I Is the voltage qreater than the specified value?
Repair the open in CKT 91 (GRY) between the windshield
wiper pulse control module connector, cavity E and the
wiperlwasher provision connector C207, cavity C.
I I Is the reoair comolete?
- -
System OK
provision connector C207, from cavity D to B +.
10.0 v
Repair the open in CKT 97 (LT BLU) between the
windshield wiper pulse control module connector, cavlty F - -
and the wiperlwasher provision connector C207, cavity D.
1
I
Repair the windshield wiper motor or the wiring beyond the
1 7 1 wiperlwasher provision connector C207.
I
-
System OK
-
8-98 Wi~ersNasherSvstems Bodv and Accessories
WiperIWasher System Circuit HlGH Position
Description (Commercial) With the wiperlwasher switch in the HlGH position,
Voltage is supplied from the WIPER fuse to ground is provided to the wiper motor through
connector C207, cavity D, and the wiperlwasher the following path:
switch through CKT 143 (YEL) when the ignition switch CKT 92 (PPL) from the wiper washer
is in the ACC or RUN positions. Ground is supplied motor (C207) to the windshield wiper pulse
through the wiperlwasher motor and is installed by the control module.
body builder. CKT 150 (B1.K) from the windshield wiper pulse
control module to the wiperlwasher switch.
Low Speed
CKT 92 (PPL) from the wiperlwasher switch to the
Moving the wiperlwasher switch to the LOW position
windshield wiper pulse control module.
applies voltage through CKT 91 (GRY) to C207,
cavity E, and CKT 98 (ORN) to C 207, cavity F. CKT 250 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
control module to ground G200.
High Speed
DELAY Operation
Moving the wiperlwasher switch to the HlGH position
applies voltage through CKT 92 (PPL) to C207, The voltage and the ground operation to the wiper
cavity C. motor is the same as the LOW or MlST operation. The
delay rheostat in the wiperlwasher switch controls
Mist the delay. Turning the rheostat will change the amount
Moving the wiperlwasher switch to the MlST position of resistance as well as the timing of the delay.
applies voltage through CKT 91 (GRY) to C207, When the wiperlwasher switch is in the DELAY
cavity E, and CKT 98 (ORN) to C207, cavity F. position ground is provided through the following path:
* CKT 97 (GRY) from the wiper washer motor
Wash
(C207) to the windshield wiper pulse control
Depressing the WASH switch closes the contacts and module.
applies voltage through CKT 94 (PNK) to C207,
CKT 96 ( B L W H T ) from the windshield wiper
cavity B.
pulse control module to the wiperlwasher switch.
WiperlWasher System Circuit CKT 96 (BRN) from the wiperlwasher switch to the
windshield wiper pulse control module.
Description (Motorhome) CKT 250 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
Voltage is supplied to the wiper motor by the WIPER control module to ground G200.
fuse through CKT 143 (YEL) to connector C207,
cavity E when the ignition switch is in the ACC or RUN Washer Pump
position. Different speeds and functions of the wiper When the contacts of the wash switch in the wiper
motor are achieved by completing different ground washer switch close, the ground is provided through
paths through the windshield wiper pulse control the following path:
module. CKT 91 (GRY) (windshield wiper relay feed CKT 92 (PNK) from the wiper washer
coil) is used to keep the wiper motor running. motor (C207) to the windshield wiper pulse control
When this circuit is not grounded the motor will not module.
turn. Closing the various contacts in the wiperlwasher
switch will provide ground for this circuit and allow CKT 150 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
the motor to turn. control module to the wiperlwasher switch.
CKT 94 (PNK) from the wiperlwasher switch to
LOW or MlST Position the windshield wiper pulse control module.
With the wiperlwasher switch in the LOW or MlST CKT 250 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
~osition,ground is provided to the wiper motor through control module to ground G200.
the following path:
0
CKT 97 (GRY) from the wiper washer
motor (C207) to the windshield wiper pulse
control module.
CKT 150 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
control module to the wiperlwasher switch.
0
CKT 91 (GRY) or CKT 97 (LT BLUIBLK) from the
wiperlwasher switch to the windshield wiper
pulse control module.
0
CKT 250 (BLK) from the windshield wiper pulse
control module to ground G200.
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems 8-99
Wiring Systems
Where to Find Electrical Schematics For example, the cruise control schematic will be
located in the cruise control subsection and the
Because more than one electrical system is located in schematic title wil begin with cell 34.
each subsection, each electrical system's schematics
are further broken down into operating systems, or Some subsections may have more than one circuit
cells. Each set of electrical system schematics will have schematic such as Power Distribution, Interior
a cell number that remains common across all vehicle Lights and Air Conditioning.
platforms. Cells are organized by subsystems with most
containing a circuit schematic and the associated text.
Electrical Schematic Locations
I Cell No. System Name
Power Distribution
Section Subsection
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems
Schematics
Ground Distribution Body and Accessories Wiring Systems
Schematics
Retained Accessory Power Body and Accessories Retained Accessory Power
Schematics
Auxiliary Battery Schematics Body and Accessories Wiring Systems
Upfitter Provision Body and Accessories Wiring systems
Schematics
Cigar LighterIAuxiliary Outlet Body and Accessories Wiring Systems
Schematics
Engine Controls Schematics Engine Engine Controls
Starting and Charging Engine Engine Electrical
Schematics
Cooling fan Schematics Engine Engine Cooling
Radiator Shutter Schematics Engine Engine Cooling
Engine Exhaust Brake Brakes Engine Exhaust
Schematics
Cruise Control Schematics Body and Accessories Cruise Control
Manual Transmission
Transmission Transaxle Manual Transmission
Schematics
Inter-Axle Differential Lock
DrivelineIAxle Rear Axle Controls
Schematics
Two Speed Rear Axle
DrivelineIAxle Rear Axle Controls
Schematics
I Transfer Case Control
Schematics I DrivelinelAxle I Transfer Case
( Automatic Transmission
Controls Schematics
I Transmissio~ransaxle
( Automatic Transmission or
Automatic Transaxle
--
40 HO% Schemt%s Body and Accessories Horns

Brake Warning System Hydraulic Brakes or Air
41 Brakes
I
Schematics
-
-
I I
Brakes
42 I ALC Suspension Schematics I Suspension I Automatic Level Control
Road Sensing Suspension -
Suspension Controls
Suspension RSS Real Time Dampening
Schematics RTD Air Suspension
I ABS Schematics ABSKCS
Schematics I Brakes I ABS Traction Control
I
I I I
45 I Steering Control Schematics ( Steering ( Variable Effort Steering

8-100 Wiring Systems Body and Accessories
Electrical Schematic Locations (cont'd)
Cell No. System Name Section Subsection
Park Brake System Brakes Park Brakes
46 Schematics
SIR Schematics SRS Restraints SIR
47 Schematics
Tire Pressure Monitor Suspension Tire Pressure oni it or
48 System
Tiltrrelescoping Steering Steering Wheel and
49 Steering Column Tilt
Column Schematics
Data Link Connector (DLC) Body and Accessories Data Link Communications
50 Schematics
Body Control Module Body and Accessories Body Control System
51 Schematics
Door Control Module Body and Accessories Doors
55 Schematics
Brake Booster Pump Brakes Hydraulic Brakes
57 Schematics
Air Brake System Brakes Air Brakes
58 Schematics
Heater Blower Controls Heater and Ventilation
60 HVAC (Non-NC)
Schematics
61 Defogger Schematics Body and Accessories Stationary Windows
Heated Windshield Body and Accessories Stationary Windows
62 Schematics
HVAC Blower Controls HVAC Systems with
63 HVAC AIC Manual
Schematics
HVAC Compressor Controls
Schematics HVAC HVAC Systems with
64 HVAC AIC Manual
Compressor/Condenser Fan
Controls Schematics
HVAC Air Delivery Controls HVAC Systems with
65 HVAC N C Manual
Schematics
HVAC Systems with
HVAC Blower Controls HVAC NC-Automatic (Includes
66 Schematics Electronic and Dual Zone)
HVAC Compressor Controls HVAC Systems with
Schematics HVAC HVAC N C Automatic (Includes
67 Compressor/Condeners Fan Electronic and Dual Zone)
Controls Schematics
HVAC Systems with
HVAC Air Delivery Controls HVAC NC-Automatic (Includes
68 Schematics Electronic and Dual Zone)
Collision Avoidance Body and Accessories Collision Avoidance
70 Schematic
Audible Warnings Instrument Panel, Gauges
76 Body and Accessories and Console
Schematics
Backup Alarm System Body and Accessories Backup Alarm
79 Schematics
Instrument Cluster: Analog Instrument Panel, Gauges
Schematics
Instrument Cluster: Digital Instrument Panel, Gauges
Schematics
lnstrument Panel, Gauges
83 Head Up Display Schematics Body and Accessories and Console
Navigation System Instrument Panel, Gauges
85 Body and Accessories
Schematic and Console
Bodv and Accessories Wiring Systems 8-101
Cell No. System Name Section Subsection
Driver Information System Instrument Panel, Gauges
Schematics
I Wipermasher System
IStandardl Schematics
I Body and Accessories 1 Wipermasher Systems
Wipermasher System Wipermasher Systems

(Pulse) Schematics
I Wipermasher System
(Rear) Schematics
I Body and Accessories I Wipermasher Systems
Headlamp Washer Wipermasher Systems

Schematics
100 Headlights Schematics Body and Accessories Wipermasher Systems
- --
I Headlights Twilight
SentineVDRL Schematics
I Body and Accessories I Lighting Systems
102 Headlights DRL Schematics Body and Accessories Lighting Systems

103 Fog Lights Schematics Body and Accessories Lighting Systems
104 Headlight Doors Schematics Body and Accessories Lighting Systems
Headlight Leveling Lighting Systems
Schematics
110 1 Exterior Lights Schematics I Body and Accessories 1 Lighting Systems
112 1 Backup Lights Schematics 1 Body and Accessories I Lighting Systems
I I Interior Lights Schematics I Body and Accessories I Lighting Systems
114
I lnterior Lights Dimming
Schematics
( Body and Accessories I Lighting Systems
-
I 120 I Power Windows Schematics I Bodv and Accessories I Doors I

Power Folding Top
121 Body and Accessories Roof
Schematics
122 Power Sunroof Schematics Body and Accessories Roof
130 Door Locks Schematics Body and Accessories Door Locks
132 Keyless Entry Schematics ~ o andd Accessories
~ Keyless Entry
Theft Deterrent System Theft Deterrent
Schematics
134 Release System Schematics Body and Accessories Body Rear End
Pull down Systems
135 Body and Accessories Body Rear End
Schematics
I Garage Door Opener
Schematics
I Body and Accessories I Garage Door Opener
I
Power Sliding Door (PSD)
137 Body and Accessories Doors
Schematics
Steering Wheel and Column
138 BTSl Schematics Steering Standard Steering Wheel and
Column Tilt
Steering Wheel and Column
139 Column/lgnition Steering Standard Steering Wheel and
Column Tilt
I 140 I Power Seat Schematics 1 Body and Accessories I Seats I
I 141 I Memorv Seats Schematics I Body and Accessories 1 Seats I
142 Lumbar Support Schematics Body and Accessories Seats
143 Heated Seats Schematics Body and Accessories Seats
146 Power Seat Schematics Restraints Seat Belts
147 Outside Mirrors Schematics Body and Accessories Doors
8-102 Wirina Svstems Bodv and Accessories
Cell No. System Name I Section Subsection
148 Automatic Day-Night Mirror 1 Body and Accessories I Stationary Windows
I RadioIAudio Systems
Schematics
I
I
Body and Accessories I Entenainment I
I 1
I I
I Power Antenna Schematics I Body and Accessories I Entertainment

I Steering Wheel Controls
Schematics
I Body and Accessories ( Entertainment
I
I Cellular Telephone
Schematics
I
I
Body and Accessories I
I
Cellular Communications I
I
I
154 1 On Star Schematics I Body and Accessories I Cellular Communications
How to Use Electrical Diagnosis How to Use Electrical Schematics

Electrical Diagnosis contains the following types of Important: The schematic does not represent the
diagnostic information. Using these elements together components and wiring as they physically appear on
makes the electrical diagnosis of the various vehicle
the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is
systems faster and easier:
treated no differently in a schematic from one which is
r How to Use Schematic Reference Tables only a few inches long.
r How to Use Schematic Icon Tables
When diagnosing a horn problem use the service
r Where to Find Electrical Schematics
information located in the Horns (cell 40) service
How to Use Component Location Tables category. The following schematic is a typical example
r How to Use Connector End Views of a schematic with its supporting text.
How to Use Component Location Views
How to Use Diagnostic System Checks
How to Use Diagnostic Tables
How to Use Circuit Descriptions
Horn
Steering
Wheel
Hom
Smtch
,-----
....-
a
7
The wiring schematic is the cornerstone of electrical How to Use Schematic Reference Tables
diagnosis. Schematics break the entire electrical
system into individual circuits, showing the electrical Theschematic reference table is used when a
current paths when a circuit is operating properly. circuit continues into another electrical system's
Wiring which is not part of the circuit of interest schematic. The schematic reference table matches all
is referenced to another page where the circuit is references made on schematics to the appropriate
shown complete. Schematics use a top (power) service category type number and service category
to bottom (ground) sequence to present electrical where the schematic's continuation is shown.
information.
How to Use Schematic Icon Tables
The schematic icon table shows all icons on schematic
with their definition or references.
How to Use Component Location Tables Location
The component location table shows a list of all The location cell provides a written location of where
the electrical components within a systems electrical the component is in the vehicle with respect to
schematics. The table consists of the following vehicle landmarks. Nearly all of the following
information within a system's electrical schematic: information shown on a schematic can be pinpointed
All components visually using the component location view
Grounds illustrations:
Pass-through grommets Components
* Splices Connectors
The table consists of 4 columns which describe the Grounds
following information: Splices
The component name
The component location Locator View
The reference to the component view This column contains the reference to the appropriate
component view. The reference contains the location
The reference to the connector end view
(if applicable) within the subsection and the section. Refer to How to
Use Component Location Views.
Name
Connector End View
The name cells provide the name of the components
that are used on the schematic(s). If a connector This column contains the reference to the appropriate
is listed the number of cavities are also provided. This connector end view. The reference contains the
represents the total number of cavities in the location within the subsection and the section. Refer
connector regardless of how many connectors are to How to Use Connector End Views.
actually used.
How to Use Component Location Views
Component location views are line illustrations
that indicate all of the vehicle's electrical components
within each electrical system.
RH front corner of the vehicle
Legend
(1) Hood Ajar Switch (Export) (3) Right Horn A Note
(2) S114 (4) Right Horn F Note
How to Use Connector End Views How to Use Diagnostic System Checks
Connector end views show the cavity or terminal Important: Misdiagnosis could occur if the diagnostic
locations for all the related 2-pin or larger connectors system check is not performed before using the
shown in the system schematic(s). The drawings diagnostic tables.
show the connector's face as seen after the harness
connector has been disconnected from a component or The diagnostic system check determines the
mating connector. Unused cavities are left blank in diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present, verifies
the table. proper communication, and navigates to the
appropriate diagnostic table.
In addition, the color and part number of the connector
body is provided along with the familylseries name.
Below is an example of a typical connector end view.
How to Use Diagnostic Tables
Diagnostic tables provide a procedure that will help
RH Horn A Note you locate the condition in a circuit that is causing
I a malfunction. All diagnostic procedures are symptom
based, to assist you in locating the condition as
fast as possible. Diagnostic tables should exist for all
possible (realistic) symptoms and diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs).
12052644
Connector Part
Series Sealed (GRYI
Ground
DK GRN Horn Feed
Horns Inoperative
step 1 Action I ~alue(s) I Yes I No
DEFINITION: Horns will not sound when horn button is pressed.
Was the Diagnostic System Check performed? - Go to Horns
1 1. Turn ignition switch to OFF. 1
1 2. Remove the horn relay. I -
1 3. Connect a fused jumper across the horn relay
terminals 30 and 87.
Do the horns sound?
I Go to Step 3 I Go to Step 6
Connect a test lamp between the horn relay terminals 85
3 and ground. - Go to Power
:
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 4 Distribution
1. Connect a test lamp between the horn relay
terminal 86 and battery (B+).
2. Press and hold the horn switch.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 11
Replace the horn relay.
- Go to Horns -
ISthe repair completed? System Check
Horns lno~erative(cont'd)
\
Action Value@)
Connect a test lamp between the underhood junction block
terminal A12 or 812 (CKT 29) and ground.
Replace the underhood junction block, refer to underhood
junction block replacement. Go to Horns -
Is repair completed? - System Check
Connect a test lamp between the Ground Splice
Pack G 104 (CKT 250) and battery (B+).
Does the test lamp light? - Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
Replace horns. Go to Horns -
Is repair completed? Svstem Check
Inspect GI04 ground, if OK replace Ground Splice
Pack G I 04. Go to Horns -
Is repair completed? System Check
1. Disconnect the underhood junction block
connector C2.
2. Connect a test lamp between the underhood junction
block terminal D l and battery (B+).
-I-
Does the test lam^ liqht? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 12
1. Disconnect the Dash lntegration Module (DIM).
2. Connect a test lamp between the underhood junction
block terminal D l and battery (B+).
Replace the Dash lntegration Module (DIM), refer to DIM
replacement. Go to Horns -
Is the repair completed? System Check
1. Disconnect C202.
2. Connect a test lamp between connector C202
terminal 812 of the steering column side and
battery (B+).
Does the test lamp light?
Repair short to ground in CKT 28 (BLK). Go to Horns
Is repair completed?
Repair open in CKT 28 in the steering column. Go to Horns
Is the repair completed? -
How to Use Circuit Descriptions Battery positive voltage is applied at all times to the
horn relay terminals 85 and 30. Pressing the horn
The circuit description describes how the system switch grounds the horn relay coil on CKT 28 (BLK).
works electrically. It details how power, ground, inputs, The relay coil can also be grounded on CKT 28 (BLK)
and outputs are supplied to the system's related by the Dash lntegration Module (DIM). The horn
components. The circuit description also explains the relay applies battery positive voltage to the horns on
communication and interaction of all components CKT 29 (DK GRN) when energized. The horns
that affect the operation of the system. sound until the horn switch is released or the DIM
signal is gone.
Chassis Zoning Callout Numbers I Zone Description
All grounds, in-line connectors, pass-through 100-199 I Engine compartment
grommets, and splices have identifying numbers that Important: 001-099 are
correspond to where they are located in the vehicle. additional numbers for
The following table explains the numbering system. the engine compartment
(these are only used if all
the 100-199 numbers
are used)
Within the instrument
panel area
Chassis area (between the
--
front and the rear wheels)
400-499 Rear of the rear axle
(tail and stoplamps items)
r
Electrical Symbols Electrical Symbols (cont'd)
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Electrostatic Sensitive
Discharge (ESD) Icon.
r - i Partial Component.
This icon is used to alert
the technician that the I I When a component is
system contains ESD I I represented in a dashed
sensitive components that L - a box, the component or it's
require certain precautions wiring is not shown in it's
before servicing. Refer to entirety.
ESD Notice in Cautions
and Notices.
Supplemental Inflatable
Restraint (SIR) or
Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) Icon.
Entire Component.
the technician that the When a component is
system contains SIR/SRS represented in a solid box
components that require :he component or it's wiring
certain precautions before is shown in it's entirety.
servicing. Refer to SIR
Service Precautions
Caution in Cautions and
Notices
On-Board Diagnostic
(OBD II) Icon.
the technician that the
circuit is essential for
proper OBD II emission Fuse
controls circuit operation.
Any circuit which, if it fails,
causes the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL ) to
turn on, is identified as an
OBD II circuit.
Important Icon
the technician that there is Circuit Breaker
additional information that
will aid in servicing a
system.
[Hotlnl
Hot In Acc And Run Voltage Indicator Boxes.
Hot In Run And Start These boxes are used on
schematics to indicate Fusible Link
t Run, Bulb Test And Start
L ~ oIn
when voltage is present at
a fuse.
Electrical Symbols (cont'd) Electrical Symbols (cont'd)
Symbol Description Symbol Description
a 10661!
Connector Attached to
Component
Pass Through The
Grommet
Pigtail Connector
I GlOO
Chassis Ground
Bolt On or Screw On
Case Ground
Eyelet Terminal
- -
lnline Harness Connector Single Filament Light Bulbs
Splice Double Filament Light Bulb

Body and Accessories Wiring Svstems 8-111
Electrical Symbols (cont'd) Electrical
Description Symbol
Light Emitting Diodes Variable Resistor
Capacitor Position Sensor
Battery 110 Resistors
Variable Battery 110 Switches
Resistor Diode
Electrical Symbols (cont'd) Electrical
Description Symbol
Crystal Antenna
Heating Elements Shield
Motor Switches
Solenoid Single Pole Single

Throw Relay
Coil Single Pole Double

Throw Relay
General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures Verify the Customer Concern, Check the
Problem
Basic Knowledge Required
Customer complaint is the headlamps are inoperative.
Without a basic knowledge of electricity, it will be Verify the normal operating procedure of the circuit
difficult to use the diagnostic procedures contained in and the components that share that circuit. Refer
this section. You should understand the basic to Strategy Based Diagnosis.
theory of electricity and know the meaning of voltage
(volts), current (amps) and resistance (ohms). You Review the Headlamps Electrical Schematic
should understand what happens in a circuit with an (Preliminary Checks)
open or a shorted wire. You should be able to Review the schematic, it is essential to understand
read and understand a wiring diagram. how a circuit should work before trying to figure
The following four-step troubleshooting procedure is out why it doesn't. After understanding how a circuit
recommended: should operate, read the schematic again, this
time keeping in mind what has been learned by
Check the Problem operating the circuit. Since both the low beam
Perform a System Check to determine a symptom. headlamps are inoperative, ensure that the following
Don't waste time fixing part of the problem! Do components are operating properly.
not begin disassembly or testing until you have The headlamp Switch.
narrowed down the possible causes.
The YEL wire.
Read the Electrical Schematic Low contacts of the Headlamp Dimmer Switch.
Study the schematic and read the Circuit Description C100 terminal 1E.
text to gain an understanding of how the circuit
should work. Check circuits that share wiring with the The TAN wires.
problem circuit. (Shared circuits are shown on Grounds G I 05 and G I 09.
Power Distribution and Ground Distribution.) Try to Refer to Strategy Based Diagnosis.
operate the shared circuits. If the shared circuits work,
then the shared wiring is OK. The cause must be Perform the System Check
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If The system check indicates that the low beam
several circuits fail at the same time, chances are the headlamps operate when the high beam switch is in
power (fuse) or ground circuit is faulty. high. Also, the high beam indicator illuminates but
Find the fault and repair neither high beam headlamp operates. Refer to
Narrow down the possible causes. Strategy Based Diagnosis.
Check System Fuse(s). Check for Bulletins
Check System Ground(s) Utilizing a combination of Techline tools and the
For systems with bulb failures, check bulb(s) prior information accumulated from the Preliminary Checks,
to beginning diagnostic tables. check for bulletins.
Perform a visual inspection of system components, Isolate the Root Cause
and accessible related wiring prior to beginning
diagnostic tables. At this point analyze and (diagnose the problem), and
develop text. Since the high beam indicator
Make the necessary measurements or checks as illuminated when the headlamp dimmer switch was in
given in the System Diagnosis. the high position, the high contacts of the headlamp
Before replacing a component, check power, signal dimmer switch and the LT GRN wire between the
and ground wires at the component harness connector. headlamp dimmer switch and C100 are good.
If the checks and connections are OK, the most At this point, it is extremely unlikely that the high
probable cause is component failure. beam filaments in the ~hheadlamp are both open or
Test the Repair that both headlamp connections are bad. The
Repeat the System Check to verify that the fault has cause must be a bad connection at C100 or an open
been corrected and that no other faults were in the LT GRN wire between C100 and the RH
induced during the repair. headlamp.
Repair and Verify Fix
Symptom Diagnostic Example From isolating the root cause, basically the problem
The following is an example of a symptom and the has been diagnosed. Using the Component Location
correct course of action taken by the technician. Table and the corresponding figure, quickly find
Important: Research for possible bulletins, DTCs and C100 and the LT GRN wire, locate the exact trouble
the vehicle's service history. Also, thoroughly screen point and make the repair.
the customer regarding the problem in order to Check the thoroughness of the repair by performing a
complete the repair of the vehicle and completely final system check on the headlamp circuit. This of
satisfy the customer when a DTC or a symptom course means making sure that both high beams, both
diagnosis is not available. low beams, and the high beam indicator are working.
;Instrument
I
I
4
lntermittents and Poor Connections Testing for Proper Terminal Contact

Diagnosis It is important to test terminal contact at the component
Most intermittents are caused by faulty electrical and any in-line connectors before replacing a
connections or wiring. Inspect for the following items: suspect component. Mating terminals must be
inspected to ensure good terminal contact. A poor
Wiring broken inside the insulation. connection between the make and female terminal at
a Poor connection between the male and female a connector may be the result of contamination or
terminal at a connector. Refer to Testing for deformation.
Proper Terminal Contact below for the specific Contamination may be caused by the connector
procedure. halves being improperly connected. A missing or
a Poor terminal to wire connection. Some conditions damaged connector seal, damage to the connector
which fall under this description are poor crimps, itself, or exposing the terminals to moisture and
poor solder joints, crimping over wire the dirt can also cause contamination. Contamination,
insulation rather than the wire itself and corrosion usually in the underhood or underbody connectors,
in the wire to terminal contact area, etc. leads to terminal corrosion, causing an open circuit or
Wire insulation which is rubbed through. This intermittently open circuit.
causes an intermittent short as the bare area Deformation is caused by probing the mating side of a
touches other wiring or parts of the vehicle. connector terminal without the proper adapter,
Refer to Testing for Electrical lntermittents for test improperly joining the connector halves, or repeatedly
procedures to detect intermittent open, high separating and joining the connector halves.
resistance, short to ground, and short to voltage Deformation, usually to the female terminal contact
conditions. tang, can result in poor terminal contact causing
an open or intermittently open circuit.
Round Wire Connectors Testing for Electrical Intermittents
Follow the procedure below to test terminal contact of Perform the following procedures while wiggling the
Metri-Pack or 56 series terminals. Refer to the harness from side to side. Continue this at convenient
J 38125-8Terminal Repair Kit or the J 38125-4 points (about 6 inches apart) while watching the
Instruction Manual for terminal identification. test equipment.
Follow the procedure below in order to test terminal Testing for Short to Ground
contact. Testing for Continuity
1. Separate the connector halves.
If the fault is not identified, perform the procedure
2. Visually inspect the connector halves for below using the MIN MAX feature on the J 39200
contamination. Contamination may result in DMM. This feature allows you to manipulate the circuit
a white or green build-up within the connector without having to watch the J 39200.The J 39200
body or between terminals. This causes high will generate an audible tone when a change is
terminal resistance, intermittent contact, or detected.
an open circuit. An underhood or underbody
connector that shows signs of contamination Important: The J 39200 must be used in order to
should be replaced in its entirety: terminals, seals, perform the following procedure since the J 39200 can
and connector body. monitor current, resistance or voltage while recording
the minimum (MIN), and maximum (MAX) values
3. Using an equivalent male terminal from the
J 38125-8,test that the retention force is measured.
significantly different between a good terminal and 1. Connect the J 39200 to both sides of a suspected
a suspect terminal. Replace the female terminal connector (still connected), or from one end of a
in question. suspected circuit to the other. Refer to
Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter for
Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors information on connecting the J 39200 to
There are no serviceable parts for flat wire (dock and the circuit.
lock) connectors on the harness side or the 2. Set the rotary dial of the J 39200 to the V (AC) or
component side. V (DC) position.
Follow the procedure below in order to test terminal 3. Press the range button of the J 39200 in order to
contact. select the desired voltage range.
1. Remove the component in question. 4. Press the MIN MAX button of the J 39200.The
2. Visually inspect each side of the connector for J 39200 displays 100 ms RECORD and emits an
signs of contamination. Avoid touching either audible tone (beep).
side of the connector as oil from your skin may be
a source of contamination as well. Important: The 100 ms RECORD mode is the length
of time an input must stay at a new value in order
3. Visually inspect the terminal bearing surfaces of to record the full change.
the flat wire circuits for splits, cracks, or other
imperfections that could cause poor terminal 5. Simulate the condition that is potentially causing
contact. Visually inspect the component side the intermittent connection, either by wiggling the
connector to ensure that all of the terminals are connections or the wiring, test driving, or
uniform and free of damage or deformation. performing other operations.
4. Insert the appropriate adapter from the J 42675
6. Listen for the audible Min Max Alert which
Flat Wire Probe Adapter Kit on the flat wire indicates that a new minimum or maximum value
harness connector in order to test the circuit in has been recorded.
question. 7. Press the MIN MAX button once in order to
display the MAX value and note the value.
8. Press the MIN MAX button again in order to
display the MIN value and note the value.
9. Determine the difference between the MIN and
MAX values.
a If the variation between the recorded MIN and
MAX voltage values is 1 volt or greater an
intermittent open or high resistance condition
exists. Repair the condition as necessary.
If the variation between the recorded MIN and
MAX voltage values is less than 1 volt an
intermittent open or high resistance condition
does not exist.
Checking Aftermarket Accessories Following are examples of the various methods of
connecting the DMM to the circuit to be tested:
Important: Do not connect aftermarket accessories
Backprobe both ends of the connector and either
into the following circuits:
hold the leads in place while manipulating the
SIR circuits, all such circuits are indicated on connector or tape the leads to the harness
circuit diagrams with the SIR symbol. Refer to for continuous monitoring while you perform other
SIR Service Precautions Caution in Cautions operations or test driving. Refer to Probing
and Notices. Electrical Connectors.
OBDll circuits, all such circuits are indicated on Disconnect the harness at both ends of the
circuit diagrams with the OBDll symbol. suspected circuit where it connects either
Refer to OBD N Symbol Description Notice in to a component or to other harnesses.
Cautions and Notices. If the system that is being diagnosed has a
Always check for aftermarket accessories (non-OEM) specified pinout or breakout box, it may be used
as the first step in diagnosing electrical problems. in order to simplify connecting the DMM to
If the vehicle is so equipped, disconnect the system the circuit or for testing multiple circuits quickly.
to verify that these add-on accessories are not
the cause of the problems. Troubleshooting with a Short Finder
Possible causes of vehicle problems related to
aftermarket accessories include: The J 8681-A can locate hidden shorts to ground. The
short finder creates a pulsing magnetic field in the
Power feeds connected to points other than the shorted circuit and shows the location of the
battery. short through the body trim or sheet metal.
Antenna location.
Transceiver wiring located too close to vehicle Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
electronic modules or wiring.
Notice: Refer to DMM Test Probe Notice in Cautions
Poor shielding or poor connectors on antenna and Notices.
feed line.
A test lamp can simply and quickly test a low
Check for recent service bulletins detailing impedance circuit for voltage.
installation guidelines for aftermarket accessories.
The J 34142-8 Test Lamp is Micro-Pack compatible
Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter and comprised.of a 12 volt light bulb with an attached
pair of leads.
To properly operate this tool use the following
and Notices.
procedure.
Important: Circuits which include any solid state 1. Attach one lead to ground.
control modules, such as the PCM, should only be
tested with a 10 megohm or higher impedance digital 2. Touch the other lead to various points along the
multimeter such as the J 39200. circuit where voltage should be present.
The J 39200 Instruction Manual is a good source of 3. When the bulb illuminates, there is voltage at the
information and should be read thoroughly upon point being tested.
receipt of the DMM as well as kept on hand for future
reference. Probing Electrical Connectors
A DMM should be used instead of a test lamp in order Important: Always be sure to reinstall the Connector
to test for voltage in high impedance circuits. While Position Assurance (CPA) and Terminal Position
a test lamp shows whether voltage is present, a DMM Assurance (TPA) when reconnecting connectors or
indicates how much voltage is present. replacing terminals.
The ohmmeter function on a DMM shows how much
resistance exists between two points along a Frontprobe
circuit. Low resistance in a circuit means good Disconnect the connector and probe the terminals
continuity. from the mating side (front) of the connector.
Important: Disconnect the power feed from the Notice: Do not insert test equipment probes into any
suspect circuit when measuring resistance with a connector or fuse block terminal. The diameter of
DMM. This prevents incorrect readings. DMMs apply the test probes will deform most terminals. A deformed
such a small voltage to measure resistance that terminal can cause a poor connection, which can
the presence of voltages can upset a resistance result in system failures. Always use the J 35616-A
reading. Connector Test Adapter Kit or the J 42675 Flat
Diodes and solid state components in a circuit can Wire Probe Adapter Kit in order to frontprobe
cause a DMM to display a false reading. To find out if terminals. Do not use paper clips or other substitutes
a component is affecting a measurement take a as they can damage terminals and cause incorrect
reading once, then reverse the leads and take a measurements.
second reading. If the readings differ the solid state
component is affecting the measurement.
Backprobe Measuring Voltage Drop
Do not disconnect the connector and probe the Notice: Refer to DMM Test Probe Notice in Cautions
terminals from the harness side (back) of the and Notices.
connector.
Important: The following procedure determines the difference in
voltage potential between two points.
Backprobe connector terminals only when
specifically required in diagnostic procedures.
-
Do not backprobe a sealed (Weather Pack@)
connector, less than a 280 series Metri-Pack pGzKG'j
connector, a Micro-Pack connector, or a flat wire
(dock and lock) connector. Block
Backprobing can be a source of damage to
connector terminals. Use care in order to avoid
deforming the terminal, either by forcing the
test probe too far into the cavity or by using too
large of a test probe.
After backprobing any connector, inspect for
terminal damage. If terminal damage is suspected,
test for proper terminal contact.
Using Connector Test Adapters

Notice: Do not insert test equipment probes into any
connector or fuse block terminal. The diameter of
the test probes will deform most terminals. A deformed
terminal can cause a poor connection, which can
-
61704
result in system failures. Always use the J 35616-A .
Connector Test Adapter Kit or the J 42675 Flat . 1. Set the rotary dial of the DMM to the V (DC)
Wire Probe Adapter Kit in order to frontprobe position.
terminals. Do not use paper clips or other substitutes 2. Connect the positive lead of the DMM to one
as they can damage terminals and cause incorrect point of the circuit to be tested.
measurements.
3. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to the
Using Fused Jumper Wires other point of the circuit.
4. Operate the circuit.
Important: A fused jumper may not protect solid state
components from being damaged. 5. The DMM displays the difference in voltage
between the two points.
The J 36169-A fused jumper includes small clamp
connectors that provide adaptation to most connectors
without damage. This fused jumper wire is supplied Testing for Continuity
with a 20 A fuse which may not be suitable for The following procedures verify good continuity in a
some circuits. Do not use a fuse with a higher rating circuit.
than the fuse that protects the circuit being tested.
With a DMM
Measuring Voltage Notice: Refer to DMM Test Probe Notice in Cautions
Notice: Refer to DMM Test Probe Notice in Cautions and Notices.
and Notices.
1. Set the rotary dial of the DMM to the R position.
The following procedure measures the voltage at a
selected point in a circuit. 2. Disconnect the power feed (i.e. fuse, control
module) from the suspect circuit.
1. Apply power to the circuit.
2. Set the rotary dial of the DMM into the V (AC) or 3. Disconnect the load.
V (DC) position. 4. Press the MIN MAX button on the DMM.
3. Connect the positive lead of the DMM to the point 5. Connect one lead of the DMM to one end of the
of the circuit to be tested. circuit to be tested.
4. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to a good 6. Connect the other lead of the DMM to the other
ground. end of the circuit.
5. Operate the circuit. 7. If the DMM displays low or no resistance and a
6. The DMM displays the voltage measured at tone is heard, the circuit has good continuity.
that point.
8-1 18 Wiring Systems Body and Accessories
Testing for Short to Ground
The following procedures test for a short to ground in
a circuit.
\
\
\
B
'....
Switch
bLU
With a Test Lamp

and Notices.
Important: Only use the test lamp procedure on low and Notices.
impedance power and ground circuits. With a DMM
1. Remove the power feed (i.e. fuse, control module) 1. Remove the power feed (i.e. fuse, control module)
from the suspect circuit. from the suspect circuit.
2. Disconnect the load. 2. Disconnect the load.
3. Connect one lead of the test lamp to one end of 3. Set the rotary dial of the DMM to the R position.
the circuit to be tested. 4. Connect one lead of the DMM to one end of
4. Connect the other lead of the test lamp to battery the circuit to be tested.
positive voltage. 5. Connect the other lead of the DMM to a good
ground.
5. Connect the other end of the circuit to ground.
6. If the DMM does NOT display infinite resistance
6 . If the test lamp illuminates (full intensity), then the (OL), there is a short to ground in the circuit.
circuit has good continuity.
With a Test Lamp -
Circuit Protection Fuses
P
1. Remove the power feed (i.e, fuse, control module)
from the suspect circuit.
2. Disconnect the load.
3. Connect one lead of the test lamp to battery
positive voltage.
4. Connect the other lead of the test lamp to one
end of the circuit to be tested.
5. If the test lamp illuminates, there is a short to
ground in the circuit.
Fuse Powering Several Loads
1. Review the system schematic and locate the fuse
that is open.
2. Open the first connector or switch leading from
the fuse to each load.
3. Connect a DMM across the fuse terminals
(be sure that the fuse is powered).
When the DMM displays voltage the short is in
the wiring leading to the first connector or The fuse is the most common method of an automotive
switch. wiring circuit protection. Whenever there is an
If the DMM does not display voltage refer to excessive amount of current flowing through a circuit
the fusible element will melt and create an open
the next step. or incomplete circuit. Fuses are an one time protection
4. Close each connector or switch until the DMM device and must be replaced each time the circuit is
displays voltage in order to find which circuit is overloaded. To determine if a fuse is open, remove the
shorted. suspected fuse and examine the element in the fuse
for an open (break). If not broken, also check for
Wiring Repairs continuity using a J 39200 DMM or a continuity tester.
If the element is open or continuity is suspect,
The Wiring Repairs section contains the following replace the fuse with one of equal current rating.
types of wiring repair information. Using these
elements together will make wiring repair faster Fuse Types
and easier:
Circuit Protection - Fuses
Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
-
r Circuit Protection Fusible Links
Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
* Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips 7.5 I Brown
10 Red
Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
15 Blue
Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
20 Yellow
Splicing lnline Harness Diodes
25 White or Natural
H02S Wiring Repairs 30 Green
SIR Wiring Repairs Maxi Fuses
Flat Wire Repairs 20 Yellow
30 I Light Green
40 Orange or Amber
60 Blue
50 Red
-
Circuit Protection Circuit Breakers Wire Size Conversion Table (cont'd)
A circuit breaker is a protective device that is designed I Metric Wire Sizes (mm 2) 1 AWG Sizes I
to open the circuit when a current load is in excess
of the rated breaker capacity. If there is a short
or other type of overload condition in the circuit, the
excessive current will open the circuit between
the circuit breaker terminals. Two types of circuit
breakers are used.
Circuit Breaker: This type opens when excessive
current passes through it for a period of time. It closes
again after a few seconds, and if the cause of the
high current is still present, it will open again.
The circuit breaker will continue to cycle open and
closed until the condition causing the high current is Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
removed. Tools Required
Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Circuit J 38125-8Terminal Repair Kit
Breaker: This type greatly increases its resistance 1. Open the harness.
when excessive current passes through it. The
excessive current heats the PTC device, as the device * If the harness is taped, remove the tape.
heats its resistance increases. Eventually the To avoid wiring insulation damage, use
resistance gets so high that the circuit is effectively a sewing ripper in order to cut open the
open. Unlike the ordinary circuit breaker the PTC unit harness.
will not reset until the circuit is opened, by removing If the harness has a black plastic conduit, pull
the voltage from its terminals. Once the voltage out the desired wire.
is removed the circuit breaker will re-close within a 2. Cut the wire.
second or two.
Cut as little wire off the harness as possible.
-
Circuit Protection Fusible Links Ensure that each splice is at least 40 mm
(1.5 in) away from other splices, harness
Fusible link is wire designed to melt and break branches and connectors. This helps prevent
continuity when excessive current is applied. It is moisture from bridging adjacent splices
often located between or near the battery and starter and causing damage.
or electrical center. Use a continuity tester or a 3. Select the proper size and type of wire.
J 39200 DMM at each end of the wire containing the
fusible link in order to determine if it is broken. If The wire must be of equal or greater size than
broken, it must be replaced with fusible link of the original (except fusible link).
the same gage size. The wire's insulation must have the same or
higher temperature rating.
Repairing a Fusible Link
- Use general purpose insulation for areas
Important: Fusible links cut longer than 225 mm that are not subject to high temperatures.
(approx. 9 inches) will not provide sufficient overload - Use a cross-linked polyethylene insulated
protection. wire for areas where high temperatures
Refer to Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips. are expected.
Important: Use Cross-linked polpthylene wire to
Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation replace PVC, but do not replace cross-linked
polyethylene with PVC.
If the conductive portion of the wire is not damaged,
locate the problem and apply tape around the Cross-linked polyethylene wire is not fuel resistant. Do
wire. If the damage is more extensive, replace the not use to replace wire where there is the possibility
faulty segment of the wire. Refer to Splicing Copper of fuel contact.
Wire Using Splice Clips and follow the instruction 4. Strip the insulation.
to repair the wire. Select the correct size opening in the wire
stripper or work down from the largest size.
Wire Size Conversion Table Strip approximately 7.5 mm (5116 inches) of
1
Metric Wire Sizes (mm 2)
0.22 I
AWG Sizes
24 I insulation from each wire to be spliced.
5. Select the proper clip to secure the splice. Follow
the instructions in the J 38125-8 Terminal Repair
Kit in order to determine the proper clip size
crimp tool and anvil.
6. Overlap the two stripped wire ends and hold them
between thumb and forefinger.
Bodv and Accessories Wirina Svstems 8-121
7. Center the splice clip (2) over the stripped 10. Crimp the splice on each end (2).
wires (1) and hold the clip in place.
Ensure that the wires extend bevond the c l i ~
in
each direction.
Ensure that no insulation is caught under
the clip.
11. Apply 60140 rosin core solder to the opening in

the back of the clip. Follow the manufacturer's
.
instructions for the solder equipment.
8. Center the crimp tool over the splice clip

and wires.
9. Apply steady pressure until the crimp tool closes.
Ensure that no strands of wire are cut.
Crimp and Seal Splice Table
Splice Sleeve Crimp Tool Nest Wire Gauge
Color Collor AWG/(Metric)
Salmon 20,18 / (0.5, 0.8)
Blue Blue 16, 14 I (1.O, 2.0)
Yellow Yellow 12, 10 I (3.0, 5.0)
Tools Required
J 38125-8Terminal Repair Kit
1. Open the harness.
If the harness is taped, remove the tape.
To avoid wiring insulation damage, use
a sewing ripper in order to cut open the
harness.
If the harness has a black plastic conduit, pull
out the desired wire.
2. Cut the wire.
Cut as little wire off the harness as possible.
Ensure that each splice is at least 40 mm
12. Tape the splice. Roll on enough tape in order to (1.5 in) away from other splices, harness
duplicate the thickness of the insulation on the branches and connectors. This helps prevent
existing wires. moisture from bridging adjacent splices
and causing damage.
-
-
8796
13. Additional tape can be applied to the wire if the
wire does not belong in a conduit or another 3. Select the proper size and type of wire.
harness covering. Use a winding motion in order The wire must be of equal or greater size than
to cover the first piece of tape. the original.
The wire's insulation must have the same or
Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice higher temperature rating (4).
Sleeves - Use general purpose insulation for areas
that are not subject to high temperatures.
Use crimp and seal splice sleeves to form a one-to-one
splice on all types of insulation except tefzel and - Use a cross-linked polyethylene insulated
wire for areas where high temperatures
coaxial to form a one-to-one splice. Use tefzel and
are expected.
coaxial where there is special requirements such
as moisture sealing. Follow the instructions below in
order to splice copper wire using crimp and seal splice
sleeves.
Important: Use Cross-linked polyethylene wire to Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
replace PVC, but do not replace cross-linked
polyethylene with PVC. Twistedlshielded cable is used in order to protect
wiring from electrical noise. Two-conductor cable of
Cross-linked polyethylene wire is not fuel resistant. Do this construction is used between the radio and
not use to replace wire where there is the possibility speakerlamplifier units and other applications where
of fuel contact. low level, sensitive signals must be carried. Follow the
4. Strip the insulation. instructions below in order to repair the
Select the correct size opening in the wire twistedlshielded cable.
stripper or work down from the largest size.
Strip approximately 7.5 mm (5116 inches) of
insulation from each wire to be spliced (1).
5. Select the proper splice sleeve (2) and the
required crimp nest tool, refer to the Crimp
and Seal Splice Table.
6. Place the nest tool in the J 38125 crimp tool.
7. Place the splice sleeve in the crimp tool nest so
that the crimp falls at point 1 on the splice.
8. Close the hand crimper handles slightly in order
to hold the splice sleeve firmly in the proper crimp
tool nest.
9. Insert the wires into the splice sleeve until the
wire hits the barrel stop. The splice sleeve has
a stop in the middle of the barrel in order to
prevent the wire from passing through the
splice (3).
10. Close the handles of the J 38125 until the crimper
handles open when released. The crimper
handles will not open until the proper amount of
pressure is applied to the splice sleeve. 1. Remove the outer jacket (1). Use care not to cut
11. Shrink the insulation around the splice. into the drain wire of the mylar tape.
Using the heat torch apply heat to the crimped 2. Unwrap the tape. Do not remove the tape. Use
area of the barrel. the tape in order to rewrap the twisted conductors
Gradually move the heat barrel to the open after the splice is made.
end of the tubing.
- The tubing will shrink completely as the
heat is moved along the insulation.
- A small amount of sealant will come out of
the end of the tubing when sufficient
shrinkage is achieved.
3. Prepare the splice. Untwist the conductors and

follow the splicing instructions for copper wire.
Staggering the splices by 65 mm is recommended.
Splicing lnline Harness Diodes
Many vehicle electrical systems use a diode to isolate
circuits and protect the components from voltage
spikes. When installing a new diode use the following
procedure.
1. Open the harness.
If the harness is taped, remove the tape.
To avoid wiring insulation damage, use
a sewing ripper in order to cut open the
harness.
If the harness has a black plastic conduit, pull
out the diode.
2. If the diode is taped to the harness, remove all of
the tape.
3. Check and record the current flow direction and
orientation of diode.
4. Remove the inoperative diode from the harness
with a suitable soldering tool.
4. Re-assemble the cable. Important: If the diode is located next to a connector

terminal remove the terminal(s) from the connector
Rewrap the conductors with the mylar tape. to prevent damage from the soldering tool.
Use caution not to wrap the drain wire in 5. Carefully strip away a section of insulation next to
the tape (1). the old soldered portion of the wire(s). Do not
Follow the splicing instructions for copper wire remove any more than is needed to attach the
and splice the drain wire. new diode.
Wrap the drain wire around the conductors 6. Check current flow direction of the new diode,
and tape with mylar tape. being sure to install the diode with correct bias.
Reference the appropriate service manual
Important: Apply the mylar tape with the aluminum
wiring schematic to obtain the correct diode
side inward. This ensures good electrical contact with
installation position.
the drain wire.
7. Attach the new diode to the wire(s) using
60140 rosin core solder. Before soldering attach
some heat sinks (aluminum alligator clips)
across the diode wire ends to protect the diode
from excessive heat. Follow the manufacturer's
instruction for the soldering equipment.
8. Reinstall terminal(s) into the connector body if
previously removed
9. Tape the diode to the harness or connector using
electrical tape.
Important: To prevent shorts to ground and water
intrusion, completely cover all exposed wire and diode
attachment points with tape.
8801
5. Tape over the entire cable. Use a winding motion

when you apply the tape.
H02S Wiring Repairs The sealed splices have the following 2 critical
features:
Notice: Do not solder repairs under any circumstances
as this could result in the air reference being A special heat shrink sleeve envirorirrrentaily seals
obstructed. the splice. The heat shrink sleeve contains a
sealing adhesive inside.
If the heated oxygen sensor pigtail wiring, connector,
or terminal is damaged the entire oxygen sensor A cross hatched (knurled) core crimp provides
assembly must be replaced. Do not attempt to repair necessary contact integrity for the sensitive,
the wiring, connector, or terminals. In order for the low energy circuits.
sensor to function properly it must have a clean The J 38125-8 also serves as a generic terminal
air reference. This clean air reference is obtained by repair Kit. The kit contains the following items:
way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any A large sampling of common GM electrical
attempt to repair the wires, connectors or terminals terminals
could result in the obstruction of the air reference and The correct tools in order to attach the terminals
degrade oxygen sensor performance. to the wires
The following guidelines should be used when The correct tools in order to remove the terminals
servicing the heated oxygen sensor: from the connectors
Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to
the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These SIR Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal
materials may get into the sensor, causing Metal Pin) Repair
poor performance. Also, the sensor pigtail and Use the connector repair assembly packs in order to
harness wires must not be damaged in such a way repair the damaged SIR wire harness connectors
that the wires inside are exposed. This could and the terminals. Do not use the ctmnector repair
provide a path for foreign materials to enter the assembly pack in order to repair the pigtails. These kits
sensor and cause performance problems. include an instruction sheet and the sealed splices.
Neither the sensor nor vehicle lead wires should Use the sealed splices in order to splice the new wires,
be bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends, kinks, connectors, and terminals to the harness. The splice
etc., could block the reference air path through the crimping tool is color keyed in order to match the
lead wire. splices from the J 38125-5. You must use the splice
Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor crimping tool in order to apply these splices.
ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles The terminals in the SIR system are made of a special
that utilize the ground wire sensor may rely on metal. This metal provides the necessary contact
this ground as the only ground contact to integrity for the sensitive, low energy circuits. These
the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will also terminals are only available i r ~the connectcr repair
cause poor engine performance. assembly packs. Do not substitute any other terminals
To prevent damage due to water intrusion, be for those in the assembly packs.
sure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the If the individual terminals are d a m a g e d on the sensrng
vehicle harness connector. and diagnostic module (SDM) harness connector,
The engine harness may be repaired using the use 1 of the following 2 corr~ponenlsin order to replace
J 38 125-8. the SDM harness connector:
The SDM harness connector pigtai! assembly
SIR Wiring Repairs The SDM harness connector replacement kit
The supplemental inflatable restraint (SIR) system If the individual terminals are darnaged on any 4her
requires special wiring repair procedures due to SIR connection, use the appropriate connector
the sensitive nature of the circuitry. Follow the specific repair assembly pack in order to replace the entire
procedures and instructions when working with the connection. Replace the entire SIR wiring harness, if
SIR system wiring, and the wiring components (such needed, in order to maintain SIR circuil integrity.
as connectors and terminals).
SIR Wire Pigtail Repair
Important: Do not use the terminals in the kit in order
to replace damaged SIR system terminals unless Important: Do not make wire, connector, or terminal
specifically indicated by the terminal package. repairs on components with wire piglaits.
Tools Required A wire pigtail is a wire or wires attached directly to the
J 38125-8 Terminal Repair Kit device (not by a connector). If a wirirtg pigtail is
damaged, you must replace the entire component
The tool kit J 38125-5 contains the following items: (with pigtail). The inflatable restraint steering wheel
Special sealed splices - in order to repair the module coil is an example of a pigtail component.
SIR system wiring
A wire stripping tool
A special crimping tool
A heat torch
An instruction manual
SIR Wire Repair Do not nick or cut any of the strands, Inspect
the stripped wire for nicks or cut strands.
Tools Required
If the wire is damaged, repeat this procedure
J 38125-8 Terminal Repair Kit
after removing the damaged section.
Important: Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems 4. Select the proper sealed splice sleeve according
in order to determine the correct wire size for the to the wire size. Refer to the above table at the
circuit you are repairing. You must obtain this
beginning of the repair procedure for the color
information in order to ensure circuit integrity.
coding of the splice sleeves and the
If any wire except the pigtail is damaged, repair the crimp tool nests.
wire by splicing in a new section of wire of the
same gauge size (0.5 mm, 0.8 mm, 1.0 mm etc.). Use
the sealed splices and splice crimping tool from the
J 38125-B. Use the following wiring repair procedures
in order to ensure the integrity of the sealed splice.
Important: You must perform the following procedures
in the listed order. Repeat the procedure if any wire
strands are damaged. You must obtain a clean
strip with all of the wire strands intact.
Splice Sleeve Crimp Tool Nest Wire Gauge mm2

Color Color I IAWGI
Salmon 0.035-0.8 /
Red (1)
(yellow-pink) (18-20)
I 1
--
Blue Blue (2) 1.O-2.0 1 (14-16)

Yellow Yellow (3) 1 3.0-5.0 I (10-12)
1. Open the harness by removing any tape:

Use a sewing seam ripper (available from
sewing supply stores) in order to cut open the
harness in order to avoid wire insulation
damage. 5. Use the Splice Crimp Tool from the J 38125-8 in
Use the crimp and sealed splice sleeves on all order to position the splice sleeve in the proper
types of insulation except tefzel and coaxial. color nest of the Splice Crimp Tool.
* Do not use the crimp and sealed splice sleeve
to form a splice with more than 2 wires
coming together.
2. Cut as little wire off the harness as possible. You
may need the extra length of wire in order to
change the location of a splice.
Adjust splice locations so that each splice is at
least 40 mm (1.5 in) away from the other splices,
harness branches, or connectors.
3. Strip the insulation:
When adding a length of wire to the existing
harness, use the same size wire as the
original wire.
Perform one of the following items in order to
find the correct wire size:
- Find the wire on the schematic and convert
the metric size to the equivalent AWG size.
- Use an AWG wire gauge.
- If you are unsure of the wire size, begin
with the largest opening in the wire 6. Place the splice sleeve in the nest. Ensure that
stripper and work down until achieving a the crimp falls midway between the end of the
clean strip of the insulation. barrel and the stop. The sleeve has a stop (3) in
Strip approximately 7.5 mm (0.31 3 in) of the middle of the barrel (2) in order to prevent
insulation from each wire to be spliced. the wire (1) from going further. Close the
hand crimper handles slightly in order to firmly
hold the splice sleeve in the proper nest.
SIR System Wire Splice Repair
Apply a new splice (not sealed) from the J 38125-8if
damage occurs to any of the original equipment
splices (3 wires or more) in the SIR wiring harness.
Carefully follow the instructions included in the
kit for proper splice clip application.
Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
The connector position assurance (CPA) is a small
plastic insert that fits through the locking tabs of all the
SIR system electrical connectors. The CPA ensures
that the connector halves cannot vibrate apart.
You must have the CPA in place in order to ensure
good contact between the SIR mating terminals.
Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
The terminal position assurance (TPA) insert
resembles the plastic combs used in the control
module connectors. The TPA keeps the terminal
securely seated in the connector body. Do not remove
the TPA from the connector body unless you remove
7. Insert the wire into the splice sleeve barrel until a terminal for replacement.
the wire hits the barrel stop.
8. Tightly close the handles of the crimp tool until Flat Wire Repairs
the crimper handles open when released. Notice: The flat wire within the flex wiring harness is
The crimper handles will not open until you apply not serviceable. If an open or short exists within
the proper amount of pressure to the splice the flex wiring harness the complete harness must be
sleeve. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the opposite end replaced.
of the splice.
Connector Repairs
The Connector Repairs section contains the following
types of connector repair information. Using these
elements together will make connector repair faster
and easier:
Connector Position Assurance Locks.
Terminal Position Assurance Locks.
Push to Seat Connectors.
Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation.
Wiring Repairs.
Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips.
Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips.
Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable.
Connector Position Assurance Locks

The Connector Position Assurance (CPA) is a small
plastic insert that fits through the locking tabs of all the
SIR system electrical connectors. The CPA ensures
9. Using the heat torch, apply heat to the crimped that the connector halves cannot vibrate apart.
area of the barrel. You must have the CPA in place in order to ensure
good contact between the SIR mating terminals.
10. Gradually move the heat barrel to the open end of
the tubing:
Terminal Position Assurance Locks
The tubing will shrink completely as the heat is
moved along the insulation. The Terminal Position Assurance (TPA) insert
resembles the plastic combs used in the control
A small amount of sealant will come out of the module connectors. The TPA keeps the terminal
end of the tubing when sufficient shrinkage is securely seated in the connector body. Do not remove
achieved. the TPA from the connector body unless you remove
a terminal for replacement.
Push to Seat Connectors
Terminal Removal
Follow the steps below in order to repair push to seat
connectors.
5. Re-form the locking device if you are going to

reuse the connector (1).
6. To repair the terminal, refer to Terminal Repair.
Terminal Repair
1. Slip the cable seal away from the terminal.
1. Remove the terminal position assurance (TPA) 2. Cut the wire as close to the terminal as possible.
device, the connector position assurance (CPA)
device, andlor the secondary lock. 3. Slip a new cable seal onto the wire.
4. Strip 5 mm (3116 in) of insulation from the wire
2. Separate the connector halves (1).
5. Crimp a new terminal to the wire.
6. Solder the crimp with rosin core solder.
7. Slide the cable seal toward the terminal.
8. Crimp the cable seal and the insulation.
9. If the connector is outside of the passenger
compartment, apply grease to the connector.
Reinstalling Terminal
1. In order to reuse a terminal or lead assembly.
Refer to Wiring Repairs.
2. Ensure that the cable seal is kept on the terminal
side of the splice.
3. Insert the lead from the back until it catches.
4. Install the TPA, CPA and/or the secondary locks.
3. Use the proper pick or removal tool (1) in order to

release the terminal.
4. Gently pull the cable and the terminal (2) out of
the back of the connector.
Pull to Seat Connectors Terminal Installation
Terminal Removal 1. lnspect the terminal for damage. If damaged refer
to Terminal Repair.
Follow the steps below in order to repair pull-to-seat
connectors. 2. Reform the locking tang (2) if the terminal is being
reused.
3. Ensure that the cable seal is kept on the terminal
side of the splice.
4. Insert the wire into the back of the connector
body. Push until the terminal locking tang locks
into the connector body.
5. Install the TPA, CPA and/or the secondary locks.
Weather Pack Connectors

The following is the proper procedure for the repair of
Weather Pack@Connectors.
8805
1. Remove the terminal position assurance (TPA)

device, the connector position assurance (CPA)
device, and/or the secondary lock.
2. Separate the connector halves.
3. Using the proper pick or removal tool (4) insert
into the front of the connector body.
4. Grasp the wire at the back of the connector
body and gently pull the terminal (1) from the
connector body (3).
5. lnspect the terminal for damage, if damaged refer
to Terminal Repair.
6. Reform the locking tang (2) if the terminal is
being reused. Separate the connector halves (1).
Terminal Repair Open the secondary lock. A secondary lock aids
1. Slip the cable seal away from the terminal. in terminal retention and is usually molded to
the connector (1).
2. Cut the wire as close to the terminal as possible.
Grasp the wire and push the ;terminal to the
3. Slip a new cable seal onto the wire.
forward most position. Hold the wire in this
4. Strip 5 mm (3116 in) of insulation from the wire. position.
5. Crimp a new terminal to the wire.
6. Solder the crimp with rosin core solder.
7. Slide the cable seal toward the terminal.
8. Crimp the cable seal and the insulation.
9. If the connector is outside of the passenger
compartment, apply grease to the connector.
8-130 Wiring Svstems Body and Accessories
Repairing Connector Terminals
The following repair procedures can be used to repair
Push to Seat, Pull to Seat or Weather Pack@
terminals. Some terminals do not require all steps
shown. Skip those that do not apply for your immediate
terminal repair. The Terminal Repair Kit (J 381 25-A)
contains further information.
1. Cut off terminal between core and insulation crimp
(minimize wire loss) and remove seal for Weather
Pack@terminals.
2. Apply correct seal per gauge size of wire and
slide back along wire to enable insulation
removal ( Weather Pack@terminals only).
3. Remove Insulation.
4. Align seal with end of cable insulation.
(Weather PackB terminals only).
5. Position strip (and seal for Weather Pack@) in
terminal.
6. Hand crimp core wings.
a Insert the Weather Pack@ terminal removal tool 7. Hand crimp insulation wings (non Weather
into the front (mating end) of the connector Pack@). Hand crimp insulation wings around seal
cavity until it rests on the cavity shoulder (1). and cable (Weather Pack@).
Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal 8. Solder all hand crimp terminals.
through the back of the connector (2).
Important: Never use force to remove a terminal from
a connector.
Inspect the terminal and connector for damage.
Repair as necessary. Refer to Repairing
Connector Terminals.
Reform the lock tang (2) and reset terminal in
connector body.
Close secondary locks and join connector halves.
Verify that circuit is complete and working
satisfactorily.
Perform system check.
Power and Grounding Schematic References
Reference on Schematic -
Section Number Subsection Name
Backup
. Lights
- Schematics Cell 112 8 - Lighting
- - Systems
.
Brake Warning System Cell 41 1 5 - Hydraulic Brakes
Engine Controls Cell 23 1 6 - Engine Controls I
Exterior Lights Cell 110 8 - Lighting Systems
Headlights DRL Schematics Cell 102 8 - Lighting Systems
Horns Schematics Cell 40 8 - Horns
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics Cell 81 8 - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics Cell 117 8 - Lighting Systems
Power Distribution Cell 10
- and Charging
Starting - - Schematics Cell 30
1
I
WiperNVasher System (Pulse) Schematics Cell 91 1 8 - WiperMiasher Systems

1 Wi~erNVasherSvstern (Standard) Schematics Cell 90 1 8 - Wi~er/WasherSvstems I
Power and Grounding Schematic Icons

(Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery, Starter, and Junction Block)
Power Distribution Schematics -
Secondary
Ba3erv
(Diesel)
1i-11~~
Link 2 BLK Fusible 2BLK1 Fusible
Link Link
2 GRY Fusible I S129
I 2 BLK Fusible 2...\LiBLK
nk Fusible -
8 RED 2
5 RED 442 Link S131
.&
I I
C C111 S107 3 RED 2 3 RED 2 3 RED 3 RED 2 3 RED 2
I I
L - A
Glow Plug 2 RED 2 T 7
Controller
(Diesel)
30 j, 30
Electronic
Brake
Control
Module
(EBCM) a
------
Auxiliary
Engine Coolant ,
Fan Relay
(Diesel)
+
IP Fuse Block
,
I Starter
Relay
Power Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 10: Fuse Block and Headlamp Switch)
Batterv J u n c t i o n Block
Headlamps
Switch
I
A
Details Details Details
0.8DK GRN
erlor
Lights
Cell 110
IBRN 9 I IB R N 9
~
A 1
Provisions For
Body Bu~lder
(Rear Marker Lamps)
Power Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 10: lanition Switch and Fuse Block)
Batterv Junction Block
0.8 DK B L U I W H T ~ ~ O ~ 3 ORN
Charging
- . , . - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Fuse
-
,I-3 E4 TURN-D4 HTR
i Block
Fuse l Provisions For I
Body Builder I
15 A
, - - - - - - - C3_B3-% - - - I
t
Detalls
Details (L57)
Power Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 10: lgnition Switch)
0.5 LT BLU 1134
0.5 YEUBLK
/
0.5 LT BLU 1134
;9
U
Brake
Wammg
0.5 YEUBLK System
Cell 41
0.5 YEUBLK
0.5 YEUBLK
l Instrument r lEngine
1 Cluster I 1 Coolant
I 1 Level
'- Switch
Power Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery, Starter and Junction Block)
32 BLK (Gas)
50 BLK (Diesel)
1
32 BLK 1 Generator '- l

3 RED Fusible Link
I
I
1I)s 2
I 13 RED S125
L -
13 RED 2
Battery
Junction
Block
1 BLK
1 1 1 1 GR'i 1
1 BLK
Rble
1 BLK
[$tde
1 BLK
[$ble Mble Fusible
Link
0.8 BLU 3 BLU
Fusible
Link
Fusible
Link
Fusible
Link
2
5 RED 442
II
C C111
3 RED 2
3RED12
P
lgnltlon
3RED12 3REDl23RED12
- IP Fuse
5 RED 2 1
Brake
Pump ------ Relay I I
5 RED 442
..
I Starter
Relay
Switch Block L - A
Motor
L,,,,
Relay (EBCM)
Power Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 10: Fuse Block)
, .
Banery Junctlon Block
\
I 3 RED
I
Fuse 7
20 A
I A5 851
LA
'-
bJ.
''
-
Headlamps Headlamps1
1 1 IORN
I
I
L - J
I
Switch I
I
-
Panel
1 ~immer
Switch
Details
Fuse B I O C ~ Headlamps1
Details panel 0.8 DK GRN
Cell 11 I Lamp8 c... interior Light8 I Dimmer
Switch Dimming Switch
1
L---
-Y
Power Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 10: Ignition Switch and Fuse Block)
Ignition
Switch
lCC/
:TART
;
ACC
* / START
R
m...... CONN ID
OFF ' '
LOCK "'.*"'. C1-5 NAT
C 2 - 4 ELK
A
3 PNK 3 3 YEL
P6 B1 H9
.......................... ....................................
3 PNK
3 PNK
3
3 ERN 4
3 BRN 4 3 PNK 3 YE1
---- ------------ Fuse

l
Block
AUTO A
APPLY
Fuse 18 8
10 A
----
1 2 ERN ( 341
Power Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 10: lgnition Switch)
Ignition
Switch
START
0.5 LT BLU
84
0.5LT BLU
0.5 YEUBLK
0,5LT BLU 1134 0.5 LT BLU 134 0.5 LT BLU

C200 0,sYEUBLK
0.5YEUBLK
(Europe)
-
A
l Instrument - A
l Engine
- Park
-
A
Daytime r -A
(USICanada)
l Diode
1 Running
I 1 Coolant
1 Level ------ I [switch L
I
ILamp
I
I
-
1 Network
I
L - J u
I
-' Switch
Switch
-" Control
Module
A
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11: ENG-BAT and ECM-BAT fuses)
IHalA1,
p - - .
I ENQ -BAT
I F2 Fuse 10
(
I
I
L--.
Fl
1 "*
0.8 ORN
F1
0.8 ORN 3 ORN
0.8 ORN
d
3 ORN 440
0.8 ORN
0.8 ORN 0.5 ORN 540
0.8
ORN 440
0 8 ORN 440
85 16 C3 Dl3
AIC Data Unk
Control Compressor Connector
------ Relay Relay (DLC)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11:STOP-HAZ, TAIL LPS, and HORN DM fuses)
I
F7 TAIL LPS
I Fuse 7
I
I 1 20A
240 1 ORN 140 0.8 ORN
0.8 ORN 40
0.8 ORN 0.8 ORN
0.8 ORN
(Europe)
(USICanada) 85 87 B1 AA
l Hazard '- 7 Stop ' ' -,Headlamps r
I
?SeatBelt In- Line -.. Headlamps1
1 Flasher I amps I Switch And Lamps Connector, 1 Panel
]30_
Relay I
1 Alarm Provisions 1 Dimmer
I I 1 Switch I I I
- Module For Body
I
- A Switch
b Builder
(Dome Lamp)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11: ENG-I fuse)
IHot In RUN And START
Power Fuse
ENG-I 'BIOC~
Fuse 15 i
20 A I
I I
1
1 PNK 539
1
1 PNK 539
J!
1 PNK 539
ploo 7 Europe Only
0.8 PNK 1339
539 0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK 539 0.8 PNK 539 0.8 PNK
0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK i39 0.8 PNK 539
D
0.8 PNK 539 /
0.8 PNK 339
0.8 PNK 339
-I l F u d
D
r ' r
c
Camshaft l H02S ' lH02S l Engine
I Position I I Bank 2 I I Bank 2 I I Shut Off 1 1 Solenoid
1 Sensor I I Sensor 1 I I Sensor 2 I I Solenoid I 1 Driver
- (CPS) L - J L - J
C
D
B 85
l Evaporative I- ' ' 1 Mass t- l H02S r l H02S r '
1 Emissions I I Air Flow I 1 Bank 1 I 1 Bank 1 1 Booster
1 Canister I 1 Sensor I I Sensor 1 I I Sensor 2 I
- A Purge Valve - - I Fluid
Flow
Alarm
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11 : ECM-I fuse [L29])
I
Distribution
I Cell 10
ECM -I ' Fuse
I
7
1 PNK 439
3.8 PNK 439
0.8 PNK
0.8 PNK
L -a I
0,8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439

I
0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439
PNK 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439
A A
r * r - i r
I I I I I
L - J L - J
Instrument Crankshaft
I
L -
Injector
I
d
I
L -
Injector
I
J
I
L - J
Injector
L - 4
Injector
L -
Injector
4 L - J
Injector
L - J
Injector
L - J
Injector
L - J
Ignition
Cluster Position (CKP) #7 15 #3 #1 #8 #6 #4 12 Control
Sensor Module Vehicle
(ICW Control
Module
A (VCW
A&
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11 : ECM-I fuse [L65])
1 PNK
0.8 PNK 439
I
-
71
lInstrument
1 Cluster
1 PNK
0.8 PNK 439
0.8 PNK 1239 0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK
''
I
I
L - J
l Glowplug
0.8 PNK 239
I Controller I
I (NA5) 1
L
-
- I
A
Wastegate
Solenoid
r - - - -
1-
\
0.8 PNK 239
I
I
L -
l
1
4
0.8 PNK 239
- l ~Fuel
eater
A
'-
I
I
l
-
l Water In
Fuel
1 Indicator
-I Sensor
0.8 PNK 439
C3
lPowertrain
Control
Module
I (PCM)
4
''
I
I
s3 I
-
lVehicle
1 Speed
1 Sensor
(VSS)
~ a brator
li
I I
L - J
-
58
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11: GAUGES and TRANS fuses)
I Power
Dlstribullon
Cell 10
F6i
QAU~ES
Fuse a 84 A4 Provisions For
7Body Builder
0.8 PNK
Europe 0.8 PNK
Seat Belt/
Lamps 0.8 PNK
0.8 PNK 39 Alarm
0.8 PNK 39
r
I
- 1 Headlampi
1
Panel
Module
A
T
A
I l Dimmer
- Switch
22
r
I
l Instrument
1 Cluster
0.8 PNK 139 0.8 PNK
I
- -I
I
0.8 PNK
Generator
I
1
Antilock
Brake
Indicator
Relay
l!(I ------
Daytime
Running I
Lamp ~DFIL) I
Relay
(Canada
only)
-1 l ~Daytime
l
unning
- Control
I ~ a m p~DR.
Module
(Canada
------
1Air
Conditioning
Compressor
Relay
r
I
I
L - d
I
Automatic
1 Transmission
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11: 1-3, TURN BU and HTR fuses, PWR CKT BRKR 2 and AUX CKT BRKR 13)
1-3 l~lock
' Fuse 9 I
15 A
I
- I
A
2 BRN 1341 1
0.8 BRN 1 PPI 16
G5 C200
0.8 BRN
1 PPI 16
4 :R O O
(Ditarl)
0.5 BRN
L
0.5 BRN 0.5 BRN 241 0.5 BRN
0.5 BRN 241 0.8 BRN 241
r--
I
I
I t
A
CONNID
Cl-10 BLK
C2-5BRN
C3-2BLK
L,,,,
l Electronic
1 Brake
1 Control
1 Module
A (EBCM)
r
c- -
- $onverter
Torque
Clutch
. - - - And
1
4 Stoplamps
Switch
I
I
L - J
l Cruise
Control
Switch
I
I
,.
L - J
-
'lCruise
Control I
Module I
I
IL
-13 -
-A-
'ONN ID
E:k\
C3-CLR
a-BLK
- - - - A
lVehicle
Control
IModule
'~cM)
I AA
A
Turn
Signal
1 Switch
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 11 : Wiper, Acc-Radio, Crank, Auto Apply, and lnstr Lps fuses)
I-)
---------- Switch In Park Or Head
2YEL 143 0.8 DK BLUNHT 805 0.8 PNK 639 El

S212 (
0.5 GRY 8
0.8 PNK 639
..S214
N7 J8 F4 ,,C200
0.8 PNK 639 8 0.5 GRY 8
0.5 GRY
0.5 GRY 8
0.8 PNK 639 0.8 PNK
639 E2 C200
..................... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - s PlOO
S169
0.5 GRY 8
D X I-
I
- l Instrument
I Cluster
0.8 PNK 639

C, C103
PI00 0.8 GRY 8
I L - J d
Transmission
I A
A1 ,
- ISeat Belt
ml
I- l I- l
I I Range (TR) I And Lamps
C303 PNK 639 IL - J ILamp I - 1 Module
Alarm
A
B, A1 ,
I 1 Wiper
, . - - - - - 'Park I 1 Brake I Brake I IBrake Park
AlarmBrake
- I I Neutral
position - - ------
I3
IMotor I I Pressure I 1 Pull 1 Alarm Relay
I
L A
I CONN ID
CI-GRI J Indicator - J Button
I
J
c 2 - N ~ I (PNP) And Switch Switch

I
,-
,, , Backup
Lamps
Switch
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11 : ECM-I fuse [L35])
I Power t
I Dletrlbutlon G6 ECM-I
'1Fuse
Block
Fuse 12
1 PNK
El
1 PNK
1 PNK
0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 439 0,8 PNK
0.5 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK 439 1 0.8 PNK 1439 I 0.8 PNK 139 0.8 PNK
D
-------
r
7
-1 1
181 ~ 4
r----I
I CONN ID 1
1 r
I I I I
I I I C1 =BLU 1 I I
C2-RED
L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J
I C3sCLR I
instrument Ignition LI C- 4- s-BAL K 1 Ignition Crankshaft Fuel Fuel k l Fuel Fuel Fuel
Cluster Coil Control Position lnjector lnjector Injector lnjector lnjector lnjector
Vehicle Module Sensor 6 4 2 1 3 5
b Control (ICM)
Irtr-4 Module
(VCM)
b
&
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11 : ECM-I fuse [L31])
I power I Fuse
I Cell 10 Fuse 12 ' Block
I
I
1 PNK
El
1 PNK
1 PNK
0.8 PNK /
0.8 PNK 439 1 1
0.8 PNK 439 0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK
1
0.5 PNK
r
I
I
7
L - 4
Instrument
-
L - J
1
Ignition
0.8 PNK 439
I
I
L - J
Ignition
0.8 PNK
L - J
Crankshaft Fuel
L - 2 L - J
Fuel
1
I
I
C
L - J
Fuel
I 0.8 PNK
I
I
B
r '
I
I
L - J
Fuel F U i
0.8 PNK
L - J
Fuel
L - J
Fuel
0.8 PNK
I ;":
Cluster Coil L-,,J Control Position lnjector lnjector lnjector lnjector lnjector lnjector lnjector lnjector
Vehicle Module Sensor 7 5 3 1 8 6 2 4
A Control (ICM)
Module
(VCM)
A
A
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: ECM-I fuse IL571)
l ~ o Int RUN And START I

lr
Power
I I
1 PNK 439 1 0.5 PNK
I 1 PNK 439
A,..
r - i
91,
r - i r----
Powertrain
Control
Module
J
Fuel
Pump
I
I
L - J
Fuel
I
I
Injection
Pump
Shutoff
Transmission
Control
Module
WM)
I
I
be~i&
Speed
Sensor
Calibrator
I
I
I
I
L - J
Water
In Fuel
Indicator
Sensor
I
I
I
I
L - J
Fuel
Heater
I
I
L,,--A
Glow
Plug
Controller
L - J
Instrument
Cluster
A
A!iA
%
::! A
AA
Relay
(L57
Mech)
Solenoid
('-57
Mech)
(Automat~c
Transmlgs~on -
A
L - A
Glow Plug
Controller
W5)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: INSTR LPS, TRANS, and ENG-I fuses)
Hot With Park Or H
r m - 7 -
I Power
I H4 Provlslons For
lNSTR LPS Body Builder Cell 10
I Fuse 16 Fuse 17 Fuse 15
I ~ 3 '5 A
L - - - -
1
\ 0.5 GRY
8 PNK1139
H2
1 PNK
H3
1
0.8 PNK 139 1 PNK
I-
EL
'1 Automatic
I 1 Transmission
I I
0.5 GRY
1 PNK 539 1 I
1 PNK 539
0.5 GRY 8
D 1,
1
r - 1
I I
0.5 GRY
9:
I
- 1 r -
0.8 PNK 539
1
D,
r-'I
0.8 PNK 539
A,
r - I
0.8 PNK 539
r-'I
C,
0.8 PNK 539
AA
r - 1
0.8 PNK 539
85,
1 - 1
s1851
0.8 PNK 539
r
I
A5 C101
0.8 PNK 539
B
-
0.8 PNK 539
- 1
I
nglne
C 11 23
I
L - I
J
Transmission Instrument
I
L - J L - J L - J
Seat Belts Glow Plug
L - J
Cold Advance
I
L - J
Fuel
I I
L - J
Water In
1
Ranae CTR) Cluster Alarm Controller Solenoid And Heater Fuel

indicator ' Module Fh, ~n~ine (L57
Mech)
lndicator Auxilary
Engine
Solenoid
Lamp Coolant Sensor
Temperature (L57
Coolant
Switch Mech) Fan Relay
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: Engine Control Sensors)
I
Fuse
Block
\
1 PNK
0.8 PNK 539

83 C300
0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK 539 0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK 0.8 PNK
B C402
0.8 PNK 539
r
I
C
' 1
0.8 PNK 539
I
D
r
I
1
I
D
r ', l
I I l
D 1
0.8 PNK 539
r - 1
l
I
L - A
Camshaft
L - 4
Mass
L
EVAP
- 4
I I
2
H02S
I I I
L - 4
H02S
l
L - 2
H02S
l
L - 4
H02S
L - A
Evaporative
L -
Camshaft
4
Position Air Flow Canister Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 1 Bank 2 Emlssions Position
Sensor Sensor Vent Sensor 1 Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Canister Sensor
Ul) Valve ( ~ 3 Only)
1 Purge (L35)
(NW Valve
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11 : ECM-BAT and ENG-BAT fuses)
1-
I
I E2 ECM-BAT F2
r--- -IP
! Fuse
ENG - BAT I Block
Fuse 10 I
3 0 R N 440 0.8 ORN
0.8 ORN
3 ORN
PI00 (L57 Elec)
S225 $57 ~ 1 % )
5170 (L57 Mech, A K I
0.8 ORN 0.8 ORN 440 0.5ORN 1540

0.8
ORN 3 ORN 440 3 ORN 440 0.8 ORN
013 87 21 30
I
r
~ a t Link
a
I Connector
I
I
(DW
Powertrain
Control
Control
Module
1
Fuel A C Compressor
Module Pump Pump Control Pump Relay
CTCM)
A Relay Relay Module Relay
!E2,A& (VCM) a
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: STOP-HAZ, TAIL LPS, and HORNlDM fuses, PWR CKT BRKR 2)
1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 -
I
L ,----,,.,,,,,--,,,,-,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-J
D8
Provisions For
Body Builder
C8 88 A8
DI
D2
1: -,---
POWER
BREAKER2
C2
----
lFuse
P r o vBuilder
Body
82
i y FO:
A2
:
I
1
Block
1 ORN 240 1 ORN 140 0.8 ORN 40
1 ORN 240
D,C211
I
,
S204
0.8 ORN 40 0.8 ORN 40 0.8 ORN 40

1 ORN 240 0.8 ORN 40
B C2 AA EA B~A G A C207
r----, r-'I r-1 r-1 -
In line Connector
I I I I Provisions For
I I ------ I I Body Builder
(Dome Lamp)
L - d L - 4
L - - - - d
Torque Hazard Headlamps Seat Belts
converter Lamp Switch Horn Alarm
Clutch (TCC) Flasher Relay Module
And A
Stoplamps A&
Switch
r-----
1- ----
I 1 ;(In Line) I
I -
ACC RADIO Block
I Fuee 14 Provisions For I
I 25 A E6 Body Bullder I
r - 1
I I
C2 = 4 NAT I I
L - 4 L - A L - A
Park1 Clutch Windshield Windshield
Neutral Pedal Wiper Wiper/
Position Position (CPP) Motor Washer
(PW Switch (Body Builder Switch
Provlslon)
And
Backup
Lamps
Switch
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: 1-3, TURN-BIU, and HTR fuses, AUX CKT BRKR 13)
c- .
HTR
?:: Provieions For 1
Body Bullder
a I
El
1 30 A A1 81 C3 83 A3 1
L - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A
2 ERN 341 1 BRN 141
0.5 ERN 241 1 I

0.5 BRN 241
f
PlOO (Elec Diesel)
S233 (Eiec D~esel)

S133 (Qas.Mech Dlesel)
1 PPL 16
---------------
f;ecsel
A GI10
on")
0.5 BRN 241 i

1 BRN 141
.
,
1 ParkINeutral
IPositlon (PNP) I
-.. Backup
1 Lamps I
A -Turn
1 Signal
I And Backup
J Lamps Switch
I
- 1 Switch I
L - 1 Switch
Switch
Fuse Block Details Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 11: Gauges fuse)
I Power GAUGES Fuse

Block
I
:r: Provi6ion8 For
Body Builder
. I
1
0.8 PNK 39
0.8 PNK 39
1
B C102
0.8 ~ ~ ~ 1 3 9
0.8 PNK 39+ -
0.8 PNK
0.8 PNK 39
FNK/39 1
0.8 PNK 39
39
0.8 PNK
I
L
I
,
0.8 PNK
D2
r
85
r -
I
I : A
L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J L - J
instrument Seat Belts Generator Generator Generator Generator Daytime
Cluster Alarm Runnlng Lamps
Module P$2 Compressor Daytlme Control
Alelay Running Lamps Module
Relay (DRL)
(DW
3542
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, and GI07 [Single Headlamps])
'?Low F / - - - - - \ Headlamp, LH / - - - - - \ Headlamp, RH ' High A

I Note Horn I \ I I I INote Horn
I \ I I
L . c-- c-- L - 4
A C C A~
1 BLK 1 BLK 1 BLK
1 BLK 150
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, and GI07 [Dual Headlampsl)
'l L o w F '
'\ Headlamp Headlamp High A
I
/ / '\ Daytime 1 '\ Headlamp 1 '\ Headlamp
1 Note Horn j Inner, LH \ I Outer, LH Running I Outer, RH \ IInner, RH I ~ o t ~e o r n
I
./ (wlo DRL)
\ 0
V Lamp I
Relay # 2
(wlDRL)
86
1 BLK 1 BLK 1 BLI 1 BLK 50 1 BLK 150 1 BLK
1
IBLK 150 I BLK 5 0 2 BLK
GI07 GI01
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G I 03, G105, G I 06, and GI10 [L291)
Electronic
Brake Ignition A/C Compressor
Contr, Stoplamps rn Output Control Mass High Pressure
Battery Modu Engine Speed Sensor Module Air Flow Cutoff
Switch
r
1 .
(EBCtl
r -- Block
r-'I
r - - -
I I
Shield
r - i
(ICM)
r - i
Sensor
r -1 Switch Vehicle
r -
1 Control
I - I I I I I Module
I I I I I I NCM)
--
L L J L
L C B
B C3
1 LT BLU 20
0.8
1 BLK 0.8 BLK 3K GRNI
5 PI 00 NHT
A C117 S140
R102
Jc3
DKGRNI 762
Fuel
Pump
50 BLK 5 BLK 350 0.8 BLK 450 0.5 BLK 450 Relay
0 3 BLK
Braided
Strap
0.5 BLK
86
0.5 BLK
I
GI10
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G104, GI 05, G106, and GI1 0 [L65])
''
1- -'
Engine
1
Battery
I
Block I
L - 1 ~i~h'pressure
A cutoff switch
I
'
C2-24 BRN
7 Powertrain
control
Module
I (PCM)
El
C3 -32 8i.U
L - - - - 4
Module
r~Fuel
(EBCM)
C3
A
86
0,5BLK
50 BLK
0.5BLK 450
1 BLK
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: GI04 [L29])
ml ------
ParkINeutral
Position (PNP)
Relay
Switch
H02S
Bank 1
I Sensor 2 I
L
C
I Bank 2
I Sensor 2
A
50
0.8 ELK 50 0.8 ELK
I 0.8 ELK 0.8 ELK 150
I
2 BLK 150
- GI04
Glowplug
Controller I
- 1 Fuel
l
Heater
(NW I
Telltale - 1 Glowplug
l
B C1 ; 'lWater
Fuel
In
Relay Controller 1 Indicator
' Sensor
0.5 BLK 150

I
0.8 BLK 150
1 BLK
0.8 BLK
0.8 BLK
0.8 ELK
0.8 BLH
0.8 BLH
B6
Vehicle
Control Electronic
Module Brake Brake
(VCM) a
r------- Pressure Control
Module A
Cruise
Control instrument A
Differential
I
CONN ID
Ci'BLU Switch
r - 1
(EBCM)
r - - - - - r -
Modulea Cluster
1 r---- 1
I I Data I I I
Link I
I
-- --- --- --- -
C4=BLK I
Connector -
V
I
L
18 ,,,J E 4
: PI00 0.5
BLW
WHT
1 0,5
0.5B L W H T BLWHT BLW
0.8 B L W H T 451 WHT
r 451
0.5 B L W H T 451
0.5 B L W H T
0.8
BLWHT 83
0.5 B L W H T
2 B L W H T 451
- ?Brake '- - - Electronic
I
'' - ''
1 Instrument
1 Cluster
''''''
CONN ID
Powertrain Data '1 Vehicle
1Pressure 0 -32 ERN Control Link 1 Speed
I
1 Diff
ELK I Module L - - - - -;' a
A 1L -
c2-24 ERN
C3-32BLU
- - - - - J
Module
I (PCM)
Connector
7
1 Sensor
'(Vss) I
AJ(EBctvl)
c1 4 31 Calibrator
J
0.5
B L W H T 451 451
450 0.8 BLK
451 0,8 B L W H T 0,5 B L W H T
'
151
2 BLWHT
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G200)
Antilock
Brake Headlam~slDaytime IP Park
Panel
Dimmer
Switch
I
1 r - 1
I I
1 Lamps I
B1 C2
is L .
0.8 0.8
BLK !50 0.8 BLK BLK !50
0.5 BLK 0.8 BLK 250 0.8 BLK
3 BLK
250
\ 3 BLK
250
3 BLK 250
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: S150 and S101 [L29])
v----1\.
I
Y
lock
Solenoid
Relay
El n
'- Windshield '' l AIC ' - 'AIC 'I ' l '

Auxiliary '-IAuxiliary - Brake/ I4
I 1 wiper I lcompressor I Compressor l ~ n ~ l n eI ~n~ine 1 Transmission
I 1 Pulse I 1 Refrigerant I Clutch I l~oolant I 1 Coolant 1 Shift
- - '
I
L
Control Pressure J : 'Fan F Fan AJC 7 Interlock
1
D Module B Switch B A Motor A Pressure Solenoid
Steering Switch
Column c n
d
0.8 BLK !50 2 BLK 250 0.5 BLK 250

1 BLK 250 0.8 BLK 5 0 0.8 BLK 0.5 BLK 250 0.8 BLK 250 0.5 BLK !50
9
A :Pi00 :PI00 : C Pl00 PI00
0.8 BLK
/
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: S150 and S101 [L65])
Transmission
Shlft Interlock
Solenoid
Relay
1
I
L
D
'
a
Windshield
I Wiper Pulse I
1 Control 1
" lAIC
I Compressor
1 Clutch 1
L .
A
- l Engine
I Coolant
I Fan Motor
I -
;
Brake/
I Shift Interlock )D
;A Solenoid
Data Link rI
I Transmission Connector I
.(L-
4 B
-
c
1 Engine r
I Coolant I
l ~evel I
-I Switch
A
- I coolant
';;
Auxiliary
1
Fan
I A/C Pressure
J Switch
I
I
L
" Steering
-I
Column
0.8 ELK 0.5 BLK 0.5 ELK 250 0.8 BLK
1
BLK 2 BLK 250 0.5 BLK 250
3 4 C PI00
0.8 ELK
/
Ground Distribution Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 14: G350, G400, G401, and G402)
'
-Park '--Park '-lPark '--Park "-Fuel 'lFuel Fuel / '\ Side / '\ Side
Brake I I Brake I 1 Brake I IPump I 1 Level I 1 Lift I Marker I ,Marker
I Pressure L I Pump L I Actuator 1
-IModule L1 Sensor ' Lamp,
;A Valve
; ; '
; Motor ; ;A Position (QW
85
Solenoid Swith
1
0.8 BLK 150 0.8 BLK 1150
I
RH
0.8 BLK 1
L
-L 1 1 BLK 150
0.8 C
BLK 5 BLK 50
2 BLK 150 0.8 BLK
3 BLK
5400 I
' ;Fuel
0.8 BLK I50 I I
Tank
I
L ,
3 BLK 150
3
BLK
0
3 BLK
50
S401
5 BLK 3 BLK
G400
-
136
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: S103)
Park and Turn Park and Turn

f.
I
- l Low
I F Note I
'l High
I A Note
,
'' Headlamp, / ', RH
Headlamp,
Signal Lamp,LH Signal
/
Lamp,RH
c-----
I
L .
I Horn I
L
1 Horn \-' LH \
A' A A A C
1 BLK 1 BLK 1 BLK 1 BLK 1 BLK

Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: G200)
Daytime
Running
Lam~s
Park IP Relay
Brake Lamps (DRL) Daytime Running
Steering Indicator Dimmer Lamps Control
Column Switch Switch Module (DRL)
r - 1 r - 1
n
I I I
I I I
L .
'7' B 87A H
0.8BLK 250
0.5 BLK 0.8 BLK 250 0.8 BLK 0.8 BLK 0.5 BLC
2 BLK
250
3 BLK C??O 2 ELK
250 250 81 250
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: S110 [L31lL35])
Brake1
Transmission
Shift
A/C Brake1 Interlock
Compressor Transmission solenoid
Refrigerant Shift Relay
Compressor pressure Interlock 7
Data
Link
r -
Clutch
1
Switch
r - 1
I
-
Solenoid
r 1
I
I
Connector I
I I
.....
@LC) L - L
Y B
4
4 :PI00 B L
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A
0.5 BLK 250 0.8 BLK 250 0,8 ELK 0,5 BLK 250 0.5 ELK
S124
0.8 BLK
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: S110 [L57])
3m,
Brakel
Transmission
Auxilarv Chi*
UllliL
Auxilary ~ngine. Brakel lnterlock
Engine Engine NC Transmission Solenoid
Starter Compressor Coolant G
Coolant Coolant Fan AIC Shift
II
Fan Level ;%Pressor
Clutch Pressure Interlock
I
-
Motor
r 1
Switch
r - i
------ r - i
I
Switch Data
r - i
I
Link
Solenoid
r-'I
I I
------
Connector
I I I I ~ m Ii I I
86
4 87
I . - - -- - - - - - 4
/
0.8 BLK 250 3.5 BLK 0.8 BLK 0.8 BLK 250 0.8 BLK
2 BLK 3.8 BLK 250 1 BLK 250

Data Link
Connector
( ~ 5 7Elec,Mm
0,8 BLK 250

Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: G105, G106, G110, G400, and G401)
A
A&
Electronic
Brake
Control Fuel Fuel
Module Fuel Pump Level
Battery Side Side
(Diesel) Batterv (EBC Engine Pump Module Sensor
r - - Block (Diesel) (Gas) (Dtesel) Marker Marker
r - 1 r - r - 7 r - 7 Lamo. LR lam^. RR
I
L,, . - J L
B
32 BLK 50 1
50 ELK 5 BLK 150 0.8 BLK 150 0.8 BLK
Braided
C
\
3 BLK
S406 3 ELK C?oO 3 BLK

GI10 I
150 150
3 BLH
3542
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: GI08 [L311L35])
A
Electronic
Vehicle Control Brake
Module A Control Brake
(VCM) A!A Module Pressure
(EBCM) Differential Instrument A
3
CONN ID Switch
Data C1= BLU r - 1
Link C2 = RED I 1 I
Connector C3 = CLR
(DLC) .- - - -
-
C4 = BLU
- - - - - - - ,
I I I
18 J
:
WHT
I WHT I
0,5 BLW 451 0.5 BLW 451
0.8 BLK 450

0.8
0.5 B L W H T 151 BLW
WHT
0.8 B L W H T 0.8 BLK
S1a
0.8 BLK 450
B Clll
451
1
2 B L W H T 451
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: GI08 [L57])
A
Electronic
A Fuel Brake
Powertrain Control Vehicle Pun1P Control Brake
Module ( ~ 5 Elec)
7 Transmission Speed Module Pressure
(EBCM) A'
Data
PCM)
i
I
-- - - - - - - I
CONN ID
Control Sensor
Module nCM) (w7 Mech,Mm Calibrator
r m
r - - - - Differential
Switch
r - 1
Instrument
Cluster
r--------
A
'
Link C1=32 BRN I I I I I
I I I
Connector I C2-24 ERN
I
(QLC) L , - - - - - - -'
C3 = 32 BLU I
A
I
L .
I
J
I
L L - - - - J
I
L,
I
5' D6 D7 23 C1 C2 21 8 C1 B
* :PI00 1
0.8 BLK 450
1 WHT 1
0.5 BLK/ 451 0.5 BLW 451
WHT
0.5 BLW 151 0.8 BLK I51 0.8 BLK 151 451
0.5 BLK 450 0.5 BLW 451
WHT WHT WHT WHT
0.8 BLK 151 0.8 BLW 151 0.5 BLW
WHT WHT WHT
S161
0.8 BLK,
. .- - - - - -
4 T : PI00
WHT
B
0.8 BLK,
WHT
2 BLK
WHT
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: GI04 [L311L35])
A
Vehicle Compressor Vehicle
Speed AJT Output 43nition High Control
Sensor Speed Control Pressure Module Mass
Shield Sensor Module Cutoff (VCM) Air Flow
-
r - w m - 7
(W~,~rn Shield (ICM) Switch I CONNlD I
Sensor
r - 7 r 1 r - 1 r - 1 r - 1
I I I I I C1-BLU 1 I
C l =RED
I I I I I a-CLR 1 I
L , L L IL - C4-Bl-K
- - - A I
iJ
B
25Yc3
0.8
DKGRNI 762
0.8 WHT
0.5 BLK 0.5 BLK 450 0.8 BLK DK GRNI 762 0.5 BLK 150 0.5 BLK
WHT
S142
A A
0.5 BLK 0.5 BLK 450 0.8 BLK 0.8 BLK
-
4
2 BLK
H02S Starter
H02S H02S H02S Bank 2
Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 1 Relav
Sensor 2
r
I
-
Sensor 1
1
I
Sensor 1
r - 1
Sensor 2
r - 1
I
r
I
-
(L31 Only)
i
I I I I
L L L
C C C
0.8 BLI 50 0.8 BLK 0.8 BLK 0.8 BLK
2 BLK
Ground Distribution Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 14: GI02 [Diesel L571)
4
Fuel
Powertrain AIC Compressor Pump
Water In Control High Pressure
Fuel Module
Rlelay
57 Elec)
i
Fuel Glowplug Indicator (PCM)
Heater Controller
r - i r - i
I
I
L
A C2
0.8 BLK 0.8
. ,rI
Glow DK GRNI 762 DKGRNI 762
Glow Plug Water WHT WHT
-
Plug Controller In Fuel
--
Controller :8_s)- , Fuel
?e?tq
Indicator
Sensor
r - i
I I I
C2-4GRY
~ I I~ I I- I ~ ~ ~ ~
I I IC3=4QRY I I I I I
50 0.8 BLK 150 S241 0.5 BLK
L J L - - - - J
AT CT
L - J
I
L - J
C " ~ 1
' :PlOO
0.8 BLK
0.8 BLK
\
-1 0.8 BLK 150
A+
B6 ClOl
Upfitter Provision Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 18: WiperIWasher, Door Ajar and Accessory Junction Block)
1-
'''lStarter
I 1 Solenoid
I I
I I
Cell 10
Remote
J
Access
Terminal
Block
llnstrurnent Cluster Cell 81 1
5 Rust Fusible
Link
A C213
T
In -Line Connector, A
-
In Une Connector, Provision For Body Builder
Provlslons For (Door Ajar Switch Signal)
Body Builder
(Wiperfflasher Motor) 13 RED :
Accessory
Junction
Block
Upfitter Provision Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 18: Door Ajar Switch, Dome Lamp, Park Accessory, Low Current, and Horns)
I Instrument I 1 Brake Warning
T
I
I
I
I
i
I 0.5 WHT
I
I
I
S231
1
745
I 0.8ORN 10 0.8 GRY I56 0.8WHT 156 LT GRN 1 DK GRN
0.8GRY 157 0.5YEL 1737
*
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - B- C210 A C210 A C212 A Y
L V
Y
Lir3 e In - Line In - Line In - Line - Li

Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector
Provision Rovislon Provision Provlsion Provision
For Body For Body For Body For Body For Body
Builder Builder Builder Builder Builder
(Door Ajar (Dome Lamp) (Dome Lamp) (Park Accessory) (Low Current)
Switch Signal)
Upfiier Provision Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 18: WiperMlasher Motor and Fog Lamp Relay)
I 4
I W@ar~WashrrSystem (Pulse) Cell 91
In - Line In - Line
Connector Connector,
Provlslon Provision
For Body For Body
Bulldw
Builder
(WiperMasher (Fog Lamp Relay)
Motor)
Body and Accessories Wirina Svstems 8-185
Component Locator
Power and Grounding Components (Commercial)
I Name Location Locatar View

HVAC Component Views
Connector End View
HVAC Connector End
I
N C Compressor Clutch At the front LH side of the engine (Commercial)in HVAC Views in HVAC Systems
Systems with AIC-Manual with NC-Manual
N C Compressor High HVAC Component Views HVAC Connector End

At the rear of the N C compressor (Commercial)in HVAC Views in HVAC Systems
Pressure Cut-Off Switch Systems with AIC-Manual with NC-Manual
HVAC Connector End
Refrigerant Pressure Located by the body builder -. Views in HVAC Systems
Switch with NC-Manual
I N C Compressor Relay
In the engine compartment on the
bulkhead under the battery junction block
HVAC Component Views
(Commercial)in HVAC
Systems with AIC-Manual
HVAC Connector E,vd
Views in HVAC Systems
with NC-Manual
Accessory Junction
1 School bus provision located by the body
builder I -
Auxiliary Engine Coolanl Cooling System

In the A/C compressor high pressure line -
Fan N C Pressure Connector End Views in
(body builder installed)
Engine Cooling
Auxiliary Engine Coolant

Fan Motor (Diesel)
In front of the radiator
Cooling System
Component Views in
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Engine Cooling
I
]
Backup Lamps Switch
(Manual Trans)
On the upper LH side of the transmission
near the middle
LightingSystems Colnponent
Views (Commercial)i l l
Lighting Systems
Connector End Views
(Commercial) in
I
Lighting Systems
Engine Electrical
On the RH frame rail to the rear of the
Battery Component Views in
engine
Engine Electrical
I
;
Junction Block I On the forward LH side of the engine

bulkhead above PI00
I Power and Grounding
Com~orientViews
Battery, Secondary On the RH frame rail to the rear of the Engine Electrical
(Diesel) engine Component Views in
Engine
- Electrical
Brake Pressure Bolted to the brake pressure modulator Anfilock Brakes System Antdock Brakes System
Differential Switch valve below the radiator on the lower Component Views in Connector End Views In
crossmember Antilock Brake System Antdock Brake System
Brakeflransmission T11f Wheel/Column Tilt Wheel/Column

Shift Interlock Component Views In Connector End Views In
LH interior bulkhead on the relay bracket
(BTSI) Relay Steering Wheel and Steenng Wheel and
Column - T ~ l t
Column - Tilt
-
Brakeflransmission Tilt Wheel/Column Tilt WheeKolumn
On the lower portion of the steering Component Views in Connector End View:; In
Shift (BTSI)
Solenoid column below the column support bracket Steering Wheel and Steermg Wheel and
Column - Tilt Column - T ~ l t
Camshaft Position In the distributor at the top rear of the Engine Controls Engine Controls
Sensor engine Component Views in Connector End Views
Enaine Controls (5.7L) In Eng~neControls
Clutch Pedal Position Above the clutch pedal at the R t l side of Engine Controls Engme Controls
Switch the steering column Component Views in Connector End Views
Engine Controls (5 7L) In Engme Controls
---
Cold Advance Solenoid, Engine Controls
Engine Coolant Engine Controls
At the rear lower portion of the RH cylinder Connector End Views
Temperature Switch Component Views in
head, near the exhaust manifold (L57 MFI) in Engine
(MFI Diesel) Engine Controls
Controls
On the upper RH side of the steering Power and Groilnding
Crank Fuse (In-line)
column support
--.--- Component Views
Power and Grounding Components (Commercial) (cont'd)
Name Location Locator View / Connector End View I
Crankshaft Position
Sensor
At the lower RH front of the engine behind
the crankshaft balancer pulley
Engine Controls
Component Views in
Engine Controls
11 Engine Controls
Connector End Views
(5.7L) in Engine Controls
Data Link
At the LH side of the passenger
Data Link
Communications
I Data Link
Communications
compartment lower bulkhead on the side Component Views I Connector End Views in
Connector (DLC)
of the relay bracket (Commercial) in Data Data Link
Link Communications Communications
Fighting Systems
Daytime Running lam^ On the IP harness located by the body Connector End Views
(DRL) Module builder (Commercial) in
Lighting Systems
Daytime Running lam^ Component Views Connector End Views
(DRL) Relay (Commercial)in (Commercial) in
Electronic Brake Contrc Below the radiator on the lower Antilock Brakes System Antilock Brakes System
Module (EBCM) crossmember Component Views in Connector End Views in
Antilock Brake System
lnstrument Cluster
Engine Coolant Level On the LH side of the radiator surge tank Component Wews Cormector End Views in
Switch (Diesel) mounted above the radiator (Commercial)in lnstrurnent Instrument Panel,
Panel, Gauges and Console Gauges and Console
Engine Controls
Engine Shut Off At the fuel injection pump, near the top Engine Controls
Connector End Views
Solenoid (Diesel) front portion of the intake manifold Component Views in
(L57 EFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Evaporative Emissions Engine Controls Engine Controls

At the RH center of the intake manifold Component Views in Connector End Views
Canister Purge Valve
Engine Controls (5.7L) in Engine Controls
Evaporative Emissions Engine Controls Engine Controls
Along the RH frame rail, in front of the fuel
Canister Vent Valve Component Views in Connector End Views
tank near the EVAP canister
(California Only) Engine Controls (5.7L) in Engine Controls
Fan Control Relay Engine bulkhead relay bracket under the Cooling System Cooling System
(Diesel) battery junction block Component Views in Connector End Views in
Engine Cooling Engine Cooling
Engine Controls
At the rear of intake manifold, part of Engine Controls
Fuel Heater (Diesel) Connector End Views
fuellwater separator (filter) Component Views in
(L57 MFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Fuel Injection Pump Engine Controls
At the fuel injection pump, near the top
Shut Off Solenoid (MFI Component Views in
front portion of the intake manifold
Diesel) Enqine Controls
1
-
lnstrument Cluster lnstrument Cluster

Fuel Level Sensor Component Views Connector End Views in
At the top center of the fuel tank (Commerc~al) in lnstrument
(Diesel) lnstrument Panel,
'anel, Gauges and Console Gauges and Console
Engine Controls
At the R t i frame rail below the secondary Engine Controls
Fuel Lift Pump (Diesel) Connector End Views
battery, along side the transmission Component Views in
(L57 MFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Engine Controls Engine Controls
Fuel Pump Module At the top center of the fuel tank Component Views in Connector End Views
In the engine compartment on the Engine Controls Engine Controls

Fuel Pump Relay Component Views in Connector End Views
bulkhead under the battery jurlction block
Engine Controls (5.71) in Engine Controls
Engine Electrical Engine Electrical
Generator At tne RH front of the englne
I Component Views in
Engine Electrical
Body and Accessories Wirinq Svstems 8-187
Name
-
Location Locator View I Connector End View
Engine Controls
Glowplug Controller Engine Controls
At the rear of the LH cylinder head Connector End Views
(Diesel) Component Views in
fL57 MFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Glowplug Relay LH interior bulkhead on the relay bracket Connector End Views
Component Views in
fL57 MFI) in Engine
Hazard Lamps Flasher On the IP harness located by the body Component Views Connector End Views
builder (Commercial) in (Commercial) in

Headlamps L i g ~ w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ $ ~ ~ { e n t
installed) Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems
On the IP harness located by the body - Connector End Views
Headlamps Switch
builder (Commercial) in
Lighting Systems
Heated Oxygen Sensol Engine Controls Engine Controls
In the LH exhaust pipe ahead of the
(H02S) Bank 1
catalytic converter
Sensor 1
Heated Oxygen Sensol
In the LH exhaust pipe behind the catalytic
(H02S) Bank 1
converter
Sensor 2 Engine Controls (5.7L) in Engine Controls
Heated Oxygen Sensol Engine Controls Engine Controls
In the RH exhaust pipe ahead of the
(H02S) Bank 2 Component Views in Connector End Views
catalytic converter
Heated Oxygen Sensor Engine Controls Engine Controls
In the RH exhaust pipe behind the
catalytic converter
Heated Oxygen Sensor Engine Controls Engine Controls
In the exhaust pipe behind the catalytic
converter
Sensor 2 (4.3L) Engine Controls (4.3L) in Engine Controls
Horn Relay LH interior bulkhead on the relay bracket Horns Component Views Horns Connector End
(Commercial) in Horns Views in Horns
Horns Body builder installed Horns Component views Horns Connector End
(Commercial) in Horns Views in Horns
Mounted on a bracket above the top edge Engine Controls Engine Controls
Ignition Coil Component Views in Connector End Views
of the RH cylinder head
Mounted on a bracket above the top edge Engine Controls Engine Controls
lgnition Control Module of the RH cylinder head, in front of the Component Views in Connector End Views
ignition coil Enqine Controls (5.7L) in Engine Controls
lgnition Switch On the lower RH side of the steermg Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
column below the support bracket Component Views Connector End Views
lnstrument Cluster
lnstrument Cluster Body builder installed
I -
I
I
instrument panel.
Gauges and Console
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder Electrical Center Power and Grounding
Identification (Commercial) Connector End Views
Lighting Systems
IP Lamps Dimmer On the IP harness located by the body Connector End Views
Switch builder (Commercial) in
Lighting Systems
At the front RH side, in the engine air Engine Controls Engine Controls
Mass Air Flow Sensor induction system elbow near the remote Component Views in Connector End Views
air cleaner Engine Controls (5.7L) in Engine Controls
Name Location
Park and Turn In the forward lamps harness (body builder Lighting Systems Component
Views (Commercial) in
Signal Lamps installed) Lighting Systems
Park Brake System

Park Brake lndicator
Body builder installed Connector End Views in
Switch
Park Brake
ParWNeutral Position
On the LH side of the transmission near Component Views Connector End Views
and Backup Lamps
the middle (Commercial) in (Commercial) in
Switch
Component Views in Views (EFI) in Engine
Module (EFI Diesel) relay bracket
Remote Battery Access At the rear of the RH radiator core Power and Grounding -.
Terminal Block support panel Component Views
Audible Warnings
Seat Belts Alarm Connector End Views in
Attached to the IP fuse block
Module Instrument Panel,
Gauaes and Console
Sidemarker Lamps In the forward lamps harness (body builder Light~ngSystems Component
(provision for) installed) Lighting Systems
On the engine bulkhead relay bracket
Starter Relay Component Views in Connector End Views in
under the battery junction block
Engine Electrical
On the starter at the lower WH side of the
Starter Solenoid
engine
Component Views in -
Engine Electrical
Torque Converter Clutct
Above the brake pedal at the RH side of Component Views Connector End Views
(TCC) and Stoplamps
the steering column (Commercial) in (Commercial) in
Switch
Engine Controls
Transmission Control Engine Controls
At the LH side of the drivers island on the Connector End Views
Module (MFI Diesel w/ Component Views in
relay bracket ( (L57 MFI) in Engine
Auto Trans) Engine Controls
1 Controls
Engine Controls
Transmission Output On the LH side of the transnlission near
Speed Sensor the middle
Engine Controls
Transmission Range In the transmission range selector on the

(TR) Lamp steering column Lighting Systems

Part of the multifunction lever on the Component Views Connector End Views
Turn Signal Switch
steering column (Commercial) in (Commercial) in
Engine Controls
Vehicle Control Module VCM Connector End
4t the LH side of the radiator support Views in
(Gasoline) Views in Engine Controls
Enaine Control:
Vehicle Speed Sensor 4t the LH side of the transmission near the
Component Views in Connector End Views
(Manual Trans) niddle
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Vehicle Speed Sensor 4t the LH srde of the drivers island under Connector End Views
Component Views in
Calibrator (Diesel) he relay bracket (L57 MFI) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Water In Fuel lndicator 'art of the fueliwater separator (filter) at Connector End Views
Component Views in
Sensor (Diesel) he rear of the mtake ma~ufold jL57 MF,, in Engine
Engine Controls
I Controls
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems 8-18E
Windshield Wiper Motor Body builder installed -
Wiperwasher System
Windshield Part of the multifunction lever on the
Wi~erMasher Connector End ~i,gws
steering column
Component Views in (Commercial) in
WiperNVasher Switch
Wipersmasher Systems Wipers/l&sher Systems
Engine harness the diesel at Inline Harness Connector
C101 (EFI Diesel) the rear of the engine above the intake End Views (Commercial)
(Commercial)
manifold
Engine harness the generator Inline Harness Connector
C102 at the RH front of engine below the End Views (Commercial)
(Commercial)
generator
Engine harness to the fuel injector Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C105 harness, at the center of the intake (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
manifold behind the air intake
Engine harness the ABS harness* at the Inline Harness Connector
Clll front of the LH frame rail above the (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
steering gearbox
Engine harness to the 1P harness, in the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C200 End Views (Commercial)
bulkhead near P l 00 (Commercial)
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C203 bulkhead near PI 00 (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
On the IP harness located by the body - -
C205 builder
IP harness to the windshield wiperlwasher
pump motor harness, at the LH side of the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C207 End Views (Commercial)
engine bulkhead near the battery (Commercial)
junction block
IP harness to the engine harness, on top Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C210 of the steering column support (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
IP harness to the engine harness, on top Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C211 (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
of the steering column support
C212 Fog lamps provision for the body builder - -
Door ajar switch signal provision for the - -
C213 body builder
Engine harness to the rear chassis
C300 harness, near the middle of the chassis at
the outside of the LH frame rail
(Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
Automatic Transmission AT Harness
Engine harness to the transmission, on the Electronic Component End View
C30 1 LH side of the transmission near the Views (Internal) in Automatic
middle in Automatic Transmission - 4L80-E
Transmission - 4L80-E
Rear chassis harness to the taillamp
harness, behind the fuel tank near the LH
C400 (Commercial)
frame rail
Rear chassis harness to the fuel pump Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C401 module harness, near the LH frame rail in (Commercial) End Views (Commercial)
back of the fuel tank
Rear chassis hamess to the EVAP
C402
canister vent valve solenoid extension - lnline Harness Connector
harness, along the LH frame rail in front of End Views (Commercial)
the upper rear shock mount
At the rear of the rear lamps harness,
C403 approximately 15 cm (6 in) from the - -
conduit end labeled CHMSL
G102 (Diesel with At the RH front of the engine near the Power and Grounding -
Manual Trans) generator bracket Component Views
8-190 Wiring Sys terns Body and Accessories
(All
I At the rear uf the LH cylinder head
Power and Grounding
Component Views
-
I At the rear of the LH cylinder head

G105 I At the rear of the LH cylmder head

I Com~onentViews
Power and Groundmg
Component ~ ~ e w s I
Power and Grounding -
At the rear of the LH cylinder head
Component Views
Manual Trans)
On top of the thermostat housing
Com~onentViews
GI08 (All Gasoline, Power and Grounding -
Diesel with Auto Trans) Component Views
At the front, on the LH frame rail above
the steerinq qearbox
C o m ~ o n e n Views
t
LH interior bulkhead near the relav bracket I
At the LH frame rail in front of ihe fuel tank
Component Views

Component Views
1 LH bulkhead left of the steering column

I Harness Routing Views
iCornrnercial)
Rl 00
23 cm (9 in) from the breakaut ro the MAF
and the IAT sensors
--
25 cm (10in) from the PCM connector C3
l- I
-
-
I
-
k
approximately 110 cm (41 in) from the LH - -
breakout
In the engine harness at the battery
SlO7 (Diesel) junction block at the auxiliary engine - -
coolant fan relay fusible link C4
L
In the engine harness breakout for the
S108 (Gasoline) injector connector C105,approximately - -
9 cm (3 in) from the main harness
I SlO8 (Diesel)
22 cm (9. in). from Pl 00 !
Sf 10 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the breakout for C200 - -
towards PlOO
S110 (Diesel) 4 cm (2 in) frorn the ABS harness
connectors C110 and C111 towards PI00
(MF' Dieselwith
16 cm (6 in) from the starter motor
Automatic Trans)
breakout
l 2 (MFI Dieselwith
Manual Trans'EF'
(2 in) from the starter motor breakout
Diesel)
S1 12 (Gasoline) I. In the engine harness, approximately 7 cm

(3in). from the breakout for GI02 I
I
-
I -
In the engine harness at the starter - -
Sll3 solenoid interconnect fusible link C3
Sll4 In the engine harness at the starter

solenoid interconnect fusible link C4
- -
-----
I Name Location I Locator View I Connector End View
I--- I
S116 (EFI Diesel)
50 cm (20 in) from the breakout for C l O l
(2 in) from the breakout for the cold
S116 (MFI Diesel)
advance solenoid, engine coolant
temperature switch toward C300
S116 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the breakout for C110 and
C111 towards C200
S118 (MFI Diesel) 15 cm (6 in) from the glowplug controller
breakout towards the generator
L
S118 (EFI Diesel) (2 in) from the starter motor breakout
towards the RH glowplugs
In the engine harness at the LH rear of
I S1 18 (Gasoline)
engine, approximately 4 cm (2 in) from
G102lG104 breakout toward the
- -
bank 1 H02S
In the engine harness on the end of D101,
approximately 13 cm (5 in) from the N C - -
compressor high pressure cut-off switch
breakout
In the engine harness at the battery
In the engine harness at the battery -
In the engine harness, approxmately
I S132 (Gasoline) 19 cm (8 in) from C200 breakout towards

the MAF sensor
- -
S132 (EFI Diesel)

11 cm (4 in) from the breakout for C200
In the engine harness, approximately - -
S133 (MFI Diesel)
17 cm (7 in) from the breakout for C200
S133 (EFI Diesel) 30 cm (12 in toward from PlOO toward - -
the PCM
S133 (Gasoline)
(3 in) from the VCM breakout I -
S138 (Gasoline) (3 in) from the TPS breakout toward the - -
ignition coil
S139 (4.3L Gasoline) CMP sensor, approximately 3 cm (1 in) - -
from the main harness
In the engine harness breakout for C105,
S139 (5.7L Gasoline) approximately 18 cm (7 in) from the main , - -
harness
In the engine harness, RlOO splice,
S141lS142 - -
approximately 23 cm (9 in) from the
(Resistor Splice)
breakout for the MAF and the IAT sensors
I S143 (MFI Diesel)

17 cm (7 in) from P I 00
- -
Name Location I Locator View Connector End View
ST43 (EFI Diesel) 16 cm (6 in) from the N C compiessor
S143 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the C200 breakout towards the
MAF sensor
S144 (Gasoline) 11 cm (4 in) from the C200 breakout
towards P I 0 0
S144 (Diesel) 17 cm (7 in) from the N C - -
compressor relay
In the engine harness at the battery -- -
S145 (Diesel)
S145 (Gasoline) (1 in) from the breakout for C105 toward - -
the ignition control module
In the brake warning system harness at
S l 4 6 (School Bus) the starter solenoid interconnect fusible - -
iink C5
junction block fusible link
In the ABS harness, approximately 15 cm
(6 in) from the RH wheel speed sensor - -
breakout toward C110
S168
(Diesel, Auto Trans)
17 cm (7 in) from P l 0 0 I -
I -

S169 (Diesel) 11 cm (4 in) from the breakout for the N C - -
compressor clutch
-
In the diesel assembly harness,

S181 (EFI D~esel) approximately 20 cm (8 in) from - -
connector C l O l toward the fuel heater
S182 (EFI Diesel) approximately 24 cm (9 in) from
connector C101 toward the fuel heater
approximately 14 cm (6 in) from the oil - -
5185 (EFI Diesel)
pressure gauge sensor breakout toward
the CKP sensor
-

S201 (EFI Diesel) approximately 16 cm (6 in) from the -- -
stoplamp switch toward PlOO
In the IP harness, approx~mateiy20 cm
towards C200
(2 in) before the fuse block breakout -
toward C200
(5 in) before the fuse block breakout -
toward C200
toward the instrument cluster connector
In the IP harness headlamps switch
breakout, approximately 8 cm (3 in) before -
the fuse block breakout toward C200
Name Location Locator View Cannector End View
S209 (20 in) before the fuse block breakout - -
toward the instrument cluster
S218 (1 1 in) before the fuse block breakout - -
toward C200
S225 (EFI Diesel) approximately 16 cm (6 in) from PI00
toward the PCM -
S233 (EFI Diesel) approximately 31 cm (12 in) from PI00 - -
toward the ignition switch
S401 in' 133 in In the rear lamps harness, approximately

wheelbase; lo in' - -
(17/ in) from C400
45 cm (1
157 in kwith
i t h school bus) I
S401 in In the rear lamps harness, approximately
W/O bus; 78 in - -
100 cm (39 in) from C400
with school bus)
In the rear chassis harness, approximately -
S406 10 cm (4 in) from G400
Power and Grounding Components (Motorhome)

Name I Location I Locator View Connector End View
HVAC Component Views HVAC Connector End
N C Compressor Clutch At the front LH side of the engine (Motorhome) in HVAC Views in HVAC Systems
~ i t NC-Manual
h
Compressor High At the rear of the AiC compressor (Motorhome) in HVAC Views in HVAC Systems
Pressure Cut-Off Switch Systems with NC-Manual with NC-Manual
N C Compressor HVAC Connector End
Refrigerant Pressure Located by the body builder - Views in HVAC Systems
Switch with NC-Manual
N C Compressor Relay On the RH side of the driver's island (Motorhome) in HVAC Views in HVAC Systems
Systems with NC-Manual with NC-Manual
Antilock Brakes System
Antilock Brake Indicator On the IP harness located by the body Connector End Views in
Relay (Export) builder Antilock Brake System
Auxiliary Engine 1 ,- the radiator, on the F3H side of
,.4
Cooling System Cooling System
Ill 'lwleU
-
l l+l UI
Coolant Fan N C
Pressure Switch I the a u x i l i h ~CI~ILJII Luulal I L
Component Views in
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Auxiliary Engine At the front of the engine, in front of the Connector End Views in
Component Views in
Coolant Fan Motor radiator
Engine Cooling Engine Cooling
Engine Electrical
On the RH frame rail to the rear of the -
Battery Component Views in
engine
Enaine Electrical
Battery Junction Block I On the forward LH side of the bulkhead

above P100
Com~onentViews I -
Engine Electrical
Battery, Secondary On the RH frame rail to the rear of the
Component Views in
(Diesel) engine
Enuine Electrical
Power and Grounding Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
Bolted to the brake pressure modulator Antilock Brakes System Antilock Brakes System
Brake Pressure Component Views in Connector End Views in
valve below the radiator on the lower
Differential Switch Antilock Brake System
crossmember Antilock Brake System
Tilt Wheel/Column Tilt Wheel/Column
Brakerrransmission Component Views in Connector End Views in
Mounted on top of the steering column
Shift interlock Steering Wheel and Steering Wheel and
(BTSI) Relay Colt~rnn- Tilt Column - Tilt
Tilt Wheel/Column Tilt Wheel/Column
Brakenransmission Connector End Views in
On the lower portion of the steering Component Views in
Shift interlock (BTS') column below the column support bracket Steering Wheel and Steering Wheel and
Solenoid Column - Tilt Column - Tilt
Camshaft Position In the distributor at the top rear of the Component Views in Connector End Views
Sensor (Gas) engine Engine Controls (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Crankshaft Position At the lower RH front of the engine, behind Component Views in Connector End Views
(CKP) Sensor the crankshaft balancer pulley (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Cruise Control Cruise Control Connect01
Cruise Control On the radiator support bracket, left and Component Views in End Views in Cruise
Module (Gas) behind the VCM Control
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Cruise Control Connect01
Part of the multifunction control lever on ws in
Component Views End Views in Cruise
Cruise ControlSwitch the upper LH side of the steering column
Cruise Control
01 Control
Data Link
Data Link Communications C~mmunications
Data Link At the lower LH side of the steering Component Views
Connector (DLC) column on the support bracket (Motorhome)in Data Link
Communications Data Link
Communications

Daytime Running Lamps Attached to the IP harness located by the - End Views (Motorhome)in
(DRL) Module body builder Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems
Daytime Running Mounted on top of the steering column Component Views Lighting Systems Connector
(Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)in
Lamps (DRL) Relay support at the driver's island Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems
Daytime Running On the forward lamps harness located by Lighting Systems Connector
Lamps (DRL) Relay 2 the body builder End Views (Motorhome)in
Lighting Systems
tfydraulic Brakes
On the IP harness located by the body - Conriector End Views in
Diode Network
builder Hvdraulic Brakes
Electronic Brake Control Below the radiator on the lower Component Views in Connector End Views in
Module (EBCM) crossmember Antilock Brake System
Antilock Brake System
Instrument Cluster Instrument Cluster
Engine Coolant Level On the RH side of the radiator surge tank Component Views Connectar End Views in
Switch mounted above the radiator (Motorhome)in Instrument Instrument Panel,
Panel, Gauges and Console Gauges and Console
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Shut Off At the fuel injection pump, near the top Connector End Views
Views in
Solenoid front portion of the intake manifold (6,5L, L65) in Engine
- - -

Evaporate Emissions At the LH center of the intake manifold Component Views in Connector End Views
Canister Purge Valve Engine Controls (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Location Locator View I Connector End View
I Fan Control Relay

On top of the steering cclurnn support,
behind the steering column
Cooling System
Component Views in
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Engine Cooling
Engine Controls
Engme Controls
At the rear of the intake man~fold,part of Connector End Views
Fuel Heater (Diesel) Views in
the fueltwater separator (filter) (6,5L, L65) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
lnstrument Cluster
Fuel Level Sensor - Connector End Views in
At the top center of the fuel tank
(Diesel) lnstrument Panel,
Gauges and Console
Engine Controls
Engine Controls Connector End Views
At the RH frame rail, ahead of the
Fuel Lift Pump (Diesel) Component Views in
fuel tank (6.5L. L65) in Engine
I 1 1
Fuel Pump (FP) Connector End Views
At the top center of the fuel tank Component Views in
Module (Gas) (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Fuel Pump (FP) Relay On the H side of the divers l a r d Component Views in Connector End Views
controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
At the fuel injection pump, near the top Connector End Views
I Fuel Solenoid Driver Component Views in
r
front portion of the intake manifold (6.5L. L65) in Engine
Engine Controls

Generator At the RH front of the engine Component Views in Connector End Views in
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Connector End Views
I Glowplug Controller At the rear of the LH cylinder head Views in

Engine Controls
(6.5L, L65) in Engine
Controls
Engine Controls
Connector End Views
Located by the body builder
(6.5L, L65) in Engine
Controls
Hazard Lamps Flasher
support bracket (Motorhome) in (Motorhome) in
Lighting Systems
HeadlarnpsIPanel On the IP harness located by the body - Connector End Views
Dimmer Switch builder (Motorhome) in
Lighting Systems
F
I
Headlarnps
Headlarnps Switch
installed)

builder
-
-
-
Lighting Systems
Connector End Views
(Motorhome) in
Lighting Systems
L
I
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(H02S) Bank 1
Sensor 1
In the LH exhaust pipe ahead of the
catalytic converter
I
Heated Oxygen Sensor In the LH exhaust pipe behind the catalytic
Bank 1 Sensor 2 converter
Engine Controls
Component Views in
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Component Views in
Enoine Controls
Engine Controls
Connector End Views
(7.4L) in Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Connector End Views
(7.4L) in Enaine Controls
Heated Oxygen Sensor In the RH exhaust pipe ahead of the
Bank 2 Sensor 1 catalytic converter
Heated Oxygen Sensor In the RH exhaust pipe behind the
Bank 2 Sensor 2 catalytic converter
Ensine Controls (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Horn Relay
Mounted on top of the steering column
. . at the driver's island
sutmort
I Horns Component Views
(Motorhome) in Horns
I Horns Connector End
Views in Horns
- Horns Connector End
Horns Body builder installed
Views in Horns
At the top rear of the intake manifold, near
lgnition Coil (Gas) Component Views in Connector End Views
the distributor
Ensine Controls (7.4L) in Engine Controls
Ignition Control On a bracket at the top rear of the intake
Module (Gas) manifold, near the ignition coil
Enaine
u Controls (7.4LJ
* -
, in Enaine Controls
On the lower RH side of the steering Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
lgnition Switch
column below the support bracket Component Views Connector End Views
Instrument Cluster
lnstrument Cluster Body builder installed
I
II Connector End Views in
Instrument Panel,
Gauges and Console
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder

I Electrical Center
identification (Motorhome)
Connector End Views
Lighting Systems
IP Lamps Dimmer On the IP harness located by the body Connector End Views
Switch builder (Motorhome) in
Lighting Systems
At the front RH side, in the engine air Engine Controls Engine Controls
Mass Air Flow
induction system elbow near the remote Component Views in Connector End Views
Sensor (Gas)
air cleaner Ensine Controls (7.4L) in Engine Controls
In the auto apply park brake component Park Brake System Park Brake System
Park Brake Actuator
box at the RH frame rail behind the Component Views in Connector End Views in
Position Switch
transmission Park Brake Park Brake
Park Brake System
On the IP harness located by the body -
Park Brake Alarm Connector End Views in
builder
Park Brake
Park Brake System
On the IP harness located by the body -
Park Brake Alarm Relay Connector End Views in
builder
Park Brake
Park Brake Pressure
Indicator Switch
Park Brake Pressure
Valve Solenoid
Park Brake System
Park Brake Pull On the IP harness located by the body
Button Relay builder
Park Brake
Park Brake System
Park Brake Pull
Mounted to the IP Connector End Views in
Button Switch Park Brake
In the auto apply park brake component . Park Brake System Park Brake System
Park Brake Pump Motor box at the RH frame rail behind the Component Views in Connector End Views in
y and Accessories Witina Systems 8-1917
Park Brake Purn
On the LH side of the transmission near
Engine Controls
ParWNeutral Pos~t~on Connector End Views
(PNP) Switch Relay
Hydr;lulic Braices
Ooster
~ r o v i s i o ninstaile by Ihe body builder -
Fluid Flow Alarm
Module (Diesel)
On the LH side of the driver's island
component views in Views in Engine Controls
Enaine Cantrols
Aud7le Mrnings
Attached to the IP fuse hlock Connector End V i e w in
Alarm Module Instrument Panel,
Starter Solenoid
cia1 at the RM side of
side of the transrnissiers near
Transmission Range In the transmission range selector on the LikJt7tin~Systems Component

Vjews (Motorhome) rn
(TR) Lamp steering column
Lighting Systems
Part of the multifunctirsn lever on the
Vehicle Control VCM Connector End

ounted to the top of the radiator support
Views in Engine Controls
Engine Controts
Connector End Views
Name Location Lacator View I Connector End View I
Engine Controls
Wastegate Solenoid
Engine Controls
Above the rear of the LH cylinder head Connector End Views
(Diesel)
Views in
near the glowplug controller (6.5L, L65) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Engine Controls
Water In Fuel Indicator
Engine Controls
Part of the fueliwater separator (filter) at Connector End Views
Sensor (Diesel)
Views in
the rear of the intake manifold (6.5L, ~ 6 5in
) ~~~i~~
Engine Controls
Controls
I
1 I
Windshield Wiper Motor Body builder installed -
Tie strapped to the engine wiring harness

Wipermasher System
Windshield Wiper Pulse WiperNJasher System Connector End Views
Control Module
at the driver's island under the steering Component Views in
column support
(Motorhome) in
WiPerslWasher Systems
wiDers/washer Systems
Engine harness the diesel harness, at Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
the LH rear of the engine above the intake (Motorhome) End Views (Motorhome)
manifold
Engine harness to the park brake
extenston harness, on top of the
transrniss~on
(Motorhome) End Views (Motorhome)
Engine harness to the fuel injector lnline Harness Connector
harness, at the LH rear of the engine near Harness Routing Views
the distributor
Engine harness to the ABS harness, at the
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
front of the LH frame rail near the steering
gearbox
Engine harness to the ABS harness, at the
Clll front of the LH frame rail near the brake Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
master cylinder (Motorhome) End Views (Motorhome)
Internal to the engine harness, 10 cm
C115 (Gas) (4 in) from the breakout for the bank 2 - -
sensor 1 H02S, toward the transmission
I
Internal to the engine harness, 10 crn
C117 (Gas) (4 in) from the breakout for the generator - -
connector
Engine harness to the IP harness, at the
top front of the steering column support
near the park brake ~ u lbutton
l switch
Engine harness to the body builder
provision harness, on top of the steering Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
column s u. ~ (Motorhome) End Views (Motorhome)
. ~ oatr the
l LH side
I
Marker lamps provision for the body - -
builder
Engine harness the windshield wiper
Harness Routing !/iews Inline Harness Connector
harness, at the LH side of the engine
bulkhead near the battery junction block
Door ajar switch provision for the body
builder
Dome lamp provision for the body builder

- I -- lnline Harness Connector
End Views (Motorhome) I
Park accessory provision for the body
builder
- -
Fog lamps provision for the body builder - -
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems 8-19!
Name Location Locator View ( Connector End View
Automatic Transmission
Engine harness to the transmission, on the AT lnline Harness
Electronic Component End View
C30 1 LH side of the transmission near the Views (Internal)
in Automatic
middle in Automatic
Transmission - 4L80-E
-
Transmission 4L80-E
Park brake extension harness to the park

brake harness, above the auto apply park Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connect01
brake component box at the RH frame rail (Motorhome) End Views (Motorhome)
behind the transmission
Rear chassis harness to the taillamps
harness, behind the fuel tank near the LH lnline Harness Connector
frame rail End Views (Motorhome)
I C401
I On the left frame rail, near the rear lamp
I -
I lnline Harness Connector
C403 (Export)
C404
harness
Rear chassis harness to the taillamps
harness, behind the fuel tank near the LH
frame rail
Mid-vehicle clearance lights provision for
the body builder
-
-
I End Views (Motorhome)

End Views (Moforhome)
C405 Center high mounted stoplamp (CHMSL) - -

provision for the body builder
GI01 Body builder installed - -
G 103 (Gas) At the rear of the RH cylinder head Power and Grounding -
Component Views
( At the rear of the RH cylinder head I Power and Grounding
Component Views I -
I G105
I Negative battery cable ground at the rear
I Power and ~ r o u n i n ~
Com~onentViews
GI06 Braided strap from the rear left of the Power and Grounding -
engine to the frame rail Component Views
I On top of the thermostat housing I Power and Grounding

Com~onentViews
At the front, on the LH frame rail above Power and Grounding -
the steerina aearbox Component Views
column sumort late
--
In the auto apply park brake component

box at the RH frame rail behind the
transmission
At the LH frame rail in front of the fuel tank
Bodv builder installed
Body builder installed - -
Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead Harness Routing Views -

(Motorhome)
In the enaine harness, 7 cm (3 in) from the
R l 01 breakoutjor the engine coolant fan motor - -
connector toward the AIC
compressor relay
In the engine harness, 20 crn (8 in) from
R102 (Gas) the breakout for the ABS harness - -
connectors
,ewer and Grounding Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
I
Location Locator View Connector End View
R102 (Diesel) 32 cm (12 in) from PlOO in the breakout - -
for the PCM
R204 (Diesel)
In the IP side of the engine harness, - -
32 cm (13 in) from P I 0 0 toward the PCM
S101 (Diesel) the breakout for the auxiliary engine -
coolant fan motor, toward P I 00
S l o t (Gas) the breakout for C100 and C207, toward - -
SlO4
S106lS107
(Resistor Splice)
S114 (Diesel)
S114 (Gas)
S1 15 (Diesel)
S115 (Gas)
S116 (Gas)
S121 (Gas)
for the camshaft oc&ion sensor I I
At diode D l 0 1 in the engine harness,
25 crn (10 in) from1 the A/C compressor - -
clutch connector
S 124 (Gas) the breakout for the cruise control module, - -
S125 (Diesel) breakout for the generator, toward C110 -
and C111
- -
I S125 (Gas) breakout for the EGH, toward the injector
- ---

the breakout for the AIC compressor clutch - -
and the EGR valve, toward the VCM
At resistor R102 in the engine harness
II
I
S132/S140
(Resistor Splice)
breakout for the PCM, 20 cm (8 ~ n from
the main harness toward the fuel
purnp relay
)
I
-
I
-
Power and Grounding
- Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
I Name Location Locator View Connector End View

S133 (Gas) the breakout for the AIC compressor clutch -
and the EGR valve, toward the VCM
S135 (Diesel) breakout for ground G I 04, toward the - -
generator
S135 (Gas) ignition coil, 7 cm (3 in) from the main - -
harness
S143 (Diesel) breakout for ClOO and C207, toward the - -
S 143 (Gas) breakout for the cruise control module, - -
toward the VCM
Sl5O (Diesel)
P100, toward C100 and C207
I
S 150 (Gas) breakout for the battery junction block
toward C l 00 and C207
I S158 (Gas) In the fuel iniection assemblv harness I
In the fuel injection assembly harness
-
-
- - - -- - -
-
In the ABS harness, 19 cm (7 in) from the
breakout for the brake pressure differential - -
switch
II ==
S168 (Diesel)
S169 (Diesel)
breakout for C207, toward the engine
breakout for the engine coolant level
switch and the auxiliary engine coolant fan
motor connector
-
-
-
1 5169 (Gas)
the breakout for C100 and C207, going
away from passthrough PI00
- -
from the breakout for the RH headlamp, - -
In the diesel assembly harness, 20 cm
(8 in) from connector C101 toward the
fuel heater
- -
In the diesel assembly harness, 24 cmp

(9 in) from connector C101 toward the - -
fuel heater
In the diesel assembly harness, 14 cm
(6 in) from the oil pressure gauge sensor - -
breakout toward the CKP sensor
In the IP harness, 10 cm (4 in) from C200
- -
horn relay breakout, toward PlOO
- -
- -
Power and Grounding
- Components (Motorhome) (cont'd) - -
I Name Location Locator View Connector End View I

engine harness connector C200 and 4 -
relav sockets - - -
-

dimmer switch and the IP cluster
S210 (Export) connector breakout, toward C200 and the
horn relay
dimmer switch and the IP cluster - -
fuse block
breakout for the instrument cluster - -
connector toward the IP fuse block I
In the IP harness. 15 cm (6 in) from the I -
harness in the breakout for the headlamp -
switch connector
breakout for the IP lamps dimmer switch - -
IP fuse block
IP fuse block I I
In the 1P harness, 20 cm (8 in) from the IP I - -
In the IP side of the engine harness, -
16 cm (6 in) from P I 00, toward C200
28 cm (1 1 in) from PlOO
(1 in) from the breakout for the hazard - -
flasher and the w i ~ e switch
r connector
- ---

20 cm (8 in) from PI00
23 cm (9 in) from PlOO toward C200
S235 (Gas) 26 cm (10 in) from PI00 toward C200
In the auto apply park brake harness, 4 cm
(1 in) from the breakouts for the park - -
brake pump motor and the park brake
pump relay connectors
I--
In the rear chassis harness, 10 cm (4 in)
S400 (Diesel) from the breakout for G400 toward the fuel - -
level sensor
In the rear chassisharness, 10 cm (4 in)
from the breakout for G400 toward the fuel - -
pump module
In the rear lamps harness, 45 cm (17 in) - -
from C400
Power and Grounding Component Views
Batteries, Battery Cables, Starter
Legend
(1) GI05 (7) Positive Battery Cable
(2) Battery (8) Connector C1
(3) Secondary Battery (Diesel) (9) Starter Solenoid Interconnect (OEM)
(4) Secondary Negative Battery Cable (Diesel) (1 0) Starter Solenoid
(5) Secondary Positive Battery Cable (Diesel) (11) Starter Motor
(6) Negative Battery Cable
Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
Legend
(1) Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (5) C110
(2) GI10 (6) Brake Pressure Differential Switch
(3) C111 (7) c 2
(4) Wheel Speed Sensor Pigtail
Electronic Brake Control Module, Rear View
Legend
(1) ABS Harness (3) Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
(2) ABS Ground (GI 10) (4) Brake Pressure Differential Switch
lrlng (Gasoline), LH Fro
Legend
( I ) C200,C202,C203 (7) Fuel Pump Prime Connector
alrtery- Junction Block (8) C4
(3) NC Compressor Relay (9) C2
(4) Fuel Pump Relay (1O) Vehicle Control Module (VC
(5) PlOO (11) C1
(6) Starter Relay (12) C3
Engine Wiring4.3L Upper LH Front View
Legend
(1) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (5) N C Compressor Clutch
(2) GI08 (6) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
(3) N C Compressor High Pressure Cutoff (7) G I 08
Switch
(4) Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor
Engine Wiring 4.3L, Upper RH Rear
Legend
(1) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (5) To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
(2) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1
(3) Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister (6) Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
Purge Valve (7) Knock Sensor (KS)
(4) GI05 (8) G102, GI04
Engine Wiring-5.7L Upper LH Forward View
Legend
(1) GI08 (5) A/C Compressor High Pressure Cut-Off
(2) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Switch
(3) Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve (6) A/C CompresSor Clutch
(4) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor (7) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
Engine Wiring - Diesel, Upper RH Side View
Legend
(1) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor (6) Idle Speed Control Actuator Solenoid
(2) Fuelwater Separator (Filter) (7) Generator
(3) G I 02, G I 08 (Manual Transmission) (8) Glowplugs, Right Bank
(4) Fuel Injection Pump Cold Advance Solenoid (9) Cold Advance Solenoid, Engine Coolant
(5) Fuel Injection Pump Shut-Off Solenoid Temperature Switch
Engine Wiring (Diesel), Upper LH Rear
Legend
Barometric Pressure Sensor GI02 (Auto Trans)
Automatic Transmission G108 (Auto Trans)
Transmission Output Speed Sensor (Auto Engine Speed Sensor
Trans)Nehicle Speed Sensor (Manual Trans) Glow Plug Controller
ParkJNeutralPosition (PNP) and Backup Fuelwater Separator (Filter)
Lamps Switch (Auto Trans)
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
Transmission Input Speed Sensor
(Auto Trans) Water In Fuel Indicator Sensor
G I 06 Fuel Heater
Ground Strap Backup Lamps Switch (Manual Trans)
Legend
Data Link Connector (DLC) (9) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (10) Ignition Switch
Solenoid (11) C1
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (12) C2
Relay (13) C1
Horn Relay (14) C2
(15) Turn Signal Switch Connector
C210
(16) Crank Fuse
C211
Remote Battery Access (Jump Start) Terminal Block
Legend
(1) Remote Battery Access (Jump Start)
Terminal
Rear Lamps Extension, LH Side View
Legend
(1) Fuel Pump Module (Gas)/Fuel Level Sensor (7) C401
(Diesel) (8) P400
(2) Fuel Tank (9) G400
(3) P400 (10) C300
(4) To Fuel Pump Module (Gas)/Fuel Level (11) To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
Sensor (Diesel) Bank 1 Sensor 2
(5) C400 (12) To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
(6) C401 Bank 2 Sensor 2 (5.7L)
Rear Lamps Typical (Body Builder Installed)
(6) Lamp, Right License

(7) G401
(8) Lamp, Right Tail and Stopflurn Signal
(4) Lamp, Left Tail and StloprPurn Sign
(5) Lamp, Left license (10) Lamp, Right Rear Sidemaker
Battery Wiring-Gasoline Engines
Legend
(1) ToGlO3, GlO4, GI05 (4) Battery
(2) Starter Solenoid Nut (5) Negative Battery Terminal
(3) Starter Motor (6) Positive Battery Terminal
Engine Wiring Right Side (L29)
Legend
(1) Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve (4) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
(2) G I 08 (5) Generator
(3) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (6) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
Engine Wiring Harness Rear (L29)
Legend
(1) Ignition Coil (5) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
(2) G103, G104, GI05 (6) C107
(3) Heated Oxygen Sensor, Bank 1 Sensor 1 (7) Ignition Control Module (ICM)
(4) Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
Electrical Center Identification (Commercial)
IP Fuse Block
FuseICircuit Breaker Rating Description
HTR Fuse 1 25A HTR Buss (Body Builder)
PWR Fuse 2 30A PWR Buss (Body Builder)
Seat BeltJLamps Alarm, Horn Relay, Dome Lamps (Provision)
ACC Buss (Body Builder)
Turn Signal Flasher, Backup Lamps Switch (Manual Trans),
ParkfNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup Lamps Switch (Auto Trans)
ECM-BAT Fuse 6 1
I
20A
Transmission Control Module (Mech. Diesel w/ Auto Trans), Fuel Pump
Relay (Gas), Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor (Gas), Vehicle Control
Module (Gas), Powertrain Control Module (Electronic Diesel)
TAIL-LPS Fuse 7 I 20A Headlamns Switch
GAUGES Fuse 8 I 20A

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Module, Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Relay, lnstrunient Cluster, Seat BeltILamps Alarm, Generator, AIC
Compressor Relay (Gas), Gauges Buss
Venicle Control Module (Gas), Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
1-3 Fuse 9 15A
Stoplamps Switch, Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
ENG-BAT Fuse 10 I 15A 1 AIC Corn~ressorHelav. Data Link Connector (DLC)
< . . .
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and Stoplamps Switch, Hazard Lamps
STOP-HAZ Fuse 11 15A
Flasher
Instrument Cluster, Ignition Control Module, Ignition Coil, Vehicle
Control Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP), Fuel Injectors,
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Calibrator (Diesel), Fuel Shut Off Solenoid
ECM-1 Fuse 12 20A
(Diesel), Transmission Control Module (Mech. Diesel w/ Auto Trans),
Powertrain Control Module (Electronic Diesel), Fuel Pump Relay (Mech.
Diesel), Diesel Engine Assembly Harness (Electronic Diesel)
8-220 Wirina Svstems Body and Accessories
IP Fuse Block (cont'd)
FusdCircuit Breaker Rating Description
AUX Fuse 13 30A Auxiliary Fuse (Body Builder)
Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch, Windshield Washer Pump Motor
WIPER Fuse 14 25A (Provision)
Cold Advance Solenoid, Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (Diesel),
Fan Control Relay (Diesel), Fuel Heater (Diesel), Water In Fuel
lndicator Sensor (Diesel), Glow Plug Controller (Diesel), Mass Air Flow
ENG-1 Fuse 15
(MAF) Sensor, Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve
(Gas), Heated Oxygen Sensors (Gas), EVAP Canister Vent Valve
(Gas), Camshaft Position Sensor (Gas)
Seat BeltILamps Alarm, TR lndicator Lamp, Instrument Cluster, IP
INSTR-LPS Fuse 16
Lamps (Body Builder)
Transmission
10A I Starter Relav I
Electrical Center Identification (Motorhome)
IP Fuse Block
FusdCircuit Breaker Rating Description
HTR Fuse 1 25A HTR Buss (Body Builder)
PWR Fuse 2 30A PWR Buss (Body Builder)
HORN-DM Fuse 3 20A Seat BeltILamps Alarm Module, Horn Relay, Dome Lamps (Provision)
ACC-RADIO Fuse 4 10A ACC Buss (Body
. . Builder)
Turn Signal Flasher, ParkINeutral Position (PNP) and Backup Lamps
TURN-B/U Fuse 5 15A Switch
IP Fuse Block (cont'd)
FuseICircuit Breaker Rating Description
Powertrain Control Module (Diesel), Fuel Pump Relay, Vehicle Control
I
ECM-BAT Fuse 6 20A
Module (Gas)
I TAIL-LPS Fuse 7 I 20A
GAUGES Fuse 8 Lamps (DRL) Control Module, Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay,
1-3 Fuse 9 (Gas), Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and Stoplamps Switch,
I Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
ENG-BAT Fuse 10 15A I A/C Comoressor Relay, Data Link Connector (DLC), Fan Control Relay
1
I
STOP-HAZ Fuse 11 15A Stoplamps Switch, Hazard Lamps Flasher

Powertrain Control Module (Diesel), Vehicle Control Module, Fuel
Injectors (Gas), Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor, Instrument Cluster,
ECM-1 Fuse 12 20A
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Calibrator (Diesel), Ignition Control
Module, Fuel Injectors, Diesel Engine Assembly Harness
I AUX Fuse 13 I 30A Auxiliary Fuse (Body Builder)
I WIPER Fuse 14 I 25A Windshield Wiper Motor, Windshield Washer Pump (Provision)
Heated Oxygen Sensors (Gas), Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor, Camshaft
Position Sensor (Gas), Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge
Valve (Gas), Fuel Heater (Diesel), Water In Fuel Indicator Sensor
(Diesel). Glow Plua Controller, Fan Control Relay (Diesel)
I INSTR-LPS Fuse 16 1 5A
Seat BelVLamps Alarm, TR Indicator Lamp, lnstrument Cluster, IP
L a m ~ s(Bodv Budder) -
I
TRANS Fuse 17 10A Transmissron
CRANK Fuse 18 10A Starter Relay
I AUTO APPLY Fuse 19 1 10A

Park Brake Pressure lndrcator Switch, Park Brake Pull Button Swrtch,
Park Brake Alarm
RIGHT TAILLAMPS Fuse 20
(Exnort) I I RH Taiamp. RH Sidemarker Lamp, Export (WX7)
LEFT TAILLAMPS Fuse 21

5A LH Taillamp, LH Sidemarker Lamp, Export (WX7)
(Export)
MKR/ LIC. LAMPS Fuse 22
(Fxnnrt) I I Marker Lamps, License Lamps, Export (WX7)
FRONT PARK LAMPS Fuse 23

5A Front Marker Lamps, Front Park Lamps, Export (WX7)
(Export)
Power and Grounding Connector End Views
lgnition Switch Connector C1 lgnition Switch Connector C2
-
Connector Part I 06294642 Connector Part 06294641
lnformation y F 56 Series (NAT) Information 4 Way F 56/59 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Function Function
I A 1 YEL 1 5 lgnition Switch

Output-Crank
I I
A 1 1
ORN 300
lgnition Switch
Output-Ignition 3
I B I RED I 2
Type I Fuse I B I R E D 1 I 2 1I Fuse Output-Battery-
Type 1 Fuse
lgnition Switch I
C (~as)l - - Not Used
Output-lanition 1 Low Coolant Level
Not Used Indicator lam^ O u t ~ u t
,,
I I I
I E I BRN 1 4
lgnition Switch
Outout-Accessorv
D LT BLU 34
Park Brake Switch
Sianal
IP Fuse Block
IP Fuse Block IP Fuse Block (cont'd)
I Connector Part
Information
12162133
Fuse Block (BLK)
Connector Part
Information
12162133
Fuse Block (BLK)
I Pin I Wire Color I Circuit

No. I Function
Turn Signal Lamps
Pin
D4-D5
Wire Color
-
Circuit
No.
-
Function
Not Used
I I
Flasher Outwt D6 - - Body Builder Provision
A1 -A4 I - - I Bodv Builder Provision
D7 - - Not Used
Instrument Panel D8 - - Body Builder Provision
A6 -
-
-
-
lam^ Feed
Body Builder Provision
Not Used
I El I ORN 1 440 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
Type Ill Fuse I
A7 I E2 I - I -- I Not Used I
A8
B
-
BRN
-
141
Turnsignal Lamps
I E 3 I
I
BRN 1
I
141 1
I
T,.v ~ eIll Fuse
Flasher Input E4 I - - I Not Used
I I I
1 82-83 1 I --
Type Ill Fuse
I Body Builder Provision
E5
I
BRN
I
1
I
Ignition Switch
Outout-Accessorv
- - - I Bodv Builder Provision
Fuse Output-Ignition 1 - E7 - - Not Used
T .v, ~ eIll Fuse
I
E8 - - Body Builder Provision
I - I Bodv Builder Provision
B5-B6
B7
-
- - Not Used I F1 I ORN 1 540 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
Type Ill Fuse
B8-C4
C5
-
-
-
-
Not Used I F2 I
I
RED 1
I
2 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
T .V. D I~Fuse I
I I I Body Builder Provision
C6
I C 7 I -
-
I -
-
I Not Used
F3 BRN
1 241 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 3-
T v ~ eIll Fuse
T v ~ eIll Fuse
F4 ORN
1 330 1 Ignition Switch
output-ignition 3
1
< .
I I
Dl RED
1 Fuse Output-Battery-
Tvoe I Fuse
F5 PNK
39 Type Ill Fuse
I D2-D3 1 - - I Body Builder Provision

8-224 Wiring Systems Bodv and Accessories
IP Fuse Block (cont'd) Secondary Fuse Block (Export-Attached to
IP Fuse Block)
lnformation Fuse Block (BLK) 15304744
Connector Part
Circuit Information Secondary Fuse
No. Function Block (BLK)
F7 I RED
- Not Used
No. I Function I
Type I Fuse lgnition Switch
A1 YEL 5
Output-Crank
I4O
TypeIIIFuse I A2 I DKBLU 1 913 1 RH Taillamp, RH
Sidemarker lam^ I
' 43
Fuse Output-
Accessory-Type Ill Fuse A3 PPL
LH Taillamp, LH
J
I G2 I
I
BRN 1
I
4 1
I
lgnition Switch
Out~ut-Accessorv I I A4 I GRY 1 914 1
Sidemarker Lamp
Marker Lamps,
License Lamps
G3 BRN
Tvoe Ill Fuse 1 A5 1 BRN 1 964 1 Front Marker Lamps,
Front Park Lamps
G5 PNK 439
Type Ill Fuse
I A6 I
I
PNK 1
I
3 1
I
lgnition Switch
-
Out~ut-lanition
, 1
I G6-G7 1 - I - I Not Used I B1

DK BLU /
WHT 1 805 1 Ignition Switch
Outout-RunIHeaVCrank
I G8 I ORN 1 240 ( Fuse Output-Battery-
Type Ill Fuse I 82
83
BRN
BRN
9
9
Park Lamp Feed
Park Lamp Feed
I H3 I GRY 1 8 1 Instrument Cluster Feed I
I H4 I DK GRN 1 44 1 Instrument Panel Lamps
Dimmer Switch Output I
84
85
BRN
BRN
9
9
Park Lamp Feed
Park Lamp Feed
I H5 I PNK 1 539 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-

T v ~ eIll Fuse
B6 PNK
Type Ill Fuse
lgnition Switch
H6 PNK
Output-Ignition 1
I J5 I PNK 1, 139 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-

., Ill Fuse
Tvpe
J6
I
I - I - I Not Used 1
Inline Harness Connector End Views (Commercial)
C101 Engine Harness to Diesel Harness
15317380
Connector Part 15336418 Connector Part
Information 38 Way F 1501280 Series (BLK) ....-....-..-..
Information
38 Way M 1501280
Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
C irc~~it
Pin Wire Color No. Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
A1 - - Not Used A1 Not Used
Injection Timing Stepper
lnjection Injection Timing Stepper
A2 TAN/BLK 030 A2 TAN/BLK
I HIWOLF. 1030
I UJU
Motor
~ o t o Feed-Coil
~r e e d - CA-Low
~I
Motor Feed-Coil A-Low
Injection Timing Stepper Injection Timing Stepper
A3 1031 A3 RED/BLK 031
Motor Feed-Coil A-High Motor Feed-Coil A-High
Fuse Output-Ignition II - Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
A4 PNK 239 A4 PNK 439 Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
Fuse Output-Ignition '1-
1- Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
A5 PNK 339 A5 PNK 539 Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
Injection Timing Stepper ORN/BI
ORN/BLK
---
.032 Injection Timing
lniection Timina Stepper
Ste~~er
1i: 1 :i 1
A6 ORN/BLK 032 A6 '*
Motor Feed-Coil B-Low
Motor Feed-Coil B-Low
A7 YEUBLK
lnjection Timing Stepper
Motor Feed-Coil B-High
Fuel Solenoid Closure
A7
1 I luJJ
I
~ ~eed-
r dl B-High
b t o Feed-Coil
Motor 8-High
Fuel Solenoid Closure
A8 RED 313
signal
Signal
A8
HO RED
ncu 313
a 15
I Signal
B1 LT GRN 260 Fuel Solenoid Module Feed B1 LT GRN 260 1 Fuel Solenoid Module Feec
Fuel Solenoid Return- Fuel Solenoid
82 BLK 491 82 BLK 491 Return-Closure
Closure
DK BLU / Engine Shutoff Solenoid DK BLU / Engine Shutoff Solenoid
B3 259 83
135 259
L3Y
Output
ouiput
WHT Output WHT
B4 YEL 505 Glow Plug Relay Feed-Coil 84 YEL 505 Glow Plug Relay Feed-Coil
B5 BLK 552 Sensor Return B5 BLK 552 Sensor Return
--
86 BLK 550 Ground B6 BLK 150 Ground

87 - - Not Used 87 - - Not Used
Camshaft Position Sensor Camshaft Position Serisor
B8 BRNNJHT 633 B8 BRN
H
,,,T
trHNlW 633
Sinnal
Signal Signal
B9 1 YEL 1 573
1 Crankshaft Position Sensor
Sinnal
Signal I B9
Bg
I rcL
YEL 573
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Signal
Manifold Absolute Pressure Manifold Absolute Pressure
B10 LT GRN 432 B1O GR
LT GRN 432
Sensor Signal I I -
Sensor Signal
B11 PPL 574

B1 PPL
. I Crankshaft Position Sensor
I 574
Return I I
Return
GRY 605
Reference Voltage Feed-5 B12 GRY
I ..- I Reference Voltaae
416
Voltage Feed-5
B12 Volt Reference Volt Reference
C101 Engine Harness to Diesel Harness (cont'd)
WHT Exhaust Pressure Regulator D2 - - Not Used

D2 1424 Vacuum Solenoid Output
Waste Gate Solenoid - - Not Used
D3 YEL ', 258 Output D3
I D4-D8 1 - - I Not Used I D4-D8 1 - - I Not Used
C102 Engine Harness to Generator Harness
12040977 15300003
Information 3 Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information 3 Way M Metri-Pack 280
Series (BLK)
. . Series (BLK)
. .
Circuit Circuit
Fuse Output-Battery- A Fuse Output-Battery-
A RED GRY
Type I Fuse (CS-130) Type I Fuse
Fuse Output-Battery- A Fuse Output-Battery-
A RED RED
Type I Fuse (CS-144) Type I Fuse
Fuse Output-Ignition 1- Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
B PNK 39 B PNK 39
Type Ill Fuse Type Ill Fuse
C WHT 121 Tachometer Signal C (L57) WHT 121 Tachometer Signal
C WHT 121 Tachometer Signal C (Gas) - - Not Used
C105 Engine Harness to Fuel lnjector Harness (4.3L)
121 7083 Connector Part Injector Harness

Connector Part
lnformation lay F Micro-Pack 100 Information 12 Way M Connector (ELK)
?s(ELK)
Circuit Circuit
Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
- -
Fuel Injector #50utput A BLWHT 845 Fuel Injector #5 Output

B 1 PNK 1 439
.
T v,-~ eIll Fuse
-
B PNK 439 T v ~ eIll Fuse
7 .
Fuel Injector #3 Output C PNWBLK 1746 Fuel Injector #3 Output

D I PNK 1 439
Type Ill Fuse
D PNK 439
Type Ill Fuse
E I PNK 1 439
Type Ill Fuse
E PNK 439
Type Ill Fuse
F I BLK 1 1744 Fuel Injector #I Output F BLK 1744 Fuel Injector #1 Output
Fuel lnjector #.2 Output 1 G I GRN

LTBLK
- -
1 1745 1 Fuel Injector #2 Output
H I PNK 1 439
Type Ill Fuse
H PNK 439
Type Ill Fuse
J I PNK 1 439
Type Ill Fuse
J PNK ' 439
Type Ill Fuse
BLU I
LTELK Fuel Injector #4 Output
Fuel Injector #4 Output K 844
M
L I
I
I
PNK
YEUBLK
1
I
1
439
846
Type Ill Fuse
~ u eInjector
l #6 Output I
L
M I
PNK
YEUBLK
11 439
846
1
1
Type Ill Fuse
Fuel Injector #6 Output
C105 Engine Harness to Fuel lnjector Harness (5.7L)
12177086 Connector Part Injector Harness

Connector Part
Information 16 Way F Micro-Pack 100 Information 16 Way M Connector (BLK)
Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
A BLK 1744 Fuel lniector #1 Output A BLK 1744 Fuel Injector #1 Output
B PNK 439 B PNK 439
C PNK 439 C PNK 439
D PNWBLK 1746 Fuel Injector #3 Output D PNWBLK 1746 Fuel Injector #3 Output
LT BLU I
E 844 Fuel Injector #4 Output E LT BLU /BLK 844 Fuel lnjector #4 Output
BLK
F PNK 439 F PNK 439
TypeIIIFuse Type Ill Fuse
G PNK 439 G PNK 439
-- -
LT GRN I
----- Type Ill Fuse
LT GRN I
Type Ill Fuse
H 1745 Fuel Injector #2 Output H 1745 Fuel Injector #2 Output

BLK BLK
DK BLU DK BLU
J 878 Fuel Injector #8 Output J 878 Fuel Injector #8 Output
WHT WHT
K PNK 439 K PNK 439
L PNK 439 L PNK 439 Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
M YEUBLK 846 Fuel Injector #6 Output M YEUBLK 846 Fuel Injector #6 Output
N BLWHT 845 Fuel lniector #5 Output N BLWHT 845 Fuel Injector #5 Output
P PNK 439 P PNK 439
Type III Fuse Type Ill Fuse
R PNK 439 R PNK 439
S I REDIBLK 1 877 1 Fuel Injector #7 Output I S I REDIBLK 1 877 [ Fuel Injector #7 Output
C110 Engine Harness to ABS Harness
L
12110751 152110753
Information 7 Way F Metri-Pack 280 Series Information 7 Way M Metri-Pack 280
Flexlock (BLK) Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
A BRN 241 A BRN 241
Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
ABS Failure Indicator Lamp ABS Failure Indicator
B LT GRN 867 LT GRN 867
~ a r n poutput
output
Brake Pedal Switch Brake Pedal Switch
C PPL 420 Output-Torque Converter C PPL 420 Output-Torque Converter
Clutch Clutch
Vehicle Speed Signal- Vehicle Speed Signal-
YEVBLK 1827 D 1827 128000 Pulses Per Mile
128000 Pulses Per Mile
E TANMlHT 799 Diagnostic Signal-ABS E TANMlHT 799 Diagnostic Signal-ABS
Serial Data Signal- Serial Data Signal-
F PPL 1807 Class B- F PPL 1807 Class B-
10400 BAUD-Primary 10400 BAUD-Primary
G - - Not Used G - - Not Used
12040977 15300003
Series (BLK) Series (BLK)

NO. I Function I pin I wire color I Circuit
NO. I Function
ABS Pressure Differential ABS Pressure Differential
C200 IP Harness to Engine Harness

I

Connector Part
Information 36 Way F Metri-Pack Sheet Information 36 Way M Metri-Pack Sheet
- (GRY)
Metal Pass-Throuah . , I I ".
Metal Pass-Throuah (BLK),
Circuit Circuit
C200 IP Harness to Engine Harness (cont'd)
n
12020184 12020099
lnformatlon 36 Way F Metri-Pack Sheet Information 36 Way M Metri-Pack Sheet
Metal Pass-Through (GRY) Metal Pass-Through (BLK)
C203 IP Harness to Forward Lamps Harness
12020184 12020100
Information 36 Way F Metri-Pack Sheet Information 36 Way M Metri-Pack Sheet
Metal Pass-Through (GRY) Metal Pass-Through (BLK)
Pin I Wire Color I I

Circuit
NO. Function I Pin I Wire Color I Circuit
NO. I Function
L4 1 - I - I Not Used I L4 I - 1 - I Not Used
I I I I I
--
L5 LT GRN 11 High Beam Headlamp Feed] L5 LT GRN

11 I High Beam
head lam^ Feed
N6 DK BLU
1I
Turn Signal Lamp
l5 Feed-Right Front
N6 DK BLU ( 1 Turn Signal Lamp
l5 Feed-Right Front
P4 I - I - Not Used I P4 I - I - I Not Used
P5 I DK GRN 1 29 1 Horn Feed I P5 I DK GRN 1 29 1 Horn Feed
P6 I LTBLU 1 14 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
I P6 I LTBLU 1 14 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
8-234 Wiring Svstems Bodv and Accessories
C207 tP Harness to Windshield Wipermasher Harness
373361
I Connector Part
Information I 7 Wav F Pack-Con (GRY)
12010430
Circuit
I
-
Connector Part
Information 1 7 Wav M Pack-Con (BLK)
12010429
Circuit
I
A WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output A WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output
Windshield Washer Switch Windshield Washer Switch
B PNK 94 PNK 94
Signal Signal
Windshield Wiper Motor Windshield Wiper Motor
C PPL 92 C PPL 92
Feed-High Speed Feed-High Speed
Fuse Output-Accessory- Fuse Output-Accessory-
D YEL 143 D YEL 143
Windshield Wiper Relay Windshield Wiper Relay
E GRY E GRY
Feed-Coil Feed-Coil
Windshield Wiper Motor Windshield Wiper Motor
F ORN 98 F ORN 98
Feed-Dynamic Brake Feed-Dynamic Brake
Fuse Output-Battery- Fuse Output-Battery-
G ORN 40 G ORN 40
Connector Part
* 12015664 Connector Part 12034295
Circuit Circuit
lgnition Switch A lgnition Switch
A PNK Output-Ignition 1 PNK Output-Ignition 1
B I BRN 1 4 1 lgnition Switch
Outout-Accessorv I B I lgnition Switch
B R N I 4 1 Outout-Accessow
Ignition Switch ORN 300
Ignition Switch
C ORN 300
Output-Ignition 3 C Output-Ignition 3
RED Fuse Output-Battery- D RED Fuse Output-Battery-
D Type I Fuse
Type I Fuse
12064752 12064754
Circuit Circuit
C300 Engine Harness to Rear Chassis Harness

Connector Part
Circuit Circuit
(L57), ,
\
I - I - I Not Used I A1 I GRY 1 120 1 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
A1
GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
(Gas)
A2
(L57)
1 - I - I Not Used I A2 I PPL 1 1589 1 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal
C400 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamps Harness
12110751 152110753
~ (BLKI
Flexlock
~ . - ~.
, - .
Series (BLKI
Circuit Circuit
A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed A BRN 9 Park iamp Feed
B I YEL 1 18 1 Stopmurn Lamp

Feed-Left Rear
1 B I YEL 1 18 1 Stoprrurn Lamp
Feed-Left Rear
C I DKGRN 1 19 1 Stoprrurn Lamp

Feed-Riaht Rear
1 C I DKGRN 1 19 1 StopKurn Lamp
Feed-Right Rear
C401 Rear Chassis Harness to Fuel Pump Module Harness
- 152110753
12110751 Connector Part
Connector Part
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to EVAP Canister Vent Valve Solenoid Extension Harness
246476
12129565 12129600
.
Series (GRY), Series (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
A (Gas Canister Vent Valve Canister Vent Valve
WHT 310 A WHT 31 Solenoid Output
N66) Solenoid Output
(Gas Fuse Output-Ignition 1- Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
PNK 539 B PNK 539
Type Ill Fuse
N66) Type Ill Fuse
-
C;
ELK 150 Ground C ELK 150 Ground
(Diesel)
-
U
I I I I I I
GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed D GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
(Diesel)
Inline Harness Connector End Views (Motorhome)
C100 Engine Harness to Forward Lamps Harness
-
12059472 12052200
information 7 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed Information 7 Way M Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (BLK) Series iBLK1
Pin I Wire Color I :'Tit Function Pin Wire Color

Circuit
No. Function
A I BRN 1 9 Park lam^ Feed A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
I 1
I I
Front Marker Lamps, Front

A BRN 964 A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
(WX7) . x. ~ o r (WX7)
Park L a m. ~ .s E t,
B I TAN 1 12 Low Beam Headlamp Feed B TAN 12 Low Beam Headlamp Feed
4-k LT BLU
Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
High Beam Headlamp
Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
C
D (249)
LT BLU
DK BLU
l4
593
Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front
High Beam Headlamp
Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
WX7)
- - Not Used
I
I I
-
- Not Used
E DKGRN 29 Horn Feed E I DKGRN 29 1 Horn Feed

F DK BLU 15
Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Right Front
F DK BLU
l5 1 Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Right Front
G LT GRN 11 High Beam Headlamp Feed G LT GRN

I High Beam
Headlamp Feed
C101 Engine Harness to Diesel Harness
Connector Part
* 15317380
Information Information 38 Way M 1501280
38 Way F 1501280 Series (BLK)
Series (BLK)
Pin Wire Color

-
Circuit
No.
-
Function Pin wire color I 'Kit Function
A1 Not Used A1 Not Used
A2 1 1 lnjection Timing Stepper

A3
1 1 lnjection Timing Stepper
Motor Feed-Coil A-High
REDIBLK
Motor Feed-Coil A-High
A4 PNK
Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
PNK 1 339 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-

Type Ill Fuse
PNK 539
Type Ill Fuse
ORNIBLK 1 1032 1 lnjection Timing Stepper

Motor Feed-Coil 6-Low
ORNIBLK 1 1032
Motor Feed-Coil 6-Low
Injection Timing Stepper lnjection Timing Stepper
A7 YE,BLK 1033 A7 YEUBLK 1033
Motor Feed-Coil 6-High Motor Feed-Coil 6-Hiah
Fuel Solenoid Closure Fuel Solenoid Closure
A8 RED 313 A8 RED 313
Signal Signal
61 LT GRN 260 Fuel Solenoid Module Feed 61 LT GRN 260 Fuel Solenoid Module Feed
Fuel Solenoid Fuel Solenoid
62 BLK 491 62 BLK 491
Return-Closure Return-Closure
DK BLU I Engine Shutoff Solenoid DK BLU I Engine Shutoff Solenoid
B3 259 63 259
WHT Output WHT Output
64 1 YEL 1 505 1 Glow Plug Relay Feed-Coil 1 64 1 YEL 1 505 Glow Plug Relay Feed-Coil
65 1 BLK 1 552 1 Sensor Return 1 65 1 BLK 1 452 1 Sensor Return
Ground I 66 I BLK 1 150 1 Ground
Not Used 1I 67 1
I
- I
- I Not Used
Camshaft Position Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor
BRNMIHT Sional B8 BRNMIHT 633
Signal
YEL 573
Signal I YEL
Signal
610 I LT GRN 1 432
Manifold Absolute Pressure
Sensor Sianal
I 610 I LTGRN 1 432 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure
Sensor Sianal
Return I I PPL 1 574 1 Crankshaft Position Sensor
Retum
Reference Voltage Feed-5 Reference Voltage Feed-5
B12 GRY 416
Volt Reference Volt Reference
ORN 1799 C1 ORN 799
Signal-High Resolution Signal-High Resolution
C101 Engine Harness to Diesel Harness (cont'd)
,
Connector Part
Information
15336418
38 Way F 1501280 Series (BLK)
Circuit
Connector Part
Information I l 15317380
0 3 8 Hlay M 1501280
Sericss (BLK)
Circuit
C2 YEL 1578 Fuel Temperature Signal C2 YEL 1578 Fuel Temperature Signal
Reference Voltage Feed- Reference Voltage Feed-
C3 GRY 474 C3 GRY 474
5 Volt Reference 5 Volt Reference
I C4 I YEL ( 410 1 Coolant Temperature

Sensor Signal
I C4 I YEL 1 410 1
+
Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal
I C5 I
I
TAN 1
I
472 1
I
Manifold Absolute
T e m ~ e r a t ~ Sensor
re Sianal I I
Manifold Absolute
Temperature Sensor Signal
C6-C7 I - - 1 Not Used I C6-C7 1 - - I
Not Used
Water In Fuel Indicator Water In Fuel indicator
C8 508 C8 YEUBLK 508
Lamp output Lamp Output
c9 I - - I Not Used I C9 I - - Not Used
I C10 I TANlWHT 1
I I
331 1 Oil Pressure Sensor Signal I
I I
C10 I
I
TAN 1
I
31 1 Oil Pressure Indicator
Lamp Output
Diagnostic Fuse Output-Glow Plug-
C11 LT BLU 506 C11 BRN 104
Signal-Glow Plug Type Ill Fuse
C12 PNWBLK 632 C12 PNWBLK 632
Return Return
Dl - - Not Used D1 - - Not Used
Exhaust Pressure Regulator
Not Used
Waste Gate Solenoid

Output
Not Used
C103 Engine Harness to Park Brake Extension Harness

Connector Part
lnformatlon 3 Way F Metri-Pack 630 Information 3 Way M Metri-Pack 630
.
Series iBLK), Series (BLK)
. .
Circuit Circuit
A RED Type I Fuse A RED Type I Fuse
Park Brake Auto Apply Park Brake Auto Apply
B LT ORN 844 B LT GRN 1844 Indicator Lamp Feed
'
Indicator Lamp Feed
639 Type Ill Fuse
C PNK 639 Type Ill Fuse C PNK
C104 Engine Harness to Park Brake Extension Harness
- -
Connector Part
information I 15300027
2 Wav F 280 Series [BLK)
Connector Part
Information I. 2 Way M 280 Series (BLK)
15300002
C107 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness
e 12065425 12045608
Pin I Wire Color

-- -
I 'Zit Function I Pin I Wire Color I Circuit
NO. I Function
1 131 Fuel Injector #l Output
A BLK 1 744 Fuel Injector #l Output A BLK
DK BLU I DK BLU Fuel Injector #8 Output
B 878 Fuel Injector #8 Output B 878
WHT WHT
C I
I
LT BLU
BLK
1
I
844 1
I

I
C I
I
LT BLU I
BLK
1
I
844 1
I
Fuel lnjector #2 Output I H I LT,"P,"

- - ~
1 1745 1 Fuel Injector #2 Output
Fuse Output-Ignition 1- Fuse Output-Ignition 1 -
J PNwHT 439 Type Ill Fuse
Type Ill Fuse
Fuse Output-Ignition 1- Fuse Output-Ignition 1 -
K PNK 439 K PNK 439
Bodv and Accessories Wirina Svsterns 8-245
B LT GRN
1 1 ABS Failure Indicator
Lamp Output
B
ABS Failure lndicator
C I PPL
1 1 420
Brake Pedal Switch
Output-Torque Converter
Clutch I 1 C
PPL 1 420
Brake Pedal Switch
Output-Torque Converter
Clutch
,
I I
Vehicle Speed Signal-' Vehicle Speed Signal-

827 D YEUBLK 827
128000 Pulses Per Miie
I I I
128000 Pulses Per Mile I I I
E I TANMlHT 1 799 1 Diaanostic Sianal-ABS I E I TANNVHT 1 799 Diagnostic Signal-ABS

Serial Data Signal-Class B-
10400 BAUD-Primary
Not Used
G G
BLK 1450 Ground BLK 1450 Ground
(WX7) WX7)
C200 Engine Harness to IP Harness
Connector Part
12015113
Connector Part
* 12186731
Information 56 Way F Metri-Pack Junction Information 56 Way M Metri-Pack Junction
Svstem (BLK) Svstem (GRY)
ABS Fatlure Indicator ABS Failure Indicator Lamp

Lamp Outout
81 I PNK 1 3 ( Ignition Switch

Outout-ianition 1
lgn%ion Switch
Outout-lan~tion1
C200 Engine Harness to IP Harness (cont'd)
I
12015113 12186731
System (ELK) System (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
82 1 PPL I 16 Turn Sianal Flasher Output I B2 I PPL 16 1 Turn Signal Flasher Output
1 83
I
1 BLWHT
I
1 451
Ground
1 83 1 BLWHT 451 1Engine Control Module
Ground
Park Brake Switch Signal LT BLU Park Brake Switch Sianal
--
I C1 I DKGRN 1 909
Output to PNP Relay and
Park Brake Pull Button
Switch
DK GRN
Output to PNP Relay and
Park Brake Pull Button
Switch
Turn Signal Lamp Turn Signal Lamp
I C2 I DKBLU 1 15
Feed-Right Front
C2 DK BLU Feed-Right Front
~ o Used
t I C31 - Not Used
Fuel Pump Motor Feed I C3 I - Not Used
1 C4 I WHT 1 905 Diode Network WHT 1 905 1 Diode Network

Park Lamp Feed BRN I 9 1 Park Lamp Feed
LH Taillamp, LH
Sidemarker Lamp. Exwrt I (z71 I PPL 912 1 LH Taillamp, LH
Sidemarker Lamp, Export
Water In Fuel lndicator
Larno Output
I D2 I YEUBLK 508 1 Water In Fuel lndicator
Lamp Output
Not Used 1 02 1 YEUBLK 508 1

I
Water In Fuel lndicator
Lamp Output
D3 PPL 680
AB3 Pressure Differential
Sensor Signal
D3 PPL 680 I ABS Pressure Differential
Sensor Sianal
El DK GRN 35
Coolant Temperature
lndicator Lamp Output
I El I DKGRN q L z z T Coolant Temperature
E 2 I
I
GRY 1
I
8
I
Instrument Panel
Lamo Feed
Instrument Panel
.- I - I Not Used 1 Not Used
E3
fWX7)
I BRN 1 964
Park Lamps, Export
BRN 964
Park Lamps, Export
I 1 1
E4
F1
F2
I
LTGRN
ORN
ORN
1
1]
1844
540
300 11
Park Brake Auto Apply
lndicator Lamp Feed
( TFuse Output-Battery-
V DIll~ Fuse
lgnition Switch
output-ignition 3
E4
i: 1 1
I LTGRN
ORN
ORN
1 1844
54:
lndicator Lamp Feed
T V DIll
~ Fuse
lgnition Switch
Output-Ignition 3
F3 I PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal F3 I PPL 1 30 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal
12015113 12186731
System (BLK) System (GRY)
ewice Throttle Soon Service Throttle Soon
G3 TAN 31 Oil Pressure Indicator Lamp

Output
G3 TAN
1 3' 1 Oil Pressure lndicator
Lamp Output
12015113 12186731
System (BLK) System (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
High Beam Headlamp High Beam Headlamp
K7 DK BLU 593 Feed-Daytime K7 DK BLU 593 Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps Running Lamps
K7 - - Not Used K7 - - Not Used
(WX7) (WX7)
K8 PPL Park Brake Proximity Park Brake Proximity
906 K8 PPL 906
Switch Switch
K9 - - Not Used K9 - - Not Used
L6 BRN/WHT Check Engine lndicator Check Engine lndicator
419
Lamp output L6 BRNMIHT 419
Lamp output
L7 PNK 39
L7 PNK Fuse Output-Ignition 1-
Type Ill Fuse 39
Type Ill Fuse
YEUBLK 68
Low Coolant Level lndicator Low Coolant Level
Lamp Output YEUBLK 68
(L65) Indicator Lamp Output
L8 - - Low Coolant Level
Not Used L8 YEUBLK 68
(L29) . Indicator Lamp Output
P6 BRN Ignition Switch Ignition Switch

P6 BRN
Output-Accessory Output-Accessory
P7 LT BLU 14 Turn Signal Lamp Turn Signal Lamp
Feed-Left Front P7 LT BLU 14
Feed-Left Front
12015113 12186731
information 56 Way F Metri-Pack Junction information 56 Way M Metri-Pack Junction
System (BLK) Svstem IGRY)
Circuit Circuit
P8
I
DKGRN
-
1 389
-
1I
Vehicle Speed Signal-
Not Used
P8 DK GRN
-
389
Vehicle Speed Signal-
- Not Used
P9 I I
I I
P9
/I
Diode Network to Power Diode Network to Power
pg
YEUBLK 965 Brake Booster Fluid 965 Brake Booster Fluid
(WX7) Flow Alarm Flow Alarm
PI0 WHT 1 121 1 Tachometer Signal I PI0 I WHT 1 121 1 Tachometer Signal
C203 Engine Harness to Body Builder Harness
12020397 12020398
Information 3 Way F Metri-Pack 280 lnformation 3 Way M Metri-Pack 280
Pin
Circuit
Function pin I
I
Wire color I 'Zit Function
LT GRN
WHT
DK GRN
Backup Lamp Feed
Horn Feed azlz A I LTGRN
DK GRN
1 24 Backup Lamp Feed
Diode Network
Horn Feed
C207 Engine Harness to Windshield Wiper Harness
I
Connector Part 12059472 Connector Part 12052200

Information 7 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed Information 7 Way M Metri-Pack Mixed
Circuit Circuit
A - - Not Used A - - Not Used
B PPL 92
Windshield Wiper Motor B Windshield Wiper Motor
Feed-High Speed PPL 92 Feed-High Speed
Windshield Wiper Relay Windshield Wiper Relay
C GRY 91 Feed-Coil C GRY 91
Feed-Coil
D LT BLU Windshield Wiper Switch Windshield Wiper Switch
97 Signal-MisffOffILow D LT BLU 97
7
Signal-MisffOfflLow
E YEL Fuse Output-Accessory: Fuse Output-Accessory-
143
Type Ill Fuse E YEL 143
Type Ill Fuse
F PNK Windshield Washer Switch Windshield Washer Switch
94
Signal PNK 94 Signal
G - - Not Used G - - Not Used
C210 IP Harness to Dome Lamp Provision
409563
Connector Part I 02965981 I Connector Part I 02962964

Information * 2 Way F 56 Series (BRN) Information 2 Way M 56 Series (BLK)
I Circuit I I Circuit I
A ORN 40 Fuse Output-Battery- Fuse Output-Battery-
Type Ill Fuse A ORN 40
Type Ill Fuse
A
GRY 157 Interior Lamp Output A (WX7) GRY 157 Interior Lamp Output
(WX7)
B WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output B WHT 156 Courtesy Lamp Output
C300 Engine Harness to Rear Chassis Harness
12161186
I Circuit I I Circuit
Pin 1 Wire Color 1 No. I Function I Pin I Wire Color No. Function
A1 I GRY 1 120 1
Fuel Pump Motor Feed I A1 I GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
A2 - - Not Used A2 PPL 1589 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal
(L65)
A2
(L29)
I PPL 1 1589 1 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal I A I PPL 1589 1 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal
A2 - - Not Used A2
Not Used
(WX7)
A3 - - Not Used A3 BLK
(L65)
A3
IL291
I BLK 1 470 1 Sensor Return I A3 I BLK 470 1 Sensor Return
A3 - - Not Used A3
(WX7)
- - II Not Used
A4 - - Not Used A4 - - I Not Used
A4 PPL LH Taillamp, LH A4 912 LH Taiamp, LH
912 Sidemarker Lamp, Export PPL
(wx7) (WX7) Sidemarker Lamp, Export
A5 I - I - I Not Used I A 5 1 - Not Used
A5
(wx7)
1
DK BLU I 91
RH Taillamp, RH
I A5
(WX7)
I DK BLU I 91
RH Taillamp, RH
61 I - I - I Not Used 1 6 1 1 - I - I Not Used
C2 - - C2 - -
Not Used Not Used
(WX7) (WX7)
C3 DKGRN Stoprrurn Lamp Stop~TurnLamp
l9
Feed-Right Rear C3 DK GRN l9
Feed-Right Rear
C4-C5 I - - I Not Used I C4-C5 ( - - 1 Not Used
C303 Park Brake Extension Harness to Park Brake Harness
12124685 12124686
Circuit Circuit
A RED
* 1Fuse Output-Battery-
Type I Fuse
A RED Fuse Output-Battery-
Type I Fuse
B
I LT 1 1Park Brake Auto Apply
1844 Indicator Lamp Feed B LT GRN 844
Indicator Lamp Feed
C PNK
I IFuse Output-Ignition 1-
639 Type Ill Fuse C PNK
1 1
639 Type Ill Fuse
C304 Park Brake Extension Harness to Park Brake Harness
12124685 12124686
.
Series (BLK), -- -,
Series IBLK)
\-
Circuit Circuit
A 31 Auto Apply Park Brake
Switch Signal
A I3l Auto Apply Park Brake
Switch Signal
Park Brake Proximity Park Brake Proximity
B PPL 906 Switch B PPL '
0
6
I I I 1
Switch
-
c I - - I Not Used I C l - - I Not Used

C400 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamp Harness
I
12110751 152110753
I
I Circuit Circuit
I Pin Wire Color No. Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
A LH Taillamp, LH
PPL 91 Sidemarker Lamp, Export A (WX7) PPL 912 LH Taillamp, LH
(wx7) Sidemarker Lamp, Export
6 Stopnurn Lamp Stopfrurn Lamp
YEL l8 B YEL l8
Feed-Left Rear Feed-Left Rear
C DKGRN Stopnurn Lamp Stopnurn Lamp
l9 C DK GRN 19
Feed-Right Rear Feed-Right Rear
D BLK 150 Ground D BLK 150 Ground
E - - Not Used E - - Not Used
DK BLU RH Taillamp, RH RH Taillamp, RH
E (WX7) DK BLU 91
(wx7) Sidemarker Lamp, Export Sidemarker Lamp, Export
F LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed F LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed
F
GRY 914 Marker Lamps, License
Lamps, Export F (WX7) GRY
Marker Lamps, License
(wx7) ~amps,~ x p o r t
G LTGRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed G LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed
C461 Rear Chassis Harness to Fuel Pump Module Harness
I
I I
I A I
wire color
PPL
PPL
I
1
Circuit
NO.
1589
1589
Function
Fuel Gauae Sensor Sianal
Fuel Gauae Sensor Sianal
I
I
I
Pin
A (L65)
A (~29)
~irrolor
PPL
1 1
Circuit
1589
Not Used
Function
Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal

Not Used I A - I - I Not Used
I ' B I GRY 1 120 - - Not Used
B
-I3
1 GRY 1 1 2 0
I
GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
- - Not Used B - - Not Used
('4'4x7)
C BLK 150 Ground C BLK 150 Ground
D BLK 470 Sensor Return D (L65) - - Not Used
D BLK 470 Sensor Return D (L29) BLK 470 Sensor Return
*
I D I - I - I Not Used
E PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal E (L65) PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal
E PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Sensor Signal E (L29) - - Not Used
F-G - - Not Used F-G - - Not Used
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to Fuel Pump Extension Harness
277418
Connector Part 15300027 Connector Part 15300002

Information 2 Way F 280 Series (BLK) Information 2 Way M 280 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
A BLK 150 1 Ground A BLK 150 Ground
B GRY 120 1 Fuel Pump Motor Feed B GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
Harness Routing Views (Commercial)
Whenever moving any of the wiring, replace the wiring Replace broken clips or retainers. Electrical problems
in the original position. Whenever moving the can result from loose wiring or harnesses which
harnesses in order to reach a component, ensure shift from the original positions, or which are routed
that all the harnesses are routed correctly. incorrectly.
Legend
Electronic Brake Control
Legend
(1) Electronic Brake Control Module ( (5) C110
(3) C f l l 173 c2
(4) Wheel Speed Sensar Pigtail
Engine Wiring Diesel- LH Front Of Bulkhead. Front View
187817
Legend
(1) C200 (5) Fan Control Relay
(2) Battery Junction Block (6) Starter Relay
(3) PI00 (7) Engine Coolant Level Switch
(4) AIC Compressor Relay (8) Auxiliary Engine Coolant Fan
Engine Wiring (Gasoline), LH Front
Legend
(1) C200, C202, C203 (7) Fuel Pump Prime Connector
(2) Battery Junction Block (8) c 4
(3) A/C Compressor Relay (9) c 2
(4) Fuel Pump Relay (10) Vehicle Control Module (VCM)
(5) PlOO (11) C1
(6) Starter Relay (12) C3
Engine Wiring 4.3L, Upper RH Forward
180073
Legend
(1) AIC Compressor Clutch (8) Ignition Coil
(2) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (9) Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister
(3) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Purge Valve
(4) Ignition Control Module (ICM) (10) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
(5) Battery Positive Cable (11) C105
(6) Generator (12) Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve
(7) C102 (13) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
Engine Wiring-5.7L Upper Right Hand Side View
Legend
(1) C105 (4) Ignition Coil
(2) Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister (5) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
Purge Valve
(3) Ignition Control Module (ICM)
Engine Wiring 5.7L, Lower RH Side
Legend
(1) C102 (3) Knock Sensor (KS)
(2) Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
Automatic Transmission, Upper LH Rear
Legend
(1) Transmission Input Speed Sensor (5) c 1
(2) Transmission Output Speed Sensor (6) ParWNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup
(4) C2
PIB Booster Warning System Wiring (School Bus) Engine View (Typical)
Legend
(1) PI02 (3) Power Brake Booster Pump Pressure Switch
(2) Power Brake Booster Fluid Flow
IndicatorIAlarrn Switch
Legend
(1) Data Link Connector (DLC) (9) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
(2) Headlamps Dimmer Switch Stoplamps Switch
(3) Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (10) Ignition Switch
Solenoid (11) C1
Relay
(13) C1
(5) Horn Relay
(14) C2
(6) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay (15) Turn Signal Switch Connector
(7) C210
(16) Crank Fuse
(8) C211
IP Side of Engine Wiring-Diesel-Forward View
Legend
(1) Powertrain Controt Module (EFI (3) PI00
Diesel)TTransmission Control Module (4) Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Calibrator
(MFI Diesel with Auto Trans)
Rear Lamps Extension, LH Side View
Legend
Fuel Pump Module (Gas)/ (7) (2401
Fuel Level Sensor (Diesel)
(8) P400
Fuel lank
(9) (2400
P400
(10) C300
To Fuel Pump Module (Gas)/Fuel Level To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
Sensor (Diesel) (11) Bank 1 Sensor 2
To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
Bank 2 Sensor 2 (5.7L)
Body and Accessorie Wiring Systems 8-269
Rear Lamps Typical (Body Builder lnstalle
Legend
(1) Lamp, Left Rear Side
(2) C400
(3) Lamp, Right Backup
(4) Lamp, Left Tail and Stopmurn Signal
(5) Lamp, Left License
Harness Routing Views (Motorhome)
Whenever moving any of the wiring, replace the wiring Replace broken clips or retainers. Electrical problems
in the original position. Whenever moving the can result from loose wiring or harnesses which
harnesses in order to reach a component, ensure shift from the original positions, or which are routed
that all the harnesses are routed correctly. incorrectly.
Legend
(1) Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (5) GI10
(3) C111 (7) c2
(4) Wheel Speed Sensor Pigtail
Legend
Stoplamps Switch (9) N C Compressor Relay
(4) Accelerator Pedal Position Module (APP) (11) ParkINeutral Position (PNP) Switch Relay
(Part of Accelerator Pedal Assembly)
(12) Stoplamps Switch
(6) Auxiliary Engine Coolant Fan N C Pressure
Switch
Engine to Dash and Steering Column (Forward View)
Legend
(1) Hazard Lamps Flasher and Clip (5) PI00
(2) PCM Bracket (Diesel) (6) Fuel Pump Prime (Gas)
(3) Fuel Pump Prime (Diesel) (7) C100
(4) Battery Junction Block (8) C207
Legend
(2) Steering Column (8) ClOO
Solenoid (10) C200
(11) Windshield Wiper Pulse Control Module
(6) PI00
Legend
(1) C203 (4) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
(2) Brake Pedal Bracket Stoplamps Switch
(3) Stoplamps Switch (5) Turn Signal Switch Connector
Legend
(1) lgnition Coil (5) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
(2) G103, G104, GI05 ( 6 ) 6107
Engine Left Side (L65)
Legend
(1) A/C Compressor High Pressure (4) Glow Plugs
Cut-Off Switch (5) Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor
(2) C101 (6) AfC Compressor Clutch
(3) Wastegate Solenoid
Engine And Transmission Harness
Legend
(1) Glowplug Controller (Diesel) (8) C301
(2) Water In Fuel Indicator Sensor (Diesel) (9) Transmission Input Speed Sensor
(3) C103 (10) ParklNeutral Position and Backup
(5) Auto Apply Park Brake Harness (11) ToGI06
(6) Transmission (12) Fuel Heater (Diesel)
(7) Transmission Output Speed Sensor
Auto Apply Park Brake Components (Motorhome)
Legend
(1) Park Brake Extension Harness (7) Park Brake Actuator Cable
(2) C303 (8) Transmission
(3) C304 (9) C104
(4) Park Brake Harness (10) Engine Harness
(5) Park Brake Actuator Assembly Cover (11) C103
(6) Park Brake Assembly
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems 8m279
Rear tamp Harness Wiring
Legend
(1) C300 (2) Left Frame Rail
8-2 Bodv and Accessories
Special Tools and
Tool Numberl Description
Solenoid, Relay and

Gircuit Tester
J 34 142-8
Signal Generator and Unpowered Test Light
Instrument Panel Tester
J 22727 J 35616-A
Electrical Terminal Remover Connecbr Test Adapter Kit
Terminal Remover: Micro Micro-Pack Connector

Pack, Corn-Pack 111 and Terminal Removrrr
ECM Edgeboard Connectors
I Hlustration Tool Number/ Descriptian Tool Numbed bscrlptlon
J 36169 J 381%-A
Jumper Wire Terminal ~ e ~ aKit
ir
J 36400-5 J 39200
Weather Pack ll Terminal Digital Multimeter
Remover
8-282 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Body and Accessories
lnstrument Panel, Gauges and Console

lnstrument Cluster Schematic References
I Reference on Schematic I -
Section Number Subsection Name I
ABS Schematics Cell 44 5 - Antilock Brake System
Audible Warnings Cell 76 8 - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
Engine Controls Cell 20 6 - Engine Controls
I Engine Controls Cell 22 1 6 - Enaine Controls I
Exterior Lights Cell 110 8 - Lighting Systems
Headlights Cell 100 8 - Lighting Systems
Headlights: Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Cell 102 8 - Lighting Systems
I Park Brake Cell 46 1 5 - Park Brake I
I Power Distribution Cell 10 1 8 - Wirina Svstems I
lnstrument Cluster Schematic Icons

Icon I Icon Definition
I Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices.
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 81 : Indicators)
----
' Fuse
r - - - - -
'1
I Power
GAUGES Block
I Distribution%
Cell IO Fuse8 I
I
I
I I
I - T T T T 1
rl GLOW SERVICE ABS I, BRAKE DRL DOOR WATER

(D Edtor
I
I (D PLUGS (D Indicator (D Indicator (D lndlcator
1 (@) T (0)
1 0
0.8 201 21; 0.5 BRN/WHT
23: 419 271 0.5TANNVHT
28: 33 171 261 181 25
DKBLU 507
0.5 WHT/BLK 176 0.5LTGRN 867 0.5 LT 0.5 YEYBLK 508
GRN/BLK 592
.,
Controls (L29) CJI 44 Cell 102
Controls ( L a )
I I
0.5 YEUBLK 68
Enaine 0.5 GRYlBLK1745 0.5 YEUBLb 38
A C209 Eng!ne
-
In hne
L8 Coolant
Connector,
Provision For 0.5 YEUBLk 38 Switch
Body Builder
C
L
0.5YELIBLK 68
--
c2
Power switch
Distribution
START ~ Cell 10
Dlstrlbutlon
- G200
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 81 : Indicators and lllumination Lamps)
T
I Cell 102 7
1S,,,., r-•
I
-""I
-
Fuse
1 T T I H4
INSTR
LPS
'BIOC~
I
1 / 1 i15 I H3 Fuse16 I
0.5 LT GRN 1844

0.8 WHT 629
I LTGRN 11
0.5 LT BLU 14
0.5 MBLU 005YEL
I
L -.
0.5 GRY 3
5A
----.I
I
El
, - - - -
a
,-,----------
lInstrument
I & AUTOPARK
Indicator
& High Beam
Indicator
go
,Turn
(D Indicator
Rlghl Turn
(D lndlcator (
Seat Belts
aA @
A
(
ITI 1 Cluster
I T' T'
lnstrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 81 : Gauges [L65])
-
- - - - - - - - - -I-
Fuse
Block
4
1 PNK
439
I'
0.5 PNK 439
7
lnstrument
1
B L W H T 451
LJ'" ' ' 'I ""
0.5TAN 1 31 1
l4
1 C I U S ~ ~
0.5 - 5206 . ,, 0.5B L W H T

0.8WHT 121 0.5 DK GRN
BLW 451 451 0.5DK GRN

WHT
Pressure
Sensor
0.5DK GRN 35
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - o- -o- l- '
Engine
Sensor
0.8WHT 121
I
I
P
'-
L - J
I
I
Generator
0.5DKGRN 389
15
'-
I
I
L - J
I l
I
VSS
Calibrator
2
0.8BLK
Ground 1
instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 81 : Gauges [L29])
- -".--- - -- ---------- -
Headlights Eaer~oriiyhls ( Sw~tcPIn Park Cr head j

'Fuse
0.8 WHT 1629 I /

0.5 LT BLU 14 I
0.5 LT GRN 1844 1 ILTGRN/II 1 0.5 DK BLU 15 / 0.5 YEL 234
use Block
+ Details
Cell 11
I 0.8 LT BLU 114

I
Instrument
Cluster
A Left Turn A Right Turn L,
(D Indicator (
Seat Belts
a) a, (D
V
a) (D C:Fbon A!&
i
1
0.5 BLKJNHT 451 1
0.5 B L W H T 451
/
0.5 B L W H T 451
lnstrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 81 : Indicators)
[ ~ o In
t RUN And START]
. . 1 Cluster
I
ABS
Indicator
Indicator E:For I
0.8 DKBLU 507 0.5 BRNMHT 419 0.5 LT GRN I
0.5 WHT/BLK 176 0.5 YEVBLK 508
-
In line ccnnector
Provisions For
Body Bullder
t Engine
Switch
BY
Cell 10 1 round
Cell 23 (EFI)
Cell 10
-
v
C200
-
Ground
Dlstrlbutlon
Cell 14
lnstrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 81 : Gauges [L57])
- - - -;Fuse
rsTARrl
ECM - I Block
Fuse 12 I
20 A I
----
139
0.5 -
lsne ?
.
"1
0.5 TAN 31
0.5 BLWHT 0.8 WHT 112'
0.5 DK GRN
Instrument
Cluster
151 451 0.5 DKGRN
0.5 0.5 TAN 31 0.5 DK1 GRN

0.8 WHT 121 0.5 DK GRN
BLW 4
f
WHT
Distribution E ), C401 Al -
Engine
1oil lGenerator l VSS
7 I Pressure
I I
I
Calibrator
S143 at L A Sensor
1-1 Fuel
2 r---
BLW 1
WHT
Distribution
-
3543'
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 81 : Gauges [L31, L351)
1 Power 4--
Distribution 06 ECM-1 ;EI&~
I
Fuse 12
G5 20 A I
I
& I - - - - .
1 PNK
4
439 0.5 PNK
I
7
1 Indicators b ;
A
0,8 WHT 0.5 DK GRN 389 a
0.5
BLW 451
WHT
1 451 0 5 DK GRN
A1 C200
1
0.8 PPL 30
0.5
BLW 451
1
0.5 TAN 31 0.5 DK GRN
121 0.5 DKGRN 389
WHT
Engine
Distribution Coolant e
Temperature
Gauge
r
I
- lIgnition
1 Coil
T Sensor I I
S143 , - - J
L - J
- 7
2
BLW 451
WHT
! GI08
Bodv and Accessories Instrument Panel. Gauaes and Console 8-291
Component Locator
lnstrument Cluster Components (Commercial)
I Name I Location I Locator View Connector End View
Engine Coolant Level On the LH side of the radiator surge tank Instrument Cluster Componen lnstrument Cluster
Switch (Diesel) mounted above the radiator Views (Commercial) Connector End Views -
Engine Coolant
- lnstrument Cluster
Temperature Gauge At the front of the LH cylinder head
Connector End V i w s
Sensor (Diesel)
Engine Coolant On the side of the LH cylinder head Instrument Cluster Componeni Instrument Cli~ster
Temperature Gauge between the spark plugs Views (Commercial) Connector End Views
Sensor (Gasoline) -
Engine Oil Pressure lnstrument Cluster Componen, lnstrument C11~s!er
At the top rear of the engine block Views (Commercial)
Gauge Sensor Connector End Views
Fuel Level Sensor
(Diesel)
I At the top center of the fuel tank
I lnstrument Cluster Component
Views (Commercial)
lnstrument Cluster
Connector End Views
Generator At the RH front of the engine Component Views in Connector End Views In
Engine Electrical Engine Electrical -
Mounted on a bracket above the top edge
Ignition Coil Component Views in Connector End Views
Engine Controls (5.7L)in Engine Control:
-
Power and Grounding Power and Gro~indlng
I lnstrument Cluster I Body builder installed I - lnstrument Cluster

Comector End Views
Electrical Center Power and Groundirg
Engine Controls
VehicleControlModule VCM Connecto! E:!d
At the LH side of the radiator support Component Views in
(Gasoline) Views in Engine Conirc?k
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Vehicle Speed Sensor At the LH side of the drivers island under Connector End Views
Component Views in
Calibrator (Diesel) the relay bracket (L57 MFI) in Engine
Engine harness to the generator harness Harness Routing Views lnlme Harness Connectol
C102 at the RH front of the engine below the (Commercial) in Wiring End V~ewsjComrnercla!l
generator in Wirlng Systems
Systems ---
Harness Routing Views lnhne Harness Connector
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the End Views (Commercia!
bulkhead near PI00
Wiring Systems In Wir~ngSystems
P
Harness Routing Views Inlme Harness Conn<octo~

Engine harness to the IP harness, in the End News (Cornmercia:;
bulkhead near P I 00 In W~ringS y s t e m
Wiring Systems
I Door ajar switch signal provision for the

body builder I
Engine harness to the rear chassis Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C300 harness, near the middle of the chassis at (Commercial) in End V1ew.s iCommerciall
the outside of the LH frame rail Wiring Systems in Wirincj Systems
Rear chassis harness to the fuel pump Harness Routing Views
C401 module harness, near the LH frame rail in (Commerck/) in End Views (Coniv-nerc~a!)
back of the fuel tank Wiring Systems In Wir~ngSystems
I ---
Power and Grounding
with
Manual Trans)
Wiring Systems
8-292 Instrument Panel. Gauaes and Console Bodv and Accessories
lnstrument Cluster Components Commercial) (cont'd)
I Name
G i 08 (All Gasoline,
Location

Component Views in
Wirinq Svstems
LH interior bulkhead near the relav bracket
-
At the LH frame rail in front of the fuel tank
LH bulkhead left of the steering column

Power and Grounding
Component Views in
Wirinq Svstems
Harness Routing Views (Com-
I -
mercial) in Wiring Systems

S110 (Gasoline) (2 in) from the breakout for C200
towards P I 00
S l 10 (Diesel) (2 in) from the ABS harness connectors
C110 and C111 towards PI00
L
S143 (MFI Diesel)
17 cm (7in) from PI00
1 5143 (EFI Diesel)

16 cm (6 In) from the A/C compressor
E
S143 (Gasoline) (2 in) from C200 breakout towards the
MAF sensor
In the engine harness, approx~mately
L S169 (Diesel) 11 cm (4 In) from the breakout for the A/C

compressor clutch
(2 rn) before the fuse block breakout
toward C200
(1 1 in) before the fuse block breakout
toward C200
In the chassis harness, approximately
10 cm (4 in) from G400
Body and Accessories lnstrument Panel. Gauaes and Console 8-293
lnstrument Cluster Components (Motorhome)
Engine Coolant Level On the RH side of the radiator surge tank ~nstrurnent~~uster
Component lnstrument Cluster
Switch mounted above the radiator V~ews(Motorhome) Connector End Views
Engine Coolant Instrument Cluster
lnstrument Cluster
Temperature Gauge At the front of tbe LH cylinder head Component Views Connector End Views
Sensor (Diesel) (Motorhome)
Engine Coolant On the side of the LH cylinder head Instrument Cluster
lnstrument Cluster
Temperature Gauge between the spark plugs Component Views
Connector End Views
Sensor (Gas)
. . (Motorhome)
I
I I
lnstrument Cluster Component !nstrument Cluster

Engine Oil Pressure At the top rear of the engine block Views (Motorhome)
Gauae Sensor Connector End Views
I Fuel Level Sensor

(Diesel)
I At the top center of the fuel tank
I lnstrument Cluster
Connector End Views I
Generator At the RH front of the engine Component Views in Connector End Views in
Engine El~ctrical Engine Electrical I

At the top rear of the intake manifold, near
Ignition Coil (Gas) Component Views in Connector End Views
the distributor
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
- lnstrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster Body builder installed
Electrical Center
Connector End Views
Power and Grounding
.
IP Fuse Block Located by the body builder Identification (Motorhome) Connector End Views in
Engine Controls
Control VCM Connector End
Mounted to the top of the radiator support Component Views in
Module (Gas) views in Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Vehicle Speed Sensor Above the accelerator at the RH side of Connector End Views
Calibrator (Diesel) Component Views in
the brake pedal support (6.5L, L65) in Engine
Engine Controls
Controls
Engine harness to the diesel harness, at Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
the LH rear of the engine above the intake (Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)
manifold Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, zt the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
top front of the steering column support (Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)
near the park brake pull button switch Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Door ajar switch provision for the body -
builder
Engine harness to the rear chassis Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
harness, near the middle of the chassis at (Motorhome)in End Views (Motorhome)
the outside of the LH frame rail Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Rear chassis harness to the fuel pump lnline Harness Connector,
C401 module harness, along the LH frame rail - End Views (Motorhome)
next to the fuel tank in Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
G I 08 On top of the thermostat housing Component Views in -
Wiring Systems
1
*
0200 1 Mounted to the top front of the steering
Power and Grounding
Component Views in
Wirina Svstems
I G400 I At the LH frame rail in front of the fuel tank I - I - I
8-294 Instrument Panel, Gauqes and Console Bodv and Accessories
lnstrument Cluster Components (Motorhome) (cont'd)
PI00 Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead

(Motorhome, in Wirng Systems
-
35 cm (14 in) from P100, toward the - -
R202
breakout for the turn signal switch
connector
S l 01 (Diesel) the breakout for the auxiliary engine - -
coolant fan motor, toward P I 00
S101 (Gas) the breakout for C100 and C207, toward - -
the auxiliary engine coolant fan motor
50
I In the engine harness, 14 cm (6 in) from
P100, toward C l 00 and C207
- -
S 150 (Gas) breakout for the battery junction block - -

toward C l 00 and C207
In the ABS harness, 10 cm (4 in) from the
breakout for C110 I
S166 (Diesel) breakout for C100 and C207, toward the -
S166 (Gas) breakout for the cruise control module, -
toward the VCM
S204
I In the IP harness, 26 cm (10 in) from the
horn relav breakout, toward PlOO
I -
I -
S206 - -
S210
connector breakout, toward C200 and the
horn relay
S211
fuse block
S214
Resistor splice for R202 in the IP side of
S252lS253 the engine harness, 35 cm (14 in) from - -
(Resistor Splice) P100, toward the breakout for the turn
sianal switch connector
In the rear chassis harness, I 0 crn (4 in)
S400 (Diesel) from the breakout for G400 toward the fuel - -
level sensor
In the rear chassis harness, 10 crn (4 in)
S400 (Gas) from the breakout for G400 toward the fuel - -
pump module
Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauses and Console 8-295
lnstrument Cluster Component Views (Commercial)
Engine Wiring4.3L Upper LH Front View
Legend
(1) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (5) A/C Compressor Clutch
(2) GI08 (6) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
(3) A/C Compressor High Pressure Cutoff (7) GI08
Switch
8-296 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Bodv and Accessories
Engine Wiring 4.3L, Upper RH Rear
Legend
(1) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (5) To Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
(2) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1
(3) Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister (6) Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
Purge Valve (7) Knock Sensor (KS)
(4) GI05 (8) G102,GI04
Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console 8-297
Engine Wiring 5.7L, Upper LH Rear
Legend
(1) AIC Compressor High Pressure Cut-Off (5) Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S),
Switch Bank 2 Sensor 1
(2) Evaporative Emissions Canister Purge Valve (6) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
(3) Ignition Coil (7) Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor
Engine Wiring - Diesel, Upper RH Side View
185106
Legend
(1) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor (6) Idle Speed Control Actuator Solenoid
(2) Fuelwater Separator (Filter) (7) Generator
(3) G I 02, GI08 (Manual Transmission) (8) Glowplugs, Right Bank
(4) Fuel Injection Pump Cold Advance Solenoid (9) Cold Advance Solenoid, Engine Coolant
(5) Fuel Injection Pump Shut-Off Solenoid Temperature Switch
--

Engine Wiring (Diesel), Upper LH Rear
Legend
(1) Barometric Pressure Sensor GI 02 (Auto Trans)
(2) Automatic Transmission GI 08 (Auto Trans)
(3) Transmission Output Speed Sensor (Auto Engine Speed Sensor
Trans)Nehicle Speed Sensor (Manual Trans) Glow Plug Controller
(4) ParWNeutral Position (PNP) and Backup Fuelwater Separator (Filter)
Lamps Switch (Auto Trans)
(5) Transmission Input Speed Sensor
(Auto Trans) Water In Fuel Indicator Sensor
(6) G I 06 Fuel Heater
(7) Ground Strap Backup Lamps Switch (Manual Trans)
lnstrument Cluster Component Views (Motorhome)
Legend
Stoplamps Switch (9) A/C Com~ressorRelav
, ,
(4) Accelerator Pedal Position Module (APP) (11) ParkINeutral Position (PNP) Switch Relay
(6) Auxiliary Engine Coolant Fan AIC Pressure
Switch
Engine Wiring Left Side (L29)
Legend
(1) Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister (4) AIC Compressor High Pressure Cut-Off
Purge Valve Switch
(2) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (5) A/C Compressor Clutch
Legend
(1) Ignition Coil (5) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
(2) G103, G104, GI05 (6) C107
lnstrument Cluster Connector End Views Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor
(Diesel)
Engine Coolant Level Switch (Diesel)
12089499
Connector Part
12052641 Information 2 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Connector Part Series (BLU)
. .
Series (BLK) Circuit
Circuit
A I DKGRN I I Coolant Temperature
A I
I
YEUBLK 1
I
68 1
I
Low Coolant Level
lndicator Lamp Output B I -
35
- I
lndicator lam^ Outwt
Not Used
B I BLK 1 250 ( Ground
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor (MFI Diesel)
12052644 12110293
2 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information 3 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Information Series (BLK)
Series (GRY)
Pin Wire Color

Circuit
No. Function Pin 1 Wire Color I Circuit
No. I Function
A I DKGRN ( 35 11 Coolant Temperature

lndicator Lamp Output
A
I
TAN
-
1I 31
-
1I Oil Pressure lndicator
Lamp output
B I - I - Not Used B-C Not Used

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor (Diesel) lnstrument Cluster

Connector Part
Information 3 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information 32 Way F Micro-Pack 100
Series (GRY) Series (GRY)
Pin I Wlre Color I Circuit

No. I Function Pin
1-2
Wire Color
-
Circuit
No. Function
Not Used
Oil Pressure Sensor
A TANMIHT 331
Signal Turn Signal Lamp
3 LT BLU 14
B-D I - - 1 Not Used Feed-Left Front
BLWWHT 451 Ground
Enaine Oil Pressure Gauae Sensor (Gas)
5 1 LTGRN I I High Beam
Headlamp Feed
1 1
11
High Beam lndicator
5 (DRL11 WHT 629 Lamp Feed-Daytime
Running Lamps
6 1 WHT 1 121 1 Tachometer Signal
T V DIll
~ Fuse
8-1 2 - - Not Used
Coolant Temperature
13 DKGRN 35
lndicator lam^ O u t ~ u t
14 DKGRN
1 389 1 Vehicle Speed Signal-
Oil Pressure lndicator
15 TAN 31
Lamp Output
1 LT71 1
1 1 1
12065299 Fuel Gauge Sensor
Connector Part j6 PPL 30 Signal
Series (GRY)
Pin
I
1 Wire Color 1
I circuit
No.
I
I Function (J: ' Daytime Running Lamp
Relay Output-Coil
A I TAN 1 31 1 Oil Pressure lndicator

Lamo Outout
YEUBLK
Water in Fuel lndicator
Lamp Output
B-D I - - ( Not Used Not Used
nd Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Conss
Instrument Cluster (conl'd) instrument Cluster (cont'd)
Connector Park Connector Part

* 12191309
lnfsrmation 9 32 Way F Micro-Pack 100 Infor"rnation 32 Way F M i c m
Series (GRY) Series [GRW
Pin I Wire Color I Circuit

No. I Function
20 1 OK BLU
Glow Plug Indicator ASS Failure fncfiwtor
Service Throttle Soon

Indicator Lamp Output
22 1 PNK 1 39 1 Fuse Output-Ignition 1-

Type 111 Fuse
Instrument Panet
Lamp Feed
Seat Beit indicator
24 1 GRY 1 1234 1 Do Not Shift Indicator

Lamp Output
Low Coolant Level Turn Signal Lamp
Indicator Lamp Output Feed-Riaht Front
D&; Ajar Switch
Sinnal-ten Front
Fasten Safety Belt lndicator Always On
1. Disconnect the seat belt/lamps alarm module.
2. Connect a test light from the seat belt/lamps alarm -
module connector, cavity 82 to B +.
1 Did the test light illuminate? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2 2
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the seat

2 belfflamps alarm module connector, cavity 82 and G200. -
3 2. Disconnect the seat belt4amps alarm module. -
Does the fasten belts lamp remain illuminated? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
1 Replace the seat belt/lamps alarm module. - -
' Is the repair complete? System OK
1. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. 1 1 I
2. Connect a test light from the instrument cluster
connector, cavity 30, to ground.
Repair the short to B + in CKT 234 (YEL) between the
seat belfflamps alarm module connector, cavity C2, and - -
the instrument cluster connector, cavity 30.
Is the repair complete? I 1 system OK I
Re~lacethe instrument cluster. I I
Fasten Safety Belt lndicator Inoperative

Step Action Value@) Yes I NO
1. Disconnect the seat belt/lamps alarm module.

2. Install a fused jumper wire at the seat beltAamps
alarm module connector, from cavity D2 to cavity C2.
1 Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring
Systems.
Did the seat belt indicator illuminate?
1. Remove the fused jumper wire.
2. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance
I
2 between the seat belt /lamps alarm connector,
cavity C2, and the instrument cluster connector,
cavity 30.
3
System OK I
4
I
5 -
System OK
Engine Coolant Temp Gauge Always Cold
-
Step Action
2. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor.
1 3. Connect a fused jumper wire from the engine coolant
temperature sensor connector, cavity A to ground.
Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring
Systems.
Does the temperature gauge move to HOT? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Replace the ECT sensor. Refer to ECT Sensor
Replacement, ECT Sensor Replacement 5.7L, ECT
Sensor Replacement (EFI) 6.5L (L57), ECT Sensor
Replacement 6.5L (L65), or E C I Sensor Replacement
7.4L in Engine Controls.
I
I
1. Remove the fused jumper wire from the ECT sensor

connector.
1 2. Backprobe the instrument cluster with a fused jumper

wire from cavity 13 to ground.
Does the temperature gauge move to HOT?
Repair the open in CKT 35 (DK GRN) between the
instrument cluster connector, cavity 13 and the ECT t Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
a
sensor connector, cavity A.
Replace the temperature gauge.
1 Is the repair complete?
I -
System OK
System OK
- Engine Coolant Temp Gauge Always Hot

-
Step Action I Yes
1 2. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor.
- Does the temperature gauge move to COLD? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
ECT Sensor Replacement, ECT Sensor Replacement
57L, ECT Sensor Replacement (EFI) 6.5L (L57), ECT -
2 Sensor Replacement 6.5L (L65), or ECT Sensor
Replacement 7.4L in Engine Controls.
sensor connector, cavity A.

Using a test light, backprobe the
cavity 31 to B +.
Repair the open in CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) between the
instrument cluster connector, cavity 31 and G 108.
Is the repair complete? 1 Svstern OK
-
Eng Coolant Temp Gauge Inaccurate or Ino srative
Step Action I Yes
2. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor.
3. Connect the red lead of a J 33431-8 to the ECT
sensor connector,
1
4. Connect the other lead of the tester to ground.
5. Set the resistance dial to 1400 R.
6. Slowly move the resistance dial to 50 R.
Did the temperature gauge read COLD at first and then
slowly move to the full HOT position? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Replace the ECT sensor. Refer to ECT Sensor
Replacement, ECT Sensor Replacement 5.7L, ECT
Sensor Replacement (EFI) 6.5L (L57),ECT Sensor -
2 Replacement 6.5L (L65), or ECT Sensor Replacement
1. Turn the ignition to the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the instrument cluster.
3 3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance
between the instrument cluster connector, cavity 13
and the ECT sensor connector, cavity A.
Is the resistance areater than the s~ecifiedvalue?
Repair the high resistance in CKT 35 (DK GRN) between
the instrument cluster connector and the ECT sensor
4 connector.
Is the re~aircom~lete? System OK
Step Action
-
Enaine Oil Pressure Gal le Always High
Value@) Yes No
I 1 2. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor.
-
I I 3. Connect a fused jumper wire from the engine oil
pressure sensor connector, cavity A to ground.
Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring Systems.
Did the oil pressure gauge move toward O?
Replace the engine oil pressure sensor.
L
I I 1. Remove the fused jumper wire.

2. Backprobe the instrument cluster with a fused jumper
1 3 1 wire from connector cavity 31 to ground.
I - I Refer to Using Connector Tesf Adapters in Wiring

Systems.
Did the oil pressure gauge move toward O?
Repair the open in CKT 31 (TAN) between the instrument
cluster connector and the engine oil pressure sensor
connector.
Replace the oil pressure gauge.
-
Is the r e ~ a icomdete?
r System OK
A
I
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Always Low
Step I Action Value@) Yes
I
-
1 2. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor. I I
Did the oil pressure gauge move toward HIGH? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
-+
Replace the oil pressure sensor. -
Backprobe the instrument cluster with a test light from
connector cavity 15 to B +.
Refer to Using Connector Test Adapters in Wiring
Systems.
Repair the short to ground in CKT 31 (TAN) between the
instrument cluster connector and the engine oil pressure
sensor connector.
cavity 31 to B +. -
instrument cluster connector and GI 08. -
Is the reoair comolete? I I ~ v s t e mOK
Re~lacethe instrument cluster. -
Is the repair complete? I System OK
Eng Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative

-
Step Action
2. Disconnect the engine oil pressure sensor.
3. Connect the red lead of J 33431-6 to the engine oil
pressure sensor connector.
1 4. Connect the other lead of the tester to ground.
5. Set the resistance dial to 0 R.
6. Slowly move the resistance dial to 90 R.
Did the oil pressure gauge read 0 at first and slowly move
- until readina
" the full scale?
Replace the engine oil pressure sensor. -
2
Is the repair complete? System OK I
and ground.
Is the resistance areater than the specified value? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
Repair the high resistance in CKT 31 (TAN) between the
instrument cluster connector and the engine oil pressure
sensor connector.
Replace the instrument cluster. -
Fuel Gauge Always Indicates Empty (Diesel)
1 2. Disconnect the fuel level sensor. -
Did the fuel gauge move toward FULL? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Replace the fuel level sensor. Refer to Fuel Sender
2 Assembly Replacement (EFI/MFl) in Engine Controls. - -
With a test light,backprobe the instrument cluster
connector from cavity 16 to B +.
3 Refer to Using Connector Test Adapters in Wiring -
Systems.
Repair the short to ground in CKT 30 (PPL) between the
instrument cluster connector and the fuel level sensor
connector.
-
5 connector cavity 31 to B+. -
6 instrument cluster connector and G108. - -
7 - -
Fuel Gauge Always Indicates Empty (Gasoline)

1. Ensure that the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
1 connector C I . -
Does the FUEL gauge continue to indicate EMPTY? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 30 (PPL)
between the VCM connector C land the instrument cluster
connector.
- -
With the VCM disconnected and the ignition switch in the -
RUN position, does the FUEL gauge indicate FULL? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
2. Disconnect the VCM connector C3.
4 between cavity 13 and cavity 19 of the VCM 40 R-250 R
connector C3. Refer to Using Connector Test
Adapters in Wiring Systems.
Is the resistance within the specified values? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Replace the VCM. Refer to VCM
Replacement/Programming4.3L, VCM
5 Replacement/Programming5.7L, or VCM - -
Replacement/Programming7.4L in Engine Controls.
Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console 8-31 1
Fuel Gauge Always lndicates Empty (Gasoline) (cont'd)
Step Action
1. Disconnect the fuel pump module. Refer to Fuel
Sender Assembly Replacement 4.3L, Fuel Level
Sensor Replacement 5.7L, Fuel Level Sensor
Replacement 7.4L in Engine Controls.
6
between cavity A and cavity D of the fuel pump
module.
Is the resistance within the specified values?
Locate and repair the short to ground in CKT 1589 (PPL)
or CKT 470 (BLK) between the VCM and the fuel pump
7 module.
Replace the fuel pump module. Refer to Fuel Sender
Assembly Replacement 4.3L, Fuel Level Sensor
8 Replacement 5.7L, or Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
Fuel Gauge Always Indicates Full (Diesel)

-
Step Yes
2. Disconnect the fuel level sensor.
1 3. Connect a fused jumper wire from fuel level sensor
connector, cavity A to ground.
Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring Systems.
- Did the fuel gauge move toward EMPTY? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 5
Inspect CKT 150 (BLK) for an open condition between the
fuel level sensor connector, cavity D and G300
2 (Motorhome), or G400 (Commercial).
Was there an open in CKT 150 to ground? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between the fuel level sensor
connector and G300 (Motorhome),or G400 (Commercial).
I -
System OK
Assembly Replacement (EFI/MFI) in Engine Controls. -
Is the r e ~ a i comolete?
r I System OK
1. Remove the fused jumper wire from the fuel level
sensor connector.
2. With a fused jumper wire, backprobe the instrument
cluster connector from cavity 16 to ground.
Systems.
Did the fuel gauge move toward EMPTY? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7
Repair the open in CKT 30 (PPL) between the instrument
:luster connector and the fuel level sensor connector.
-
Fuel Gauge
- Always Indicates Full (Gasoline)
1. Ensure the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
I1 2. Disconnect the vehicle control module (VCM)

connector C1.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position. 10.0 v
4. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the
VCM connector C1, cavity 9 to ground. Refer to
Using Connector Test Adapters in Wiring Systems.
Locate and repair the open or short to ground in CKT 30
(PPL) between the VCM and the instrument cluster -
-
connector, cavity 16.
1 1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.

2. Install a fused jumper wire from the VCM
connector C1, cavity 9 to ground. Refer to Using -
3
Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring Systems.
Does the FUEL gauge continue to indicate FULL? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
1 2. Disconnect the instrument cluster.
I 3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance

and the VCM connector C1, cavity 9.
Is the resistance greater than the specifed value?
Locate and repair the open in CKT 30 (PPL) between the
1.0 n
instrument cluster connector and the VCM connector C1. - -

3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance 40 Q-250 R
between cavity 13 and cavity 19 of the VCM
connector C3.
Is the resistance within the specified values? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
Replace the VCM. Refer to VCM
Replacement/Programming 4.3L, VCM
Replacement/Programming 5.7 L, VCM -
ReplacementProgramming 7.4L in Engine Controls.
r z i s c o n n e c t the fuel pump module.
1
betweeen cavity A and cavity D of the fuel pump
module.
1 Is the resistance within the specified values? Go to Step 9 Go to Step I1
Locate and repair the open in CKT 1589 (PPL) or CKT 470
9 (BLK) between the fuel pump module and the VCM. - -
1 Is the repair complete? System OK
Replace the instrument cluster. - -
lo
is the repair complete? I System OK I
Assembly Replacement 4.3L, or Fuel Level Sensor
Replacement 5.7L and 7.4L in Engine Controls.
I Is the repair complete? 1- System OK
Fuel Gauge
- lnaccurate or Inoperative (Diesel)
Step Action Yes
-
1. Disconnect the fuel level sensor.
3. Connect one lead of J 33431-8 to the fuel level
sensor connector, cavity A and the other lead to
1 ground.
4. Adjust the resistance dial to 0 Q.
5. Slowly move the resistance dial to 90 Q.
Did the instrument cluster fuel gauge indicate EMPTY and
then move until indicating FULL? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2 Assembly Replacement (EFI/MFI) in Engine Controls.
1. Disconnect the J 33431-0 signal generator.

2. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
3 3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance
and the fuel level sensor connector, cavity A.
-
Repair the high resistance in CKT 30 (PPL) between
instrument cluster connector and the fuel level sensor
connector.
Is the reoair comolete? System OK
- Fuel Gauge lnaccurate or In( berative (Gasoline)

Step Action
-
1. Errsure that the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
connector C1.
3. Connect one lead of a J 33431-8 Signal Generator to
the VCM connector C l , cavity 9 and the.other lead to
1 ground.
5. Place the signal generator controls at 0 hl and slowly
turn the contol to 90 Q while observing the
FUEL gauge.
Did the FUEL gauge begin at an EMPTY indication and
then gradually move to a FULL indication?
connector C3.
Is the resistance within the s~ecifiedvalues?
8-314 Instrument Panel, Gauaes and Console Bodv and Accessories
- Fuel Gauge
- Inaccurate or lno~erative(Gasoline) (cont'd)
Step Action
-.
- Value(s) Yes No
1. Disconnect the fuel pump module. Refer to Fuel
Sender Assembly Replacement 4.3L, or Fuel Level
Sensor Replacement for 5.7L and 7.4L in Engine
Controls.
4
module.
Is the resistance within the specified values?
-
1. Change the amount of fuel in the fuel tank by adding
or removing some fuel.
5 module.
3. Observe the resistance indicated on the
J 39200 DMM.
Did the resistance observed on the J 39200 DMM change
n relation to the amount of fuel that was added or
removed in the fuel tank?
Assembly Replacement 4.3L or Fuel Level Sensor
Replacement for 5.7L and 7.4L in Engine Controls.
1. Change the amount of fuel in the fuel tank by adding
or removing some fuel.
connector C3.
3. Observe the resistance indicated on
the J 39200 DMM.
l i d the resistance observed on the J 39200 change in
,elation to the amount of fuel that was added or removed
n the fuel tank?
7
nspect CKT 1589 (PPL) and CKT 470 (BLK) for an open
x a short to ground.
l i d you find an open or a short to ground?
3epair the open or short to ground in CKT 1589 (PPL) or
-
;KT 470 (BLK) between the fuel pump module and
he VCM.
s the repair complete?
-
3eplace the VCM. Refer to VCM
7eplacement/Programming, VCM
i'eplacement/Programming, or VCM
7eplacement/Programming in Engine Controls.
s the repair complete?
Low Engine Coolant lndicator Always On
Step I
1
Action ! Value(s) I
I
Yes ! No
I 1. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position. I I I
1 1 2. Disconnect the engine coolant level switch. I - I I
Did the indicator turn off? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Replace the engine coolant level switch. - -
2
I 1. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. I I I
2. Using a test light, probe the instrument cluster
connector from cavity 25 to B +. -
Systems.
Repair the short to ground in CKT 68 (YEUBLK) between
the instrument cluster connector and the engine coolant - -
level switch connector.
Low Engine Coolant lndicator Inoperative

I ~ t Ie ~ Action I Valuek) I Yes I No
I.Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position. 1 I I
I 1 2. Disconnect the engine coolant level switch. I I I
I
3. Connect a fused jumper wire from the engine coolant
level switch connector, cavity A, to ground.
I Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring Systems.
II - II I
Did the low engine coolant light illuminate? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 2
Connect a test light from the instrument cluster connector,
cavity 22, to ground. -
Repair the open in CKT 39 (PNK) between the
GAUGES fuse and the instrument cluster connector. - -
Is the repair complete? I 1 ~ v s t e mOK I
Using a fused jumper wire, backprobe the instrument
cluster connector, cavity 25, to ground.
Systems.
Did the low engine coolant light illuminate? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair the open in CKT 68 (YEUBLK) between the
instrument cluster connector and the engine coolant level - -
switch connector.
I I Is the repair complete? I I system OK I
IS the repair complete? System OK
Connect a test light from the engine coolant level switch
connector, cavity B, to B +. -
Replace the engine coolant level switch. - -
Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the engine
coolant level switch connector and G 200. - -
Speedometer and/or Odometer Inoperative
Step Action
2. Disconnect either the vehicle speed sensor (VSS)
calibrator for diesel engine vehicles or the vehicle
control module (VCM) for gasoline engine vehicles.
3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance from
1 the instrument cluster connector,cavity 14 and the
VSS calibrator connector, cavity 15, or the VCM
connector C4, cavity 4.
Systems.
+
Is the resistance greater than the specified value? Go to Step 3
Repair the open in CKT 389 (DK GRN) between the
instrument cluster connector and the VSS calibrator -
2 connector, or the VCM connector C4.
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance between
the instrument cluster connector, cavity 14, and ground.
3
Does the resistance measure less than the
specified value?
Repair the short to ground in CKT 389 (DK GRN) between
I
lMQ
the instrument cluster connector and the VSS calibrator
+
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage between the
5 instrument cluster connector, cavity 14, and ground.
Repair the short to voltage in CKT 389 (DK GRN) between
the instrument cluster connector and the VSS calibrator
Refer to DTC PO500 Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit for the
4.3 L, Refer to DTC PO500 Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit
for the 5.7 L, Refer to DTC PO500 Vehicle Speed Sensor
Circuit for the 7.4 L, Refer to DTC PO501 Vehicle Speed
7 Sensar Circuit for the 6.5 L (L65), Refer to DTC PO501
Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit for the 6.5 L (L57) in Engine
Controls to diagnose the speedometer signal.
Tachometer Inaccurate
Action Yes
1. Start the engine.

2. Observe the instrument cluster tachometer.
3. Turn the engine OFF.
Did the instrument cluster tachometer operate? Go to Step 10 Go to Step 2
lnspect the ECM I fuse in the instrument panel (IP)
fuse block.
Locate and repair the source of the overload in CKT 439
(PNK) between the IP fuse block and the instrument
cluster connector.
--
lnspect the condition of G108.

Is it clean and tight? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
Repair G I 08 as necessary.
1. Disconnect the instrument cluster

2. Turn the ignition to the RUN position.
3. Connect a test light from the instrument cluster
connector, cavity 7 to ground. Refer to Using
Locate and repair the open in CKT 439 (PNK) between the
IP fuse block and the instrument cluster connector.
Is the re~aircomplete? System OK
- -
Connect a test light from the instrument cluster connector,

cavity 4 to B +.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 451 ( B L W H T )
between the instrument cluster connector and G108.
Is the re~aircom~lete? System OK
1. Turn the ignition to the OFF position.

2. Disconnect the ignition coil for gasoline engines, or
the generator for diesel engines.
3. lnspect CKT 121 (WHT) between the instrument
cluster connector, cavity 6 and the ignition coil
connector, cavity B (gasoline), or the generator
connector, cavity P (Diesel) for the following
conditions:
An open
Poor connections
Any indications of high resistance
* A short to ground
A short to battery voltage
Does a short, open, poor connection, or high resistance
condition exist in CKT 121 (WHT)? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 12
Repair any condition found in CKT 121 (WHT).
Tachometer Inaccurate (cont'd)
Step Action
1. Connect the generator or, diesel engines, or the
ignition coil on gasoline engines.
2. Start the engine.
12 instrument cluster connector, cavity 6 to ground.
4. Observe the J 39200 for potentially pulsating voltage
at or below 14 volts.
5. Turn the engine OFF.
Was there voltage at cavity 6 of the instrument cluster
connector? Go to Step 13 Go to Steo 15
13
4.
2.
3.
4.
Start the engine.
Install a Scan Tool.
Select the Engine Speed display on the scan tool.
Observe the engine speed displayed by the scan tool
_I__
250 RPM
and the revolutions per minute (RPM) indicated by
the instrument cluster tachometer.
Is the instrument cluster tachometer within specifications? I System OK I Go to Step 14
Replace the instrument cluster. I I
14
Replace the generator on diesel engines, Refer to
Generator Replacement (Diesel Engines) in Engine
Electrical, or replace the ignition coil on gasoline engines,
15 Refer to Ignition Coil and ICM Replacement rn Engine
Electrical.
r
- - lnaccurate or lnouerative
Volt Gauae --
Step Action I value(~) 1 Yes I No
2. With a test light,
backprobe the instrument connector cluster from
cavity 31 to B +.
Systems
Did the test liqht iiluminate?
Repair the open in CKT 451 (BLWWHT) between the I
instrument cluster connector and G108. 1 - 1
Is the repair con~plete?
-- I
I
I
System OK
1. Backprobe the instrument cluster with a J 39200 1
DMM from cavity 22 to ground. 1
2. Measure the voltage. 1
Go to Step 5
block and the instrument cluster connector. - I

Replace the instrument cluster
r I I ~ v s t e mOK
Audible Warnings Schematic References
I Reference on Schematic I Section Number - Subsection Name 1
Instrument Cluster: Analog Cell 81 8 - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
Power Distribution Cell 10 8 - Wiring Systems
Audible Warnings Schematic Icons

Audible Warnings Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 76)
Hot With Headlamp
, - - - -
Power
Distribution
---I---- INSTRLPS
Power 1 Fuse
Distribution I Block
Fuse 8 Cell 10 Fuse 16 Cell 10
I F5
I
I C8 I
0.8 PNK 39 0.5GRL 8

US8 OC
S2111 --+ C ~ I11

I
S214
Cell 11
0.8 PNK 39 0.5GRL 8
IP
021 ~1J, Seatbelte/Larnp
Fuse
lgnltion Lamp Battery
Alarm Module Block
Positive On Positive
Voltage Input Vobage A
I9 t &A
Seatbelt
-
Tell Tale
Sealbeit
Output Swltch Ground 1 I
I
L - - - - - - -
r-----
I
t
30
c2 t
'F"'"'
--------------.
l
IInstrument
Cluster
82
, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J
"I I
0.5 BLK
I
Audible Warnings
- Schematic (Commercial) (Cell 76)

IP
I Power Power 1 Fuse
I D~stribution
C ~ I0I
b D~atribution I BI
Cell 10
I
O C ~
I I
I I
*OA *C8
I I
0.8 PNK 39 0.8ORN 40
0.8 PNK 39 0.8 ORN 40

IP
I I Fuse
Lamp On I Block
Input I
I
I I
I
Seat Belt
I Telltale C a t Belt
I
I
OU~DU~ Switch Ground
I ., I
I !v
0.5YEL 234 0.5BLK 250 0.5 BLK 250
round
Cell 14
Cluster 3 BLK
250
Cell 81
i
-
354305
Component Locator
Audible Warnings Components (Commercial)
I
in Wiring Systems Wirina" Svstems
, ,
I
I 1
- Audible Warnings
Seat A'arm Attached to the IP fuse block
Module Connector End Views
G200 LH interior bulkhead near the relay bracket - -
S204 (8 in) from the fuse block breakout - -
towards C200
toward C200
toward the instrument cluster
Audible Warnings Components (Motorhome)
r= Instrument Cluster
IP Fuse Block
Location

Locator View
-
Electrical Center
ldentification (Motorhome)
in Wiring Systems
Connector End View
Instrument Cluster
Connector End Views
Power and Grounding
Conrrector End Views in
Wirina Svstems
Seat Belt and Lamps Audible Warnings
Attached to the IP fuse block Connector End Views
Alarm Module --
Engine harness to the IP harness, at the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
top front of the steering column support (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
near the park brake pull button switch Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
On top of the thermostat housinq- Com~onentViews in
wiring Systems
Mounted to the top front of the steering - -
G200
column sumort date
PI00 Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead IiMofid~~~$~~~~e,,
S166 (Diesel) breakout for ClOO and C207, toward the
S166 (Gas) breakout for the cruise control module,
toward the VCM
In the IP harness, 10 cm (4 in) from C200 - -
horn relay breakout, toward P l 00
fuse block
Audible Warnings Component Views
Steering Coiurnn
Legend
(2) Transmission Range (TR) Lamp (5) Cruise Control Switch Connector (P32)
8-324 instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Body and Accessories
Audible Warnings Connector End Views
Seat BeltILamps Alarm Module
732 14

Series (BLK)
Circuit
Function
A1 GRY Instrument Panel
Lamp Feed
A2 BLK 250 Ground
B1
82
ORN
1 40 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
Tvoe
,, Ill Fuse
BLK 250 Ground
C1 - - Not Used
C2 YEL Seat Belt indicator
234
Lamp Output
Dl I - - I Not Used
D2 PNK
Type Ill Fuse
Chime Always On
-Step Action Yes
1. Remove the seat belt/lamps alarm module. Refer to
Audible Warnings Component Views.
1 3. Connect a test light from the seat belt/lamps alarm
module connector, cavity D2 to a known good
ground.
Connect a test light from the seat belWlamps alarm module
connector, cavity A1 to ground.
GAUGES fuse and the seat belt/lamps alarm module
connector.
Repair the short to B + in CKT 8 (GRY) between the seat
belt/lamps alarm module connector and the INSTR
LPS fuse.
Replace th6 seat belt/lamps alarm module.
Chime Inoperative
Step Action Yes
2. Remove the seat belWlamps alarm module. Refer to
1 3. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the
seat belt/alarm module connector from cavity D2 to a
known good ground.
Is the voltacle less than the Specified value? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
* GAUGES fuse and the seat belt/lamps alarm module
connector.
- -
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the seat
3 beltllamps alarm module connector, cavity B1 to ground. 10 V
Repair the open in CKT 40 (ORN) between the
HORNIDM fuse and the seat belt/lamps alarm module - -
connector.
Connect a test light from the seat belt/lamps alarm module
5 connector, cavity €32 to B +. --
6 belt/lamps alarm module connector and G200. - -
1 Is the repair complete? I 1 ~ v s t e mOK 1
Chime Inoperative (cont'd)
Connect a test light from the seat belt/lamps alarm module
7 connector, cavity A2 to 6 +. -
8
System OK
Go to Step 10 Go to Step 1 1
10
System OK
11
System OK
Fasten Safety Belt Chime Always On

Action I Value@) Yes
1. Using a J 39200 DMM, backprobe the seat beltllamps
alarm module connector from cavity A2 to ground.
Refer to Audible Warnings Component Views.
2. Measure the voltage. I
Repair the short to voltage in CKT 250 (BLK) between the
seat beltflamps alarm module connector and ground G200. -
Replace the seat belt/lamps alarm module. -
Is the re~aircom~lete? I Svstem OK
Lights
- On Chime Inoperative
I step I Action I ~alue(s) I Yes
1. Remove the seat beltflamps alarm module. Refer to
i
s
seat beltilamps alarm module connector, cavity D2 tot
a known good ground.
Repair the open in CKT 39 (PNK) between the GAUGES
2
I
I
I
fuse and the seat belVlamps alarm module connector.
1. Turn the headlamps switch to the ON position.
2. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage at the
seat beltflamps alarm module connector, from
cavity B1 to ground.
I System OK
-
is the voltage less than the specified value? Go to Step 5

Repair the open in CKT 40 (ORN) between the HORNlDM
fuse, cavity C8 and the seat belt/lamps alarm module
connector.
-
I Is the re~aircomolete?
Lights On Chime Inoperative (cont'd)
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the seat
beltllamps alarm module connector, cavity B 2 to B +. 10 V
Is the voltaqe less than the specified value? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7
I Repair the open in CKT 250 (BLK) between the seat

beltAamps alarm module connector and G 200.
I Is the repair complete? Svstem OK
use a J 39200 DMM to measure the voltage from the seat
beltllamps alarm module connector, cavity A 1 to B +.
Is the voltage less than the specified value? Go to Step 8
Repair the open in CKT 8 (GRY) between the INSTR LPS
fuse and the seat beltllamps alarm module connector.
Is the re~aircomolete? Svstem OK
m c t h e ~eatbeltllam~salarrn module. I - I I -
I Is the repair complete? I ( System OK I

lnstrument Cluster Circuit Description Temperature Gauge
The temperature gauge displays engine coolant
Fuel Gauge temperature. The pointer of the gauge operates in a
The pointer of the fuel gauge is moved by the manner similar to the fuel gauge. At high temperatures,
magnetic fields of two coils. The coils are at right the engine coolant temperature sensor has low
angles to each other. Voltage is available from resistance. At low temperatures, the engine coolant
the GAUGES fuse through CKT 39 (PNK) when the temperature sensor has high resistance. Voltage
ignition switch is in RUN or START position. Voltage is is available to the temperature gauge from the
applied to the E-coil and the circuit divides at the GAUGES fuse through CKT 39 (PNK). The
opposite end of the coil. One path continues to ground temperature gauge connects to the engine coolant
GI08 through the F-coil on CKT 451 (BLWHT). temperature sensor through CKT 35 (DK GRN). The
The other path, through CKT 30 (PPL), travels to the E-coil is grounded at G 108 through CKT 451
variable resistor of the fuel level sensor on diesel (BLWHT).
engines or the Vehicle Control Module (VCM)
on gasoline engines. The VCM is connected the fuel Voltmeter
pump module. When the level in the fuel tank is The voltmeter displays the electrical system's voltage
low, the resistance to ground in the fuel level sensor is when the ignition switch is in the RUN or START
low. More of the current then flows directly through position. Voltage is available to the voltmeter from the
the E-coil. This condition pulls the pointer toward E on GAUGES fuse through CKT 39 (PNK). The other
the fuel gauge. When the fuel tank is full, the side of the voltmeter connects to ground GI08 through
resistance to ground in the fuel level sensor is high. CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) . As the voltage decreases, the
More current then flows through both the F-coil. pointer moves toward 0.As the voltage increases, the
The pointer moves toward F on the fuel gauge. pointer moves toward 18 volts.
Oil Pressure Gauge Speedometer and Odometer
The oil pressure gauge displays engine oil pressure. The vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit produces
The pointer of the gauge operates in a manner similar voltage pulses. The frequency of the pulses is
to the fuel gauge. When the oil pressure is low, the proportional to the vehicle speed. In diesel vehicles,
engine oil pressure sensor has low resistance to the VSS calibrator produces and processes this signal.
ground and when the oil pressure is high, the engine In gasoline vehicles, the VCM produces and
oil pressure sensor has high resistance to ground. processes this signal. The VSS calibrator or the VCM
Voltage is available to the oil pressure gauge from the connects to the speedometer and odometer through
GAUGES fuse through CKT 39 (PNK). The oil CKT 389 (DK GRN).
pressure gauge connects to the engine oil pressure
sensor through CKT 31 (TAN). The E-coil is grounded
at G 108 through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) .
Tachometer Malfunction lndicator Lamp (MIL)(SERVICE
The tachometer displays engine speed in revolutions ENGINE SOON)
per minute (RPM). Signals are received by the The MIL warns that driver of a condition with the
tachometer on CKT 121 (WHT). On diesel engines, engine. Voltage is supplied to the indicator from the
the signal is produced by the generator. On gasoline GAUGES fuse when the ignition switch in the RUN or
engines, the signal is produced by the VCM. START position through CKT 39 (PNK). The
powertrain control module (PCM) in diesel vehicles or
GLOW PLUGS lndicator (Diesel) the vehicle control module (VCM) in gasoline
The GLOW PLUGS indicator alerts the driver not to vehicles provides ground to the indicator through
try and start the engine until the glow plugs have CKT 419 (BRNNVHT). When the PCMNCM provides
reached operating temperature. Voltage is supplied to ground, the indicator illuminates.
the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when the
ignition switch in the RUN or START position through TRANS lndicator
CKT 39 (PNK). The Powertrain Control Module The TRANS indicator alerts the driver that there is a
(PCM) supplies the ground at the glow plug indicator problem with the transmission. Voltage is supplied
switch. When the glow plugs reach their operating to the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when
temperature the PCM opens the contacts of this switch the ignition switch in the RUN or START position
and the GLOW PLUGS indicator goes off. through CKT 39 (PNK). The Transmission Control
Module (TCM) provides ground to the indicator through
SERVICE THROTTLE SOON lndicator (Diesel) CKT 1234 (GRY) at the service transmission output
The SERVICE THROTTLE SOON indicator alerts switch. When the TCM detects a problem with
the driver that there is a problem with the throttle. the transmission, the switch closes to ground and the
Voltage is supplied to the indicator from the GAUGES indicator illuminates.
fuse when the ignition switch in the RUN or START
position through CKT 39 (PNK). The Powertrain DOOR AJAR lndicator
Control Module (PCM) supplies the ground at the The DOOR AJAR indicator alerts the driver that one
service throttle soon indicator control switch. When the or more doors are not closed. Voltage is supplied
PCM detects a problem with the throttle is close the to the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when
contacts at this switch the SERVICE THROTTLE the ignition switch in the RUN or START position
SOON indicator illuminates. through CKT 39 (PNK). The door ajar switch needed
to complete the circuit is installed by the body
LOW COOLANT lndicator (Diesel) builder and connected to the indicator by CKT 745
The low coolant level indicator warns the driver when (GRYIBLK).
the coolant level is too low. Voltage is supplied to
the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when the ignition ABS lndicator
switch in the RUN or START position through The ABS indicator warns the driver that there is a
CKT 39 (PNK). The low coolant indicator connects to problem with the anti-lock brake system. Voltage is
the engine coolant level switch through CKT 68 supplied to the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when
(YELJBLK). The engine coolant level switch has ground the ignition switch in the RUN or START position
at all times to G200 through CKT 250 (BLK). The through CKT 39 (PNK). The Electronic Brake Control
engine coolant level switch closes when the coolant Module (EBCM) provides ground to the indicator
level falls below a certain level and the indicator through CKT 867 (LT GRN) at the ABS indicator lamp
illuminates. control. When the EBCM detects a problem with
the anti-lock brake system, the switch closes and the
WATER IN FUEL lndicator (Diesel) indicator illuminates.
The water in fuel indicator warns the driver when the
fuel tank has too much water mixed into the fuel. DRL lndicator
Voltage is supplied to the indicator from the GAUGES The DRL indicator alerts the driver that the daytime
fuse when the ignition switch in the RUN or START running lights (DRL) are on. Voltage is supplied to the
position through CKT 39 (PNK). The water in fuel indicator from the GAUGES fuse when the ignition
indicator connects to the water in fuel indicator sensor switch in the RUN or START position through CKT 39
through CKT 508 (YEUBLK). When the ignition (PNK). The DRL module provides ground to the
switch is in the RUN or START position, voltage is indicator through CKT 592 (LT GRNIBLK) at the DRL
available from the ECM-I fuse to the water in fuel relay control switch. This switch is normally in the
indicator sensor through CKT 439 (PNK). The water in closed position. With the headlamps switch in the park
fuel indicator sensor has permanent ground at or headlamp position, the DRL module opens the
GI04 through CKT 150 (BLK). When the water in fuel contacts at this switch and the indicator goes off.
indicator sensor senses too much fuel in the fuel
tank, the sensor switch closes to ground (case) and
the indicator illuminates.
BRAKE lndicator Turn Indicators
The BRAKE lndicator warns the driver that there is a Voltage for the turn indicators is from the TURN B/U
problem with the hydraulic brake system or that fuse through the turn signal lamps flasher on CKT 141
the parking brake has been applied. Voltage is (BRN) and CKT 16 (PPL) when the ignition switch is
supplied to the indicator from the GAUGES fuse when in the RUN position. The indicators are grounded
the ignition switch in the RUN or START position to GI08 through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) . When the turn
through CKT 39 (PNK). Problems with the brake signal switch is activated, voltage is supplied directly
system will be detected by the EBCM which will supply to the indicators and they illuminate.
ground to the indicator through CKT 33 (TANWHT)
and CKT 680 (PPL). The indicator supplies voltage to Seat Belt lndicator
the park brake through CKT 33 (TANtWHT). The Voltage for the seat belt indicator is supplied by the
park brake switch is grounded at G 200 through alarm module. The indicator is grounded to GI08
CKT 250 (BLK). With the park brake applied, the through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) . When the ignition switch
switch contacts close and the indicator illuminates. is in the RUN or START position the alarm module
supplies ignition voltage to the indicator from the seat
AUTO PARK lndicator (Motorhome) belt telltale output. The indicator will illuminate for
The AUTO PARK indicator illuminates when the set period of time.
vehicle is in park, when the system is building pressure
to release the parking brake and when the auto Illumination Lamps
park brake apply system needs service. The indicator Voltage for the illumination lamps comes from the
is grounded to G 108 through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) . INSTR LPS fuse through CKT 8 (GRY) with the
With the ignition switch in RUN or START, voltage is headlamps switch in the park or headlamp position.
supplied to the park brake pull button switch and They are grounded to GI08 through CKT 451
the park brake low pressure switch through CKT 639 (BLWHT).
(PNK). If the vehicle is in park, the park brake low
pressure switch has closed contacts and voltage Audible Warnings Circuit Description
is supplied to the indicator through CKT 1844
Voltage is available at all times to the seat belts alarm
(LT GRN). If the vehicle is taken out of park and the
module from the HORN-DM fuse through CKT 40
park brake pull button is not released the circuit will be
(ORN). The seat belts alarm module has permanent
completed through CKT 909 (DK GRN), CKT 1131
ground at ground G 200. When the ignition switch is in
(YEUBLK), CKT 1929 (PNWBLK) and CKT 1844
the RUN or START position, voltage is available
(LT GRN) and the indicator will remain illuminated
prompting the driver to release the auto apply brake. from the GAUGES fuse through CKT 39 (PNK) to the
seat belt alarm.
HlGH BEAM lndicator Lights On Warning
The HlGH BEAM indicator alerts the driver that the
When the headlamp switch is in the park or headlamp
headlamps are on high. The indicator is grounded to
position, voltage is available through the INSTR-LPS
GI08 through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) .
fuse through CKT 8 (GRY) to the seat belt alarm. If the
On vehicles not equipped with DRL, voltage is module does not receive an ignition signal from the
supplied to the indicator when the headlamps dimmer GAUGES fuse, the module sounds the lights on
switch is placed in the high position. The indicator warning.
will illuminate.
On vehicles equipped with DRL, voltage is supplied to Seat Belt Warning
the DRL module through CKT 11 (LT GRN) when Because the seat belt switch input has permanent
the headlamps dimmer switch is placed in the ground at G200, the seat belt warning sounds with the
high position. The DRL module then supplies voltage ignition switch in the RUN or START position. The
to the indicator through CKT 629 (WHT) and the seat belts alarm module will supply voltage to
indicator is illuminated. the SEAT BELTS indicator and will illuminate for
approximately 5 seconds.
8-330 Horns Bodv and Accessories
Horns
Horns Schematic References
Reference on Schematic I -
Section Number Subsection Name
Fuse Block Details Cell 11 1 8 - Wiring Systems
Power Distribution Cell 10 8 -Wiring Systems
Horns Schematics (Motorhome) (Cell 40)
-
In Line
Connector,
(Provisions For
Body Bullder)
C C203
Y
BLK 128
I
I
I
(J :c I steering
Column
I Horn I
I
I
PI00 @J Low FHorn

Note
@
: %: :om
Dlstribullon Distribution
Cell 14 Cell 14 t --- Ground

Dlstrlbution
Cell 14
G200
Horns Schematics (Commercial) (Cell 40)
--
0.8 ORN / 40
0.8 ORN
85
86
0.5 BLK
I
G ~51~203
0.5 8LK 28 1 1 DKGRN
29
ScO
T
1% @%:A
I T i
Horn
1 I 1 BLK
03 150 IBLK 150
L - - - - -
2 BLK 150
~i.
I
3 BLK 250
Distribution
Bodv and Accessories
Component Locator
I
Name
Horn Relay
Horn Switch
Horns
Horns Com~onents(Commercial)
Location
Located in the steering wheel
Engine harness to the IP harness, in the

bulkhead near PlOO
LH interior bulkhead near the relav bracket

approximately 43 cm (16 in) from the horn
breakout
approximately 110 cm (41 in) from the LH
breakout
towards C200
toward C200
-- Locator View
Horns Component Views
(Commercial)
(Commercial)
(Commercial)
Electrical Center
(Commercial)in
Wiring Systems
Horns 8-333
Connector End View

Horns Connector
End Views
Horns Connector
End Views
Power and Grounding

in Wirina Svstems
8-334 Horns Body and Accessories
Horns Components (Motorhome)
Mounted on top of the steering column Horns Component Views Horns Connector
Horn Relay (Motorhome) End Views
I Horn Switch I Located in the steering wheel

I Horns Component Views
iMotorhome)
I Horns I Body builder installed I -- I Horns Connector

End Views I
IP Fuse Block I Located by the body builder
Electrical Center
identification [Motorhome)
in Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the forward lamps Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C100 harness, at the LH side of the engine (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
bulkhead near the battery junction block Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the IP harness, at the Harness Routing Views lnline Harness Connector
C200 top front of the steering column support (Motorhome) in End Views (Motorhome)
near the park brake pufl button switch Wirlng Systems in Wiring Systems
Engine harness to the body builder Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C203 provision harness, on top of the steering (Motorhome) in Wiring End Views (Motorhome)
column s u o ~ o r at
t the LH side Systems in Wiring Systems
S101 (Diesel)
jDieSel) I In the engine harness, 14 cm (6 in) from

P100, toward ClOO and C207
-
-
S150 (Gas) breakout for the battery junction block
toward Cl 00 and C207
In the IP harness, 10 crn (4 in) from C200,
S201
S204
horn relay breakout, toward PI00
In the IP harness, 23 cm (9 in) from P100,
S234 (Diesel] toward the turn signal switch connector
/ 5234 (Gas)
steering column harness breakout, I - I - I
Body and Accessories Horns 8-335
Horns Component Views (Commercial)
Legend
Legend
Data Link Connector (DLC) (9) Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (10) Ignition Switch
Solenoid (11) C1
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) (12) C2
Relay (13) C1
Horn Relay
(14) C2
(15) Turn Signal Switch Connector
C210
(16) Crank Fuse
C211
Body and Accessories Horns 8-337
Horns Component Views (Motorhome)
Engine Wiring Harness to Dash and Steering Column
Legend
Solenoid
8-338 Horns Bodv and Accessories
Steering Wheel Horn Switch
I
Legend
(1) Steering Wheel (Horn) Contact
Horns Connector End Views

Horn Relay
Horns
12129716
Connector Part
12052644 Information 4 Way F Metri-Pack 280
Connector Part Series Flexlock IGRY)
Series (GRY) Circuit
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function 30 DKGRN 29 Horn Feed
I
A
B I
BLK
DK GRN 1
150
29
Ground
1 Horn Feed
1 85 1 ORN 1 40 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
T v ~ eIll Fuse
1 86 1 BLK 1
I
28 1 Horn Relav Outout-Coil
I
87 ORN
1 40 1 Fuse Output-Battery-
m e I l l Fuse
Bodv and Accessories Horns 8-339
Horns Alwavs On
Remove the horn relay.
1 -
Do the horns continue to sound? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
Repair the short to B + in CKT 29 (DK GRN).
Connect a test light from the horn relay connector
cavity 86 to B +.
1. Disconnect the turn signal switch harness connector
at the base of the steering column.
2. Connect a test light from cavity G (column side of
connector), to B +.
I
Replace the horn switch.
Go to Horn Switch Replacement in Steering Wheel and
-4-
Column - Tilt.
-
Repair the short to ground in CKT 28 (BLK) between the
horn relay connector cavity 86 and the turn signal switch
-
connector.
Horns Inoperative
Step Action 1 ~alue(s) Yes
lnspect the HORNIDM fuse.
1 -
Locate and repair the source of the overload in
2 CKT 40 (ORN) and replace the fuse. -
Inspect the condition of G200 (Commercial), or G200 and
G l 0 2 (Motorhome). -
Are the grounds clean and tight? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
Repair G200 or GI02 as necessary.
is the repair complete? System OK
Are both horns inoperative? - Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
1. Disconnect the inoperative horn connector.
2. Connect a test light from the horn connector cavity B
to ground. -
3. Press the horn button.
Did the test liqht illuminate? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
1. Remove the horn relay.
2. Connect a test light from the horn relay connector
cavity 85 to ground and cavity 87 to ground.
Did the test liqht illuminate?
Horns Inoperative (cont'd)
Step Action
Locate and repair open in CKT 29 (DK GUN) between the
8 horn connector, cavity B and the horn relay connector.
Connect a test light from the horn connector
cavity A to B +.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 40 (ORN) between the
HORNIDM fuse and the horn relay connector.
-
-
0System OK

Locate and repair the open in CKT 150 (ELK) between the horn
connector cavity A and G200 (Commercial),or GI02 (Motorhome). , -
1. Connect a test light from the horn relay connector,

cavity 86 to B +.
2. Press the horn button.
Did the test liaht illuminate?
1. Disconnect either inoperative horn connector.
I
I
I
I
I
-
0System OK
2. Connect a fused jumper wire between the horn relay

connector cavity 87 and cavity 30. 1
Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires in Wiring
Systems.
3. Connect a test light from the horn connector cavity B
I -
to ground.
1
Did the test light illuminate? I Go to Step 19 Go to Step 16
1. Disconnect the turn signal switch connector at the
base of the steering column.
2. Use a J 39200 DMM to measure the resistance 1 .OSE
between the horn relay connector cavity 86 and
cavity G of the disconnected wire harness.
Use a J 39200 DMM to measure resistance from the turn
signal switch connector cavity G (steering column side), to
5.OQ 1
7
ground while pressing the horn button.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 29 (DK GRN) between
the horn relay connector cavity 30 and the horn connector
-
cavity B.
Locate and repair the open in CKT 28 (BLK) between the
horn relay connector cavity 86 and cavity G of the turn
signal switch connector.
1 -
0System OK
Replace the horn switch. Refer to Horn Switch

Replacement in Steering Wheel and Column- Tilt. - -
Replace the horn(s).
-
-
I
System OK
System OK
-
- --- - -
Horns 8-341
Horns Circuit Description
The HORNIDM fuse applies voltage at all times to the
horn relay. When the horn button is depressed, the
contacts for the horn switch close to ground. The horn
relay energizes and the contacts for the horn relay
switch close. This supplies voltage directly to the right
and left horns. Both horns are grounded through GI02
(Motorhome) or G200 (Commercial).
8-342 Cruise Control Body and Accessories
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Schematic References
I Reference on Schematic I -
Section Number Subsection Name I
ABS Schematics Cell 44 5 - Antilock Brake System
BTSl Schematics Cell 138 2 - Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt
Exterior Lights Cell 110 8 - Linhtinn Systems
Power Distribution Cell 10 8 - Wiring Systems
Cruise Control Schematic Icons

Cruise Control Schematics (Cell 34: L29)
El
4
~ 0 0 L ,,,,,,-
-------
+rP100
0.5 BRN 241
A,
In -line Connector,
Provision For
0.5 GRYIBLK 87
L----
I
Cruise Cruise 12V
Cruise I
Cru~re
On/m WCoast ReaumelAceel lgn~bon SwHch (Control I
Signal S~gnal Wd Fwd Signal Module I
A I
5v &A I
I
Crulso I
E W W I
output Ground
I
I
0.5 LT BLU/BLK 396T K
0.8 DK GRNMlHl 817
C4
'
Vehicle
control
Module (VCM)
! A
Cruise Control Schematics (Cell 34: L65)
1
0.8 BRN 241 1
1 ORN 240
0.8 BRN 1241 1

1 ORN 240 1 ORN
I
Torque
D
Conveder
Stoplamps
Switch
i Rwume
Cruise
Switch
1 LT BLU
I
I
20
-
1
1 WHT 17
A C207
In line Connector,
Provision For
0.5 PPL Body Builder
0.5 DK BLU
I
1 WHT 17
I
0.5 PPL 420
0.5 PPL
. .
0.5 GRY 397
A11
Cruise 4-
S224 k - 4 E l
1 LT BLU 20
Powertrain
Swkch Onloft Control
Signal
uCONN ID
C1=16 BRN
C2-12 BAN
C3-16 BLU
Signal Module
A
A&
Bodv and Accessories Cruise Control 8-345
Component Locator
Cruise Control Components
I Name Location I Locator View I Connector End View I
Cruise Control
Module (Gas)
On the radiator support bracket, lefi and
behind the VCM I Cruise Control
~omoonentviews
--
Cruise Control Connector
End Views I
Cruise Control Switch
f
Part the multifunction control lever on Cruise Control Cruise Control Connector
the upper LH side of the steering column Component Views End Views
At the inner LH side of the steering column Component Views Connector End Views
Hazard Lamps Flasher (Motorhome) in
support bracket (Motorhome) in
Located by the body builder Identification (Motorhome) Connector End Views in
Powertrain Control
On the LH side of the driver's island Views in
Module (Diesel) Views in Engine Controls
Enaine Controls
I Stoplamps Switch
the steering column
Component Views
(Motorhome) in
Connector End Views
(Motorhome) in
Torque Converter Component Views Connector End Views
Clutch (TCC) and
the steering column (Motorhome) in (Motorhome) in
Stoplamps Switch
Engine Controls
Vehicle Control VCM Connector End
Mounted to the top of the radiator support Component Views in
Module (Gas) Views in Engine Controls
Engine Controls
Engine harness to the IP harness, at the lnline Harness Connector
top front of the steering column support in Wiring Systems End Views (Motorhome)
near the park brake pull button switch in Wiring Systems
7
Power and Grounding

I PlOO Main wiring pass through at the bulkhead

I ~ a m e s s outing views
{Motorhome) in Wiring Systems I
the breakout for ClOO and C207, going -
away from passthrough PlOO
the breakout for C100 and C207, going - -
awav from passthrouah P I 00
the breakout for the cruise control module, -
S166 (Diesel)
the breakout for the ABS ground
- -
In the engine harness, 5 cm (2 in) toward
S166 (Gas) passthrough PI00 from the breakout for - -
the ABS harness connectors
(3 in) from the breakout for the turn signal - -
switch connector, toward PI00
Cruise Control Co ponent Views
179906
Legend
(1) Cruise Control Module (7) Mass Air Ftsw (MAF) Sensor
(2) Auxiiiav Engine Coolant Fan Connector
(3) Vehicle Control Module (VCM)
(4) EVAP Low Pressure Control Switch (10) Fuel Pump Relay
Connector (Body Buil
(1 I ) ParMNeutral Position (PNP) Switch Relay
(5) Themaf AIC Control
(6) Intake Air Temperature (!AT) Sensor
Body and Accessories Cruise Control 8-347
Legend
Stoplamps Switch (9) AIC Compressor Relay
(4) Accelerator Pedal Position Module (APP) (11) ParWNeutral Position (PNP) Switch Relay
(6) Auxiliary Engine Coolant Fan A C Pressure
Switch
8-348 G r u b Control d Accessories
Legend
(1) C203
(2) Brake Pedal Bracket
(3) Stoptamps Switch
Steering Column
Legend
(2) Transmission Range (TR) Lamp (5) Cruise Control Switch Connector (Motorhome)
8-350 Cruise Control Bodv and Accessories
Cruise Control Connector End Views
Cruise Control Module
(Motorhome Gas,
Auto Trans)
12033739
Connector Part
Information 4 Way Printed Circuit
Connector and Clip (BLK)
12065425 Circuit
Connector Part
10 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Function
Information
Series IBLKI,. BRN
Circuit -. Type Ill Fuse
Pin Wire Color No. Function Cruise Control ON
GRY 397
Switch Output
A Cruise Control ON
GRY 397 Cruise Control
Switch Output
I 1 Resume/Accel
I
B DK BLU
84 1 Cruise Control
-
SeffCoast Switch Sianal I D DK BLU 84
Switch Signal
Cruise Control
Cruise Control SetCoast Switch Signal
C GRYIBLK 87 Resume/Accel
Switch Signal
Brake Pedal Switch
D PPL 420 Output-Torque
Converter Clutch
E I
BLWWHT 451 Ground
F BRN 241
Type Ill Fuse
G LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed
H - - Not Used
LT BLU I Cruise Control
J 396
BLK SignaCEngaged
DK GRN 1 Vehicle Speed Signal-
K 817
WHT 4000 Pulses Per Mile
Cruise Control System Check
Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
1. Drive the vehicle at a speed The cruise control engages and r Cruise Control Does Not Set or
fTMintains the desired speed.
1
greater than 40 km/h (25 mph).
2. Move the cruise control switch
to the ON position. I I Accelerate (Gasoline)
r Cruise Control Does Not Set or
Accelerate (Diesel)
3. Press and hold the
SETJCOAST switch for
2 seconds.
Press and hold the * The vehicle accelerates when the Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
RESUMUACCEL switch. switch is pressed. or Tap Up or Down (Gasoline)
2 When the switch is released, the Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
vehicle maintains the speed at or Tap Up or Down (Diesel)
- which the switch was released. -- - - - - - -
Press and hold the SETICOAST The vehicle decelerates when the Cruise Control Does Not Set or
switch. switch is depressed. Accelerate (Gasoline)
3 When the switch is released, the Cruise Control Does Not Set or
vehicle maintains the speed at Accelerate (Diesel)
which it was released.
1. Depress the brake pedal. The cruise control disengages. Cruise Control Does Not Set or
2. Press and release the The vehicle decelerates. Accelerate (Gasoline)
4 RESUME switch. The cruise control re-engages. r Cruise Control Does Not Set or
The vehicle returns to the Accelerate (Diesel)
previously set speed.
1. Depress the clutch pedal. The cruise control disengages. r Cruise Control Does Not Set or
2. Press and release the The vehicle decelerates. Accelerate (Gasoline)
5 RESUME switch. The cruise control re-engages. r Cruise Control Does Not Set or
The vehicle returns to the Accelerate (Diesel)
previously set speed.
TAP-UP The vehicle accelerates in 1 mph Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
Press the RESUMUACCEL switch increments for each tap of the switch. or Tap Up or Down (Gasoline)
6 for 1 second and release. Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
or Tap Up or Down (Diesel)
TAP-DOWN The vehicle decelerates in 1 mph Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
Press the SETJCOAST switch increments for each tap of the switch. or Tap Up or Down (Gasoline)
7 for 1 second and release. Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
-
Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.
or Tap Up or Down (Diesel)
Cruise Control Does Not Set or Accelerate (Gasoline)
Action 1
Yes No
Was the Cruise Control System Check performed? Go to Cruise
Control
Svstem Check
1. Connect a Scan Tool.
2. Turn the igniton switch to the RUN position.
Go to Powertrain
3. lnspect for vehicle control module (VCM) diagnostic OBD System
trouble codes (DTC's). Check in Engine
Are there any DTC's found? Controls Go to Step 3
2. Disconnect the cruise control module.
3. Connect the J 42958 Cruise Control Tester as
specified in the user manual.
5. Place the cruise switch in the OFF positon.
Are the BRAKE and IGNITION lamps illuminated on
the J 42958 Cruise Control Tester ? Go to Step 5
lnspect the condition of the 1-3 fuse.
Is the fuse open? Go to Step 10
Place the cruise control switch in the ON position.
Are the ONIOFF, BRAKE, IGNITION, and CRUISE lamps
illuminated on the J 42958 Cruise Control Tester? Go to Step 6
Press and hold the setkoast (SIC) switch.
Does the SETICOAST lamp illuminate on the
J 42958 Cruise Control Tester ? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 15
Press and hold the redacc (WA) switch.
Does the RESIACC lamp illuminate on the J 42958 Cruise
Control Tester ? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 17
Press and hold the brake pedal.
Does the BRAKE LIGHTS lamp illuminate on the
J 42958 Cruise Control Tester ? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 19
2. Disconnect the J 42958 Cruise Control Tester.
3. Leave the cruise control module disconnected.
4. Connect a scan tool.
5. Connect a J 39200, set to AC voltage and on the
Hz scale, from the cruise control module harness
connector, cavity K to cavity E. Refer to Using
Connector Test Adapters irl Wiring Systems.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
7 . Raise and suitably support the vehicle.
8. lnspect the vehicle speed on the scan tool and Go to Powertrain
inspect the J 39200 while rotating ane of the vehicle OBD System
drive wheels. Check in Engine
Is the frequency within the specified value? Go to Step 35 Controls
2. Connect a test light from the cruise control module
connector, cavity F to ground. Refer to Using
Cruise Control Does Not Set or Accelerate (Gasoline) (cont'd)
Step Action Yes
Connect a test light from the cruise control module
11 connector, cavity E to cavity F.
Does the test liqht illuminate? Go to Step 35 Go to Step 25
12 2. Connect a test light from the cruise control module
connector, cavity A to ground.
Connect a test light from the cruise control switch
13 connector, cavity B to ground.
Connect a test light from the cruise control switch
14 connector, cavity A to ground.
15 connector, cavity B to ground.
3. Press and hold the setlcoast (SIC) switch.
1. Connect a test light from the cruise control switch
connector, cavity D to ground.
16
2. Press and hold the setlcoast (SIC) switch.
Does the test liaht illuminate?
- - - - - - - - -- -

17 connector, cavity C to ground.
3. Press and hold the reslacc (RIA) switch.
connector, cavity C to ground.
18
2. Press and hold the reslacc (WA) switch.
19 2. Connect a test light from the cruise control module
connector, cavity G to ground.
Connect a test light from the cruise control module
20 connector, cavity D to ground.
Connect at test light from the torque converter clutch
21 (TCC)/stop lamp switch connector, cavity D to ground.
Connect a test light from the TCCIstop lamp switch
22 connector, cavity C to ground.
~ o e the
s test light illuminate? Go to Step 34 Go to Step 3 1
Repair the short to ground in CKT 241 (BRN) to the cruise Go to Cruise
23 control module connector, cavity F and replace the fuse. Control
Did you complete the repair? System Check
Cruise Control Does Not Set or Accelerate (Gasoline) (cont'd)
Repair the open in CKT 241 (BRN) to the cruise control Go to Cruise
24 module connector, cavity F. - Control
Repair the open in CKT 451 (BLWWHT) from the cruise Go to Cruise
25 control module connector, cavity E to G108. - Control
Did vou comolete the reoair? Svstem Check
Repair the open in CKT 397 (GRY) to the cruise control Go to Cruise
26 module connector, cavity A. - Control
Repair the open in CKT 241 (BRNJ to the cruise control Go to Cruise
27 switch connector, cavity A. - Control
Repair the open in CKT 84 (BLU) to the cruise control Go to Cruise
28 module connector, cavity €3. - Control
- Did vou comolete the reoair?
Repair the open in CKT 87 (GRYIBLK) to the cruise
Svstem Check
Go to Cruise
29 control module connector, cavity C. - Control
1 Did you complete the repair? System Check
I Repair the open in CKT 20 (LT BLU) to the cruise control Go to Cruise
30 1 module connector, cavity G. - Control
- 1 Did you complete the repair?
I Repair the open in CKT 241 (BRN) to the TCCIstop lamp
System Check
Go to Cruise
31 switch connector, cavity C. - Control
- Did you complete the repair?
Repair the open in CKT 420 (PPL) to the cruise control
System Check
Go to Cruise
32 module connector, cavity D. - Control
I Did you complete the repair? System Check
I Re~lace the cruise control switch. Refer to Multifunction
33
T U Signal
~
1 Column-Tilt.
Lever Replacement in Steering Wheel and
Did you complete the repair?

I - I Go to Cruise
Control
System Check
Replace the TCCIstop lamp switch. Refer to Stoplamp Go to Cruise
Switch Replacement (Motorhome) in Hydraulic Brakes. - Control
1. Inspect the cruise control module connector for
proper terminal contact.
2. Repair any poor terminal contact that you find. -
3. If no poor terminal contact was found, replace the
cruise control module.
I GO to Cruise
Control
Cruise Control Does Not Set or Accelerate
(Diesel)
Refer to Cruise Control Diagnosis in Engine
Controls--6.5L-L65
Cruise Control Cable

1. Discnnect the cruise control cable at the module
and the throttle lever.
2. Ensure that the cruise control cable freely moves
in and out of the cable casing without binding.
3. Replace any sticking or binding cables. Refer to
Cruise Control Cable Replacement.
4. Replace any cable that contains an adjuster lock
that does not hold under normal operating
conditions.
Does Not Resume, Accelerate, or Tap Up or Down (Gasoline)
I ~ t I e
~~~~~
~ -
Action 1
1. Disconnect the cruise control module.
connector, cavity C to ground.
4. Press knd hold the cruise control switch to the
RESUMEIACCEL position.
Did the test liaht illuminate? Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
-
Replace the cruise control module.
pigtail connector, cavity C to ground. Refer to Using
2. Press and hold the cruise control switch to the
RESUMEIACCEL position.
I System OK
Go to Step 5
+
Repair the open in CKT 87 (GRYIBLK) between the cruise
control switch pigtail connector, cavity C and the cruise
control module connector, cavity C.
Replace the cruise control switch. Refer to Multifunction
Turn Signal Lever Replacement in Steering Wheel and -
Column-Tilt.
Does Not Resume, Accelerate, or Tap Up

or Down (Diesel)
Cruise Control Does Not Resume, Accelerate,
Tap-Up, or Tap-Down
Refer to Cruise Control Diagnosis in Engine
Controls--6.5L-L65
Repair Instructions
Cruise Control Cable Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the air cleaner assembly from the
vehicle.
2. Disconnect the cruise control cable from the
throttle lever (1).
3. Remove the cruise control cable conduit (2) from

the engine bracket (3).
4. Remove the cable housing from the cruise control
module.
5. Disconnect the cable bead from the buckle on the

end of the ribbon.
6. Remove the cable from the vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Route the cruise control cab!e from the cruise
control module to the throttle lever.
2. Install the cable bead to the buckle on the end of
the ribbon on the cruise control module.
3. Pull the cruise control cable (I), engine end
fitting (4), until the cable is taut.
2 3
4. Install the cable housing to the cruise

control module.
5. Install the cruise control cable conduit (2) to the

engine bracket (3).
6 . Connect the cruise control cable (2) to the throttle
lever (1).
7. Install the air cleaner assembly to the vehicle.

Cruise Control System Circuit Description
The cruise control system maintains the desired
vehicle speed under normal driving conditions. The
cruise control system has the following capabilities:
CRUISE
RESUME SPEED
ACCELERATE
COAST
Depressing the SET and the WA switches
simultaneously will cancel the cruise control operation.
Canceling the crljise control operation will not
cancel the speed memory.
Diesel Engines
The cruise control system contains the following
components:
The cruise control switch
The powertrain control module (PCM)
The cruise control switch is on the turn signal lever
and controls the cruise control system. With the
ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is supplied
to the cruise control switch from the 1-3 fuse through
CKT 241 (BRN). When the cruise control switch
is in the ON position, power is supplied to the PCM
(connector 2, cavity A1 1) through CKT 397 (GRY).
With the SET button activated, voltage is applied to With the RIA (ResumeIAccelerate) button activated,
the PCM (connector 2, cavity 4) through CKT 84 voltage is applied to the cruise control module,
(DK BLU). The PCM will monitor the vehicle speed cavity C, through CKT 87 (GRYIBLK). This button will
sensor (VSS) and maintain the speed the vehicle has only resume speed after an initial speed has been
reached when the SET button is activated. set using the SET button. With the cruise control
system on, this button will also accelerate the speed
With the RIA (ResumeIAccelerate) button activated, of the vehicle. When the switch is released, the system
voltage is applied to the PCM (connector 1, will maintain the new speed.
cavity 5) through CKT 87 (GRYIBLK). This button will
only resume speed after an initial speed has been Both the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)/stoplamps
switch and the stoplamps switch will disengage
set using the SET button. With the cruise control
the cruise control system. This is done when the brake
system on, this button will also accelerate the speed
pedal is depressed:
of the vehicle. When the switch is released, the system
will maintain the new speed. The contacts in the TCCIstoplamps switch open and
the signal to the cruise control module is interrupted,
Both the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)/stoplamps The contacts in the stoplamps switch close and a
switch and the stoplamps switch will disengage voltage signal goes to ground in the cruise control
the cruise control system. This is done when the brake module. Both the absence and presence of these
pedal is depressed. voltage signals cause the cruise control module
The contacts in the TCCIstoplamps switch open and to disengage the cruise control system.
the signal to the cruise control module is interrupted.
The contacts in the stoplamps switch close and a Special Tools and Equipment
voltage signal goes to ground in the cruise control Illustration Tool Number1 Description
module. Both the absence and presence of these
voltage signals cause the cruise control module
to disengage the cruise control system.
Gasoline Engines
The cruise control system contains the following J 42958
components: Cruise Control Tester
* The cruise control switch
The cruise control module
The cruise control module receives power from the
1-3 fuse through CKT 241 (BRN) and is grounded
at G 108 through CKT 451 ( B L W H T ) .
The cruise control module monitors the vehicle speed
from the vehicle control module (VCM) and operates
the stepper motor. In response to the cruise control
module, the stepper motor moves the cruise control Tech 2 or
cable. The cable moves the throttle linkage in order to Tech 2 Flash
vary the throttle position and maintain the
desired speed.
The cruise control module contains a low speed limit
which will prevent the system from engaging below
a minimum speed of about 25 mph.
The cruise control switch is on the turn signal lever
and controls the cruise control system. With the
ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is supplied
to the cruise control switch from the 1-3 fuse through
CKT 241 (BRN). When the cruise control switch
is in the ON position, power is supplied to the cruise
control module, cavity A, through CKT 397 (GRY).
With the SET button activated, voltage is applied to the
cruise control module, cavity B, through CKT 84
(DK BLlJ). The cruise control module will maintain the
speed the vehicle has reached only when the SET
button is released.
Bodv and Accessories Frame and Underbodv 8-361
Frame and Underbody

Specifications
Fastener Tightening Specifications
Specification
Application Metric I English
I Bracket to Frame Nuts (RPO 8M5, FK4lFK5) I 45 N m I 35 lb fi I

I Bumoer to Frame Nuts (RPO ZW9) I 45 N.m I 35 Ibft I
I Front Tow Hook Bolts (Export) I 25 N m I 18Ibft I
Diagnostic Information and The easiest way to check frame alignment is with
gauges made for that purpose. Detailed instructions
Procedures are normally supplied with the gauges at the time
of purchase. Therefore, instructions for gauge use are
Checking Frame Alignment not given in this manual.
You can check certain portions of frame alignment
The main parts of a frame are the side rails and the without the proper gauges.
crossmembers. The side rails carry the load. The
crossmembers stabilize the rails. Whether alignment is checked with or without gauges,
the vehicle must be parked on a level section of
There are 5 types of frame misalignment: the floor.
For a brief definition of the 5 types of frame Certain conditions call for preliminary checks before
misalignment, refer to Frame and Underbody actually checking the frame. Suspension or axle
Description. problems may make the vehicle frame look out of
Sag alignment. If an axle has shifted, a diamond or
sidesway may appear to exist. A weak spring may
Buckle make the vehicle appear to have a twisted frame.
* Diamond A visual inspection of the top and the bottom flanges
Sidesway of each rail may reveal the specific area where
sag or buckle exists. In the case of sag, wrinkles may
* Twist appear on the top of the upper flange. These kinds
Consider the following possibilities when you suspect of.wrinkles are definite evidence of sag. Wrinkles
misalignment: on the bottom of the lower flange are definite evidence
of buckle.
1. Forward from where the frame should be
2. Up or down from where the frame should be
3. To the side of where the frame should be
8-362 Frame and Underbodv Bodv and Accessories
Frame Conditions
Cause Action
The vehicle is overloaded
The load distribution of the vehicle
is uneven
Abrupt changes in section modulus
lmproper body or accessory
mounting, including the following
situations:
- Holes drilled in the flange of the
frame rail
- Too many holes in the web
section of the rail
Straighten and reinforce the frame.
- More than four holes in the Refer to Frame Repair.
same vertical line of the rail web
- Welds on the flange, particularly
across the flange or along the
edge of the flange
- Cutting holes in the rail with
a torch
- Cutting notches anywhere on
the rails
A vehicle fire
A vehicle collision
The use of improper equipment
A vehicle collision
Buckle or Side Sway Straighten and reinforce the frame.
A vehicle fire Refer to Frame Repair.
Abrupt changes in section modulus
A vehicle collision
Diamond Towing another vehicle with a Straighten and reinforce the frame.
chain attached to one corner of Refer to Frame Repair.
the frame
A vehicle collision
Twist Straighten and reinforce the frame.
Operating the vehicle on very Refer to Frame Repair.
rouah terrain
Straighten and reinforce the frame.
Refer to Frame Repair.
The frame is not aligned properly
lmproper Tracking Shifting of the front or rear axle Realign and secure the axle.
Align the wheels. Refer to Wheel
The wheels are out of alignment
Alignment Specifications in Wheel
Alignment.
Replace, or v;eld and reinforce
the rail.
Loose crossmember attaching bolts r Locate the stressed area of
Cracks in the Web of the Rails Stress concentration. Refer to the frame:
Minimizing Frame Service 1. Ream the bolt holes and
Description install larger bolts if
necessary.
2. Tighten the bolts.
Body and Accessories Frame and Underbody 8-363
Repair Instructions
Frame Repair The sunburst crack (2) radiates from a hole in the web
section of a rail or a crossmember. Heavy loads
Straightening Procedure and a loose mounting bracket or crossmember can
Frame straightening can be complicated. Frame cause a sunburst crack.
straightening usually requires the use of special If both the rail and reinforcement are cracked in a
equipment. Only trained technicians should straighten particular area of the frame, repair them separately.
the frame. Flanges must react independently in order to prevent
Completely analyze the situation before taking any localized stress.
steps to repair the frame. Knowing the cause of
the problem will help you determine the correct Use a copper spacer between the flanges of cracked
sequence of repair steps. base rail flanges and reinforcement flanges.
Reverse the flow of damaging forces. In many cases, Repair the crossmember mounting flange crack in the
this requires that you apply pressure from different same manner as the side rail crack. But you should
directions at the same time. build up weld bead to provide a good, smooth radius.
Use controlled heat carefully. Too much or too little Replace a badly damaged crossmember.
heat can be a major source of trouble. You may have to align the frame and level the rails
The following procedures are recommended: before you repair the frame.
1. Heat the area that you will stretch in order to Follow these steps to repair a crack:
straighten the frame. 1. Remove any equipment that hinders access to
2. Heat the area after you exert sufficient pressure to the crack.
cause a slight checking or silvery cracks to
appear on the surface of the metal. Gradually 2. Find the extreme end of the crack and drill a
increase the pressure while heating. 6 mm (0.25 in) hole.
3. Do not heat more than 606°C (1200°F). A red V grind the entire length of the crack, from the
glow means that the material is overheated. starting point to the 6 mm (0.25 in) hole at the
Overheating causes distortion, stretching and a extreme end.
change in the characteristics of the metal. 3. Open up a 2 mm (1116 in) chamfer at the bottom
Crack Repair of the crack in order to allow good penetration of
the weld.
4. Repair with the proper electrode and welding
techniques.
5. Grind the weld smooth on the inside and outside
of the rail or crossmember. Be very careful to
eliminate weld buildup or notches on the edge of
the flange.
Two common types of cracks are shown. The straight

crack (1) usually travels from the edge of a flange,
across the flange, through the web section of a
rail, and through the other flange. A straight crack
results from:
High concentrations of stress in small areas of
the frame
Excessive bending movement
Torsional loading
8-364 Frame and Underbodv Bodv and Accessories
Tow Hook Replacement (Export)
Removal Procedure
1. Mark the location of the bolts and the tow hook.
2. Remove the tow hook bolt (3) from the frame rail.
3. Remove the tow hook (2) and the plate (1)
from the vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the tow hook (2) and the plate (1) to the
frame rail and align to the marks made prior to
removal.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the tow hook bolt (3) to the frame rail.
Tighten
Tighten the tow hook bolts to 25 N.m (18 Ib ft).
Bodv and Accessories Frame and Underbody 8-365
Description and 0
Frame Centerline Length Description
Determining Frame Centerline
1. Move the vehicle to a level, well-illuminated
section of the floor.
2. Make a diagram of the frame on the floor beneath The distance between points should be
the vehicle: 847.25 mm (33.75 in) if equipped with
2.1. Use a plumb bob to transfer the corners of an I-beam front axle (RPO FK4lFK5.)
the frame (points 1, 2, 11 and 12) from the For the motorhome chassis, the distance
inside of the web to the floor. should be 606.8 mm (23.89 in)
2.2. Mark the pomts. 5. Measure the distance between points 11 and 12
2.3. Use a plumb bob to transfer the remaining (rear corners).
points of the frame from the outside of the The distance should be 847.25 mm (33.75 in).
web to the floor. 6. If both the measurements in Steps 4 and 5 are
2.4. Mark the points. not correct, refer to Step 2 in Horizontal Check.
Use points from the same place on both the 7. Nark the centerline through the intersection of the
right and the left frame rail. 2 sets of diagonals that have equal
3. Move the vehicle away from the points on measurements.
the floor. 8. Make a mark on the floor exactly halfway between
4. Measure the distance between points 1 and 2 points 1 and 2 (front corners).
(front corners). 9. Make a similar mark on the floor exactly halfway
The distance between the points should be between points 11 and 12 (rear corners).
704.85 mm (27.75 in) for the standard 10. Use a chalk line in order to mark a line through
front axle. the points. This is the centerline of the frame.
8-366 Frame and Underbody Body and Accessories
Horizontal Check Over-welding can be harmful, especially if the
Measure the distance from the frame rail to the overwelding occurs in an area of the frame that
centerline at points 3-1 0. receives high concentrations of stress.
Each pair of corresponding points should be an Small cracks in a crossmember may be welded. Refer
equal distance from the centerline within to Frame Repair. While welding, follow these rules:
3 mm (118 in). The frame is covered with a protective wax
Points 3 and 4 should measure equally from coating. Use a wire brush in order to remove any
the centerline. concentration of wax before welding. After
welding, recoat the area with new wax.
Points 5 and 6 should measure equally from
the centerline. ~d not use oxyacetylene welding equipment.
Points 7 and 8 should measure equally from Whenever possible, use smaller diameter
the centerline. electrodes and make several passes. This
Points 9 and 10 should measure equally from is preferred to using a large diameter electrode
the centerline. and making fewer passes.
Measure diagonally from each front corner to Do not use more heat than necessary in order to
the middle of the frame (point 1 to 6, and give good penetration.
point 2 to 5). Ensure that the weld is free from craters and
Mark the floor where the diagonals cross the undercuts.
centerline. Ensure that the scale is removed from each
The diagonals should measure the same distance successive pass.
within 5 mm (3116 in), and should cross at the If you are repairing a crack, grind the surface of
centerline. If the frame is within specifications, the the weld so that the surface is flush with the
frame within these points is properly aligned. parent material.
Repeat Step 2 on other pairs of diagonals until When mounting accessories, do not weld across
the entire frame has been checked. the flanges.
Point 5 to point 12 When mounting accessories, do not weld within
Point 6 to point 11 19 mm (314 in) of a flange.
Refer to Frame Repair in order to repair any Do not weld up to the edge of the part that is
damage that you find. being welded to a frame. Leave approximately
6 mm (114 in) between the end of the weld and the
Welding Description edge of the part.
Using improper techniques causes many weld and/or Do not weld cast brackets to the frame.
frame failures. The following information points out Do not weld the flanges of cracked reinforcements
the potential areas of difficulty and provides some and base rails together.
general guidelines for successful frame welding. Do not attach the ground cable to the engine.
Most weld failures occur at the end of the weld in the Connect the welding machine ground cables as
areas of the frame that are under high stress. By close to the working area as possible.
eliminating the ends of a weld, you can reduce failures. Disconnect the vehicle batteries.
1. Make a hole or a slot in the part to be attached.
Do not get the welding cables near the vehicle
2. Use a fillet weld around a slot or a plug weld. wiring. Avoid any direct contact between the
3. Do not leave a notch at the end of a weld. welding cables and any part of the vehicle.
Bodv and Accessories Frame and Underbodv 8-367
Frame and Underbody Description Sidesway refers to a side rail that is bent to the
side of where it should be.
Proper frame alignment is critical in order to ensure
normal life and functioning of many parts of the Tracking refers to the alignment of the vehicle
vehicle. Inspect the frame alignment if the vehicle has axles with each other. A misaligned frame
been involved in any of the following circumstances: can cause improper tracking. If the vehicle is
tracking correctly, all axles will be parallel to each
A fire other and perpendicular to the centerline of
A collision the frame.
Vehicle overload Web refers to the vertical part of a channel-type
Inspect the frame alignment if you suspect frame rail.
misalignment for any other reason. Refer to Checking
Frame Alignment. Minimizing Frame Service Description
The following terms are definitions of terms used Generally, frame service can be minimized or
throughout the frame and bumper section: eliminated by minimizing the concentration of stress in
Section Modulus does not account for the strength small areas of the frame.
of the material used in the frame. Section Modulus 1. Use vehicles only for those purposes for which
is a measure of frame strength based on the they were designed.
following conditions:
0 Do not overload the vehicle.
- Height
Load the vehicle evenly.
- Width
Do not operate the vehicle on extremely rough
- Thickness terrain.
- Shape of the side rails r Take into account the forces that will be
Yield strength is a measure of the strength of the placed on a frame from the operation of
material of which the frame is made. Yield equipment, such as snow plows, when picking
strength is the maximum load in kPa (psi) that can a frame for a new vehicle or when reinforcing
be placed on a material and still have the a frame.
material return to the original shape. 2. Follow the recommended practices when repairing
Resistance to Bending Moment (RBM) is a single a frame, mounting a body, or mounting equipment
measure of frame strength that accounts for both on a frame.
the section modulus and the strength of the
material used. RBM is the product of the section Avoid sudden changes in the section modulus.
modulus and the yield strength. Do not drill holes in the frame rail flanges.
Sag refers to a frame or a side rail that is bent Space the holes in the web section of a rail at
down from where the frame or the side rail least 13 mm (112 in) from one another.
should be. Use existing holes whenever possible.
Buckle refers to a frame or a side rail that is bent r Do not cut holes with a torch.
up from where the frame or the side rail should be.
r Do not overheat the frame rails.
Diamond refers to the condition where one
frame rail is moved forward from, or to the rear of, Avoid welding on the flanges.
the frame or the side rail's correct alignment r Do not allow 4 or more holes to exist on the
with the other rail. same vertical line of the web.
Twist refers to the condition where the entire r Place the holes made in a reinforcement to a
frame has been twisted. One rail will slope distance of at least 2 times the material
up while the other rail will slope down. thickness from the edge of the reinforcement.
Body and Accessories Table of Contents (S1) 8-1
Section 8
Data Link Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-3 Headlights DRL Schematics (P22

Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . (S1) 8-3 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch,
DRL Module, Instrument
Data Link Communications Schematic
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-16
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-3
Headlights DRL Schematics (P22
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Headlamp
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 50) . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-4
Switch, DRL Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-17
Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-5
Data Link Communications Connector Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Base
End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-5 and Rectangular Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-18
Diagnostic Information and Headlights DRL Schematics (P22
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-6 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Dual
Diagnostic Starting Point – Data Link Rectangular Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-19
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-6 Exterior Lights Schematics (P22
DTC U1300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-6 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal
DTC U1301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-7 Multifunction Switch / Stop
Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-20
Symptoms – Data Link
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-7 Exterior Lights Schematics (P22
Motorhome) (Cell 110: Power
Scan Tool Does Not Power Up . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-8
Distribution – Park Lamps and
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Headlight Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-21
Class 2 Device (8.1 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-8
Exterior Lights Schematics (P22
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal /
with EBCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-10 Cluster Indicators and Front
Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-11 Park Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-22
Data Link Communications Description Exterior Lights Schematics (P22
and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-11 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear
Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-12 Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-23
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S1) 8-12 Backup Lights Schematics
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 112 . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-24
Lighting Systems Schematic Icons . . . . (S1) 8-12
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome)
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 117) . . . . . . . (S1) 8-25
(Cell 100: Headlamp and Dimmer
Switches, Instrument Cluster) . . . . . . (S1) 8-13 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-26
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) Lighting Systems Connector
(Cell 100: Single Base and End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-26
Rectangular Headlamps) . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-14 Wipers/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-33
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S1) 8-33
(Cell 100: Dual Rectangular Wiper/Washer System Schematic
Headlamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-15 Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-33
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 91) . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-34
(S1) 8-2 Table of Contents Body and Accessories
Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-35 G109 – Dual Rectangular
Wiper/Washer System Connector Headlamps without DRL) . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-52
End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-35 Ground Distribution Schematics (P22
Wiring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-37 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107,
G109 – Single Rectangular and Base
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S1) 8-37
Headlamps without DRL) . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-53
Power and Grounding Schematic Icons (S1) 8-37
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22
Power Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G108) . . . . . . . (S1) 8-54
Motorhome) (Cell 10:
Battery Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-38
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G111) . . . . . . . (S1) 8-55
Power Distribution Schematics (P22
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus,
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G110,
Ignition Switch) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-39
G410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-56
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus,
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G200) . . . . . . . (S1) 8-57
Ignition Switch) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-40
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G401, G501) . (S1) 8-58
Motorhome) (Cell 10:
Battery Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-41 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-59
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Electrical Center Identification
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood (P22 Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-61
Fuse Block) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-42 Power and Grounding Connector
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-66
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Inline Harness Connector End Views
Fuse Block) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-43 (P22 Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-73
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console . (S1) 8-93
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S1) 8-93
Fuse Block) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-44
Instrument Cluster Schematic Icons . . (S1) 8-93
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22
Audible Warnings Schematics
Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 76) . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-94
Headlamp Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-45
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81:
Indicators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-95
Backup Lamps, Daytime
Running Lights) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-46 Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
(P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Gauges) (S1) 8-96
Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
Body Builder Provisions) (1 of 3) . . . (S1) 8-47 (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81:
Indicators and Illumination
Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-97
Body Builder Provisions) (2 of 3) . . . (S1) 8-48 Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
PRNDL Inputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-98
Body Builder Provisions) (3 of 3) . . . (S1) 8-49 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-99
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Instrument Cluster Connector
Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-99
Block, Horn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-50 Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-101
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22 Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . (S1) 8-101
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, Horns Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-101
G109 – Dual Rectangular, Single,
Horns Schematics (P22 Motorhome)
and Base Headlamps with DRL) . . . . (S1) 8-51
(Cell: 40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-102
Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-103
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107,
Horns Connector End Views . . . . . . . . (S1) 8-103
Body and Accessories Data Link Communications (S1) 8-3

Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices in the WCC Service Manual.
Important: Twisted-pair wires provide an effective “shield” that helps protect sensitive
electronic components from electrical interference. Depending on application, twisted-
pair wires may be used on wiring harnesses connecting the following components:
D Data link connector (DLC)
D Electronic brake control module (EBCM)
D Powertrain control module (PCM)
D Transmission control module (TCM)
In order to prevent electrical interference from degrading the performance of the
connected components, you must maintain the proper specification when making any
repairs to the twisted-pair wires shown:
D The wires must be twisted a minimum of 12 turns per 30.5 (12 in) as measured
anywhere along the length of the wires.
D The outside diameter of the twisted wires must not exceed 6 mm (0.236 in).
Refer to Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable in the WCC Service Manual.
(S1) 8-4
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 50)

WRK81001
Data Link Communications Connector
End Views
Data Link Connector (DLC)
WRK81002
D 12110250
Connector Part
Information D 16 Way F Metri-Pack
150 Series
Circuit
Pin Wire Color Function
No.
1 — — Not Used
PCM DLC Serial

2 PPL 1807
Communication
3 — — Not Used
4 BLK 250 DLC Ground
5 BLK/WHT 451 DLC Ground
6 — — Not Used
7 — — Not Used
8 — — Not Used
9 — — Not Used
10 — — Not Used
11 — — Not Used
ABS DLC Serial

12 TAN/WHT 799
Communication
13 — — Not Used
14 — — Not Used
15 — — Not Used
16 ORN 1340 DLC Power Feed

(S1) 8-6 Data Link Communications Body and Accessories
Diagnostic Starting Point – Data Link The Diagnostic System Check will direct you to the
Communications correct procedure within the Data Link
Begin the diagnosis of the Data Link Communications Communications section when a communication
by performing the Diagnostic System Check for the malfunction is present.
system in which the customer concern is apparent.
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑDiagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
DTC Diagnostic Procedure Module(s)
U1300 DTC U1300 TCSCM, PCM, EBCM,
U1301 DTC U1301 TCSCM, PCM, EBCM,
DTC U1300
Circuit Description Action Taken When the DTC Sets
Modules connected to the class 2 serial data circuit D The module inhibits the setting of all other class
monitor for serial data communications during normal 2 DTCs.
vehicle operation. Operating information and D The module uses default values for all
commands are exchanged among the modules. In parameters received on the class 2 serial data
addition to this, Node Alive — State of Health circuit.
messages are transmitted by each module on the
class 2 serial data circuit about once every two Conditions for Clearing the DTC
seconds. When the module detects no messages and D A current U1300 will clear when a valid class 2
a low voltage on the class 2 serial data circuit for message is detected on the class 2 serial data
approximately three seconds, U1300 is set and the circuit or at the end of the current ignition cycle.
setting of all other class 2 serial communication DTCs D A History U1300 will clear upon receipt of a
is inhibited. scan tool Clear DTCs command.
Conditions for Running the DTC Diagnostic Aids

D Voltage supplied to the module is in the normal D This DTC cannot be retrieved with a current
operating voltage range, approximately 9 – 16 status. Diagnosis of a current U1300 is
volts. accomplished via the symptom, Scan Tool Does
D The vehicle power mode — ignition switch Not Communicate with a Class 2 Device. Refer
position — requires serial data communication to Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class
to occur. 2 Device (8.1 L).
D An intermittent condition is likely to be caused
Conditions for Setting the DTC by a short to ground on the class 2 serial data
D No valid messages are detected on the class 2 circuit. Use the Scan Tool Does Not
serial data circuit. Communicate with a Class 2 Device procedure
D The voltage level detected on the class 2 serial in order to isolate an intermittent condition.
data circuit is low. Refer to Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with
D The above conditions are met for approximately Class 2 Device (8.1 L).
3 seconds.
DTC U1301 Diagnostic Aids
D This DTC cannot be retrieved with a current
Circuit Description
status. Diagnosis of a current U1301 is
Modules connected to the class 2 serial data circuit
accomplished via the symptom, Scan Tool Does
monitor for serial data communications during normal
Not Communicate with a Class 2 Device. Refer
vehicle operation. Operating information and
to Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class
commands are exchanged among the modules. In
2 Device (8.1 L).
addition to this, Node Alive — State of Health —
D An intermittent condition is likely to be caused
messages are transmitted by each module on the
by a short to voltage on the class 2 serial data
class 2 serial data circuit about once every two
circuit. Use the Scan Tool Does Not
seconds. When the module detects no messages and
Communicate with a Class 2 Device procedure
a high voltage on the class 2 serial data link for
in order to isolate an intermittent condition.
approximately three seconds, U1301 is set and the
Refer to Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with
setting of all other class 2 serial communication DTCs
Class 2 Device (8.1 L).
is inhibited.
Conditions for Running the DTC
Symptoms – Data Link Communications
D Voltage supplied to the module is in the normal Important: The following steps must be completed
operating voltage range, approximately 9 – 16 before using the symptom tables:
volts. 1. Perform the Diagnostic System Check for the
D The vehicle power mode (ignition switch subsystem exhibiting the symptoms. The
position) requires serial data communications to subsystem diagnostic system check will identify
occur. where to begin diagnosis of the data link
communication system.
Conditions for Setting the DTC 2. Review the system operation in order to
D No valid class 2 messages are detected on the familiarize yourself with the system function.
class 2 serial data circuit. Refer to Data Link Communications Description
D The voltage level detected on the class 2 serial and Operation in this supplement.
data circuit is high.
D The above conditions are met for approximately Visual/Physical Inspection
3 seconds. D Inspect for aftermarket devices that could affect
the operation of the serial data communications
Action Taken When the DTC Sets systems. Refer to Checking Aftermarket
D The module inhibits the setting of all other class Accessories in the WCC Service Manual.
2 DTCs. D Inspect the easily accessible systems or visible
D The module uses default values for all system components for obvious damage or
parameters received on the class 2 serial data conditions that could cause the symptom.
circuit.
Intermittent
Conditions for Clearing the DTC Faulty electrical connections or wiring may be the
D A current U1301 will clear when a valid class 2 cause of intermittent conditions. Refer to Intermittents
message is detected on the class 2 serial data and Poor Connections Diagnosis in the WCC Service
circuit or at the end of the current ignition cycle. Manual.
D A history U1301 will clear upon receipt of a scan
tool Clear DTCs command. Symptom List
Refer to a symptom diagnostic procedure from the
following list in order to diagnose the symptom:
D Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
D Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2
Device (8.1 L)
D Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM
Scan Tool Does Not Power Up Test Description
The step numbers below refer to the step numbers in
Circuit Description
the diagnostic table.
The data link connector (DLC) provides operating
1. The 15 amp DATA fuse supplies power to the
power for the scan tool at terminal 16 — battery
DLC terminal 16.
positive voltage — and at terminal 4 — ground. The
DLC provides the class 2 serial data signal at terminal 4. The DLC battery positive voltage and ground
2 and signal ground at terminal 5. The scan tool will circuits are functioning properly. The malfunction
power up with the ignition OFF. must be due to the scan tool.
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ Scan Tool Does Not Power Up

ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Step Action Yes No
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Test the DLC battery positive voltage circuit for an open or a short Go to the applicable
1 to ground. Diagnostic
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Did you find and correct the condition? System Check Go to Step 2
Test the DLC ground circuit terminal 4 for an open. Go to the applicable
ÑÑÑ
2 Did you find and correct the condition? Diagnostic
System Check Go to Step 3
ÑÑÑ
Inspect for poor connections at the DLC terminals 4 and 16.
3 Did you find and correct the condition?
Go to the applicable
Diagnostic
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
4 ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
The scan tool may be malfunctioning. Refer to the scan tool
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
instruction manual.
Diagnostic —
ÑÑÑ
Did you obtain a properly operating scan tool? System Check
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Test Description

Class 2 Device (8.1 L) The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
Circuit Description 2. A partial malfunction in the class 2 serial data
Modules connected to the class 2 serial data circuit circuit uses a different procedure from a total
monitor for serial data communications during normal malfunction of the class 2 serial data circuit.
vehicle operation. Operating information and
The Allison transmission control module
commands are exchanged among the modules.
communicates on the class 2 serial data circuit.
Connecting a scan tool to the DLC allows
3. The following DTCs may be retrieved with a
communication with the modules for diagnostic
history status, but are not the cause of the
purposes. Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) may be
present condition.
set due to this symptom and during this diagnostic
procedure. Complete the diagnostic procedure in D U1300
order to ensure all the DTCs are diagnosed and D U1301
cleared from memory. 4. Data link connector terminal 2 and terminal 5
provide the connection to the class 2 serial data
Diagnostic Aids circuit and the signal ground circuit respectively.
D When the class 2 serial data circuit is shorted to 6. This test isolates the TCM class 2 serial data
ground, DTC U1300 will be set. Refer to DTC circuit.
U1300. 8. If there are no current DTCs that begin with a
D When the class 2 serial data circuit is shorted to “U,” the communication malfunction has been
B+, DTC will be set. Refer to DTC U1301. repaired.
9. The communication malfunction may have
prevented diagnosis of the customer complaint.
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (8.1 L)
Step Action Yes No
1
Does the scan tool power up? Go to Scan Tool
Go to Step 2 Does Not Power Up
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
1. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
2. Attempt to communicate with the transmission control
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ
2
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
module (TCM) on the class 2 serial data circuit. If using a
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Tech 2, obtain this information using the Class 2 Message
Monitor feature.
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Does the scan tool communicate with the TCM on the Class 2
serial data circuit?
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
1. Select the Display DTCs function for each module. If using a
Tech 2, use the Class 2 DTC Check feature in order to
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ
3
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
determine which modules do have DTCs set.
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
2. Record all of the displayed DTCs, the DTC status and the
module which set the DTC.
ÑÑÑ
Diagnostic
Did you record any DTCs that apply to other modules? System Check Go to Step 9
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
4
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the scan tool from the data link connector (DLC).
ÑÑÑ
3. Inspect for poor connections at the DLC terminals 2 and 5. Diagnostic
ÑÑÑ
Did you find and correct the condition? System Check Go to Step 5
Test the DLC ground circuit terminal 5 for an open. Go to the applicable
5 Did you find and correct the condition? Diagnostic
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
ÑÑÑ
2. Disconnect the TCM.
ÑÑÑ
3. Test the class 2 serial data circuit between the TCM and the
6 DLC for a short to ground or a short to voltage. Turn ON the
ÑÑÑ
ignition leaving the engine OFF when testing for a short to
voltage.
ÑÑÑ
Did you find and correct the condition? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7
ÑÑÑ
7
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Replacement in this supplement for the appropriate
—
ÑÑÑ
repair instructions.
Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 8
ÑÑÑ
1. Reconnect all of the disconnected modules.
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
2. Reconnect any other disconnected connectors.
ÑÑÑ
3. Install a scan tool.
ÑÑÑ
4. Turn ON the ignition leaving the engine OFF.
ÑÑÑ
5. Wait for 10 seconds.
The scan tool may require a power up reset before
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ
8
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
communication will occur due to a short on the class 2 serial
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
data circuit. Turn OFF or disconnect the scan tool prior to
performing this test.
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ
6. Select the Display DTCs function for each module. If using a
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Tech 2, use the Class 2 DTC Check feature in order to
ÑÑÑ
determine which modules do have DTCs set.
7. Record all of the displayed DTCs and the DTC status.
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ9
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
current status? ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Did you record any DTCs which begin with a “U” and with a
Did you record any DTCs which do not begin with a “U”?
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (8.1 L) (cont’d)
Step Action Yes No
ÑÑÑ
10 ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Diagnose the DTCs as directed by the diagnostic procedures for
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
the system that will exhibit symptoms. Refer to the applicable
Diagnostic System Check. —
ÑÑÑ
Did you complete the action? Go to Step 11
11 Did you diagnose all of the DTCs? Go to Step 12 Go to Step 10
12 Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
—
ÑÑÑ
Did you complete the action? System OK
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate 6. The module which was not communicating due
with EBCM to an open in the serial data circuit may have set
Lost Communication DTCs for those modules
Test Description (UART Data Line Only) that it was monitoring.
1. A module which loses power during an ignition 8. The modules which can communicate indicate
cycle will cause other modules to set Lost the module which cannot communicate. You
Communication DTCs. must clear the DTC from these modules to avoid
2. A module which loses power during an ignition future misdiagnosis.
cycle will cause other modules to set Lost
Communication DTCs.
Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM
Step Action Yes No
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Test the battery positive (B+) voltage circuits and the ignition
ÑÑÑ
voltage circuits of the electronic brake control module (EBCM) for
1 an open or a short to ground.
ÑÑÑ
Test the ground circuits of the module that is not communicating
ÑÑÑ
2 for an open.
ÑÑÑ
3 ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Test the UART serial data circuit of the EBCM for an open or short
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
between the DLC and the EBCM.
ÑÑÑ
Inspect for poor connections/terminal tension at the battery
positive voltage circuits, the ignition voltage circuits, the ground
ÑÑÑ
4 circuits, and the serial data circuit of the EBCM.
ÑÑÑ
Replace the EBCM. Refer to Electronic Brake Control Module
5 (EBCM) Replacement in this supplement. —
ÑÑÑ
Did you complete the replacement? Go to Step 8
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition leaving the engine OFF.
ÑÑÑ
6 3. Select the Display DTCs function for the EBCM. Go to the applicable
ÑÑÑ
Does the scan tool display any DTCs which do not begin with Diagnostic
a ‘‘U’’? System Check Go to Step 7
ÑÑÑ
Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
7
Did you clear all DTCs? Go to Step 8
—
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
Select the Display DTCs function for the module(s) which had the
ÑÑÑ
Lost Communications with XXX DTC set. Go to the applicable
8
Does the scan tool display any DTCs which do not begin with Diagnostic
ÑÑÑ
a ‘‘U’’? System Check Go to Step 9
1. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs.
ÑÑÑ
2. Continue diagnosing or clearing the DTCs until all the
9 modules have been diagnosed and all the DTCs have been —
ÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑ
cleared.
Did you complete the action? System OK
Data Link Communications Description UART Data Link Communications
and Operation Description
The UART serial data circuit allows communication
Data Link Communications Circuit between the EBCM and the DLC.
Description and Operation The UART serial data link allows a scan tool to
The class 2 serial data link allows specified modules communicate with the EBCM for testing and
to transmit, receive or exchange data: diagnostic purposes.
D Transmission control module (TCM) (class 2
module for 8.1 L with Allison automatic
transmission)
The class 2 serial data link allows a scan tool to
communicate with the TCM for testing purposes,
checking for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), and to
activate/enable/disable functions.
The data link connector has a ground for the serial
data signal exiting the scan tool.
The scan tool is also supplied power and ground at
the data link connector.
(S1) 8-12 Lighting Systems Body and Accessories
Lighting Systems
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Headlamp and Dimmer Switches, Instrument Cluster)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-13
WRK82019
(S1) 8-14
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Single Base and Rectangular Headlamps)
Lighting Systems
WRK82022
Headlights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Dual Rectangular Headlamps)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-15
WRK82020
(S1) 8-16
Headlights DRL Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch, DRL Module, Instrument Cluster)
Lighting Systems
WRK82001
Headlights DRL Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Headlamp Switch, DRL Module)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-17
WRK82002
(S1) 8-18
Headlights DRL Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Base and Rectangular Lamps)
Lighting Systems
WRK82018
Headlights DRL Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Dual Rectangular Lamps)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-19
WRK82017
(S1) 8-20
Exterior Lights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop Lamps)
Lighting Systems
WRK82003
Exterior Lights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Power Distribution – Park Lamps and Headlamp Switch)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-21
WRK82004
(S1) 8-22
Exterior Lights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal / Cluster Indicators and Front Park Lamps)
Lighting Systems
WRK82005
Exterior Lights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-23
WRK82006
(S1) 8-24
Backup Lights Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 112)
Lighting Systems
WRK82008
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 117)
Lighting Systems
(S1) 8-25
WRK82007
Component Locator
End Views
Headlamp Switch I/P Dimmer Switch
WRK82009 WRK82010
D 12020029 D 12020030
Information D 6 Way F Metri-Pack Information D 4 Way F Metri-Pack
480 Series (NAT) 480 Series (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
Pin Wire Color Function Pin Wire Color Function
No. No.
A BRN 9 Park Lamp Output A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
B ORN 540 DRL Relay Feed B BLK 150 Dome Lamp Ground
C RED 42 Battery Positive Feed Dome Lamp Switch

C WHT 156
Output
D YEL 10 Headlamp On Output
D DK GRN 44 Dimmer Output
E ORN 240 Battery Positive Feed
F — — Not Used
Body and Accessories Lighting Systems (S1) 8-27
Left Headlamp (Single Base) Left Outer Headlamp (Dual Rectangular)
WRK82012 WRK82023
Connector Part D 2973386 Connector Part

Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed
B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
Headlamp Ground – C BLK 150 Headlamp Ground

C BLK 150
w/o DRL
C DK BLU 593 DRL Control – w/DRL

Right Outer Headlamp (Dual Rectangular)
Right Headlamp (Single Base)
WRK82023
WRK82012
Connector Part
D 2973386 Information
Connector Part
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
Circuit
No.
Circuit
No. A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed C BLK 150 Headlamp Ground
C BLK 150 Headlamp Ground
Left Inner Headlamp (Dual Rectangular) DRL Module
WRK82024 WRK82011
Connector Part D 12015308

Connector Part
Information
Information D 8 Way F Edgeboard
Series, Standard (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
A LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
A LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input
Headlamp Ground
B BLK 150
w/o DRL DK GRN/ Body Builder
B 1317
WHT (Fog Lamps)
B DK BLU 593 DRL Control w/DRL
C PNK 39 Ignition Positive Feed
D YEL 10 Headlamp On Input

Right Inner Headlamp (Dual Rectangular)
E LT GRN 11 High Beam Input
F WHT 629 High Beam Output
LT GRN/
G 592 DRL Relay Control
BLK
H BLK 250 Ground
WRK82024
Connector Part
Information
Circuit
No.
A LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B BLK 150 Headlamp Ground

Left Headlamp (Single Rectangular) Left Front Marker Lamp
WRK82012 WRK82013
Connector Part D 2973386 D 12103178

Connector Part
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb
Base (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
Headlamp Ground –
A BLK 150
w/o DRL A LT BLU 114 Left Turn Signal Feed
A DK BLU 539 DRL Control – w/DRL B BRN 964 Left Park Lamp Feed
B TAN 12 Low Beam Feed Right Front Marker Lamp

C LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
Right Headlamp (Single Rectangular)
WRK82013
D 12103178
Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb
WRK82012
Base (BLK)
Connector Part D 2973386 Circuit
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Pin Wire Color Function
No.
Circuit Right Turn Signal

Pin Wire Color Function A DK BLU 15
No. Feed
A BLK 150 Headlamp Ground Right Park Lamp

B BRN 964
Feed
B TAN 12 Low Beam Feed

Left Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp Right Front Park Lamp
WRK82014 WRK82014
Connector Part D 2984855 Connector Part D 2984855

Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Left Rear Stop/Turn Right Turn Signal

X YEL 18 X DK BLU 15
Signal Feed Feed
Left Rear Park Lamp Right Park Lamp

Y PPL 912 Y BRN 9
Feed Feed
Left Front Park Lamp Right Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp
WRK82014 WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
X LT BLU 14 Left Turn Signal Feed Right Rear Stop/Turn

X DK GRN 19
Signal Feed
Y BRN 9 Left Park Lamp Feed
Right Rear Park
Y DK BLU 913
Lamp Feed
Hazard Flasher Stop Lamp Switch
WRK82015 WRK82016
Connector Part D 2973385 Connector Part D

Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 3 Way (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed A WHT 17 Stop Lamp Output
B BRN 27 Flasher Output B ORN 240 Switch Feed
Turn Signal Flasher C LT BLU 20 CHMSL Output
WRK82015

Circuit
No.
A PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
B PPL 16 Flasher Output

BLANK
Body and Accessories Wipers/Washer Systems (S1) 8-33
Wipers/Washer Systems
Wiper/Washer System Schematic Icons
(S1) 8-34
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 91)
WRK83001
Body and Accessories Wipers/Washer Systems (S1) 8-35
Component Locator
Wiper/Washer System Connector
End Views
Wipers (Body Builder) Wiper/Washer Module
WRK83002 WRK83003
D 12052200 D 12065425
Information D 7 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed Information D 10 Way 150 Series,
Series, Sealed (BLK) Sealed (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A GRY 91 LO/Delay Input A — — Not Used
B PPL 92 HI Speed Output B — — Not Used
C PNK 94 Wiper/Washer C — — Not Used
D LT BLU 97 Module Logic D — — Not Used
E BLK 250 Wiper Ground LO/Mist/Delay/

E GRY 112
Washer Input
F BLK 250 Wiper Motor Ground
F YEL 143 Battery Positive Feed
G PNK 94 Washer Pump Feed
G GRY 91 LO/Delay Output
H LT BLU 97 Washer Logic
J PNK 94 Wiper/Washer Output
K BLK 250 Module Ground

(S1) 8-36 Wipers/Washer Systems Body and Accessories
BLANK
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems (S1) 8-37
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-38
Power Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus)
Wiring Systems
WRK84001
Power Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (1 of 2)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-39
WRK84002
(S1) 8-40
Power Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (2 of 2)
Wiring Systems
WRK84003
Power Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-41
WRK84004
(S1) 8-42
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Block) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
WRK84005
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-43
WRK84006
(S1) 8-44
Wiring Systems
WRK84007
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Headlamp Switch)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-45
WRK84008
(S1) 8-46
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Backup Lamps, Daytime Running Lights)
Wiring Systems
WRK84009
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Body Builder Provisions) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-47
WRK84010
(S1) 8-48
Wiring Systems
WRK84011
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-49
WRK84012
(S1) 8-50
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn)
Wiring Systems
WRK84013
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, G109 –
Dual Rectangular, Single, and Base Headlamps with DRL)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-51
WRK84014
(S1) 8-52
Dual Rectangular Headlamps without DRL)
Wiring Systems
WRK84059
Single Rectangular and Base Headlamps without DRL)
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-53
WRK84060
(S1) 8-54
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G108)
Wiring Systems
WRK84015
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-55
WRK84016
(S1) 8-56
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G110, G410)
Wiring Systems
WRK84017
Wiring Systems
(S1) 8-57
WRK84019
(S1) 8-58
Ground Distribution Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G401, G501)
Wiring Systems
WRK84020
Component Locator
Ground Locations (P22 Motor Home)
WRK84021
Legend
(1) G101 (5) G401 and G410
(2) G107 (6) G108 and G109
(3) G102 (7) G110 and G111
(4) G501 (8) G200
(S1) 8-60 Wiring Systems Body and Accessories
In-Line Connector Location (P22 Motorhome)
WRK84022
Legend
(1) C300 – 7 Way Connector (9) C501 – 2 Way Connector
(8) C402 – 2 Way Connector
Electrical Center Identification (P22 Motorhome)
Underhood Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome)
WRK84053

Fuse/Circuit Breaker Rating Description
PCM/TCM – BAT 20A Powertrain Control Module, Transmission Control Module
AUX FAN 30A Auxiliary Fan
STOP/HAZ 20A ABS Brake Switch, Turn Signal Switch, Audio Alarm/Auxiliary Fan
ENG – RH 15A Cylinder 2, 4, 6, 8 Injectors and Coils
ENG – LH 15A Cylinder 1, 3, 5, 7 Injectors and Coils
PCM/TCM – 1 10A Powertrain Control Module, Transmission Control Module
ENG – 1 20A EVAP Canister Sol, Mass Air, Oxygen Sensors
ALT/START 10A Alternator, Park/Neutral Position and Backup Lamp Switch
A/C CMPR 10A A/C Compressor Relay

Underhood Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
BRAKE 10A ABS Module, ABS Brake Switch
CRUISE 10A Cruise Control Switch
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
ETM 15A Electronic Throttle Module
CRANK 10A Crank Request to PCM
LH TAIL 5A LH Tail Lamps
RH TAIL 5A RH Tail Lamps
DATA 10A Data Link
AUX ‘‘B’’ STUD 30A Body Builder
AUX ‘‘A’’ STUD 30A Body Builder
LIGHTING 50A IP External Fuse Block, Headlamp Switch, Data Link Fuse (Eng)
BATTERY 50A IP External Fuse Block, Stop/Hazard Fuse (Eng)
IGN A 40A Ignition Switch Starter Relay
IGN B 50A Ignition Switch
ABS 60A ABS Module
BLOWER 30A HVAC Blower
POWER BRAKE 60A Power Brake Booster
HORN – PCM 50A Eng Fuse Block, Horn Fuse (IP External)
IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome)
WRK84055

Fuse 1 — Not Used
HORN Fuse 2 20A Horn Relay
CTSY Fuse 3 20A Dome and Courtesy Lamps (Body Builder)
GAUGES Fuse 4 20A DRL Relay, DRL Module, Cluster, Audio Alarm
Fuse 5 — Not Used
Fuse 6 — Not Used
AUX PWR Fuse 7 20A Body Builder
Fuse 8 — Not Used
PK LPS Fuse 9 20A Headlamp Switch (Park, Marker and Taillamps)
TURN – B/U Fuse 10 15A Turn Signal Switch, Park, Neutral Position and Back-Up Switch
IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
Fuse 11 — Not Used
JACKS ALARM Fuse 12 5A Jacks Alarm
CIG LTR Fuse 13 20A Cigarette Lighter (Body Builder)
ILLUM Fuse 14 10A IP Cluster, Audio Alarm, Body Builder Feed
RADIO – ACC Fuse 16 15A Body Builder Radio
MKR LPS Fuse 17 10A License Lamps, Body Builder Marker Lamps
RADIO – BAT Fuse 19 10A Body Builder Radio
WIPER Fuse 22 25A Body Builder Wipers
FRT PARK Fuse 23 5A Front Park Lamps
STEP ALARM Fuse 24 5A Step Alarm
PWR ACCY #1 Fuse A 30A CKT BKR Body Builder
PWR ACCY #2 Fuse B 30A CKT BKR Body Builder

Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome)
WRK84057
Legend
(1) Not Used (Spare Battery Feed) (8) C218
(2) C222 (9) C224
(3) C212 (10) C207
(4) C209 (11) C219
(5) Spare Fused Power Feed (12) Horn Relay
(6) C211 (Body Builder Power Feed) (13) DRL Relay
(7) C206 (14) Not Used
Power and Grounding Connector End Views
WRK84054
Underhood Fuse Block Underhood Fuse Block

(P22 Motorhome) (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
Information D Fuse Block (BLK) Information D Fuse Block (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump Relay

A1 BLK 550 B1 PNK 1039
Ground (Coil Side) Feed (Switch Side)
Fuel Pump Motor Fuel Pump Prime

B2 RED 490
A3 GRY 120 Feed (Relay-Switch Lead
Side)
DK GRN/ Fuel Pump Relay
B3 465
DK GRN/ A/C Compressor WHT Control
A4 459
WHT Relay Control
A/C Compressor
A/C Compressor B4 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch
A6 DK GRN 59
Clutch Feed Side) (Hot in Run)
A7 YEL 447 Start Relay Control B5 — — Not Used
Start Relay Feed

A9 RED 242
(Switch Side)
(P22 Motorhome) (cont’d) (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A/C Compressor Hot in Run Bus (A/C

Relay Feed (Coil F5 — 300 Compressor Fuse
B6 PNK 739
Side) (Hot in Run and Feed)
Start)
Fused B+ from J12,
F7 RED 642
Starter Solenoid AUX Fan Fuse
B7 PPL 6
Feed
Engine RH Fuse
B8 — — Not Used F9 — 3 Feed (Hot in Run and
Start Bus)
Start Relay Feed
B9 YEL 1737
(Coil Side) F11 RED 742 Battery+ Feed
Brake Warning Relay G2 PPL 912 LH Taillamps Feed
C1 BLK 1450
Control
Fuel Pump Relay
Brake Warning Relay Feed (Switch Side)
C3 LT GRN 867 G4 PNK 1039
Feed (Switch Side) (Hot in Run and
Start)
BTSI Relay Ground
C4 BLK 550
(Coil Side) A/C Compressor
G6 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch
BTSI Relay Feed Side) (Hot in Run)
C6 PPL 420
(Switch Side)
Jumper from G8 to
D1 — — Not Used G8 RED 1640 AUX Fan Relay
Switched Side
Brake Relay Ground
D2 BLK 550
(Switch Side) RH Coils and
Brake Warning Relay G10 PNK 239 Injectors Feed (Hot in
D3 PNK 739 Run and Start)
Feed (Coil Side)
DK GRN/ PCM and TCM

D4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed G12 ORN 440
WHT Feeds (B+)
D5 — — Not Used Hot with Headlamp

Switch in Park or
H1 BRN 9
BTSI Relay Control Head Bus Feed – LH
D6 LT GRN 275 Taillamp Fuse Feed
(PRNDL)
AUX Fan Relay Ignition (+) Bus Feed

D7 DK BLU 473 (Hot in Run and
Ground (Coil Side) H3 PNK 3
Start) ETM Fuse
AUX Fan Relay Feed Feed
D9 ORN 1640
(Switch Side)
Ignition (+) Bus Feed
H5 ORN 300
E7 Red 702 AUX Fan Motor Feed (Brake Fuse Feed)
E8 — — Not Used Engine 1 Fuse Feed

H7 — 3 (Hot in Run and Start
AUX Fan Relay Feed Bus)
E9 ORN 140
(B+) (Coil Side)
LH Tail Fuse Feed (Hot in Run and
(Hot with Headlamp H9 PNK 3
F1 — 9 Start) Engine LH
Switch in Park or Fuse Feed
Headlamp)
30A Fuse Not
Fuel Pump Fuse H11 RED 989 Designated on Label
F3 — 3 Feed (Hot in Run and (Battery+)
Start Bus)
(P22 Motorhome) (cont’d) (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
J2 DK BLU 913 RH Taillamps Feed Exterior Lights and

L12 ORN 140
Cool Fan Feeds (B+)
TAC Module Feed
J4 PNK 839 (Hot in Run and PCM/TCM Battery
Start) M1 RED 742 and Horn Fuse Feed
(B+)
Stop Lamp Switch
J6 BRN 241 and EBCM Feeds Brake Booster Pump
M2 RED 985
(Hot in Run) Relay Feed (B+)
EVAP Purge, MAF/ Blower Feed (Body

M3 RED —
J8 PNK 539 IAT Feeds (Hot in Builder) (B+)
Run and Start)
M4 RED 442 EBCM Feed (B+)
LH Coils and
J10 PNK 339 Injectors Feed (Hot in Ignition Switch Feed
M5 RED 342
Run and Start) (B+)
30A Fuse Not Ignition Switch and

Designated on Label M6 RED 242 Start Relay Feed
J12 RED 642 (B+)
– AUX Fan Feed to
F7 (AUX Fan Fuse)
Stop/Hazard,
Battery+ Feed – Data Accessory 1, AUX
K1 RED 42 M7 RED 142 Power, Cigerette
Fuse Feed
Lighter, Radio Battery
Crank Fuse Feed Fuse Feed (B+)
K3 YEL 5
(Hot in Start)
Headlamp Switch
Hot in Run Bus and Data, Courtesy,
K5 — 300 M8 RED 42
(Cruise Fuse) Parking Lamps Fuse
Feed (B+)
(Hot in Run and N1 — — Battery Bus
K7 PNK 3
Start) Alternator/
Starter Fuse Feed N2 — — Battery Bus
PCM/TCM Fuse N3 — — Battery Bus

K9 N/A 3 Feed (Hot it Run and
Start Bus) N4 — — Battery Bus
Battery+ Feed – N5 — — Battery Bus

K11 RED 142 Stop/Hazard Fuse
N6 — — Battery Bus
Feed
L2 ORN 1340 DLC Feed (B+)
PCM and PNP
L4 PPL 806 Switch Feed (Hot in P7 — — Battery Bus
Start)
P8 — — Battery Bus
Cruise Switch Feed
L6 BRN 41
(Hot in Run) R7 — — Body Builder
Generator, Brake R8 — — Body Builder
Warning Relay and
L8 PNK 739 A/C Compressor
Relay Feeds (Hot in
Run and Start)
PCM and TCM Feeds

L10 PNK 439
(Hot in Run and Start)
WRK84056
IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome) IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome)

D Fuse Block (BLK) D Fuse Block (BLK)
Information Information
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
ACCY #2 Circuit Supply for Radio/

A2 BRN 4 Breaker (Body B2 — 142 Battery Fuse (Body
Builder) Builder Radio)
ACCY #2 Circuit Supply for Cigarette

B4 RED 142
A3 YEL 243 Breaker (Body Lighter (Body Builder)
Builder)
Supply for AUX
B6 — 142
ACCY #1 Circuit Power (Body Builder)
A6 RED 142 Breaker (Body
Builder) Radio Battery Fuse
C1 ORN 1240
(Body Builder Radio)
ACCY #1 Circuit
A7 ORN 1540 Breaker (Body Cigarette Lighter
C3 ORN 1140
Builder) (Body Builder)
IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d) IP Fuse Block (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
D Fuse Block (BLK) D Fuse Block (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
AUX Power (Body Gauges, DRL Relay

C5 ORN 1040
Builder) H8 — 3 Module, Cluster,
Audio Alarm
Illumination Fuse
D4 DK GRN 44 IPC, Audio Alarm J1 YEL 143 Wiper (Body Builder)
(Body Builder)
Radio Accessory
J3 YEL 43
D8 RED 742 Horn Fuse Supply (Body Builder)
Illumination Fuse IPC Turn Signals, PNP

J5 PNK 139
E3 GRY 8 Audio Alarm (Body and Backup Lamps
Builder)
Gauges, DRL Relay
E7 ORN 640 Horn Fuse J7 PNK 39 Module, Cluster,
Audio Alarm
Park Lamps,
F6 RED 42 Headlamps, Park Front Park Lamps
K2 BRN 9
Marker, Tail Supply Feed
Courtesy Lamp, License, Marker

K4 — 9
F8 — — Dome Courtesy Lamps (Body Builder)
Lamp (Body Builder)
L1 BRN 964 Front Park Lamps
Park Lamps,
G5 ORN 240 Headlamps (Body License, Marker
L3 GRY 914
Builder) Lamps (Body Builder)
Courtesy and Dome M2 — 300 Step Alarm

G7 ORN 40
(Body Builder)
M4 ORN 300 Not Used
H2 BRN 4 Wipers (Body Builder)
M6 — 300 Jacks Alarm
Radio Accessory
H4 — 4 N1 BRN 341 Step Alarm
Feed (Body Builder)
Turn Signals, PNP N5 BRN 141 Jacks Alarm

H6 PNK 3 and Backup Lamp
Feed
Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome)
WRK84058
Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome) Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)

Information D Convenience Center Information D Convenience Center
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery+ Feed (Body C8 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Signal

A RED 542
Builder)
C9 LT GRN 1737 Park Input
B — — Not Used
IP Dimming Feed
D1 GRY 8
C1 — — Not Used Control
DK GRN/ Fog Lamp Provisions Marker Lamps (Body

C2 1317 D2 GRY 914
WHT (Body Builder) Builder)
C3 — — Not Used Reverse Input

D3 LT GRN 24
(PRNDL)
Parking Brake Signal
C4 WHT/BLK —
(Body Builder) Park Brake Output
D4 WHT/BLK —
(Body Builder)
C6 — — Not Used
Battery+ Horn Feed
D5 DK GRN 29
C7 BRN 341 Step Alarm Feed (Relay Switch)
Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d) Convenience Center (P22 Motorhome) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
D6 BLK 250 Ground DRL Relay Ground

G5 BLK 150
(Switch)
D7 WHT 156 IP Dimming Dome LP
Headlamp Switch
G6 ORN 640
D8 ORN 40 Courtesy Lamp Feed Input to DRL Relay
D9 — — Not Used G8 — — Not Used
Radio/ACC (Body Battery+ Horn Feed

E1 YEL 43 H1 DK GRN 29
Builder) (Relay Switch)
Radio Feed (Body Battery+ Horn Relay

E2 ORN 1240 H3 ORN 640
Builder) Feed (Coil)
Cigarette Lighter DRL Switching

E3 ORN 1140 H4 DK BLU 593
Feed (Body Builder) Circuit
AUX Power Feed LT GRN/ DRL Module Relay

E4 ORN 1040 H6 592
(Body Builder) BLK Control
ACCY 1 Feed (Body H7 — — Not Used

E5 ORN 1540
Builder)
H8 — — Not Used
ACCY 2 Feed
E6 YEL 243 Ignition+ (Body H9 — — Not Used
Builder)
IP Dimming Input
J1 GRY 8
F1 — — Not Used (Chime)
F2 — — Not Used Battery+ Feed

J2 ORN 140
(Chime)
F3 — — Not Used
J3 — — Not Used
Jack Alarm Feed
F5 BRN 141 J4 — — Not Used
(Body Builder)
Stop Lamp Switch K1 BLK 250 Ground

F6 WHT 17
Signal (Body Builder)
K2 BLK 250 Ground
Horn Control Relay
G1 BLK 28 Seat Belt Indicator
Coil K3 YEL 234
(Chime)
G2 — — Not Used
Ignition+ Feed Chime
K4 PNK 39
Battery+ Horn Relay Module
G3 ORN 640
Feed (Switch)
Ignition+ Feed (DRL

G4 PNK 39
Relay/Coil)
Inline Harness Connector End Views (P22 Motorhome)
C113 Chassis Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
WRK84023 WRK84024

Information D 2 Way F (BLK) Information D 2 Way M (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BLK 550 Fan Motor Ground A BLK 550 Fan Motor Ground
B RED 702 Fan Motor Feed B RED 702 Fan Motor Feed
C180 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness
WRK84025 WRK84026

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BLK 1744 Injector 1 Control A BLK 1744 Injector 1 Control
DK BLU/ DK BLU/
B 878 Injector 8 Control B 878 Injector 8 Control
WHT WHT
LT BLU/ LT BLU/
C 844 Injector 4 Control C 844 Injector 4 Control
BLK BLK
D PNK/BLK 1746 Injector 3 Control D PNK/BLK 1746 Injector 3 Control
E YEL/BLK 846 Injector 6 Control E YEL/BLK 846 Injector 6 Control
F BLK/WHT 845 Injector 5 Control F BLK/WHT 845 Injector 5 Control
G RED/BLK 877 Injector 7 Control G RED/BLK 877 Injector 7 Control
LT GRN/ LT GRN/
H 1745 Injector 2 Control H 1745 Injector 2 Control
BLK BLK
J PNK 339 Left Bank Injector Feed J PNK 339 Left Bank Injector Feed
K PNK 239 Right Bank Injector Feed K PNK 239 Right Bank Injector Feed
C189 Chassis Harness to Left Side Engine Harness
WRK84027
D Similar to 1217611 D Similar to 12146432

Information D 8 Way 280 Series Flexlock Information D 8 Way 280 Series Flexlock
Sealed F (NAT) Sealed M (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BLK 450 Ground to G111 A BLK 450 Ground to G111
B RED 2127 I/C Signal Coil 7 B RED 2127 I/C Signal Coil 7
C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal Coil 5 C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal Coil 5
D — — Not Used D — — Not Used
E BRN 2129 Reference Low E BRN 2129 Reference Low
F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal Coil 3 F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal Coil 3
G PPL 2121 I/C Signal Coil 1 G PPL 2121 I/C Signal Coil 1
H PNK 339 Ignition+ Voltage H PNK 339 Ignition+ Voltage

C190 Chassis Harness to Right Side Engine Harness
WRK84028

Information D 8 Way 280 Series Flexlock Information D 8 Way 280 Series Flexlock
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B RED/WHT 2122 I/C Signal Coil 2 B RED 2122 I/C Signal Coil 2
DK GRN/
C 2124 I/C Signal Coil 4 C DK GRN 2124 I/C Signal Coil 4
WHT
E BRN/WHT 2130 Reference Low E BRN 2130 Reference Low
LT BLU/
F 2126 I/C Signal Coil 6 F LT BLU 2126 I/C Signal Coil 6
WHT
G PPL/WHT 2128 I/C Signal Coil 8 G PPL 2128 I/C Signal Coil 8
H PNK 239 Ignition+ Voltage H PNK 239 Ignition+ Voltage

C200 Chassis Harness to Body Harness
WRK84029 WRK84030

Information D 36 Way F (NAT) Information D 36 Way M (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed
A2 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed A2 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
A3 ORN 1340 Battery+ Feed A3 ORN 1340 Battery+ Feed
A4 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed A4 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed
A6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed A6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed
Back Lamp Feed and Back Lamp Feed and

B1 LT GRN 24 B1 LT GRN 24
Signal Signal
B2 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed B2 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed
Park Signal (PNP Park Signal (PNP

Switch) Switch)
B5 BLK 470 Fuel Level Low Ref. B5 BLK 470 Fuel Level Low Ref.
B6 PPL 1589 Fuel Level Signal 2 B6 PPL 1589 Fuel Level Signal 2
B8 WHT 121 Tach Signal B8 WHT 121 Tach Signal
C1 GRY 416 5 Volt Ref. (TPS 1) C1 GRY 416 5 Volt Ref. (TPS 1)
LT BLU/ LT BLU/
C2 1688 5 Volt Ref. (TPS 2) C2 1688 5 Volt Ref. (TPS 2)
BLK BLK
C3 BLK 452 Low Ref. (TPS 1) C3 BLK 452 Low Ref. (TPS 1)
C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref. (TPS 2) C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref. (TPS 2)
Serial Data (UART – Serial Data (UART –

C5 ORN 1061 C5 ORN 1061
Secondary) Secondary)
C200 Chassis Harness to Body Harness (cont’d)
Information D 36 Way F (NAT) Information D 36 Way M (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
DK BLU/ Serial Data (UART – DK BLU/ Serial Data (UART –

C6 774 C6 774
WHT Primary) WHT Primary)
DK GRN/ Speedometer Signal DK GRN/ Speedometer Signal

C7 817 C7 817
WHT (TOSS) WHT (TOSS)
C8 TAN 31 Oil Pressure Signal C8 TAN 31 Oil Pressure Signal
D1 DK GRN 485 TPS 1 Signal D1 DK GRN 485 TPS 1 Signal
D2 PPL 486 TPS 2 Signal D2 PPL 486 TPS 2 Signal
D3 YEL 581 TAC Motor 1 Feed D3 YEL 581 TAC Motor 1 Feed
D4 BRN 582 TAC Motor 2 Feed D4 BRN 582 TAC Motor 2 Feed
D6 PNK 839 Ignition+ Feed D6 PNK 839 Ignition+ Feed
D7 BLK/WHT 551 Ground D7 BLK/WHT 551 Ground
D8 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed D8 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed
E1 PNK 3 Ignition+ Feed E1 PNK 3 Ignition+ Feed
E2 ORN 300 Ignition+ Feed E2 ORN 300 Ignition+ Feed
E3 RED 342 Battery+ Feed E3 RED 342 Battery+ Feed
E5 RED 542 Battery+ Feed E5 RED 542 Battery+ Feed
Stop Lamp Switch Stop Lamp Switch

E6 LT BLU 20 E6 LT BLU 20
Signal Signal
Right Rear Turn Lamp Right Rear Turn Lamp

E7 DK GRN 19 E7 DK GRN 19
Feed Feed
Left Rear Turn Lamp Left Rear Turn Lamp

E8 YEL 18 E8 YEL 18
Feed Feed
C204A Body Harness to Steering Column Harness
WRK84031 WRK84032
D A = 12047842 D D = 12077822
Information D 17 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information D 48 Way M Metri-Pack
Series (BLK) Mixed (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 WHT — Not Functional A1 — — Not Used
A2 PNK 973 Flasher Jumper A2 PPL 973 Flasher Jumper
A3 LT BLU 16 Turn Flasher Input A3 PPL 16 Turn Flasher Input
A4 — — Not Used A4 — — Not Used
A6 DK BLU 15 T/S Output Right Front A6 DK BLU 15 T/S Output Right Front
A7 LT BLU 14 T/S Output Left Front A7 LT BLU 14 T/S Output Left Front
A11 BLK 28 Horn Slip Ring Ground A11 BLK 28 Horn Slip Ring Ground
A12 GRY 397 Cruise On Signal A12 GRY 397 Cruise On Signal
A13 PNK 41 Cruise Switch B+ Feed A13 BRN 41 Cruise Switch B+ Feed
A14 DK BLU 84 Cruise Set/Coast Signal A14 DK BLU 84 Cruise Set/Coast Signal
Cruise Reset/Accelerate Cruise Reset/Accelerate

A15 GRY/BLK 87 A15 GRY/BLK 87
Signal Signal
A16 BLK 250 BTSI Ground to G200 A16 BLK 250 BTSI Ground to G200
DK GRN/ DK GRN/
A17 1135 BTSI Relay Feed A17 1135 BTSI Relay Feed
WHT WHT
C204B Body Harness to Steering Column Harness
WRK84033 WRK84034
D B = 12084183 D D = 12077822
Information D 18 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed Information D 48 Way M Metri-Pack
(BLK) Mixed (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B1 — — Not Used B1 — — Not Used
B2 BLK 250 Ground to G200 B2 BLK 250 Ground to G200
B3 LT GRN — Not Functional B3 — — Not Used
B4 BRN — Not Functional B4 — — Not Used
Bulb Check Circuit, Bulb Check Circuit,

B5 TAN/WHT 1134 B5 LT BLU 1134
Brake Warning Brake Warning
C1 WHT — Not Functional C1 — — Not Used
C2 BLK 250 Ground to G200 C2 BLK 250 Ground to G200
C3 — — Not Used C3 — — Not Used
IP, Underhood Switch IP, Underhood Switch

C5 PNK 3 C5 PNK 3
Feed, Powertrain Feed, Powertrain
Switch Feed IP and Switch Feed IP and

C6 ORN 300 C6 ORN 300
D1 YEL 5 Start Input Crank Fuse D1 YEL 5 Start Input Crank Fuse
D2 RED 342 Battery+ Feed D2 RED 342 Battery+ Feed
D3 — — Not Used D3 — — Not Used
B+ Feed from B+ Feed from

D5 RED/WHT 242 D5 RED 242
Switch Feed ACC, IP Switch Feed ACC, IP

D6 BRN 4 Fuse Block (Body D6 BRN 4 Fuse Block (Body
Builder) Builder)
C204C Body Harness to Steering Column Harness
WRK84035 WRK84036
D C = 12047840 D D = 12077822
Information D 13 Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information D 48 Way M Metri-Pack
Series (BLK) Mixed (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
E1 LT GRN 27 Hazard Flasher Input E1 BRN 27 Hazard Flasher Input
E2 WHT 17 Stop Lamp Input E2 WHT 17 Stop Lamp Input
E3 PPL 92 Body Builder Wipers E3 PPL 92 Body Builder Wipers
Body Builder Wipers, Body Builder Wipers,

E4 YEL 143 E4 YEL 143
Ignition+ Feed Ignition+ Feed
E5 GRY 112 Body Builder Wipers E5 GRY 112 Body Builder Wipers
E6 DK GRN 19 T/S Output Right Rear E6 DK GRN 19 T/S Output Right Rear
E7 YEL 18 T/S Output Left Rear E7 YEL 18 T/S Output Left Rear
E8 ORN 973 T/S Flasher Jumper E8 PPL 973 T/S Flasher Jumper
E9 PPL 973 T/S Flasher Jumper E9 PPL 973 T/S Flasher Jumper
E10 — — Not Used E10 — — Not Used
E11 LT GRN 11 High Beam Output E11 LT GRN 11 High Beam Output
E12 TAN 12 Low Beam Output E12 TAN 12 Low Beam Output
Headlamp Switched Headlamp Switched

E13 LT BLU 10 E13 YEL 10
Feed Feed
C205 Body Harness to Chassis Harness
WRK84037 WRK84038

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Engine Temperature Engine Temperature

A2 DK GRN 35 A2 DK GRN 35
Gauge Signal Gauge Signal
Transmission Indicator Transmission Indicator

A3 TAN 990 A3 TAN 990
Control Control
A4 BRN 241 Ignition 3+ Feed A4 BRN 241 Ignition 3+ Feed
Stop Lamp Switch Stop Lamp Switch

A5 PPL 420 A5 PPL 420
Signal Signal
B1 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Indicator Control B1 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Indicator Control
B2 PPL 1807 Class 2 Serial Data B2 PPL 1807 Class 2 Serial Data
Reduced Engine Power Reduced Engine Power

B3 WHT/BLK 499 B3 WHT/BLK 499
Indicator Control Indicator Control
DK GRN/ DK GRN/
B4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed B4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed
WHT WHT
B5 BRN 41 Ignition 3+ Feed B5 BRN 41 Ignition 3+ Feed
C1 PPL 680 Brake Fluid Level Out C1 PPL 680 Brake Fluid Level Out
C2 TAN/WHT 799 EBCM Serial Data C2 TAN/WHT 799 EBCM Serial Data
Crank Fuse Feed Crank Fuse Feed

C3 YEL 5 C3 YEL 5
Ignition Switch Output Ignition Switch Output
C4 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control C4 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control
C5 BRN 25 BATT Indicator Control C5 BRN 25 BATT Indicator Control

C207 Body Harness to Wiper Harness
WRK84039 WRK84040

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Wiper Motor Coil Supply

A — — Body Builder A GRY 91
Voltage
B — — Body Builder B PPL 92 Wiper Motor High Speed
C — — Body Builder C PNK 94 Washer Switch Signal
Wiper Switch Mist/Off/

D — — Body Builder D LT BLU 97
Low Signal
E — — Body Builder E BLK 250 Ground
F — — Body Builder F BLK 250 Ground
G — — Body Builder G PNK 94 Washer Switch Signal

C209 Body Harness to Chassis Harness
WRK84041 WRK84042

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Range Inhibit Indicator Range Inhibit Indicator

A DK GRN 998 A DK GRN 998
Control Control
B BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL A Input B BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL A Input
C YEL 772 PRNDL B Input C YEL 772 PRNDL B Input
D PPL 956 O/D Switch D PPL 956 O/D Switch
E DK BLU 957 O/D Switch E DK BLU 957 O/D Switch
F GRY 773 PRNDL C Input F GRY 773 PRNDL C Input
G WHT 776 PRNDL P Input G WHT 776 PRNDL P Input

C210 Body Harness to IP Harness
WRK84043 WRK84044
D 12059735
D 56 Way M Metri-Pack
Information D 56 Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information
(MD GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Ignition+ Feed/ Ignition+ Feed/

A1 PNK 3 A1 PNK 3
Turn-Backup Turn-Backup
A3 BLK 28 Horn Control (Ground) A3 BLK 28 Horn Control (Ground)
B1 RED 542 Battery+ Feed B1 RED 542 Battery+ Feed
B3 LT BLU 14 Cluster L T/S Indicator B3 LT BLU 14 Cluster L T/S Indicator
B4 DK BLU 15 Cluster R T/S Indicator B4 DK BLU 15 Cluster R T/S Indicator
Fuel Level PCM HI

C1 PPL 1589 C1 — — Not Used
(Drive Away)
C2 BRN 964 Front Park Lamp Feed C2 BRN 964 Front Park Lamp Feed
C3 DK GRN 35 ECT Gauge Signal C3 DK GRN 35 ECT Gauge Signal
C4 PPL 16 T/S Flasher Output C4 PPL 16 T/S Flasher Output
PCM Fuel Level LO

D1 BLK 470 D1 — — Not Used
(Drive Away)
D2 LT GRN 867 Brake Fluid Level Input D2 LT GRN 867 Brake Fluid Level Input
D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch
E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input PRNDL E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input PRNDL
E2 TAN 990 Trans Lamp Control E2 TAN 990 Trans Lamp Control
E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Switch E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Switch
E4 PPL 680 Brake Fluid Level Output E4 PPL 680 Brake Fluid Level Output
C210 Body Harness to IP Harness (cont’d)
D 12059735
(MD GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
F1 YEL 10 Headlamp Dimmer Feed F1 YEL 10 Headlamp Dimmer Feed
F2 BRN 27 Hazard Flasher Output F2 BRN 27 Hazard Flasher Output
F3 BRN 25 Battery Lamp Control F3 BRN 25 Battery Lamp Control
Range Inh. Lamp Range Inh. Lamp

F4 DK GRN 998 F4 DK GRN 998
Control Control
G1 DK BLU 593 DRL Switch Output G1 DK BLU 593 DRL Switch Output
G2 LT GRN 24 Reverse Input G2 LT GRN 24 Reverse Input
G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B+ Relay G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B+ Relay
G4 — — Not Used G4 — — Not Used
H6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed IP Block H6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed IP Block
H7 BRN 4 Ignition+ Feed H7 BRN 4 Ignition+ Feed
H8 ORN 300 Feed (Body Builder) H8 ORN 300 Feed (Body Builder)
H9 — — Not Used H9 — — Not Used
J6 YEL 143 Ignition+ Feed J6 YEL 143 Ignition+ Feed
J7 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed/Hazard J7 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed/Hazard
J8 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal J8 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal
J9 WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal J9 WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
K6 TAN 31 Oil Pressure Signal K6 TAN 31 Oil Pressure Signal
K7 GRY 773 PRNDL K7 GRY 773 PRNDL
K8 WHT 776 PRNDL K8 WHT 776 PRNDL
K9 LT GRN 11 DRL HI Beam Input K9 GRN 11 DRL HI Beam Input
L6 WHT 121 TACH Signal L6 WHT 121 TACH Signal
L7 BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL L7 BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL
L8 YEL 772 PRNDL L8 YEL 772 PRNDL
M6 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed PRNDL M6 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed PRNDL
M7 — — Not Used M7 GRY 8 Not Used
M8 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Request M8 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Request
Service Throttle Soon Service Throttle Soon

M9 WHT/BLK 499 M9 WHT/BLK 499
Signal Signal
C210 Body Harness to IP Harness (cont’d)
D 12059735
(MD GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
N6 — — Not Used N6 — — Not Used
N8 BLK/WHT 551 Ground IP Dimming N8 BLK/WHT 551 Ground IP Dimming
DK GRN/ DK GRN/
N9 817 Vehicle Speed Signal N9 817 Vehicle Speed Signal
WHT WHT
P6 RED 742 Battery+ Feed P6 RED 742 Battery+ Feed
Fuel Pump Feed

P7 GRY 120 P7 — — Not Used
(Drive Away)
Marker Lamp Feed Marker Lamp Feed

P8 GRY 914 P8 GRY 914
Park On Park On
P9 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed Park On P9 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed Park On
P10 LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input P10 LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input
C300 Body Harness to Forward Lamp Harness
WRK84045 WRK84046

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BRN 964 Front Park Lamp Feed A BRN 964 Front Park Lamp Feed
B TAN 12 Low Beam Lamp Feed B TAN 12 Low Beam Lamp Feed
Left Front Turn/Marker Left Front Turn/Marker

C LT BLU 14 C LT BLU 14
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
DRL Control (w/DRL DRL Control (w/DRL

D DK BLU 593 D DK BLU 593
Only) Only)
E DK GRN 29 Horn Feed E DK GRN 29 Horn Feed
Right Front Turn/Marker Right Front Turn/Marker

F DK BLU 15 F DK BLU 15
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
G LT GRN 11 High Beam Lamp Feed G LT GRN 11 High Beam Lamp Feed
C400 Front Chassis Harness to Rear Chassis Harness
WRK84047 WRK84048

D 15 Way F D 15 Way M
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Wheel Speed Sensor Wheel Speed Sensor

A1 BRN 882 A1 BRN 882
Signal RR Signal RR
A2 PPL 1589 Fuel Level Signal A2 PPL 1589 Fuel Level Signal
Fuel Level Low Fuel Level Low

A3 BLK 470 A3 BLK 470
Reference Reference
A4 YEL 18 Left Stop/Turn Feed A4 YEL 18 Left Stop/Turn Feed
A5 PPL 912 Left Park Lamp Feed A5 PPL 912 Left Park Lamp Feed
Body Builder CHMSL Body Builder CHMSL

B1 LT BLU 20 B1 LT BLU 20
Feed Feed
B2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamps Feed B2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamps Feed
License Plate Lamp License Plate Lamp

B3 GRY 914 B3 GRY 914
Feed Feed
B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed

C1 WHT 883 C1 WHT 883
Rotation RR Rotation RR

C2 BLK 884 C2 BLK 884
Signal LR Signal LR

C3 RED 885 C3 RED 885
Rotation LR Rotation LR
C4 DK GRN 19 Left Stop/Turn Feed C4 DK GRN 19 Left Stop/Turn Feed
C5 DK BLU 913 Right Park Lamp Feed C5 DK BLU 913 Right Park Lamp Feed
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to Clearance Light Harness
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A GRY 914 Clearance Lights Feed
Clearance Lights
B — — Body Builder B BLK 650
Ground
C500 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamp Harness
WRK84051 WRK84052

Information D 7 Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information D 7 Way M Metri-Pack (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Lamp Feed Left Park Lamp Feed Left

A PPL 912 A PPL 912
Rear Rear
Stop Lamp Feed Left Stop Lamp Feed Left

B YEL 18 B YEL 18
Rear Rear
Stop Lamp Feed Right Stop Lamp Feed Right

C DK GRN 19 C DK GRN 19
Rear Rear
D BLK 650 Ground to G501 D BLK 650 Ground to G501
Park Lamp Feed Right Park Lamp Feed Right

E DK BLU 913 E DK BLU 913
Rear Rear

F GRY 914 F GRY 914
Feed Feed
G LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed G LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed

C501 Rear Chassis Harness to CHMSL Harness
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A — — Not Used
B — — Body Builder B LT BLU 20 CHMSL Feed

Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console (S1) 8-93
Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console

Instrument Cluster Schematic Icons
(S1) 8-94 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Body and Accessories
WRK85006
Audible Warnings Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 76)
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators)

(S1) 8-95
WRK85001
(S1) 8-96
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Gauges)

WRK85002
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators and Illumination Lamps)

(S1) 8-97
WRK85003
(S1) 8-98
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 81: PRNDL Inputs)

WRK85004
Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console (S1) 8-99
Component Locator
Instrument Cluster Connector End Views
Instrument Cluster Connector
WRK85005
Instrument Cluster Connector Instrument Cluster Connector (cont’d)

D +12191271 D +12191271
Information D 32 Way Printed Circuit Information D 32 Way Printed Circuit
Connector (GRY) Connector (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery Lamp LT GRN/

1 BRN 25 17 592 DRL Indicator
Indicator BLK
2 LT BLU 958 O/D OFF Input 18 — — Not Used
3 LT BLU 14 Left Turn Indicator 19 — — Not Used
4 BLK/WHT 551 Cluster Ground Range Inhibit

20 DK GRN 998
Indicator
5 WHT 629 High Beam Input
Reduced Engine
21 WHT/BLK 499
6 WHT 121 Tachometer Input Power Indicator
Ignition Positive Ignition Positive

7 PNK 39 22 PNK 39
Gauges Fuse Gauges Fuse
8 — — Not Used Malfunction Indicator

23 BRN/WHT 419
Lamp
9 BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL A
24 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Lamp
10 GRY 773 PRNDL C
25 — — Not Used
11 YEL 772 PRNDL B
26 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Input
12 WHT 776 PRNDL P
27 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator
Coolant Temperature
13 DK GRN 35
Gauge Input 28 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator
DK GRN/ Speedometer/Vehicle Backlight Illumination

14 817 29 GRY 8
WHT Speed Input Feed
Oil Pressure Sensure Chime Module Seat

15 TAN 31
Input 30 YEL 234 Belt Warning Lamp
Indicator
Fuel Level Signal
16 PPL 30
(PCM Output) 31 BLK/WHT 551 Cluster Ground
32 DK BLU 15 Right Turn Indicator

(S1) 8-100 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Body and Accessories
BLANK
Body and Accessories Horns (S1) 8-101
Horns
Horns Schematic Icons
(S1) 8-102
Horns Schematics (P22 Motorhome) (Cell 40)
Horns
WRK86001
Body and Accessories Horns (S1) 8-103
Component Locator
Horns Connector
End Views
Horn A-Note Horn F-Note
WRK86002 WRK86002
D 12052644 D 12052644
Information D 2 Way F150 Series, Information D 2 Way F150 Series,
Sealed (LT GRY) Sealed (LT GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BLK 150 Horn Ground A BLK 150 Horn Ground
B DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B DK GRN 29 Horn Feed

Body and Accessories Table of Contents (S2) 8.1-1
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.1 – Data Link Communications
Data Link Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-3 Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.1-3 (P52 Commercial) (Cell 50)
(L18) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-9
Data Link Communications Schematic
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(S2) 8.1-3 Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
(P52 Commercial) (Cell 50)
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
(L18) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-10
(P32 Motorhome)
(Cell 50) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-4 Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-11
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics Data Link Communications Connector
(P32 Motorhome) End Views (P32 L18
(Cell 50) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-5 Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-11
(P42 Commercial) (Cell 50) End Views (P32
(L4B) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-6 L31 Motorhome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-11
(L4B) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-7 L4B Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-12
(L4B) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-8 L18 Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.1-13
(S2) 8.1-2 Table of Contents Body and Accessories
BLANK
Body and Accessories Data Link Communications (S2) 8.1-3

Important: Twisted-pair wires provide an effective “shield” that helps protect sensitive
electronic components from electrical interference. Depending on application, twisted-
pair wires may be used on wiring harnesses connecting the following components:
D Data link connector (DLC)
D Electronic brake control module (EBCM)
D Powertrain control module (PCM)
D Transmission control module (TCM)
In order to prevent electrical interference from degrading the performance of the
connected components, you must maintain the proper specification when making any
repairs to the twisted-pair wires shown:
D The wires must be twisted a minimum of 12 turns per 30.5 cm (12 in) as measured
anywhere along the length of the wires.
D The outside diameter of the twisted wires must not exceed 6 mm (0.236 in).
Refer to Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable in the WCC Service Manual.
(S2) 8.1-4
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 50) (L18)

77581001
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 50) (L31)

(S2) 8.1-5
48810001
(S2) 8.1-6
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 50) (L4B) (1 of 3)

77581003

(S2) 8.1-7
77581004
(S2) 8.1-8

77581005
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 50) (L18) (1 of 2)

(S2) 8.1-9
77581006
(S2) 8.1-10
Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 50) (L18) (2 of 2)

77581007
Data Link Communications Connector Data Link Communications Connector
End Views (P32 L18 Motorhome) End Views (P32 L31 Motorhome)
Data Link Connector (DLC) Data Link Connector (DLC)
WRK81002 WRK81002
D 12110250 D 12110250
150 Series 150 Series
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
1 — — Not Used 1 — — Not Used
PCM DLC Serial PCM DLC Serial

2 PPL 1807 2 PPL 1807
Communication Communication
4 BLK 250 DLC Ground 4 BLK 250 DLC Ground
5 BLK/WHT 551 DLC Ground 5 BLK/WHT 451 DLC Ground
ABS DLC Serial ABS DLC Serial

12 TAN/WHT 799 12 TAN/WHT 799
Communication Communication
16 ORN 1340 DLC Power Feed 16 ORN 540 DLC Power Feed
(S2) 8.1-12 Data Link Communications Body and Accessories
End Views (P42 L4B Commercial) End Views (P42 L4B Commercial)
WRK81002 77581011
D 12110250 Connector Part D 15324337

Connector Part
Information D 16 Way F Metri-Pack Information D 9 Way F
150 Series
Circuit
Circuit No.
No.
A BLK 250 Ground
1 — — Not Used
B ORN 1340 Battery Feed
PCM DLC Serial
2 PPL 1807
Communication C YEL 2361 J1939 High Signal
3 — — Not Used D DK GRN 2362 J1939 Low Signal
4 BLK 250 DLC Ground E BARE 2363 Signal Ground
5 BARE 2363 Shield F TAN 1921 J1708 High Signal
6 YEL 2361 Data High Signal G PPL 1922 J1708 Low Signal
7 — — Not Used ECM Diagnostic

H ORN/BLK 1392
Signal
8 — — Not Used
J RED 4400 ECM Power Feed
9 — — Not Used
10 — — Not Used
11 — — Not Used
ABS DLC Serial

12 TAN/WHT 799
Communication
13 — — Not Used
14 LT GRN 2362 Data Low Signal
15 — — Not Used

End Views (P52 L18 Commercial) End Views (P52 L18 Commercial)
WRK81002 77581011

Connector Part
Information D 16 Way F Metri-Pack Information D 9 Way F
150 Series
Circuit
Circuit No.
No.
A BLK 250 Ground
1 — — Not Used
B ORN 1340 Battery Feed
PCM DLC Serial
2 PPL 1807
Communication C YEL 2361 J1939 High Signal
3 — — Not Used D DK GRN 2362 J1939 Low Signal
4 BLK 250 DLC Ground E BARE 2363 Signal Ground
5 BLK/WHT 451 DLC Ground F TAN 1921 J1708 High Signal
6 — — Not Used G PPL 1922 J1708 Low Signal
7 — — Not Used H — — Not Used
8 — — Not Used J — — Not Used
9 — — Not Used
10 — — Not Used
11 — — Not Used
ABS DLC Serial

12 TAN/WHT 799
Communication
13 — — Not Used
14 — — Not Used
15 — — Not Used

(S2) 8.1-14 Data Link Communications Body and Accessories
BLANK
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.2 – Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-3 Headlights DRL Schematics (P42

Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.2-3 Commercial) (Cell 102: Single
Base Lamps) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-16
Lighting Systems Schematic
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-3 Headlights DRL Schematics (P52
Commercial) (Cell 102: Ignition
Switch, DRL Module, Instrument
(Cell 100: Single and Rectangular
Cluster) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-17
Headlamps w/o DRL) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-4
Commercial) (Cell 102: Headlamp
(Cell 100: Dual Rectangular
Switch, DRL Module) (L18) . . . . . (S2) 8.2-18
Commercial) (Cell 102: Single
(Cell 100: Base Headlamp
Base Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-19
w/o DRL) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-6
Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn
(Cell 100: Singular Rectangular
Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop
Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-20
Headlights DRL Schematics
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102) (L18) . (S2) 8.2-8
Motorhome) (Cell 110: Power
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Distribution – Park Lamps and
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Headlamp Headlamp Switch) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-21
Switch, DRL Module) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-9
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Dual Signal / Cluster Indicators and
Rectangular Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-10 Front Park Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-22
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Exterior Lights Schematics (P32
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Base and Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps)
Single Rectangular (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-23
Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-11
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch Switch) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-24
and IP Cluster) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-12
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Headlamps
Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Switch and IP Cluster) (L31) . . . . (S2) 8.2-25
Headlamps) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-13
Headlights DRL Schematics (P42 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Forward
Commercial) (Cell 102: Ignition Lamps) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-26
Switch, DRL Module, Instrument
Cluster) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-14
Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear
Headlights DRL Schematics (P42 Lamps) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-27
Commercial) (Cell 102: Headlamp
Switch, DRL Module) (L4B) . . . . . (S2) 8.2-15
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Backup Lights Schematics (P32
Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Motorhome) (Cell 112) (L31) . . . . (S2) 8.2-37
Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop Backup Lights Schematics (P42
Lamps) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-28 Commercial) (Cell 112) (L4B) . . . (S2) 8.2-38
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Backup Lights Schematics (P52
Commercial) (Cell 110: Power Commercial) (Cell 112) (L18) . . . (S2) 8.2-39
Distribution – Park Lamps and
Headlamp Switch) (L4B) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-29
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 117) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-40
Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn
Signal / Cluster Indicators and
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell
Front Park Lamps) (L4B) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-30
117) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-41
Commercial) (Cell 110: Rear
(P42 Commercial) (Cell
Lamps) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-31
117) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-42
Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn
(P52 Commercial) (Cell
Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop
117) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-43
Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-32
Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-44
Commercial) (Cell 110: Power Lighting Systems Connector
Distribution – Park Lamps and End Views (P32
Headlamp Switch) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-33 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-44
Exterior Lights Schematics (P52 Lighting Systems Connector
Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn End Views (P32
Signal / Cluster Indicators and Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-52
Front Park Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-34 Lighting Systems Connector
Exterior Lights Schematics End Views (P42
(P52 Commercial) (Cell 110: Rear Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-59
Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-35 Lighting Systems Connector
Backup Lights Schematics (P32 End Views (P52
Motorhome) (Cell 112) (L18) . . . . (S2) 8.2-36 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.2-64
Body and Accessories Lighting Systems (S2) 8.2-3
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-4
Headlights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Single and Rectangular Headlamps w/o DRL) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582001
Headlights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Dual Rectangular Headlamps w/o DRL) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-5
77582003
(S2) 8.2-6
Headlights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Base Headlamp w/o DRL) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582004
Headlights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 100: Singular Rectangular Headlamps w/o DRL) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-7
77582005
(S2) 8.2-8
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582006
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Headlamp Switch, DRL Module) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-9
77582007
(S2) 8.2-10
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Dual Rectangular Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582008
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Base and Single Rectangular Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-11
77582009
(S2) 8.2-12
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch and IP Cluster) (L31)
Lighting Systems
48820001
Headlights DRL Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 102: Single Headlamps) (L31)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-13
48820002
(S2) 8.2-14
Headlights DRL Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch, DRL Module, Instrument Cluster) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582010
Headlights DRL Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 102: Headlamp Switch, DRL Module) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-15
77582011
(S2) 8.2-16
Headlights DRL Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 102: Single Base Lamps) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582012
Headlights DRL Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 102: Ignition Switch, DRL Module, Instrument Cluster) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-17
77582013
(S2) 8.2-18
Headlights DRL Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 102: Headlamp Switch, DRL Module) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582014
Headlights DRL Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 102: Single Base Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-19
77582015
(S2) 8.2-20
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582016
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Power Distribution – Park Lamps and Headlamp Switch) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-21
77582017
(S2) 8.2-22
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal / Cluster Indicators and Front Park Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582018
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-23
77582019
(S2) 8.2-24
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Switch) (L31)
Lighting Systems
48820003
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Headlamps Switch and IP Cluster) (L31)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-25
48820004
(S2) 8.2-26
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Forward Lamps) (L31)
Lighting Systems
48820005
Exterior Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps) (L31)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-27
48820006
(S2) 8.2-28
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop Lamps) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582020
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 110: Power Distribution – Park Lamps and Headlamp Switch) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-29
77582021
(S2) 8.2-30
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Signal / Cluster Indicators and Front Park Lamps) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582022
Exterior Lights Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-31
77582023
(S2) 8.2-32
Exterior Lights Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Signal Multifunction Switch / Stop Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582024
Exterior Lights Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 110: Power Distribution – Park Lamps and Headlamp Switch) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-33
77582025
(S2) 8.2-34
Exterior Lights Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 110: Turn Signal / Cluster Indicators and Front Park Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582026
Exterior Lights Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 110: Rear Lamps) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-35
77582027
(S2) 8.2-36
Backup Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 112) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582028
Backup Lights Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 112) (L31)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-37
48820007
(S2) 8.2-38
Backup Lights Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 112) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582029
Backup Lights Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 112) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-39
77582030
(S2) 8.2-40
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 117) (L18)
Lighting Systems
77582031
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 117) (L31)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-41
48820008
(S2) 8.2-42
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 117) (L4B)
Lighting Systems
77582032
Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 117) (L18)
Lighting Systems
(S2) 8.2-43
77582033
(S2) 8.2-44 Lighting Systems Body and Accessories
End Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK82009 WRK82010
D 12020029 D 12020030
Circuit Circuit
No. No.

C WHT 156
Output
F — — Not Used
Headlamps Dimmer Switch Left Headlamp (Single Base)
393631 WRK82012

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Low Beam Headlamp A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed

A TAN 12
Feed
B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B — — Not Used
High Beam
C LT GRN 11
Headlamp Feed Headlamp Ground –
C BLK 150
w/o DRL
Headlamp Switch
D YEL 10
Output
WRK82012

Circuit
No.
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed

Left Outer Headlamp (Dual Rectangular) Right Outer Headlamp (Dual Rectangular)
(with and w/o DRL) (w/o DRL)
77582034 77582034

Information D 3 Way F (NAT) Information D 3 Way F (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
TAN 12 Low Beam Feed A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed

A
TAN 12 Low Beam Feed LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B
LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B
LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed C BLK 150 Headlamp Ground

Right Outer Headlamp (Dual Rectangular) Left Inner Headlamp (Dual Rectangular)
(with DRL) (with or w/o DRL)
77582034 77582035

Information D 3 Way F (NAT) Information D 2 Way F (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed A LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed
B LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed Headlamp Ground –

B BLK 150
w/o DRL
DK BLU 593 DRL Control w/DRL
B
DK BLU 593 DRL Control w/DRL
Right Inner Headlamp (Dual Rectangular) DRL Module
(with or w/o DRL)
WRK82011
77582035
D 12015308
Connector Part
Connector Part D 06288472 D 8 Way F Edgeboard
Information
Information D 2 Way F (NAT) Series, Standard (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed A LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input
B BLK 150 Headlamp Ground DK GRN/ Body Builder

B 1317
WHT (Fog Lamps)
LT GRN/
BLK
H BLK 250 Ground

Left Headlamp (Single Rectangular) Left Front Marker Lamp
WRK82012 WRK82013

Connector Part
Base (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
Headlamp Ground –
A BLK 150
w/o DRL A LT BLU 14 Left Turn Signal Feed
A DK BLU 593 DRL Control – w/DRL B BRN 964 Left Park Lamp Feed

Right Front Marker Lamp
Right Headlamp (Single Rectangular)
WRK82013
D 12103178
Connector Part
WRK82012
Base (BLK)
Connector Part D 2973386 Circuit
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Pin Wire Color Function
No.
Circuit Right Turn Signal

Pin Wire Color Function A DK BLU 15
No. Feed
A BLK 150 Headlamp Ground Right Park Lamp

B BRN 964
Feed

Left Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp Right Front Park Lamp
WRK82014 WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Left Rear Stop/Turn Right Turn Signal

X YEL 18 X DK BLU 15
Signal Feed Feed
Left Rear Park Lamp Right Park Lamp

Y PPL 912 Y BRN 964
Feed Feed
WRK82014 WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.

X DK GRN 19
Signal Feed
Right Rear Park
Y DK BLU 913
Lamp Feed
Hazard Flasher Stop Lamp Switch C2
WRK82015 WRK82016

Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 3 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
A ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed
A WHT 17 Stop Lamp Output
B BRN 27 Flasher Output
B ORN 140 Switch Feed
C LT BLU 20 CHMSL Output

Turn Signal Flasher
WRK82015

Circuit
No.
A PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
B PPL 16 Flasher Output

End Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Module (Z49) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay (Z49)
WRK82011 39685
D 12015308 D 12110539
Information D 8 Way F Edgeboard Information D 5 Way F Metri-Pack
Series, Standard (BLK) 280 Flexlock (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Brake Switch High Beam

A LT BLU 1134
Signal Headlamp
30 DK BLU 593
Feed-Daytime
DK GRN/ Fog Lamp Relay Running Lamps
B 1317
WHT Output-Coil
Fuse Output-Ignition 85 PNK 39
C PNK 39 1-Type III Fuse
1-Type III Fuse
Daytime Running
Headlamp Switch LT GRN/
D YEL 10 86 592 Lamp Relay Output-
Input BLK
Coil
E LT GRN 11 High Beam Input Fuse Output-Battery-

87 ORN 640
Type III Fuse
High Beam Indicator
F WHT 629
Lamp Feed 87A BLK 250 Ground
Daytime Running
LT GRN/
G 592 Lamp Relay
BLK
Output-Coil
H BLK 250 Ground

Hazard Lamps Flasher Headlamps Dimmer Switch
333032 393631

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuse Output-Battery- Low Beam Headlamp

A ORN 240 A TAN 12
Type III Fuse Feed
Hazard Flasher B — — Not Used

B BRN 27
Output
High Beam
LT GRN 11
Headlamp Feed
C
DRL High Beam
LT GRN 11
Input
Headlamp Switch
D YEL 10
Output
Headlamps Switch I/P Lamps Dimmer Switch
WRK82009 WRK82010
D 12020029 D 12020030
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B Fuse Output-Battery- B BLK 250 Ground

ORN 640
(DRL) Type III Fuse
Courtesy Lamp
C WHT 156
Fuse Output-Battery- Output
C RED 2
Type I Fuse
IP Lamps Dimmer
D DK GRN 44
Headlamp Switch Switch Output
D YEL 10
Output
DRL Headlamp ON
D YEL 10
Input
E ORN 140
Type III Fuse
F — — Not Used
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) and Backup Park/Neutral Position (PNP) and Backup
Lamps Switch C1 Lamps Switch C2
68780 288393
D 12129840 D 12191757
150/280 Series (GRY) 480 Series (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A ORN/BLK 434 Park/Neutral Input A-B — — Not Used
Transmission C BLK 901 PNP Switch

Mounted Neutral
B LT GRN 275 D BLK 901 PNP Switch
Safety Switch
Output-Park
C PNK 639
1-Type III Fuse
D BLK 450 Ground
Ignition Switch
DK BLU/
E 805 Output-Run/Heat/
WHT
Crank
F LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed
Fuse Output-Crank-
G YEL 1737
Type III Fuse
Stoplamp Switch C1 Turn Signal Switch C214
288393 440973

Connector Part
Information D 3 Way F Metri-Pack Information D 11 Way F Pack-Con (BLK)
Mixed Series (BLK)
Circuit
Circuit No.
No.
Instrument Panel
D GRY 8
Stoplamp Switch Lamp Feed
A WHT 17
Output
E-F — — Not Used
B ORN 240
Type III Fuse Horn Relay Output-
G BLK 28
Coil
C LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed
Turn Signal Lamp
H LT BLU 14
Feed-Left Front
Stoplamp Switch C2
Turn Signal Lamp
J DK BLU 15
Feed-Right Front
Hazard Flasher
K BRN 27
Output
Turn Signal Flasher

L PPL 16
Output
Stop/Turn Lamp
M YEL 18
Feed-Left Rear
Stop/Turn Lamp
N DK GRN 19
Feed-Right Rear
Stoplamp Switch
P WHT 17
258297 Output
D 12015197
Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Metri-Pack
280 Series (BLU)
Circuit
No.
A BRN 241 Ignition Positive Feed
Stop Lamp Switch

B PPL 420
Signal
Left Headlamp Left Front Marker Lamp
WRK82012 WRK82013

Connector Part
Base (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed
A LT BLU 14 Left Turn Signal Feed
B BRN 9 Left Park Lamp Feed

Right Headlamp
WRK82013
WRK82012
D 12103178
D 2973386 Connector Part
Connector Part D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb
Information
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Base (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A TAN 12 Low Beam Feed Right Turn Signal

A DK BLU 15
Feed
Right Park Lamp
C BLK 150 Headlamp Ground B BRN 9
Feed
Right Front Park Lamp Left Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp
Harness Blunt Cut
WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Right Turn Signal Left Rear Stop/Turn

X DK BLU 15 — YEL 18
Feed Signal Feed
Right Park Lamp Left Rear Park Lamp

Y BRN 9 — BRN 9
Feed Feed
Harness Blunt Cut
WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.

— DK GRN 19
Signal Feed
Right Rear Park
— BRN 9
Lamp Feed
End Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Headlamps Dimmer Switch Headlamp Switch
393631 WRK82009

Connector Part
Information D 4 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 6 Way F Metri-Pack
480 Series (NAT)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
Low Beam Headlamp
A TAN 12
Feed A BRN 9 Park Lamp Output
B — — Not Used B ORN 540 DRL Relay Feed
High Beam C RED 42 Battery Positive Feed

C LT GRN 11
Headlamp Feed
Headlamp On
DRL High Beam D YEL 10 Output – Dimmer
C LT GRN 11
Input Switch Feed
Headlamp Switch Headlamp On

D YEL 10
Output D YEL 10 Output – DRL
Module Feed
F — — Not Used
I/P Dimmer Switch Left Headlamp (Single Base)
WRK82010 WRK82012

Connector Part
Information D 4 Way F Metri-Pack Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
480 Series (NAT)
Circuit
Circuit No.
No.
A DK BLU 593 DRL Control – w/DRL
A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
B BLK 150 Dome Lamp Ground
C TAN 12 Low Beam Feed
Dome Lamp Switch
C WHT 156
Output
WRK82012

Circuit
No.
A BLK 150 Headlamp Ground
C TAN 12 Low Beam Feed

DRL Module Left Front Marker Lamp
WRK82011 WRK82013
D 12015308 D 12103178
Information D 8 Way F Edgeboard Information D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb
Series, Standard (BLK) Base (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input A BRN 964 Left Park Lamp Feed
DK GRN/ Body Builder B LT BLU 14 Left Turn Signal Feed

B 1317
WHT (Fog Lamps)
LT GRN/
BLK
H BLK 250 Ground
WRK82013
D 12103178
Connector Part
Base (BLK)
Circuit
No.
Right Park Lamp

A BRN 964
Feed
Right Turn Signal

B DK BLU 15
Feed
Left Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp Left Tail/Marker Lamp
Harness Blunt Cut
WRK82014

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Left Rear Stop/Turn — PPL 912 Tail/Marker Feed

X YEL 18
Signal Feed
— BLK 650 Ground
Left Rear Park Lamp
Y PPL 912
Feed Right Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp
Right Tail/Marker Lamp
Harness Blunt Cut
WRK82014

Connector Part
Circuit
Information Pin Wire Color Function
No.
Circuit Right Rear Stop/Turn
Pin Wire Color Function X DK GRN 19
No. Signal Feed
— DK BLU 913 Tail/Marker Feed Right Rear Park
Y DK BLU 913
Lamp Feed
— BLK 650 Ground
Hazard Flasher Stop Lamp Switch C2
WRK82015 WRK82016

Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 3 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
A ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed
Turn Signal Flasher
WRK82015

Circuit
No.
A PPL 16 Ignition Positive Feed
B PNK 139 Flasher Output

End Views (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK82009 WRK82010
D 12020029 D 12020030
Circuit Circuit
No. No.

C WHT 156
Output
F — — Not Used
Left Headlamp DRL Module
WRK82012 WRK82011

Connector Part
Information D 3 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Information D 8 Way F Edgeboard
Series, Standard (BLK)
Circuit
No. Circuit
No.
A DK BLU 593 DRL Control – w/DRL
A LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Input
DK GRN/ Body Builder
B 1317
C LT GRN 11 High Beam Feed WHT (Fog Lamps)

Right Headlamp
LT GRN/
BLK
H BLK 250 Ground
WRK82012

Circuit
No.
A BLK 150 Headlamp Ground

Left Front Marker Lamp Left Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp
WRK82013 WRK82014

Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
Base (BLK)
Circuit
Circuit No.
No.
Left Rear Stop/Turn
X YEL 18
A BRN 964 Left Park Lamp Feed Signal Feed
B LT BLU 114 Left Turn Signal Feed Left Rear Park Lamp
Y PPL 912
Feed
Left Front Park Lamp
WRK82013
WRK82014
D 12103178
Information D 2 Way F Type W2 Bulb Connector Part
Base (BLK) Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Right Park Lamp A BRN 964 Left Park Lamp Feed

A BRN 964
Feed
B LT BLU 14 Left Turn Signal Feed
Right Turn Signal
B DK BLU 15
Feed
Right Front Park Lamp Hazard Flasher
WRK82014 WRK82015

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Right Turn Signal A ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed

A DK BLU 15
Feed
Right Park Lamp
B BRN 964
Feed Turn Signal Flasher
Right Rear Park/Stop/Turn Lamp
WRK82015
WRK82014 Connector Part D 2973385

Information D 2 Way F 56 Series (BLK) Circuit
No.
Circuit
No. A PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
Right Rear Stop/Turn B PPL 16 Flasher Output

X DK GRN 19
Signal Feed
Right Rear Park

Y DK BLU 913
Lamp Feed
Stop Lamp Switch C2
WRK82016
D 12033699
Connector Part
Information D 3 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series (BLK)
Circuit
No.

Section 8
Sub-Section 8.3 – Wipers/Washer Systems
Wipers/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-3 Wiper/Washer System (Pulse)

Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.3-3 Schematics (P42 Commercial)
(Cell 91) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-6
Wiper/Washer System Schematic
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-3 Wiper/Washer System (Pulse)
Schematics (P52 Commercial)
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse)
(Cell 91) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-7
Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
(Cell 91) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-4 Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-8
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Wiper/Washer System Connector
Schematics (P32 Motorhome) End Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-8
(Cell 91) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.3-5
BLANK
Body and Accessories Wipers/Washer Systems (S2) 8.3-3
Wiper/Washer System Schematic Icons
(S2) 8.3-4
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 91) (L18)
77583001
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 91) (L31)
(S2) 8.3-5
48830001
(S2) 8.3-6
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 91) (L4B)
77583002
Wiper/Washer System (Pulse) Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 91) (L18)
(S2) 8.3-7
77583003
(S2) 8.3-8 Wipers/Washer Systems Body and Accessories
Wiper/Washer System Connector
End Views
Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Windshield Wiper Switch/Pulse
Control Module
77583004
Connector Part D 12040999 440978
Information D 7 Way M Pack-Con (NAT) Connector Part D 12010430

Circuit Information D 7 Way F Pack-Con (GRY)
Pin Wire Color No. Function Circuit
BRN/ Pin Wire Color No. Function
A 96 Delay Switch Feed
WHT A — — Not Used
Windshield Washer Windshield Washer
B PNK 94 B PNK 94
Motor Switch Signal Motor Switch Signal
Windshield Wiper Windshield Wiper
C PPL 92 Motor Feed-High C PPL 92 Motor Feed-High
Speed Speed
Wiper/Washer Switch D BLK 250 Ground
D BLK 150
Feed
Windshield Wiper
E GRY 91 Mist/Low Speed Input E GRY 91
Relay Feed-Coil
LT GRN/ Off/Pulse/Low Speed Windshield Wiper
F 97
BLK Input F LT BLU 97 Switch
G BRN 96 Delay Switch Input Signal-Mist/Off/Low
G — — Not Used
Body and Accessories Wipers/Washer Systems (S2) 8.3-9
C207 Wipers (Body Builder)
WRK83002
D 12052200
Connector Part
Information D 7 Way F Metri-Pack Mixed
Series, Sealed (BLK)
Circuit
No.
A — — Not Used
Windshield Wiper
B PPL 92 Motor Feed High
Speed
Windshield Wiper
C GRY 91
Relay Feed Coil
Windshield Wiper
D LT BLU 97
Switch – Mist/Off/Low
Power Feed – Hot in

E YEL 143
Run/Acc
Windshield Wiper
F PNK 94
Switch Signal
G — — Not Used
(S2) 8.3-10 Wipers/Washer Systems Body and Accessories
BLANK
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.4 – Wiring Systems
Wiring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-3 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-3 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Power and Grounding Schematic Icons . . (S2) 8.4-3 Backup Lamp Switch, Auto Pk Brk
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Comp) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-26
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
Bus) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-4 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Body Builder Provisions)
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, (L18) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-27
Ignition Switch) (L18) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-5 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Body Builder Provisions)
Ignition Switch) (L18) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-6 (L18) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-28
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Bus) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-7 Body Builder Provisions)
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 (L18) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-29
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery, Starter Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
and Junction Block) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-8 (Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn) (L18) . . . . (S2) 8.4-30
Motorhome) (Cell 10: Fuse Motorhome) (Cell 11: ENG-BAT,
Block) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-9 ECM-BAT Fuses) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-31
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
(Cell 10: Ign Switch, Right Bank Fuel Injectors, Motorhome) (Cell 11: STOP-HAZ, TAIL
Fuse Block) (L31) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-10 LPS, HORN DM Fuses) (L31) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-32
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
(Cell 10: Ign Switch, Right Bank Fuel (Cell 11: ENG–1 Fuse) (L31) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-33
Injectors, Fuse Block) (L31) (2 of 2) . . (S2) 8.4-11 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: ECM–1 Fuse) (L31) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-34
(Cell 10: Ignition Switch) (L31) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-12 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 (Cell 11: GAUGES, TRANS
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Fuses) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-35
Bus) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-13 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 Motorhome) (Cell 11: 1–3, TURN BU,
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, HTR Fuses, PWR CKT BRKR 2, AUX
Ignition Switch) (L4B) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-14 CKT BRKR 13) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-36
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, (Cell 11: WIPER, ACC-RADIO, CRANK, AUTO
Ignition Switch) (L4B) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-15 APPLY, INST LPS Fuses) (L31) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-37
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood
Bus) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-16 Fuse Block) (L4B) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-38
Bus) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-17 Fuse Block) (L4B) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-39
Bus) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-18 Fuse Block) (L4B) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-40
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Ignition Switch) (L18) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-19 Headlamp Switch) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-41
Power Distribution Schematics (P52 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial)
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Backup Lamps,
Ignition Switch) (L18) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-20 Daytime Running Lights) (L4B) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-42
Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Bus) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-21 Body Builder Provisions)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 (L4B) (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-43
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42
Fuse Block) (L18) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-22 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Body Builder Provisions)
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse (L4B) (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-44
Block) (L18) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-23 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Body Builder Provisions)
Block) (L18) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-24 (L4B) (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-45
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42
Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block,
Headlamp Switch) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-25 Body Builder Provisions)
(L4B) (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-46
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) Ground Distribution Schematics (P32
(Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn) (L4B) . . . . (S2) 8.4-47 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G109) (L31) . . . (S2) 8.4-73
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Ground Distribution Schematics (P32
Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood Motorhome) (Cell 14: G115) (L31) . . . (S2) 8.4-74
Fuse Block) (L18) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-48 Ground Distribution Schematics (P32
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G200) (L31) . . . (S2) 8.4-75
Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
Fuse Block) (L18) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-49 (Cell 14: S101, S150) (L31) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-76
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome)
Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood (Cell 14: G501, G502) (L31) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-77
Fuse Block) (L18) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-50 Ground Distribution Schematics (P42
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 14: G109) (L4B) . . (S2) 8.4-78
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial)
Headlamp Switch) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-51 (Cell 14: G110, G111) (L4B) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-79
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Ground Distribution Schematics (P42
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Commercial) (Cell 14: G200) (L4B) . . (S2) 8.4-80
Backup Lamps, Daytime Running Ground Distribution Schematics
Lights) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-52 (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G108,
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 G400) (L4B) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-81
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial)
Body Builder Provisions) (Cell 14: G108, G400)
(L18) (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-53 (L4B) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-82
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial)
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, (Cell 14: G108, G400)
Body Builder Provisions) (L4B) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-83
(L18) (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-54 Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 (Cell 14: G101, G207 – Single Rectangular
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, and Base Headlamps with DRL)
Body Builder Provisions) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-84
(L18) (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-55 Ground Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 (Cell 14: G101, G207, G107, G109 – Single
Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Round Headlamps with DRL) (L18) . . (S2) 8.4-85
Body Builder Provisions) Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-91
(L18) (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-56 Ground Locations (P32 Motorhome)
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-91
Commercial) (Cell 11: Fuse Block, In-line Connector Locations (P32
Horn) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-57 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-92
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Ground Locations (P32 Motorhome)
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-93
G105, G107, G109) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-58 In-Line Connector Locations (P32
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-94
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, Ground Locations (P42 Commercial)
G109 — Dual Rectangular, Single and (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-95
Base Headlamps with DRL) (L18) . . . . (S2) 8.4-59 In-Line Connector Locations (P42
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-96
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, Ground Locations (P52 Commercial)
G109 — Dual Rectangular Headlamps (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-97
without DRL) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-60 In-Line Connector Locations (P52
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-98
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, Electrical Center Identification (P32
G109 — Single Rectangular and Base Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-99
Headlamps without DRL) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-61 Power and Grounding Connector End
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-104
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G108) (L18) . . . (S2) 8.4-62 Electrical Center Identification (P32
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-111
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G111) (L18) . . . . (S2) 8.4-63 Electrical Center Identification (P42
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-115
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G110) Power and Grounding Connector End
(L18) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-64 Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-119
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Electrical Center Identification (P52
(Cell 14: G110) (L18) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-65 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-126
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Power and Grounding Connector End
(Cell 14: G110) (L18) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-66 Views (P52 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-131
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) In-Line Harness Connector End
(Cell 14: G200) (L18) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-67 Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-138
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Power and Grounding Connector End
(Cell 14: G200) (L18) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-68 Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-156
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) In-Line Harness Connector End
(Cell 14: G106, G501) L18) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-69 Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-157
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Power and Grounding Connector End
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G205) (L18) . . . (S2) 8.4-70 Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-171
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 In-Line Harness Connector End
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, Views (P42 Motorhome) (L4B) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-172
G107 – Single Headlamps) (L31) . . . . (S2) 8.4-71 Power and Grounding Connector End
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-185
Motorhome) (Cell 14: G105, G106, In-Line Harness Connector End
G108, G112) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.4-72 Views (P52 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . (S2) 8.4-186
Body and Accessories Wiring Systems (S2) 8.4-3
Wiring Systems
19384
(S2) 8.4-4
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584000
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L18) (1 of 2)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-5
77584001
(S2) 8.4-6
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L18) (2 of 2)
Wiring Systems
77584002
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery Bus) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-7
77584003
(S2) 8.4-8
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Battery, Starter and Junction Block) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840001
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Fuse Block) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-9
48840002
(S2) 8.4-10
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Ign Switch, Right Bank Fuel Injectors, Fuse Block) (L31) (1 of 2)
Wiring Systems
48840003
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Ign Switch, Right Bank Fuel Injectors, Fuse Block) (L31) (2 of 2)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-11
48840004
(S2) 8.4-12
Power Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 10: Ignition Switch) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840005
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-13
77584004
(S2) 8.4-14
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L4B) (1 of 2)
Wiring Systems
77584005
Power Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L4B) (2 of 2)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-15
77584006
(S2) 8.4-16
Wiring Systems
77584007
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-17
77584008
(S2) 8.4-18
Power Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584009
Power Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L18) (1 of 2)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-19
77584010
(S2) 8.4-20
Power Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus, Ignition Switch) (L18) (2 of 2)
Wiring Systems
77584011
Power Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 10: Battery Bus) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-21
77584012
(S2) 8.4-22
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Block) (L18) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
77584013
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-23
77584014
(S2) 8.4-24
Wiring Systems
77584015
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Headlamp Switch) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-25
77584016
(S2) 8.4-26
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Backup Lamp Switch, Auto Pk Brk Comp) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584017
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Body Builder Provisions) (L18) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-27
77584018
(S2) 8.4-28
Wiring Systems
77584019
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-29
775840120
(S2) 8.4-30
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584021
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: ENG-BAT, ECM-BAT Fuses) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-31
48840006
(S2) 8.4-32
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: STOP-HAZ, TAIL LPS, HORN DM Fuses) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840007
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: ENG–1 Fuse) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-33
48840008
(S2) 8.4-34
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: ECM–1 Fuse) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840009
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: GAUGES, TRANS Fuses) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-35
48840010
(S2) 8.4-36
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: 1–3, TURN BU, HTR Fuses, PWR CKT BRKR 2,
AUX CKT BRKR 13) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840011
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 11: WIPER, ACC-RADIO, CRANK, AUTO APPLY,
INST LPS Fuses) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-37
48840012
(S2) 8.4-38
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Block) (L4B) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
77584022
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-39
77584023
(S2) 8.4-40
Wiring Systems
77584024
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Headlamp Switch) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-41
77584025
(S2) 8.4-42
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Backup Lamps, Daytime Running Lights) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
77584026
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Body Builder Provisions) (L4B) (1 of 4)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-43
77584027
(S2) 8.4-44
Wiring Systems
77584028
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-45
77584029
(S2) 8.4-46
Wiring Systems
77584030
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-47
WRK84013
(S2) 8.4-48
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 11: Underhood Fuse Block) (L18) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
77584031
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-49
77584032
(S2) 8.4-50
Wiring Systems
77584033
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Headlamp Switch) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-51
77584034
(S2) 8.4-52
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Backup Lamps, Daytime Running Lights) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584035
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 11: IP Fuse Block, Body Builder Provisions) (L18) (1 of 4)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-53
WRK84010
(S2) 8.4-54
Wiring Systems
WRK84011
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-55
77584036
(S2) 8.4-56
Wiring Systems
77584030
Fuse Block Details Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 11: Fuse Block, Horn) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-57
WRK84013
(S2) 8.4-58
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G105, G107, G109) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584037
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, G109 — Dual Rectangular, Single and Base
Headlamps with DRL) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-59
77584038
(S2) 8.4-60
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, G109 — Dual Rectangular Headlamps
without DRL) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584039
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107, G109 — Single Rectangular and
Base Headlamps without DRL) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-61
77584040
(S2) 8.4-62
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G108) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584041
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-63
77584042
(S2) 8.4-64
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G110) (L18) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
775884043
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-65
775884044
(S2) 8.4-66
Wiring Systems
775884045
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-67
775884046
(S2) 8.4-68
Wiring Systems
775884047
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G106, G501) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-69
775884048
(S2) 8.4-70
Wiring Systems
775884049
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G101, G102, G107 — Single Headlamps) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-71
48840013
(S2) 8.4-72
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G105, G106, G108, G112) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840014
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-73
48840015
(S2) 8.4-74
Wiring Systems
48840016
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-75
48840017
(S2) 8.4-76
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: S101, S150) (L31)
Wiring Systems
48840018
Ground Distribution Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 14: G501, G502) (L31)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-77
48840019
(S2) 8.4-78
Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G109) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
77584050
Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G110, G111) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-79
77584051
(S2) 8.4-80
Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G200) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
77584052
Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G108, G400) (L4B) (1 of 3)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-81
77584053
(S2) 8.4-82
Wiring Systems
77584054
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-83
77584055
(S2) 8.4-84
Ground Distribution Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 14: G101, G207 –
Single Round Headlamps with DRL) (L4B)
Wiring Systems
77584056
Ground Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 14: G101, G207, G107, G109 –
Single Round Headlamps with DRL) (L18)
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-85
77584057
(S2) 8.4-86
Ground Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 14: G108) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584058
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-87
77584059
(S2) 8.4-88
Ground Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 14: G110, G410) (L18)
Wiring Systems
77584060
Wiring Systems
(S2) 8.4-89
77584061
(S2) 8.4-90
Ground Distribution Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 14: G401, G501) (L18)
Wiring Systems
WRK84020
Component Locator
Ground Locations (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584062
Legend
(1) G101 (7) G501
(2) G205 (8) Chassis Ground
(3) G107 (9) G108 and G109
(4) G102 (10) G110 and G111
(5) G106 (11) Steering Column Ground
(6) G105 (12) G200
(S2) 8.4-92 Wiring Systems Body and Accessories
In-line Connector Locations (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584063
Legend
(1) C200 – 36-Way Connector (11) C180 – 10-Way Connector
Ground Locations (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
48840020
Legend
(1) G101 (7) G501
(2) G107 (8) G502
(3) G102 (9) G106
(4) G112 (10) G108 and G109
(5) G115 (11) G200
(6) G105
In-Line Connector Locations (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
48840021
Legend
(2) C300 – 7-Way Connector C215 – 1-Way Connector
(3) C210 – 56-Way Connector C216 – 1-Way Connector
(7) C500 – 7-Way Connector
Ground Locations (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584064
Legend
(1) G111 (6) G110
(2) G101 (7) G108 and G109
(3) G400 (8) Steering Column Ground
(4) G500 (9) G200
(5) G502 (10) G207
In-Line Connector Locations (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584065
Legend
C205 – 15-Way Connector (6) C500 – 7-Way Connector
Ground Locations (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84021
Legend
(1) G101 (5) G401 and G410
(2) G107 (6) G108 and G109
(3) G102 (7) G110 and G111
(4) G501 (8) G200
In-Line Connector Locations (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584066
Legend
Electrical Center Identification (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Underhood Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584067

PCM/TCM – BAT 20A Powertrain Control Module
STOP/HAZ 20A Stoplamp Switch, Audio Alarm/Auxiliary Fan
ENG – RH 15A Cylinder 2, 4, 6, 8 Injectors and coils
PCM/TCM – 1 10A Powertrain Control Module
ENG – 1 20A EVAP Canister Sol, Mass Air Sensor
ALT/START 10A Alternator, A/C Compressor Relay
Underhood Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
ABS Module, BAS Brake Switch, Electronic Brake Control Module,
BRAKE 10A
Stoplamp Switch
ETM 15A Electronic Throttle Module (Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module)
CRANK 10A Crank Request to PCM/Park Neutral Position Switch Crank Feed
LH TAIL 5A LH Taillamps
RH TAIL 5A RH Taillamps
DATA 10A Data Link Connector
AUX “B” STUD 30A Body Builder
AUX “A” STUD 60A Automatic Park Brake
ABS 60A ABS Module, Electronic Brake Control Module
BLOWER 30A HVAC Blower (Body Builder)
AUX FAN 30A Auxiliary Fans
HORN – PCM 50A Underhood Fuse Block, Horn Fuse (IP External)
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84055

Fuse 1 — Not Used
Fuse 5 — Not Used
Fuse 6 — Not Used
Fuse 8 — Not Used
Turn Signal Switch, Park, Neutral Position, Back-Up Switch and Park
TURN – B/U Fuse 10 15A
Brake System
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
30A CKT
PWR ACCY #1 Fuse A Body Builder
BKR
30 CKT
PWR ACCY #2 Fuse B Body Builder
BKR
Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84057
Legend
(1) C225 (8) Not Used
(2) C222 (9) C224
(3) C212 (10) C208
(4) C209 (11) Not Used
(5) Not Used (12) Horn Relay
(6) C211 (Body Builder Power Feed) (13) DRL Relay (Option)
(7) C206 (14) Not Used
Power and Grounding Connector End Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584068

(P32 Motorhome) (L18) (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Pump Relay A/C Compressor
A1 BLK 550 A6 DK GRN 59
Ground (Coil Side) Clutch Feed
Fuel Pump Motor A7 YEL 447 Start Relay Control
A3 GRY 120 Feed (Relay-Switch Start Relay Feed
Side) A9 RED 242
(Switch Side)
DK A/C Compressor Fuel Pump Relay
A4 459 B1 PNK 1039
GRN/WHT Relay Control Feed (Switch Side)
(P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d) (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Pump Prime Engine RH Fuse
B2 RED 490
Lead F9 — — Feed (Hot in Run and
DK Fuel Pump Relay Start Bus)
B3 465
GRN/WHT Control F11 RED 742 Battery+ Feed
A/C Compressor G2 PPL 912 LH Taillamps Feed
B4 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch Fuel Pump Relay
Side) (Hot in Run) Feed (Switch Side)
G4 PNK 1039
B5 — — Not Used (Hot in Run and
A/C Compressor Start)
Relay Feed (Coil A/C Compressor
B6 PNK 739
Side) (Hot in Run and G6 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch
Start) Side) (Hot in Run)
Starter Solenoid Jumper from G8 to
B7 PPL 6
Feed G8 ORN 1640 AUX Fan Relay
B8 — — Not Used Switched Side
Start Relay Feed RH Coils and
B9 YEL 1737
(Coil Side) G10 PNK 239 Injectors Feed (Hot in
C1 — — Not Used Run and Start)
C3 — — Not Used PCM and TCM
G12 ORN 440
Feeds (B+)
BTSI Relay Ground
C4 BLK 550 Hot with Headlamp
(Coil Side)
Switch in Park or
BTSI Relay Feed H1 BRN 9
C6 PPL 420 Head Bus Feed – LH
(Switch Side)
Taillamp Fuse Feed
D1 — — Not Used
D2 — — Not Used (Hot in Run and
H3 PNK 3
D3 — — Not Used Start) ETM Fuse
DK Feed
D4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed
GRN/WHT Ignition (+) Bus Feed
H5 ORN 300
D5 — — Not Used (Brake Fuse Feed)
BTSI Relay Control Engine 1 Fuse Feed
D6 LT GRN 275 H7 — — (Hot in Run and Start
(PRNDL)
Bus)
AUX Fan Relay
D7 DK BLU 473 Ignition (+) Bus Feed
Control
AUX Fan Relay Feed (Hot in Run and
D9 ORN 1640 H9 PNK 3
(Switch Side) Start) Engine LH
Fuse Feed
E7 RED 702 AUX Fan Motor Feed
H11 — — Not Used
E8 — — Not Used
J2 DK BLU 913 RH Taillamps Feed
AUX Fan Relay Feed
E9 ORN 140 TAC Module Feed
(B+) (Coil Side)
J4 PNK 839 (Hot in Run and
LH Tail Fuse Feed
Start)
(Hot with Headlamp
F1 — — Stop Lamp Switch
Switch in Park or
Headlamp) J6 BRN 241 and EBCM Feeds
(Hot in Run)
Fuel Pump Fuse
F3 — — Feed (Hot in Run and EVAP Purge,
Start Bus) J8 PNK 539 MAF/IAT Feeds (Hot
in Run and Start)
Hot in Run Bus (A/C
F5 — — Compressor Fuse LH Coils and
Feed) J10 PNK 339 Injectors Feed (Hot in
Run and Start)
Rused B+ from J12,
F7 RED 642 J12 — — Not Used
AUX Fan Fuse
(P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d) (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery+ Feed – Data Brake Booster Pump
K1 RED 42 M2 RED 642
Fuse Feed Relay Feed (B+)
Crank Fuse Feed Blower Feed (Body
K3 YEL 5 M3 RED 542
(Hot in Start) Builder) (B+)
Hot in Run Bus M4 RED 442 EBCM Feed (B+)
K5 — —
(Cruise Fuse) Ignition Switch Feed
M5 RED 342
Ignition (+) Bus Feed (B+)
(Hot in Run and Ignition Switch and
K7 PNK 3
Start) Alternator/ M6 RED 242 Start Relay Feed
Starter Fuse Feed (B+)
PCM/TCM Fuse Stop/Hazard
K9 — — Feed (Hot in Run and Accessory 1, AUX
Start Bus) M7 RED 142 Power, Cigarette
Battery+ Feed – Lighter, Radio Battery
K11 RED 142 Stop/Hazard Fuse Fuse Feed (B+)
Feed Headlamp Switch
L2 ORN 1340 DLC Feed (B+) and Data, Courtesy,
M8 RED 42
PCM and PNP Parking Lamps Fuse
L4 PPL 806 Switch Feed (Hot in Feed (B+)
Start) N1 — — Battery Bus
Cruise Switch Feed N2 — — Battery Bus
L6 BRN 41
(Hot in Run) N3 — — Battery Bus
Generator, Brake N4 — — Battery Bus
Warning Relay and
Relay Feeds (Hot in N6 — — Battery Bus
Run and Start) N7 — — Battery Bus
PCM and N8 — — Battery Bus
Transmission 4L80E P7 — — Battery Bus
L10 PNK 439
Feeds (Hot in Run P8 — — Battery Bus
and Start)
Park Brake Pump
Exterior Lights and R7 — 2
L12 ORN 140 Motor Relay
Cool Fan Feeds (B+)
R8 — — Body Builder
PCM/TCM Battery
M1 RED 742 and Horn Fuse Feed
(B+)
WRK84056
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18) IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK) (cont’d)
Information D 12110746 Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK)
Circuit Information D 12110746
No. Circuit
ACCY #2 Circuit No.
A2 BRN 4 Breaker (Body Supply for
Builder) B2 — — Radio/Battery Fuse
ACCY #2 Circuit (Body Builder Radio)
A3 YEL 243 Breaker (Body Supply for Cigarette
Builder) B4 RED 142 Lighter (Body
ACCY #1 Circuit Builder)
A6 RED 142 Breaker (Body Supply for AUX
B6 — —
Builder) Power (Body Builder)
ACCY #1 Circuit Radio Battery Fuse
C1 ORN 1240
A7 ORN 1540 Breaker (Body (Body Builder Radio)
Builder)
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18) IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
(cont’d) (cont’d)
Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK) Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK)
Information D 12110746 Information D 12110746
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Cigarette Lighter Gauges, DRL Relay
C3 ORN 1140
(Body Builder) H8 — — Module, Cluster,
AUX Power (Body Audio Alarm
C5 ORN 1040
Builder) J1 YEL 143 Wiper (Body Builder)
Illumination Fuse Radio Accessory
J3 YEL 43
D4 DK GRN 44 IPC, Audio Alarm (Body Builder)
(Body Builder) Turn Signals, PNP.
D8 RED 742 Horn Fuse Supply Backup Lamps and
J5 PNK 139
Illumination Fuse IPC Park Brake
E3 GRY 8 Audio Alarm (Body Component
Builder) Gauges, DRL Relay
E7 ORN 640 Horn Fuse J7 PNK 39 Module, Cluster,
Audio Alarm
Park Lamps,
F6 RED 42 Headlamps, Park Front Park Lamps
K2 BRN 9
Marker, Tail Supply Feed
K4 — —
F8 — — Dome Courtesy Lamps (Body Builder)
Lamp (Body Builder) L1 BRN 964 Front Park Lamps
Park Lamps, License, Marker
L3 GRY 914
G5 ORN 140 Headlamps (Body Lamps (Body Builder)
Builder) M2 — — Step Alarm
Courtesy and Dome M4 ORN 300 Ignition (Bus Feed)
G7 ORN 40
(Body Builder) M6 — — Jacks Alarm
H2 BRN 4 Wipers Fuse Feed Step Alarm (Body
Radio Accessory Bus N1 BRN 341
H4 — — Builder)
Feed (Body Builder) Jacks Alarm (Body
Turn Signals, PNP N5 BRN 141
Builder)
H6 PNK 3 and Backup Lamp
Feed
Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84058
Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18) Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Connector Part D 12146452 (cont’d)
Information D Convenience Center Connector Part D 12146452
Circuit Information D Convenience Center
No. Circuit
Battery+ Feed (Body No.
A RED 542
Builder) C8 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Signal
B — — Not Used C9 LT GRN 275 Park Input
C1 — — Not Used IP Dimming Feed
D1 GRY 8
C2 — — Not Used Control
C3 — — Not Used Marker Lamps (Body
D2 GRY 914
Builder)
C4 — — Not Used
Reverse Input
C6 — 250 Ground (Bus) D3 LT GRN 24
(PRNDL)
C7 BRN 341 Step Alarm Feed
Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18) Convenience Center (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Brake Output DRL Relay Ground
D4 WHT/BLK 235 G5 BLK 250
(Body Builder) (Switch) (Option)
Battery+ Horn Feed Headlamp Switch
D5 DK GRN 29
(Relay Switch) G6 ORN 540 Input to DRL Relay
D6 BLK 250 Ground (Option)
D7 WHT 156 IP Dimming Dome LP G8 — — Not Used
D8 ORN 40 Courtesy Lamp Feed Battery+ Horn Feed
H1 DK GRN 29
(Relay Switch)
D9 — — Not Used
Battery+ Horn Relay
Radio/ACC (Body H3 ORN 640
E1 YEL 43 Feed (Coil)
Builder)
DRL Switching
Radio Feed (Body H4 DK BLU 593
E2 ORN 1240 Circuit (Option)
Builder)
LT DRL Module Relay
Cigarette Lighter H6 592
E3 ORN 1140 GRN/BLK Control (Option)
Feed (Body Builder)
H7 — — Not Used
AUX Power Feed
E4 ORN 1040 H8 — — Not Used
(Body Builder)
E5 ORN 1540
Builder) IP Dimming Input
J1 GRY 8
ACCY 2 Feed (Chime)
E6 YEL 243 Ignition+ (Body Battery+ Feed
J2 ORN 140
Builder) (Chime)
F1 — — Not Used J3 — — Not Used
F2 — — Not Used J4 — — Not Used
F3 — — Not Used K1 BLK 250 Ground
Jack Alarm Feed K2 BLK 250 Ground
F5 BRN 141
(Body Builder) Seat Belt Indicator
K3 YEL 234
Stop Lamp Switch (Chime)
F6 WHT 17
Signal (Body Builder) Ignition+ Feed Chime
K4 PNK 39
Horn Control Relay Module
G1 BLK 28
Coil
G2 — — Not Used
Battery+ Horn Relay
G3 ORN 640
Feed (Switch)
Ignition+ Feed (DRL
G4 PNK 39
Relay/Coil) (Option)
Electrical Center Identification (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584069
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) ( L31)

HTR Fuse 1 25A HTR Bus (Body Builder)
PWR CKT BRK 2 30A PWR Bus (Body Builder)
HORN-DM Fuse 3 20A Seat Belt/Lamps Alarm Module, Horn Relay, Dome Lamps (Provision)
ACC-RADIO Fuse 4 10A ACC Bus (Body Builder)
TURN-B/U Fuse 5 15A Turn Signal Flasher
ECM-BAT Fuse 6 20A Powertrain Control Module, Fuel Pump Relay
TAIL-LPS Fuse 7 20A Headlamps Switch
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) ( L31) (cont’d)
Instrument Cluster, Seat Belt/Lamps Alarm Module, Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) Control Module, Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Relay,
GAUGES Fuse 8 20A
Generator, A/C Compressor Relay, Ignition Feed (Body Builder), ABS
Indicator Relay
Cruise Control Module, Cruise Control Switch, Stoplamps Switch,
I-3 Fuse 9 15A
ENG-BAT Fuse 10 15A A/C Compressor Relay, Data Link Connector (DLC), Fan Control Relay
STOP-HAZ Fuse 11 15A Stoplamps Switch, Hazard Lamps Flasher
Powertrain Control Module, Fuel Injectors (Gas) (Left Bank Only),
ECM-1 Fuse 12 20A
Instrument Cluster, Ignition Control Module
AUX CKT BRK 13 30A Auxiliary Fuse (Body Builder)
WIPER Fuse 14 25A Windshield Wiper Motor
Heated Oxygen Sensors (Gas), Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor,
ENG-1 Fuse 15 20A Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve (Gas), Canister
Vent Valve
Seat Belt/Lamps Alarm, TR Indicator Lamp, Instrument Cluster, IP
INSTR-LPS Fuse 16 5A
TRANS Fuse 17 10A Transmission
CRANK Fuse 18 10A Park Neutral Position Switch
AUTO APPLY Fuse 19 10A Park Neutral Position Switch
RIGHT TAILLAMPS Fuse 20 5A RH Taillamp, RH Sidemarker Lamp
LEFT TAILLAMPS Fuse 21 5A LH Taillamp, LH Sidemarker Lamp
MKR/LIC LAMPS Fuse 22 5A Marker Lamps, License Lamps
FRONT PARK LAMPS Fuse 23 5A Front Marker Lamps, Front Park Lamps
77584070
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L31) IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L31) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
Turn Signal Lamps D4-D5 — — Not Used
A PPL 16
Flasher Output
D6 — — Body Builder Provision
A1 BRN — Aux
D7 — — Not Used
A2-A4 — — Body Builder Provision
D8 — — Body Builder Provision
Instrument Panel
A5 GRY 8 Fuse Output-Battery-
Lamp Feed E1 ORN 440
Type III Fuse
A6 — — Body Builder Provision
E2 — — Not Used
A7 — — Not Used
E3 BRN 141
A8 — — Body Builder Provision 3-Type III Fuse
Turn Signal Lamps E4 — — Not Used
B BRN 141
Flasher Input
Ignition Switch
E5 BRN 4
Fuse Output-Ignition Output-Accessory
B1 BRN 341
3-Type III Fuse
E6 — — Body Builder Provision
B2-B3 — — Body Builder Provision
E7 — — Not Used
B4 PNK 39 E8 — — Body Builder Provision
1-Type III Fuse
B5-B6 — — Body Builder Provision Fuse Output-Battery-
F1 ORN 540
Type III Fuse
B7 — — Not Used
F2 RED 2
B8-C4 — — Body Builder Provision Type I Fuse
C5 — — Not Used Fuse Output-Ignition
F3 BRN 241
3-Type III Fuse
C6 — — Body Builder Provision
Ignition Switch
C7 — — Not Used F4 ORN 300
Output-Ignition 3
Fuse Output-Battery- Fuse Output-Ignition
C8 ORN 40 F5 PNK 39
Type III Fuse 1-Type III Fuse
D1 RED 2
Type I Fuse
D2-D3 — — Body Builder Provision
IP Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome) (L31) (cont’d) Secondary Fuse Block (P32 Motorhome)
Connector Part D 12162133 (L31)
Information D Fuse Block (BLK) D 15304744
Connector Part
Information D Secondary Fuse Block
Circuit
(BLK)
Circuit
F6 — — Not Used
F7 RED 2 Ignition Switch
Type I Fuse A1 YEL 5
Output-Crank
F8 ORN 140 RH Taillamp, RH
Type III Fuse A2 DK BLU 913
Sidemarker Lamp
Fuse Output-
LH Taillamp, LH
G1 YEL 143 Accessory-Type III A3 PPL 912
Sidemarker Lamp
Fuse
Marker Lamps,
Ignition Switch A4 GRY 914
G2 BRN 4 License Lamps
Output-Accessory
Front Marker Lamps,
Fuse Output-Ignition A5 BRN 964
G3 BRN 341 Front Park Lamps
3-Type III Fuse
Ignition Switch
G4 — — Not Used A6 PNK 3
Output-Ignition 1
Fuse Output-Ignition Ignition Switch
G5 PNK 439
1-Type III Fuse DK BLU/
B1 805 Output-Run/Heat/
WHT
G6-G7 — — Not Used Crank
Fuse Output-Battery- B2 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
G8 ORN 240
Type III Fuse
B3 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Instrument Cluster
H3 GRY 8 B4 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Feed
Instrument Panel B5 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
H4 DK GRN 44 Lamps Dimmer Switch Fuse Output-Ignition
Output B6 PNK 639
1-Type III Fuse
H5 PNK 539
1-Type III Fuse
Ignition Switch
H6 PNK 3
Output-Ignition 1
J5 PNK 139
1-Type III Fuse
J6 — — Not Used
Electrical Center Identification (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Underhood Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584071
Underhood Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) ( L4B)

PCM–BAT Fuse 30A Powertrain Control Module
TCM–BAT Fuse 10A TCM-Battery Feed
STOP/HAZ Fuse 20A ABS Brake Switch, Turn Signal Switch, Audio Alarm/Auxiliary Fan
Fuse — Not Used
Fuse — Not Used
PCM/TCM-IGN Fuse 10A Powertrain Control Module, Transmission Control Module
AUX FAN Fuse 30A Electromagnetic Fan
Fuse — Not Used
ABS RELAY Fuse 10A ABS Relay Power
Underhood Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) ( L4B) (cont’d)
A/C CMPR Fuse 10A A/C Compressor Relay
BRAKE Fuse 10A ABS Module, ABS Brake Switch
CRUISE Fuse 10A Cruise Control Switch
FUEL HEATER 2 Fuse 30A In-Line Fuel Heater 2
Fuse — Not Used
CRANK Fuse 10A Crank Request to PCM
LH TAIL Fuse 5A LH Tail Lamps
RH TAIL Fuse 5A RH Tail Lamps
DATA Fuse 10A Data Link
“B” STUD Fuse 30A MAXI Body Builder
”A” STUD Fuse 30A MAXI Body Builder
LIGHTING Fuse 50A MAXI IP Extension Fuseblock, Headlamp Switch, Data Link Fuse (Engine)
BATTERY Fuse 50A MAXI IP Extension Fuseblock, Stop/Hazard Fuse (Engine)
IGN A Fuse 40A MAXI Ignition Switch Starter Relay
IGN B Fuse 50A MAXI Ignition Switch
ABS Fuse 60A MAXI ABS Module
CLEAN POWER Fuse 20A MAXI Clean Power Feed
FUEL HEATER Fuse 30A MAXI On Engine Fuel Heater 1
HORN/CONV BATT Fuse 40A MAXI Horn Fuse (IP Extension)
IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584072
IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) ( L4B)

Fuse 1 — Not Used
GAGES Fuse 4 20A DRL Relay, DRL Control Module, Cluster, Audio Alarm
BATT FEED – BODY BUILDER
20A Body Builder Connection at the Convenience Center
Fuse 5
ACC FEED – BODY BUILDER
10A Body Builder Connections at the Convenience Center
Fuse 6
AUX PWR/CLUSTER Fuse 7 20A Body Builder and Cluster Power
Fuse 8 — Not Used
PK LPS Fuse 9 20A Headlamp Switch (Park, Marker and Tail Lamps)
TURN/B/U Fuse 10 15A Turn Signal Switch, Park/Neutral Position and Backup Lamp Switch
RADIO-ACC Fuse 16 15A Body Builder Radio
MKR LPS Fuse 17 10A License Lamps, Marker Lamps (Body Builder)
RADIO-BAT Fuse 19 10A Radio (Body Builder)
WIPER Fuse 22 25A Wipers (Body Builder)
30A CKT
PWR ACCY 1 CB A Body Builder
BRKR
30A CKT
BLOWER CB B Body Builder
BRKR
Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84057
Legend
(1) C225 (Ground) (8) C218
(2) C222 (9) C224
(3) C212 (10) C208
(4) C209 (11) C219
(7) C206 (14) Not Used
Power and Grounding Connector End Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Underhood Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584073

(P42 Commercial) (L4B) (P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 — — Not Used A/C Compressor
A3 — — Not Used Relay Feed (Coil
B6 BLK 150
Side) (Hot in Run and
DK GRN/ A/C Compressor
A4 459 Start)
WHT Relay Control
Starter Solenoid
A/C Compressor B7 PPL 6
A6 DK GRN 59 Feed
Clutch Feed
B8 — — Not Used
A7 YEL 447 Start Relay Control
Start Relay Feed
Start Relay Feed B9 YEL 1737
A9 RED 242 (Coil Side)
(Switch Side)
Brake Warning Relay
B1 — — Not Used C1 BLK 1450
Control
B2 — — Not Used
Brake Warning Relay
B3 — — Not Used C3 LT GRN 867
Feed (Switch Side)
A/C Comp. Relay BTSI Relay Ground
B4 BRN 441 C4 BLK 150
Feed (Coil Side)
B5 — — Not Used
(P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d) (P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
BTSI Relay Feed H7 — — Not Used
C6 PPL 420
(Switch Side) H9 — — Not Used
D1 — — Not Used Battery+ Feed to
H11 RED 989
Brake Relay Ground TCM Battery Fuse
D2 BLK 150
(Switch Side) J2 DK BLU 913 RH Taillamps Feed
Brake Relay Ground J4 — — Not Used
D3 PNK 739
(Switch Side)
Stop Lamp Switch
DK J6 BRN 241 and EBCM Feeds
D4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed
GRN/WHT (Hot in Run)
D5 — — Not Used J8 — — Not Used
BTSI Relay Control J10 — — Not Used
D6 LT GRN 275
(PRNDL)
Battery + Feed to
AUX Fan Relay J12 RED 642
D7 DK BLU 473 TCM
Control (Coil Side)
Battery+ Feed – Data
AUX Fan Relay Feed K1 RED 42
D9 ORN 1640 Fuse Feed
(Switch Side)
Crank Fuse Feed
E7 RED 702 AUX Fan Motor Feed K3 YEL 5
(Hot in Start)
E8 — — Not Used BUSSED Hot in Run Bus
AUX Fan Relay Feed K5 —
E9 WHT 108 W/H5 (Cruise Fuse)
(B+) (Coil Side) ABS Relay Fuse
LH Tail Fuse Feed K7 PNK 3
Feed
(Hot with Headlamp PCM/TCM Fuse
F1 BRN 9
Switch in Park or K9 PNK 3 Feed (hot in Run and
Headlamp) Start Bus)
Fuel Heater #2 Fuse Battery+ Feed –
F3 PNK 3 Feed (Hot in Run and K11 RED 142 Stop/Hazard Fuse
Start Bus) Feed
Hot in Run Bus (A/C L2 ORN 1340 DLC Feed (B+)
BUSSED
F5 — Compressor Fuse
W/H5 PCM and PNP
Feed)
L4 PPL 806 Switch Feed (Hot in
F7 RED 989 B+ to AUX Fan Fuse Start)
F9 — — Not Used Cruise Switch Feed
F11 RED 102 Battery+ Feed L6 BRN 41
(Hot in Run)
G2 PPL 912 LH Taillamps Feed Brake Warning Relay
Fuel Heater and and A/C Compressor
G4 PNK 4511 L8 PNK 739
Water in Fuel Sensor Relay Feeds (Hot in
A/C Compressor Run and Start)
G6 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch PCM and TCM
Side) (Hot in Run) L10 PNK 439 Feeds (Hot in Run
AUX Fan Relay and Start)
G8 ORN 1640 Exterior Lights and
Switched Side L12 ORN 140
G10 — — Not Used Audio Alarm
PCM and TCM PCM/TCM Battery
G12 ORN 440 M1 RED 742 and Horn Fuse Feed
Feeds (B+)
(B+)
Hot with Headlamp
BUSSED Switch in Park or M2 RED 4500 Fuel Heater
H1 —
FROM F1 Head Bus Feed – LH Blower Feed (Body
M3 RED 542
Taillamp Fuse Feed Builder) (B+)
H3 — — Not Used M4 RED 442 EBCM Feed (B+)
Ignition (+) Bus Feed Ignition Switch Feed
H5 ORN 300 M5 RED 342
(Brake Fuse Feed) (B+)
Underhood Fuse Block
(P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d)
Information D Fuse Block (BLK)
Circuit
No.
Ignition Switch and
M6 RED 242 Start Relay Feed
(B+)
Stop/Hazard
Accessory 1, AUX
M7 RED 142 Power, Cigarette
Lighter, Radio Battery
Fuse Feed (B+)
Headlamp Switch
and Data, Courtesy,
M8 RED 42
Parking Lamps Fuse
Feed (B+)
R7 — — A Stud
R8 — — B Stud
IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84056
IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B) IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK) (cont’d)
Information D 12110746 Connector Part D Fuse Block (BLK)
Circuit Information D 12110746
No. Circuit
ACCY #2 Circuit No.
A2 BRN 4 Breaker (Body Supply for
BUSSED
Builder) B2 — Radio/Battery Fuse
W/B4
ACCY #2 Circuit (Body Builder Radio)
A3 YEL 243 Breaker (Body Supply for Cigarette
Builder) B4 RED 142 Lighter (Body
ACCY #1 Circuit Builder)
A6 RED 142 Breaker (Body BUSSED Supply for AUX
B6 —
Builder) W/B4 Power (Body Builder)
ACCY #1 Circuit Radio Battery Fuse
C1 ORN 1240
A7 ORN 1540 Breaker (Body (Body Builder Radio)
Builder)
IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B) IP Fuse Block (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Cigarette Lighter J1 YEL 143 Wiper (Body Builder)
C3 ORN 1140
(Body Builder) J3 YEL 43 Wiper (Body Builder)
AUX Power (Body Turn Signals, PNP
C5 ORN 1040 J5 PNK 139
Builder) and Cluster and Backup Lamps
Illumination Fuse Gauges, DRL Relay
D4 DK GRN 44 IPC, Audio Alarm Module, Cluster,
(Body Builder) J7 PNK 39
Audio Alarm,
D8 RED 742 Horn Fuse Supply O/D Switch
Illumination Fuse IPC Front Park Lamps
K2 BRN 9
E3 GRY 8 Audio Alarm (Body Feed
Builder) BUSSED License, Marker
K4 —
E7 ORN 640 Horn Fuse W/K2 Lamps (Body Builder)
Park Lamps, Convenience Center
K8 RED 842
F6 RED 42 Headlamps, Park Battery Feed
Marker, Tail Supply L1 BRN 964 Front Park Lamps
BUSSED L3 GRY 914
F8 — Dome Courtesy Lamps (Body Builder)
FROM F6
Lamp (Body Builder) Convenience Center
L7 RED 742
Park Lamps, Battery Fuse Feed
G5 ORN 240 Headlamps (Body M2 — — Not Used
Builder)
M4 ORN 300 Jack/Step Fuse Feed
Courtesy and Dome
G7 ORN 40 BUSSED
(Body Builder) M6 — Jacks Alarm
W/M4
Wipers (Body
H2 BRN 4 Convenience Center
Builder) M8 PNK 839
Battery Feed
BUSSED Radio Accessory
H4 — N1 BRN 341 Step Alarm
W/H2 Feed (Body Builder)
N5 BRN 141 Jacks Alarm
Turn Signals, PNP
H6 PNK 3 and Backup Lamp Convenience Center
N7 PNK 3
Feed ACC Fuse Feed
Gauges, DRL Relay
BUSSED
H8 — Module, Cluster,
FROM H6
Audio Alarm
Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84058
Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B) Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
No. Circuit
A RED 542
Builder) C6 BLK 250 Ground
B BLK 250 Ground C7 BRN 341 Step Alarm Feed
C1 PNK 839 Ignition Feed Body C8 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Signal
DK Fog Lamp Provisions C9 LT GRN 275 Park Accessory
C2 1317
GRN/WHT (Body Builder) IP Dimming Feed
D1 GRY 8
Body Builder ACC Control
C3 PNK 839
Feed Marker Lamps (Body
D2 GRY 914
Parking Brake Signal Builder)
C4 PNK 839
(Body Builder)
Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B) Convenience Center (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Backup Lamps – G2 — — Not Used
D3 LT GRN 24
Camera Feed Battery+ Horn Relay
G3 ORN 640
Ignition Switch Bulb Feed (Switch)
D4 WHT/BLK 235
Check Ignition+ Feed (DRL
G4 PNK 39
D5 DK GRN 29 Horn Relay Output Relay/Coil)
BUSSED DRL Relay Ground
D6 250 Ground G5 BLK 250
W/C6 (Switch)
D7 WHT 156 IP Dimming Dome LP Headlamp Switch
G6 ORN 540
D8 ORN 40 Courtesy Lamp Feed Input to DRL Relay
Body Builder – G8 — — Not Used
D9 RED 842
Battery Feed Battery+ Horn Feed
H1 DK GRN 29
Radio/ACC (Body (Relay Switch)
E1 YEL 43
Builder) Battery+ Horn Relay
H3 ORN 640
Radio Feed (Body Feed (Coil)
E2 ORN 1240
Builder) DRL Switching
H4 DK BLU 593
Cigarette Lighter Circuit
E3 ORN 1140
Feed (Body Builder) LT DRL Module Relay
H6 592
AUX Power Feed GRN/BLK Control
E4 ORN 1040
(Body Builder) H7 — — Not Used
E5 ORN 1540
Builder) H9 — — Not Used
E6 YEL 243 Blower IP Dimming Input
J1 GRY
Body Builder – (Chime)
F1 RED 842
Battery Feed Battery+ Feed
J2 ORN 140
Body Builder – (Chime)
F2 RED 842
Battery Feed J3 — — Not Used
Body Builder – J4 — — Not Used
F3 RED 842
Battery Feed
K1 BLK 250 Ground
Jack Alarm Feed
F5 BRN 141 K2 BLK 250 Ground
(Body Builder)
Seat Belt Indicator
Stop Lamp Switch K3 YEL 234
F6 WHT 17 (Chime)
Ignition+ Feed Chime
Horn Control Relay K4 PNK 39
G1 BLK 28 Module
Coil
Electrical Center Identification (P52 Commercial) (L18)
Underhood Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584074

PCM/TCM – BAT 20A Powertrain Control Module, Transmission Control Module
STOP/HAZ 20A ABS Brake Switch, Turn Signal Switch, Audio Alarm/Auxiliary Fan
ENG – RH 15A Cylinder 2, 4, 6, 8 Injectors and coils
PCM/TCM – 1 10A Powertrain Control Module, Transmission Control Module
ENG – 1 20A EVAP Canister Sol, Mass Air, Oxygen Sensors
ALT/START 10A Alternator, Park/Neutral Position and Backup Lamp Switch
Underhood Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
BRAKE 10A ABS Module, ABS Brake Switch
ETM 15A Electronic Throttle Module
CRANK 10A Crank Request to PCM
LH TAIL 5A LH Taillamps
RH TAIL 5A RH Taillamps
DATA 10A Data Link
AUX “B” STUD 30A Body Builder
AUX “A” STUD 60A Body Builder
ABS 60A ABS Module
CLEAN POWER 20A Clean Power
POWER BRAKE 60A Power Brake Booster
HORN – PCM 50A Engine Fuse Block, Horn Fuse (IP External)
IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584075

Fuse 1 — Not Used
BATT Feed Fuse 5 20A Battery Feed (Body Builder)
ACC Feed Fuse 6 10A ACC Feed (Body Builder)
Fuse 8 — Not Used
TURN – B/U Fuse 10 15A Turn Signal Switch, Park, Neutral Position, Backup Lamp Switch
IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
30A CKT
PWR ACCY #1 CB A Body Builder
BKR
30 CKT
Blower CB B Body Builder – Blower
BKR
Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84057
Legend
(1) Not Used (Spare Battery Feed) (8) C218
(2) C222 (9) C224
(3) C212 (10) C207
(4) C209 (11) C219
(7) C206 (14) Not Used
Power and Grounding Connector End Views (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84054

(P52 Commercial) (L18) (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Pump Relay A/C Compressor
A1 BLK 550 A6 DK GRN 59
Ground (Coil Side) Clutch Feed
Fuel Pump Motor A7 YEL 447 Start Relay Control
A3 GRY 120 Feed (Relay-Switch Start Relay Feed
Side) A9 RED 242
(Switch Side)
DK A/C Compressor Fuel Pump Relay
A4 459 B1 PNK 1039
GRN/WHT Relay Control Feed (Switch Side)
(P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d) (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Pump Prime Hot in Run Bus (A/C
B2 RED 490
Lead F5 — 300 Compressor Fuse
DK Fuel Pump Relay Feed)
B3 465
GRN/WHT Control Fused B+ from J12,
F7 RED 642
A/C Compressor AUX Fan Fuse
B4 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch Engine RH Fuse
Side) (Hot in Run) F9 — 3 Feed (Hot in Run and
B5 — — Not Used Start Bus)
A/C Compressor F11 RED 742 Battery+ Feed
Relay Feed (Coil G2 PPL 912 LH Taillamps Feed
B6 PNK 739
Side) (Hot in Run and Fuel Pump Relay
Start) Feed (Switch Side)
G4 PNK 1039
Starter Solenoid (Hot in Run and
B7 PPL 6
Feed Start)
B8 — — Not Used A/C Compressor
Start Relay Feed G6 BRN 441 Relay Feed (Switch
B9 YEL 1737 Side) (Hot in Run)
(Coil Side)
Brake Warning Jumper from G8 to
C1 BLK 1450
Control G8 ORN 1640 AUX Fan Relay
Brake Warning Relay Switched Side
C3 LT GRN 867
Feed (Switch Side) RH Coils and
BTSI Relay Ground G10 PNK 239 Injectors Feed (Hot in
C4 BLK 550 Run and Start)
(Coil Side)
BTSI Relay Feed PCM and TCM
C6 PPL 420 G12 ORN 440
(Switch Side) Feeds (B+)
D1 — — Not Used Hot with Headlamp
Switch in Park or
Brake Relay Ground H1 — 9
D2 BLK 550 Head Bus Feed – LH
(Switch Side)
Taillamp Fuse Feed
Brake Warning Relay
D3 PNK 739 Ignition (+) Bus Feed
Feed (Coil Side)
(Hot in Run and
DK H3 — 3
D4 1135 BTSI Solenoid Feed Start) ETM Fuse
GRN/WHT Feed
D5 — — Not Used Ignition (+) Bus Feed
BTSI Relay Control H5 ORN 300
D6 LT GRN 275 (Brake Fuse Feed)
(PRNDL) Engine 1 Fuse Feed
AUX Fan Relay H7 PNK 3 (Hot in Run and Start
D7 DK BLU 473
Ground (Coil Side) Bus)
AUX Fan Relay Feed Ignition (+) Bus Feed
D9 ORN 1640
(Switch Side) (Hot in Run and
H9 PNK 3
E7 RED 702 AUX Fan Motor Feed Start) Engine LH
E8 — — Not Used Fuse Feed
AUX Fan Relay Feed 30A Fuse Not
E9 ORN 140 H11 RED 989 Designated on Label
(B+) (Coil Side)
(Battery +)
LH Tail Fuse Feed
(Hot with Headlamp J2 DK BLU 913 RH Taillamps Feed
F1 BRN 9
Switch in Park or TAC Module Feed
Headlamp) J4 PNK 839 (Hot in Run and
Fuel Pump Fuse Start)
F3 PNK 3 Feed (Hot in Run and Stop Lamp Switch
Start Bus) J6 BRN 241 and EBCM Feeds
(Hot in Run)
(P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d) (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
EVAP Purge, Exterior Lights and
L12 ORN 140
J8 PNK 539 MAF/IAT Feeds (Hot Cool Fan Feeds (B+)
in Run and Start) PCM/TCM Battery
LH Coils and M1 RED 742 and Horn Fuse Feed
J10 PNK 339 Injectors Feed (Hot in (B+)
Run and Start) Brake Booster Pump
M2 RED 985
30A Fuse Not Relay Feed (B+)
Designated On Blower Feed (Body
J12 RED 642 Label — Aux Fan M3 RED 542
Builder) (B+)
Feed to F7 M4 RED 442 EBCM Feed (B+)
(Aux Fan Fuse)
Ignition Switch Feed
Battery+ Feed – Data M5 RED 342
K1 RED 42 (B+)
Fuse Feed
Ignition Switch and
Crank Fuse Feed M6 RED 242 Start Relay Feed
K3 YEL 5
(Hot in Start) (B+)
Hot in Run Bus Stop/Hazard
K5 — 300
(Cruise Fuse) Accessory 1, AUX
Ignition (+) Bus Feed M7 RED 142 Power, Cigarette
(Hot in Run and Lighter, Radio Battery
K7 — 3 Start) Fuse Feed (B+)
Alternator/Starter
Headlamp Switch
Fuse Feed
and Data, Courtesy,
PCM/TCM Fuse M8 RED 42
Parking Lamps Fuse
K9 — — Feed (Hot in Run and Feed (B+)
Start Bus) N1 — — Battery Bus
Battery+ Feed – N2 — — Battery Bus
K11 RED 142 Stop/Hazard Fuse
Feed N3 — — Battery Bus
L2 ORN 1340 DLC Feed (B+)
PCM and PNP
L4 PPL 806 Switch Feed (Hot in N6 — — Battery Bus
Start) N7 — — Battery Bus
Cruise Switch Feed N8 — — Battery Bus
L6 BRN 41
(Hot in Run) P7 — — Battery Bus
Generator, Brake P8 — — Battery Bus
Warning Relay and
R7 — — Body Builder
Relay Feeds (Hot in R8 — — Body Builder
Run and Start)
PCM and TCM
L10 PNK 439 Feeds (Hot in Run
and Start)
WRK84056
IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
ACCY #2 Circuit ACCY #1 Circuit
A2 BRN 4 Breaker (Body A7 ORN 1540 Breaker (Body
Builder) Builder)
ACCY #2 Circuit Supply for
A3 YEL 243 Breaker (Body B2 — 142 Radio/Battery Fuse
Builder) (Body Builder Radio)
ACCY #1 Circuit Supply for Cigarette
A6 RED 142 Breaker (Body B4 RED 142 Lighter (Body
Builder) Builder)
Supply for AUX
B6 — 142
Power (Body Builder)
IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d) IP Fuse Block (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Radio Battery Fuse Turn Signals, PNP
C1 ORN 1240
(Body Builder Radio) H6 PNK 3 and Backup Lamp
Cigarette Lighter Feed
C3 ORN 1140
(Body Builder) Gauges, DRL Relay
AUX Power (Body H8 — 3 Module, Cluster,
C5 ORN 1040 Audio Alarm
Builder)
Illumination Fuse J1 YEL 143 Wiper (Body Builder)
D4 DK GRN 44 IPC, Audio Alarm J3 YEL 43 Wiper (Body Builder)
(Body Builder) Turn Signals, PNP
D8 RED 742 Horn Fuse Supply J5 PNK 139
and Backup Lamps
Illumination Fuse IPC Gauges, DRL Relay
E3 GRY 8 Audio Alarm (Body J7 PNK 39 Module, Cluster,
Builder) Audio Alarm
E7 ORN 640 Horn Fuse Front Park Lamps
K2 BRN 9
Park Lamps, Feed
F6 RED 42 Headlamps, Park License, Marker
K4 — 9
Marker, Tail Supply Lamps (Body Builder)
Courtesy Lamp, Fuse Output B(+)
K8 RED 842
F8 — — Dome Courtesy Conv. Battery Fuse
Lamp (Body Builder) L1 BRN 964 Front Park Lamps
Park Lamps, License, Marker
G5 ORN 240 Headlamps (Body L3 GRY 914
Builder) L7 RED 742 Bat(+) Feed
Courtesy and Dome M2 — 300 Step Alarm
G7 ORN 40
(Body Builder)
M4 ORN 300 Not Used
Wipers (Body
H2 BRN 4 M6 — — Jacks Alarm
Builder)
Radio Accessory M8 PNK 839 ACC Feed
H4 — 4
Feed (Body Builder) N1 BRN 341 Step Alarm
N5 BRN 141 Jacks Alarm
Conv. Center Fuse
N7 PNK 3
Feed (Ign Positive)
Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84058
Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18) Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18)
No. Circuit
A RED 542
Builder) C6 BLK 250 Ground
B BLK 250 Ground C7 BRN 341 Step Alarm Feed
ACC Feed (Body C8 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Signal
C1 PNK 839
Builder) C9 LT GRN 275 Park Accessory
DK Fog Lamp Provisions IP Dimming Feed
C2 1317 D1 GRY 8
GRN/WHT (Body Builder) Control
Body Builder ACC Marker Lamps (Body
C3 PNK 839 D2 GRY 914
Feed Builder)
Parking Brake Signal Reverse Input
C4 PNK 839 D3 LT GRN 24
(Body Builder) (PRNDL)
Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18) Convenience Center (P52 Commercial) (L18)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Brake Output Ignition+ Feed (DRL
D4 WHT/BLK 235 G4 PNK 39
(Body Builder) Relay/Coil)
Battery + Horn Feed DRL Relay Ground
D5 DK GRN 29 G5 BLK 150
(Relay Switch) (Switch)
D6 BLK 250 (BUS) Headlamp Switch
G6 ORN 540
D7 WHT 156 IP Dimming Dome LP Input to DRL Relay
D8 ORN 40 Courtesy Lamp Feed G8 — — Not Used
Body Builder – Battery+ Horn Feed
D9 RED 842 H1 DK GRN 29
Battery Feed (Relay Switch)
Radio/ACC (Body Battery+ Horn Relay
E1 YEL 43 H3 ORN 640
Builder) Feed (Coil)
Radio Feed (Body DRL Switching
E2 ORN 1240 H4 DK BLU 593
Builder) Circuit
Cigarette Lighter LT DRL Module Relay
E3 ORN 1140 H6 592
Feed (Body Builder) GRN/BLK Control
AUX Power Feed H7 — — Not Used
E4 ORN 1040
(Body Builder) H8 — — Not Used
E5 ORN 1540
Builder) IP Dimming Input
J1 GRY 8
ACCY 2 Feed (Chime)
E6 YEL 243 Ignition+ (Body Battery+ Feed
Builder) J2 ORN 140
(Chime)
Body Builder – J3 — — Not Used
F1 RED 842
Battery Feed
J4 — — Not Used
Body Builder –
F2 RED 842 K1 BLK 250 Ground
Battery Feed
K2 BLK 250 Ground
Body Builder –
F3 RED 842 Seat Belt Indicator
Battery Feed K3 YEL 234
(Chime)
Jack Alarm Feed
F5 BRN 141 Ignition+ Feed Chime
(Body Builder) K4 PNK 39
Module
Stop Lamp Switch
F6 WHT 17
Horn Control Relay
G1 BLK 28
Coil
G2 — — Not Used
Battery+ Horn Relay
G3 ORN 640
Feed (Switch)
In-Line Harness Connector End Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Engine Harness to ABS Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84051 WRK84052
D 12110751 D 12110753
Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information D 7-Way M Metri-Pack 280
Circuit Circuit
Ignition Positive EBCM Ignition Positive EBCM
A BRN 241 A BRN 241
Feed Feed
B LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control B LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control
Stoplamp Switch
C PPL 420 C PPL 420 Stoplamp Switch Signal
Signal
Output Shaft Speed Output Shaft Speed
D YEL/BLK 1827 D YEL/BLK 1827
Signal Signal
E TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (UART) E TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (UART)
F PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class II) F PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class II)
G — — Not Used G — — Not Used
C111 Engine Harness to ABS Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584076 77584077
D 12040977 D 12089147
Circuit Circuit
A PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control A PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control
B BLK 550 Ground B BLK 550 Ground
Battery Positive Feed Battery Positive Feed
C RED 442 C RED 442
(EBCM) (EBCM)
C113 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84023 WRK84024
D 12015792
Connector Part Connector Part D 12010973
D 2-Way F Weather Pack
Information Information D 2-Way M Weather Pack (BLK)
(BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84025 WRK84026
D 12065425 D 12045808
Circuit Circuit
DK DK
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
LT LT
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK
LT LT
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
Left Bank Injector
J PNK 339 J PNK 339 Left Bank Injector Feed
Feed
Right Bank Injector
K PNK 239 K PNK 239 Right Bank Injector Feed
Feed
C189 Chassis Harness to Left Side Engine Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584108
D 12047937 D 12047931
Series (NAT) Series (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
A BLK 450 Ground A BLK 450 Ground
B RED 2127 I/C Signal-Coil 7 B RED 2127 I/C Signal-Coil 7
C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal-Coil 5 C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal-Coil 5
F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal-Coil 3 F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal-Coil 3
G PPL 2121 I/C Signal-Coil 1 G PPL 2121 I/C Signal-Coil 1
H PNK 339 Ignition Positive Feed H PNK 339 Ignition Positive Feed
C190 Chassis Harness to Right Side Engine Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584108
D 12047937 D 12047931
Series (NAT) Series (NAT)
Circuit Circuit
B RED/WHT 2122 I/C Signal 2 B RED 2122 I/C Signal 2
DK
C 2124 I/C Signal 4 C DK GRN 2124 I/C Signal 4
GRN/WHT
E BRN/WHT 2130 Reference Low E BRN 2130 Reference Low
LT
F 2126 I/C Signal 6 F LT BLU 2126 I/C Signal 6
BLU/WHT
G PPL/WHT 2128 I/C Signal 8 G PPL 2128 I/C Signal 8
H PNK 239 Ignition Positive Feed H PNK 239 Ignition Positive Feed
C200 I/P Harness to Body Harness (Bulkhead) (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84029 WRK84030
D 12146331 D 12186752
Information D 36-Way F Assembly (LT Information D 36-Way M Metri-Pack/Mixed
GRY) (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Fuel Pump Feed Fuel Pump Feed
A1 GRY 120 A1 GRY 120
(Drive Away) (Drive Away)
A3 ORN 1340 Battery Positive Feed A3 ORN 1340 Battery Positive Feed
A6 RED 42 Battery Positive Feed A6 RED 42 Battery Positive Feed
Signal Signal
B2 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed B2 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
Park/Neutral Signal Park/Neutral Signal (PNP
(PNP Switch) (BTSI) Switch) (BTSI)
Fuel Level Lo Ref Fuel Level Lo Ref
B5 BLK 470 B5 BLK 470
Fuel Level Signal Fuel Level Signal
B6 PPL 1589 B6 PPL 1589
B7 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal B7 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal
C1 GRY 416 5 Volt Ref (TPS 1) C1 GRY 416 5 Volt Ref (TPS 1)
LT LT
C2 1688 5 Volt Ref (TPS 2) C2 1688 5 Volt Ref (TPS 2)
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK
C3 BLK 452 Low Ref (TPS 1) C3 BLK 452 Low Ref (TPS 1)
C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref (TPS 2) C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref (TPS 2)
Serial Data Serial Data
C5 ORN/BLK 1061 C5 ORN/BLK 1061
(UART-Secondary) (UART-Secondary)
DK Serial Data DK Serial Data
C6 774 C6 774
BLU/WHT (UART-Primary) BLU/WHT (UART-Primary)
DK Speedometer Signal DK Speedometer Signal
C7 817 C7 817
GRN/WHT (TOSS) GRN/WHT (TOSS)
D1 DK GRN 485 TPS 1 Signal D1 DK GRN 485 TPS 1 Signal
D2 PPL 486 TPS 2 Signal D2 PPL 486 TPS 2 Signal
C200 I/P Harness to Body Harness (Bulkhead) (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
D 12146319 D 12186752
Information D 36-Way F Assembly (LT Information D 36-Way M Metri-Pack/Mixed
GRY) (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
D3 YEL 581 TAC Motor 1 Feed D3 YEL 581 TAC Motor 1 Feed
D4 BRN 582 TAC Motor 2 Feed D4 BRN 582 TAC Motor 2 Feed
D6 PNK 839 Ignition Positive Feed D6 PNK 839 Ignition Positive Feed
D8 ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed D8 ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed
E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed
E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed
E3 RED 342 Battery Positive Feed E3 RED 342 Battery Positive Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
E6 LT BLU 20 E6 LT BLU 20 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
Feed Feed
E8 YEL 18 E8 YEL 18
Feed Feed
Engine Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584078 77584079
D 12186568 D 12186271
Series (BLK) Series (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
Pull Button Switch
A DK GRN 909 A DK GRN 909 Pull Button Switch Signal
Signal
Park Brake Alarm
B PPL 906 B PPL 906 Park Brake Alarm Control
Control
Auto Park Indicator Auto Park Indicator
C LT GRN 1844 C LT GRN 1844
Control Control
C205 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84037 WRK84038

Information D 15-Way F (BLK) Information D 15-Way M (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
A2 DK GRN 35 Engine Temp Signal A2 DK GRN 35 Engine Temp Signal
A3 — — Not Used A3 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Control
A4 BRN 241 Ignition Positive Feed A4 BRN 241 Ignition Positive Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
A5 PPL 420 A5 PPL 420 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
B1 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Control B1 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Control
B2 PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class 2) B2 PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class 2)
Reduced Eng Power Reduced Eng Power Ind.
Ind. Control Control
DK DK
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
B5 BRN 41 Ignition Positive Feed B5 BRN 41 Ignition Positive Feed
C1 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control C1 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control
C2 TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (EBCM) C2 TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (EBCM)
C3 YEL 5 Ignition Positive Feed C3 YEL 5 Ignition Positive Feed
C5 BRN 25 Bat Indicator Control C5 BRN 25 Bat Indicator Control
C207 I/P Harness to Wiper Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84039 WRK84040
D 12059472 D 12052200
Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack Mixed Information D 7-Way M Metri-Pack Mixed
(BLK) (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
B — — Body Builder B PPL 92 WSW Motor Feed (High)
C — — Body Builder C GRY 91 Wiper Relay Feed
WSW Switch
(Mist/Off/Lo)
E — — Body Builder E YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed
F — — Body Builder F PNK 94 WSW Switch Signal
G — — Body Builder G — — Not Used
C210 I/P Harness to I/P Extn. Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84043 WRK84044
D 15394027 D 12186731
Information D 56-Way F Metri-Pack Information D 56-Way F Metri-Pack
Junction (BLK) Junction (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
A1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed A1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed
A3 BLK 28 Horn Relay Control A3 BLK 28 Horn Relay Control
B1 RED 542 Battery Positive Feed B1 RED 542 Battery Positive Feed
B2 BLK 250 Ground B2 BLK 250 Ground
Left Turn Signal Left Turn Signal Indicator
Indicator Feed Feed
Right Turn Signal Right Turn Signal
B4 DK BLU 15 B4 DK BLU 15
Indicator Feed Indicator Feed
Fuel Level Signal
(Drive Away)
Front Park/Turn Lamp Front Park/Turn Lamp
C2 BRN 964 C2 BRN 964
Feed Feed
Engine Temp Gauge Engine Temp Gauge
C3 DK GRN 35 C3 DK GRN 35
Signal Signal
Turn Signal Flasher Turn Signal Flasher
C4 PPL 16 C4 PPL 16
Output Output
Fuel Level LO (Drive
Away)
D2 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control D2 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control
Park Input (PRNDL Park Input (PRNDL
E1 LT GRN 275 E1 LT GRN 275
Switch) (BTSI) Switch) (BTSI)
E2 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Control E2 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Control
E3 — — Not Used E3 — — Not Used
E4 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control E4 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control
Headlamp Dimmer
F1 YEL 10 F1 YEL 10 Headlamp Dimmer Feed
Feed
Battery Indicator
F3 BRN 25 F3 BRN 25 Battery Indicator Control
Control
C210 I/P Harness to I/P Extn. Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18) (cont’d)
D 12015113 D 12186731
Junction (BLK) Junction (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
F4 — — Not Used F4 — — Not Used
G1 DK BLU 593 DRL Input G1 — — Not Used
G2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Signal G2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Signal
G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed
G4 LT GRN 1844 G4 LT GRN 1844
Control Control
G5 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator Control G5 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator Control
H6 RED 42 Battery Positive Feed H6 RED 42 Battery Positive Feed
H7 BRN 4 Ingition Positive Feed H7 BRN 4 Ingition Positive Feed
H8 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed H8 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed
J6 YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed J6 YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed
J7 ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed J7 ORN 140 Battery Positive Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
J9 WHT 17 J9 WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
K7 — — Not Used K7 — — Not Used
High Beam Indicator High Beam Indicator
K9 LT GRN 11 K9 LT GRN 11
Feed Feed
L6 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal L6 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal
L7 — — Not Used L7 — — Not Used
M6 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed M6 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
Interior Lights Dimming Interior Lights Dimming
M7 GRY 8 M7 GRY 8
Feed Feed
M8 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Control M8 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Control
Reduced Engine Reduced Engine Power
Power Ind. Feed Ind. Feed
N8 BLK/WHT 551 Ground N8 BLK/WHT 551 Ground
DK DK
N9 817 Speedometer Signal N9 817 Speedometer Signal
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
P6 RED 742 Battery Positive Feed P6 RED 742 Battery Positive Feed
Fuel Pump Feed
(Drive Away)
P8 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed P8 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed
P9 BRN 9 Park/Turn Lamp Feed P9 BRN 9 Park/Turn Lamp Feed
P10 LT BLU 1134 Ignition Switch Ground P10 LT BLU 1134 Ignition Switch Ground
C214 I/P Harness to Turn Signal Switch Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584080 77584081
D 12004146
Connector Part D 3-Way F Pack-Con (BLK) Connector Part D 12004148
Information D 12020815 Information D 14-Way M Pack-Con (BLK)
D 11-Way F Pack-Con (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
B — — Not Used B — — Not Used
C — — Not Used C — — Not Used
D GRY 8 I/P Dimming Feed D GRY 8 I/P Dimming Feed
E — — Not Used E TAN — Not Used
F — — Not Used F LT GRN — Not Used
G BLK 28 Horn Relay Control G BLK 28 Horn Relay Control
LH Front Turn Signal LH Front Turn Signal
H LT BLU 14 H LT BLU 14
Feed Feed
RH Front Turn Signal RH Front Turn Signal
J DK BLU 15 J DK BLU 15
Feed Feed
K BRN 27 Hazard Flasher Output K BRN 27 Hazard Flasher Output
L PPL 16 L PPL 16
Output Output
LH Rear Turn Signal LH Rear Turn Signal
M YEL 18 M YEL 18
Feed Feed
RH Rear Turn Signal RH Rear Turn Signal
N DK GRN 19 N DK GRN 19
Feed Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
P WHT 17 P WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
C300 I/P Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84045 WRK84046
D 12059472 D 12052200
(BLK) (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Low Beam Headlamp Low Beam Headlamp
B TAN 12 B TAN 12
Feed Feed
Feed Feed
Left Headlamp Feed
D DK BLU 593 D — — Not Used
(DRL)
Feed Feed
G LT GRN 11 G LT GRN 11
Feed Feed
C304 Engine Harness to Park Brake Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584082 77584083
D 12124685 D 12124686
Circuit Circuit
A RED 2 Battery Positive Feed A RED 2 Battery Positive Feed
B LT GRN 1844 B LT GRN 1844
Control Control
C PNK 539 Ignition Positive Feed C PNK 539 Ignition Positive Feed
C305 Engine Harness to Park Brake Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584084 77584085
D 15300027 D 15300032
Circuit Circuit
Park Brake Switch
A YEL/BLK 1131 A YEL/BLK 1131 Park Brake Switch Signal
Signal
Park Brake Alarm
B PPL 906 B PPL 906 Park Brake Alarm Control
Control
C306 Chassis Harness to Park Brake Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584086 77584087
D 12064760 D 12064761
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Brake Alarm
A PPL 906 A PPL 906 Park Brake Alarm Control
Control
B BLK 350 Ground B BLK 350 Ground
C PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed C PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
D LT BLU 907 D LT BLU 907
Control Control
C400 Forward Chassis Harness to Rear Chassis Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
77584088 77584089
D 12161186 D 12161187
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A3 BLK 470 A3 BLK 470
Reference Reference
Left Stop/Turn Lamp Left Stop/Turn Lamp
A4 YEL 18 A4 YEL 18
Feed Feed
B1 LT BLU 20 CHMSL Feed B1 LT BLU 20 CHMSL Feed
B2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed B2 LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Feed
B3 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed B3 GRY 914 License Lamp Feed
B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
Right Stop/Turn Lamp Right Stop/Turn Lamp
Feed Feed
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to Clearance Lamps Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84049 WRK84050
D 15300027 D 15300032
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
License/Clearance Lamp
A — — Body Builder A GRY 914
Feed
B — — Body Builder B — — Not Used
C500 Rear Chassis Harness to Clearance Lamps Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84051 WRK84052
D 12110751 D 12110753
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
LH Rear Park/Turn LH Rear Park/Turn Lamp
A PPL 912 A PPL 912
Lamp Feed Feed
LH Rear Stop Lamp
B YEL 18 B YEL 18 LH Rear Stop Lamp Feed
Feed
Stop/Turn Lamp Stop/Turn Lamp
Feed-Right Rear Feed-Right Rear
RH Rear Park/Turn RH Rear Park/Turn Lamp
Lamp Feed Feed
License Plate Lamp
F GRY 914 F GRY 914 License Plate Lamp Feed
Feed
C501 Rear Chassis Harness to CHMSL Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK84049 WRK84050
D 153200027 D 125300032
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Ignition Switch Connector C1 Ignition Switch Connector C2
441423 440980

Information D 5-Way F 56 Series (NAT) Information D 4-Way F 56/59 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Ignition Switch Ignition Switch
A YEL 5 A ORN 300
Output-Crank Output-Ignition 3
Fuse Fuse Output-Battery-
B RED 342
B RED 242 Output-Battery-Type I Type 1 Fuse
Fuse
C
— — Not Used
Ignition Switch (Gas)
C PNK 3
Output-Ignition 1
Switched Ignition
D — — Not Used D LT BLU 1134 Ground (Grounded in
Crank)
Ignition Switch
E BRN 4
Output-Accessory
In-Line Harness Connector End Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
Engine Harness to ABS Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
WRK84051 WRK84052
D 12110751 D 12110753
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Ignition Positive EBCM Ignition Positive EBCM
A BRN 241 A BRN 241
Feed Feed
B LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control B LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control
Stoplamp Switch
C PPL 420 C PPL 420 Stoplamp Switch Signal
Signal
Output Shaft Speed Output Shaft Speed
D YEL/BLK 1827 D YEL/BLK 1827
Signal Signal
E TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (UART) E TAN/WHT 799 Serial Data (UART)
F PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class II) F PPL 1807 Serial Data (Class II)
G PPL 1450 Brake Indicator Control G PPL 1450 Brake Indicator Control
C111 Engine Harness to ABS Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584076 77584077
D 12040977 D 12089147
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control A PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control
B BLK 550 Ground B BLK/WHT 550 Ground
C RED 442 C RED 442
(EBCM) (EBCM)
C113 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
WRK84023 WRK84024

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
77584109 77584110
D 12065172 D 12065171
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
77584109 77584110
D 12065172 D 12065171
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
C202 Chassis Harness to Body Builder Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584090 77584091
D 12020397 D 12020398
Information D 3-Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information D 3-Way F Metri-Pack 280
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A LT GRN 24 Backup Lamp Signal
Brake Warning Indicator
B — — Body Builder B WHT 905
Ground
C — — Body Builder C DK GRN 29 Horn Signal
C207 Chassis Harness to Windshield Wiper Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584092 77584093
D 12059472 D 12052200
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B — — Body Builder B PPL 92 Wiper Motor High Speed
C — — Body Builder C GRY 91 Wiper Relay Feed (Coil)
WSW Switch
(Mist/Off/Low)
E — — Body Builder E YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed
F — — Body Builder F PNK 94 WSW Switch Signal
I/P Extension Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584094 77584095
D 12015113 D 12186731
Junction (BLK) Junction (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery Positive Fuse Battery Positive Fuse
A1 RED 2 A1 RED 2
Output Output
A2 BLK 250 Ground A2 BLK 250 Ground
Battery Positive Fuse Battery Positive Fuse
A3 ORN 240 A3 ORN 240
Output Output
ABS Indicator Lamp ABS Indicator Lamp
A4 LT GRN 867 A4 LT GRN 867
Output Output
B1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Output B1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Output
B2 PPL 16 B2 PPL 16
Output Output
B3 BLK/WHT 451 PCM Ground B3 BLK/WHT 451 PCM Ground
Park Brake Switch
B4 LT BLU 1134 B4 LT BLU 1134 Park Brake Switch Signal
Signal
C1 — — Not Used C1 DK GRN 909 PNP Relay Feed (Option)
Turn Signal Lamp
C2 DK BLU 15 C2 DK BLU 15 Turn Signal Lamp Feed
Feed
Battery Lamp Indicator Battery Lamp Indicator
C3 BRN 25 C3 BRN 25
Feed Feed
C4 WHT 905 Diode Network C4 WHT 905 Diode Network
D1 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed D1 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Water in Fuel Indicator
D2 — — Not Used D2 YEL/BLK 508
(L65)
ABS Pressure Sensor ABS Pressure Sensor
D3 PPL 680 D3 PPL 680
Signal Signal
Coolant Temp. Coolant Temp. Indicator
Indicator Signal Signal
E2 GRY 8 Instrument Lamp Feed E2 GRY 8 Instrument Lamp Feed
E3 DK GRN 890 Drive Away Harness E3 — — Not Used
Auto Apply Indicator
E4 — — Not Used E4 LT GRN 1844
Feed (Option)
F1 ORN 540 Battery Positive F1 ORN 540 Battery Positive
F2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive F2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive
F3 PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Signal F3 PPL 30 Fuel Gauge Signal
F4 PNK 639 Ignition Positive F4 PNK 639 Ignition Positive
I/P Extension Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31) (cont’d)
D 12015113 D 12186731
Junction (BLK) Junction (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
G1 PNK 39 Ignition Positive G1 PNK 39 Ignition Positive
Service Throttle Soon
G2 — — Not Used G2 WHT/BLK 176
Indicator
Oil Pressure Indicator Oil Pressure Indicator
G3 TAN 31 G3 TAN 31
Signal Signal
G4 PPL 1450 Ground Signal G4 BLK 1450 Ground Signal
G5 BRN 241 Ignition Positive G5 BRN 241 Ignition Positive
H6 RED 2 Battery Positive H6 RED 2 Battery Positive
H8 PNK 439 Ignition Positive H8 PNK 439 Ignition Positive
Ignition Positive
H9 YEL 5 H9 YEL 5 Ignition Positive (crank)
(crank)
J6 — — Not Used J2 — — Not Used
J7 ORN 440 Battery Positive J7 ORN 440 Battery Positive
DK Ignition Positive (run DK Ignition Positive (run and
J8 805 J8 805
BLU/WHT and crank) BLU/WHT crank)
J9 PPL J9 — — Not Used
High Beam Headlight High Beam Headlight
K6 LT GRN 11 K6 LT GRN 11
Feed Feed
High Beam Headlight High Beam Headlight
K7 DK BLU 593 K7 DK BLU 593
Feed (DRL) Feed (DRL)
K9 GRY 120 Drive Away Harness K9 — — Not Used
L6 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Indicator Control L6 BRN/WHT 419 MIL Indicator Control
L7 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed L7 PNK 139 Ignition Positive Feed
Coolant Level Indicator
L8 — — Not Used L8 YEL/BLK 68
(Option)
M7 — — Not Used M7 DK BLU 507 Glow Plug Ind. (Option)
Headlamp Switch
M8 YEL 10 M8 YEL 10 Headlamp Switch Output
Output
M9 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed M9 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed
N7 YEL 143 N7 YEL 143
(Acc) (Acc)
N8 BLK 470 Drive Away Harness N8 — — Not Used
N9 BLK 28 Horn Relay Output N9 BLK 28 Horn Relay Output
Ignition Positive Feed Ignition Positive Feed
P6 BRN 4 P6 BRN 4
(Acc) (Acc)
Turn Signal Lamp
P7 LT BLU 14 P7 LT BLU 14 Turn Signal Lamp Feed
Feed
P8 DK GRN 369 Vehicle Speed Signal P8 DK GRN 389 Vehicle Speed Signal
P9 LT GRN — Drive Away Harness P9 — — Not Used
P10 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal P10 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal
C213 I/P Harness to Body Builder Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584096 77584097
D 12059884 D 12059885
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
DK
A — — Body Builder A 1317 Fog Lamp Relay Feed
GRN/WHT
C214 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584098 77584099
D 12004146 and 12020815

D 3- and 11-Way F Pack-Con
Information Information D 14-Way M Pack-Con (BLK)
(GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Steering Column
A BLK 250 A BLK 250 Steering Column Ground
Ground
D GRY 8 I/P Lamp Feed D GRY 8 I/P Lamp Feed
E — — Not Used E — — Not Used
F — — Not Used F — — Not Used
Horn Relay Output
G BLK 28 G BLK 28 Horn Relay Output (Coil)
(Coil)
LH Front Park/Turn
LH Front Park/Turn Lamp
H LT BLU 14 Lamp and Indicator H LT BLU 14
Feed
Feed
RH Front Park/Turn
RH Front Park/Turn
J DK BLU 15 Lamp and Indicator J DK BLU 15
Lamp Feed
Feed
L PPL 16 L PPL 16
Output Output
LH Rear Stop/Turn LH Rear Stop/Turn Lamp
M YEL 18 M YEL 18
Lamp Feed Feed
RH Rear Stop/Turn RH Rear Stop/Turn Lamp
Lamp Feed Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
P WHT 17 P WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Output
Output
C215 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584100 77584101
D 12065172 D 12065171
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Stop Lamp Switch
A WHT 17 A WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
77584100 77584101
D 12186568 D 12186271
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Signal (PRNDL
A YEL 1737 A — — Body Builder
Switch)
77584100 77584101
D 12065172 D 12065171
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Signal
77584102 77584103
D 12015952 D 12015987
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
77584104 77584105

Information D 2-Way F 56 Series (BRN) Information D 2-Way M 56 Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A ORN 40 Battery Positive Feed A — — Body Builder
B WHT 156 Dome Lamp Control B — — Body Builder
C300 Body Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584092 77584093
D 12059472 D 12052200
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BRN 9 Marker Lamp Feed A BRN 9 Marker Lamp Feed
Low Beam Headlamp Low Beam Headlamp
B TAN 12 B TAN 12
Feed Feed
LH Front Park/Turn LH Front Park/Turn Lamp
Lamp Feed Feed
DRL Relay Output DRL Relay Output
(Switch Side) (Switch Side)
RH Front Park/Turn RH Front Park/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
G LT GRN 11 G LT GRN 11
Feed Feed
C400 Forward Chassis Harness to Rear Chassis Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584088 77584089
D 12161186 D 12161187
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
Fuel Gauge Sensor Fuel Gauge Sensor
A2 PPL 1589 A2 PPL 1589
Signal Signal
A3 BLK 470 Sensor Return A3 BLK 470 Sensor Return
Fuel Tank Pressure Fuel Tank Pressure
Sensor Signal Sensor Signal
A5 GRY 474 5 Volt Reference Feed A5 GRY 474 5 Volt Reference Feed
Canister Vent Valve Canister Vent Valve
B1 WHT 1310 B1 WHT 1310
Output Output
Ignition Positive Feed Ignition Positive Feed
B3 PNK 539 B3 PNK 539
(Vent Valve) (Vent Valve)
Left Rear Stop/Turn Left Rear Stop/Turn
B5 YEL 18 B5 YEL 18
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
C1 LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed C1 LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed
C2 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed C2 BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Right Rear Stop/Turn Right Rear Stop/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
C405 Rear Chassis Harness to Canister Vent Valve Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
77584106 77584107
D 12129565 D 12129600
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Canister Vent Valve Canister Vent Valve
A WHT 1310 A WHT 1310
Output Output
B PNK 539 Ignition Positive Feed B PNK 539 Ignition Positive Feed
C500 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamp Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
WRK84051 WRK84052
D 12110751 D 12110753
Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack 280 Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack 280
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Left Rear Stop/Turn Left Rear Stop/Turn Lamp
B YEL 18 B YEL 18
Lamp Feed Feed
Right Rear Stop/Turn Right Rear Stop/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
F LT BLU 20 Stop Lamp Feed F LT BLU 20 Stop Lamp Feed
C505 Rear Chassis Harness to Fuel Pump Module Harness (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
WRK84051 WRK84052
D 12110751 D 12110753
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Fuel Level Sensor
A PPL 1589 A PPL 1589 Fuel Level Sensor Signal
Signal
B GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed B GRY 120 Fuel Pump Motor Feed
C BLK 150 Ground C BLK 150 Ground
Fuel Level Sensor
D BLK 470 D BLK 470 Fuel Level Sensor Ground
Ground
Fuel Tank Pressure Fuel Tank Pressure
F DK GRN 890 F DK GRN 890
Sensor Signal Sensor Signal
G GRY 474 5V Reference G GRY 474 5V Reference
441423 440980

Circuit Circuit
A YEL 5 A ORN 300
B RED 2 B RED 2
Type I Fuse Type 1 Fuse
Ignition Switch C
C PNK 3 — — Not Used
Output-Ignition 1 (Gas)
D — — Not Used Park Brake Switch
D LT BLU 1134
Signal
Ignition Switch
E BRN 4
Output-Accessory
In-Line Harness Connector End Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
C200 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84029 WRK84030

Information D 36-Way F (NAT) Information D 36-Way M (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Coolant Level Indicator Coolant Level Indicator
A1 LT GRN 1478 A1 LT GRN 1478
Control Control
A3 ORN 1340 Ignition Positive A3 ORN 1340 Ignition Positive
A4 GRY 914 Marker Lamp Feed A4 GRY 914 Marker Lamp Feed
Park Signal (PNP
B3 LT GRN 275 B3 LT GRN 275 Park Signal (PNP Switch)
Switch)
B5 RED 4400 ECM Battery+ Output B5 RED 4400 ECM Battery+ Output
B6 ORN/BLK 1392 Engine Diag Data B6 ORN/BLK 1392 Engine Diag Data
B7 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal B7 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal
Water in Fuel Indicator Water in Fuel Indicator
B8 YEL/BLK 508 B8 YEL/BLK 508
Control Control
C1 TAN 1921 Engine Serial Data C1 TAN 1921 Engine Serial Data
ABS (DRAB Module) ABS (DRAB Module)
C2 YEL/BLK 1827 C2 YEL/BLK 1827
Ground Ground
C3 GRY 397 Cruise On/Off Signal C3 GRY 397 Cruise On/Off Signal
Cruise Set/Coast
C4 DK BLU 84 C4 DK BLU 84 Cruise Set/Coast Signal
Signal
C5 GRY/BLK 87 Cruise Resume/Accel C5 GRY/BLK 87 Cruise Resume/Accel
Wait to Start Indicator Wait to Start Indicator
C6 DK BLU 507 C6 DK BLU 507
Control Control
Maintenance Indicator Maintenance Indicator
C7 BRN/WHT 2253 C7 BRN/WHT 2253
Control Control
C8 YEL 400 Replicated TOSS C8 YEL 400 Replicated TOSS
C200 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Engine Serial Data
D1 PPL 1922 D1 PPL 1922 Engine Serial Data (Lo)
(Lo)
D2 YEL 2361 ECM (Hi) Signal Data D2 YEL 2361 ECM (Hi) Signal Data
D3 LT GRN 2362 ECM (Lo) Signal Data D3 LT GRN 2362 ECM (Lo) Signal Data
D4 BARE 2363 Signal Ground D4 BARE 2363 Signal Ground
D6 PPL 401 Replicated TOSS D6 PPL 401 Replicated TOSS
E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive
E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive
E3 RED 342 Battery Positive E3 RED 342 Battery Positive
E5 RED 542 Battery Positive E5 RED 542 Battery Positive
Stop Lamp Switch
E6 LT BLU 20 E6 LT BLU 20 Stop Lamp Switch Output
Output
E7 DK GRN 19 Right Turn Signal Feed E7 DK GRN 19 Right Turn Feed Signal
E8 YEL 18 Left Turn Signal Feed E8 YEL 18 Left Turn Feed Signal
C203 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84041 WRK84042

Circuit Circuit
A GRY 598 5V Ref/APP Sensor A GRY 598 5V Ref/APP Sensor
B DK GRN 485 APP Signal B DK GRN 485 APP Signal
C BRN 718 APP Return C BRN 718 APP Return
D DK GRN 4540 Off Idle Signal D DK GRN 4540 Off Idle Signal
E BRN/WHT 4541 On Idle Signal E BRN/WHT 4541 On Idle Signal
F PPL 4542 Idle Return F PPL 4542 Idle Return
G — — Not Used G — — Not Used
C205 Engine Chassis Harness to I/P Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84037 WRK84038

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A3 TAN 990 A3 TAN 990
Control Control
Stop Lamp Switch
Signal
Stop Engine Indicator Stop Engine Indicator
Control Control
DK DK
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
Crank Fuse Feed Crank Fuse Feed Ignition
C3 YEL 5 C3 YEL 5
Ignition Switch Output Switch Output
C207 Body Harness to Wiper Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84039 WRK84040

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B — — Body Builder B PPL 92 Wiper Switch Hi Speed
Wiper Switch Mist/Lo
C — — Body Builder C GRY 91
Signal
Wiper Switch
Pulse/Off/Low Signal
Wiper Ignition Positive
E — — Body Builder E YEL 143
Feed
F — — Body Builder F PNK 94 Washer Feed
C209 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84041 WRK84042

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A DK GRN 998 A DK GRN 998
Control Control
PRNDL A Input (Circuit PRNDL A Input (Circuit
B BLK/WHT 771 B BLK/WHT 771
Not Used) Not Used)
PRNDL B Input (Circuit PRNDL B Input (Circuit
C YEL 772 C YEL 772
Not Used) Not Used)
D PPL 956 O/D Switch (Request) D PPL 956 O/D Switch (Request)
E DK BLU 957 O/D Switch (Return) E DK BLU 957 O/D Switch (Return)
PRNDL C Input PRNDL C Input (Circuit
F GRY 773 F GRY 773
(Circuit Not Used) Not Used)
PRNDL P Input (Circuit PRNDL P Input (Circuit
G WHT 776 G WHT 776
Not Used) Not Used)
C210 Body Harness to I/P Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84043 WRK84044
D 12186731
D 56-Way M Metri-Pack (MD
Information D 56-Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information
GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Ignition Positive Ignition Positive
A1 PNK 3 A1 PNK 3
Feed – Turn/Backup Feed – Turn/Backup
A3 BLK 28 Horn Control (Ground) A3 BLK 28 Horn Control (Ground)
Indicator Feed Feed
Engine Control Hi Data Engine Control Hi Data
C1 TAN 1921 C1 TAN 1921
Signal Signal
Coolant Level Indicator Coolant Level Indicator
C3 LT GRN 1478 C3 LT GRN 1478
Control Control
C4 PPL 16 C4 PPL 16
Output Output
Engine Control Lo Engine Control Lo Data
D1 PPL 1922 D1 PPL 1922
Data Signal Signal
D2 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control D2 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator Control
D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch Request D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch Request
E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input
E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Switch Return E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Switch Return
E4 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control E4 PPL 680 Brake Indicator Control
Headlamp Dimmer
Feed
Battery Indicator
Control
C210 Body Harness to I/P Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Range Inhibit Lamp Range Inhibit Lamp
F4 DK GRN 998 F4 DK GRN 998
Control Control
G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B+ Relay G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B + Relay
Water In Fuel Indicator Water In Fuel Indicator
G4 YEL/BLK 508 G4 YEL/BLK 508
Control Control
Maintenance Indicator Maintenance Indicator
G5 BRN/WHT 2253 G5 BRN/WHT 2253
Control Control
Battery Positive Feed Battery Positive Feed IP
H6 RED 42 H6 RED 42
IP Block Block
H7 BRN 4 Ignition Positive Feed H7 BRN 4 Ignition Positive Feed
J6 YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed J6 YEL 143 Ignition Positive Feed
Battery Positive Feed Battery Positive Feed –
J7 ORN 140 J7 ORN 140
– Hazard Hazard
Stop Lamp Switch
Signal
K7 GRY 773 PRNDL K7 — — Not Used
K8 WHT 776 PRNDL K8 — — Not Used
K9 LT GRN 11 DRL High Beam Input K9 LT GRN 11 DRL High Beam Input
L7 BLK/WHT 771 PRNDL L7 — — Not Used
L8 YEL 772 PRNDL L8 — — Not Used
M7 GRY 8 IP Lamp Feed M7 GRY 8 IP Lamp Feed
Stop Engine Indicator Stop Engine Indicator
Control Control
Engine Control High Engine Control High Data
N6 YEL 2361 N6 YEL 2361
Data Signal Signal
Engine Control Lo Engine Control Lo Data
N7 LT GRN 2362 N7 LT GRN 2362
Data Signal Signal
Wait to Start Indicator Wait to Start Indicator
N9 DK BLU 507 N9 DK BLU 507
Control Control
P6 RED 742 Battery Positive Feed P6 RED 742 Battery Positive Feed
Shield – Signal
P7 BARE 2363 P7 BARE 2363 Shield – Signal Ground
Ground
Marker Lamp Feed – Marker Lamp Feed –
P8 GRY 914 P8 GRY 914
Park On Park On
Park Lamp Feed – Park Lamp Feed – Park
P9 BRN 9 P9 BRN 9
Park On On
C214 Chassis Harness to IP Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584098 77584099
D 12004146 and 12020815

(GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
D GRY 8 I/P Lamp Feed D GRY 8 I/P Lamp Feed
Horn Relay Output
G BLK 28 G BLK 28 Horn Relay Output (Coil)
(Coil)
Left Front Park/Turn Left Front Park/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
Right Front Park/Turn Right Front Park/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
L PPL 16 L PPL 16
Output Output
Left/Rear Stop/Turn Left/Rear Stop/Turn
M YEL 18 M YEL 18
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
Right/Rear Stop/Turn Right/Rear Stop/Turn
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
P WHT 17 P WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Output
Output
C215 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
77584100 77584101
D 12065172 D 12065171
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Stop Lamp Switch
A WHT 17 A WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
C300 Body Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84045 WRK84046

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
DRL Control (w/DRL DRL Control (w/DRL
Only) Only)
Right Front
Right Front Turn/Marker
F DK BLU 15 Turn/Marker Lamp F DK BLU 15
Lamp Feed
Feed
High Beam Lamp
G LT GRN 11 G LT GRN 11 High Beam Lamp Feed
Feed
C400 Front Chassis Harness to Rear Chassis Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84047 WRK84048

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Feed Feed
B3 GRY 914 B3 GRY 914
Feed Feed
B4 BLK 150 Ground B4 BLK 650 Ground
C4 DK GRN 19 Left Stop/Turn Feed C4 DK GRN 19 Left Stop/Turn Feed
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to Clearance Light Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B — — Body Builder B BLK 650 Clearance Lights Ground
C500 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamp Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84051 WRK84052

Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information D 7-Way M Metri-Pack (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Lamp Feed Left
A PPL 912 A PPL 912 Park Lamp Feed Left Rear
Rear
Stop Lamp Feed Left
B YEL 18 B YEL 18 Stop Lamp Feed Left Rear
Rear
Rear Rear
D BLK 650 Ground to 400 D BLK 650 Ground to 400
Rear Rear
License Plate Lamp
Feed
C501 Rear Chassis Harness to CHMSL Harness (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Power and Grounding Connector End Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
441423 440980

Circuit Circuit
A YEL 5 A ORN 300
Fuse Fuse Output-Battery-
B RED 342
B RED 242 Output-Battery-Type I Type 1 Fuse
Fuse
C Park Brake Switch
LT BLU 1134
Ignition Switch (Diesel) Signal
C PNK 3
Output-Ignition 1
D — — Not Used
D — — Not Used
Ignition Switch
E BRN 4
Output-Accessory
In-Line Harness Connector End Views (P52 Commercial) (L18)
C113 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84023 WRK84024

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
C180 Fuel Injector Harness to Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84025 WRK84026

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
DK DK
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
LT LT
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK
LT LT
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK
Left Bank Injector
J PNK 339 J PNK 339 Left Bank Injector Feed
Feed
Right Bank Injector
K PNK 239 K PNK 239 Right Bank Injector Feed
Feed
C189 Chassis Harness to Left Side Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584108

Information D 8-Way 280 Series Flexlock Information D 8-Way 280 Series Flexlock
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B RED 2127 I/C Signal Coil 7 B RED 2127 I/C Signal Coil 7
C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal Coil 5 C DK GRN 2125 I/C Signal Coil 5
F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal Coil 3 F LT BLU 2123 I/C Signal Coil 3
G PPL 2121 I/C Signal Coil 1 G PPL 2121 I/C Signal Coil 1
H PNK 339 Ignition+ Feed H PNK 339 Ignition+ Feed
C190 Chassis Harness to Right Side Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584108

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B RED/WHT 2122 I/C Signal Coil 2 B RED/WHT 2122 I/C Signal Coil 2
DK DK
C 2124 I/C Signal Coil 4 C 2124 I/C Signal Coil 4
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
E BRN/WHT 2130 Reference Low E BRN/WHT 2130 Reference Low
LT LT
F 2126 I/C Signal Coil 6 F 2126 I/C Signal Coil 6
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT
G PPL/WHT 2128 I/C Signal Coil 8 G PPL/WHT 2128 I/C Signal Coil 8
Ignition Positive
H PNK 239 H PNK 239 Ignition Positive Voltage
Voltage
C199 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584111 77584112

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A PPL 486 TPS Signal 2 A PPL 486 TPS Signal 2
Throttle Actuator
B YEL 581 B YEL 581 Throttle Actuator Control
Control
Throttle Actuator
C BRN 582 C BRN 582 Throttle Actuator Control
Control
D GRY 416 TPS 5V Reference D GRY 416 TPS 5V Reference
E DK GRN 485 TPS Signal 1 E DK GRN 485 TPS Signal 1
F DK GRN 998 F DK GRN 998
Control Control
G PPL 956 OD Switch Request G PPL 956 OD Switch Request
H DK BLU 957 OD Switch Return H DK BLU 957 OD Switch Return
C200 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84029 WRK84030

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed A1 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed
A3 ORN 1340 Battery Positive Feed A3 ORN 1340 Battery Positive Feed
Signal Signal
Park Signal (PNP
B3 LT GRN 275 B3 LT GRN 275 Park Signal (PNP Switch)
Switch)
B5 BLK 470 Fuel Level Lo Ref B5 BLK 470 Fuel Level Lo Ref
C1 TAN 1921 Data High Ref J1708 C1 TAN 1921 Data High Ref J1708
LT LT
C2 1688 5 Volt Ref (TPS 2) C2 1688 5 Volt Ref (TPS 2)
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK
C3 BLK 452 Low Ref (TPS 1) C3 BLK 452 Low Ref (TPS 1)
C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref (TPS 2) C4 BLK/WHT 1704 Low Ref (TPS 2)
Serial Data Serial Data
C5 ORN/BLK 1061 C5 ORN/BLK 1061
(UART-Secondary) (UART-Secondary)
DK Serial Data DK Serial Data
C6 774 C6 774
BLU/WHT (UART-Primary) BLU/WHT (UART-Primary)
DK Speedometer Signal DK Speedometer Signal
C7 817 C7 817
GRN/WHT (TOSS) GRN/WHT (TOSS)
D1 WHT/BLK 1922 Data Low Ref J1708 D1 WHT/BLK 1922 Data Low Ref J1708
D2 YEL 2361 Data High Ref J1939 D2 YEL 2361 Data High Ref J1939
D3 DK GRN 2362 Data Low Ref J1939 D3 DK GRN 2362 Data Low Ref J1939
D4 SHIELD 2363 Signal Ground D4 SHIELD 2363 Signal Ground
C200 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
D6 PNK 839 Ignition Positive Feed D6 PNK 839 Ignition Positive Feed
E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed E1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed
E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed E2 ORN 300 Ignition Positive Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
E6 LT BLU 20 E6 LT BLU 20 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
E7 DK BLU 19 E7 DK BLU 19
Feed Feed
E8 YEL 18 E8 YEL 18
Feed Feed
C205 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84037 WRK84038

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Engine Temperature Engine Temperature
Gauge Signal Gauge Signal
A3 TAN 990 A3 TAN 990
Control Control
Stop Lamp Switch
Signal
Reduced Engine
Reduced Engine Power
B3 WHT/BLK 499 Power Indicator B3 WHT/BLK 499
Indicator Control
Control
DK DK
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
Crank Fuse Feed Crank Fuse Feed Ignition
C3 YEL 5 C3 YEL 5
Ignition Switch Output Switch Output
C207 I/P Harness to Wiper Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584092 77584093
D 12059472 D 12052200
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B — — Body Builder B PPL 92
Feed-High Speed
Windshield Wiper Relay
C — — Body Builder C GRY 91
Feed-Coil
Windshield Wiper Switch
D — — Body Builder D LT BLU 97 Signal-
Mist/Off/Low
Fuse
E — — Body Builder E YEL 143 Output-Accessory-Type
III Fuse
Windshield Washer
F — — Body Builder F PNK 94
Switch Signal
C210 I/P Harness to I/P Extension Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84043 WRK84044
D 12186731
D 56-Way M Metri-Pack (MD
Information D 56-Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information
GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed A1 PNK 3 Ignition Positive Feed
A3 BLK 28 Horn Relay Control A3 BLK 28 Horn Relay Control
Indicator Feed Feed
Fuel Level PCM Hi
(Drive Away)
C3 DK GRN 35 ECT Gauge Signal C3 DK GRN 35 ECT Gauge Signal
C4 PPL 16 C4 PPL 16
Output Output
PCM Fuel Level Lo
(Drive Away)
D2 LT GRN 867 Brake Fluid Level Input D2 LT GRN 867 Brake Fluid Level Input
D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch D3 PPL 956 O/D Switch
E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input E1 LT GRN 275 Park Input 1
E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Return E3 DK BLU 957 O/D Return
Brake Fluid Level
E4 PPL 680 E4 PPL 680 Brake Fluid Level Output
Output
Headlamp Dimmer
Feed
Battery Indicator
Control
C210 Body Harness to I/P Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18) (cont’d)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Range Inh Lamp
F4 DK GRN 998 F4 DK GRN 998 Range Inh Lamp Control
Control
G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B+ Relay G3 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed B+ Relay
H6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed IP Block H6 RED 42 Battery+ Feed IP Block
H7 BRN 4 Ignition+ Feed H7 BRN 4 Ignition+ Feed
J6 YEL 143 Ignition+ Feed J6 YEL 143 Ignition+ Feed
J7 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed/Hazard J7 ORN 140 Battery+ Feed/Hazard
Stop Lamp Switch
Signal
K9 LT GRN 11 DRL HI Beam Input K9 LT GRN 11 DRL HI Beam Input
L6 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal L6 WHT 121 Tachometer Signal
M6 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed PRNDL M6 PNK 139 Ignition+ Feed PRNDL
M7 GRY 8 PRNDL Illum. M7 GRY 8 PRNDL Illum.
Service Throttle Soon Service Throttle Soon
Signal Signal
DK DK
N9 817 Vehicle Speed Signal N9 817 Vehicle Speed Signal
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
P6 RED 742 Battery+ Feed P6 RED 742 Battery+ Feed
Fuel Pump Feed
(Drive Away)
Marker Lamp Feed Marker Lamp Feed Park
P8 GRY 914 P8 GRY 914
Park On On
Park Lamp Feed Park Park Lamp Feed Park
P9 BRN 9 P9 BRN 9
On On
C214 Body Harness to Turn Signal Switch Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
77584098 77584099
D 12004146 and 12020815

(BLK/GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
D GRY 8 I/P Dimming Feed D GRY 8 I/P Dimming Feed
G BLK 28 Horn Relay Control G BLK 28 Horn Relay Control
Feed Feed
Feed Feed
L PPL 16 L PPL 16
Output Output
LH Rear Turn Signal LH Rear Turn Signal
M YEL 18 M YEL 18
Feed Feed
RH Rear Turn Signal RH Rear Turn Signal
Feed Feed
Stop Lamp Switch
P WHT 17 P WHT 17 Stop Lamp Switch Signal
Signal
C300 Body Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84045 WRK84046

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Lamp Feed Lamp Feed
D DK BLU 593 DRL Relay D DK BLU 593 DRL Relay
Right Front
Right Front Turn/Marker
F DK BLU 15 Turn/Marker Lamp F DK BLU 15
Lamp Feed
Feed
High Beam Lamp
G LT GRN 11 G LT GRN 11 High Beam Lamp Feed
Feed
C400 Engine Harness to Rear Chassis Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84047 73194

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A1 BRN 882 A1 BRN 882
Signal RR Signal RR
A3 BLK 470 A3 BLK 470
Reference Reference
Feed Feed
B3 GRY 914 B3 GRY 914
Feed Feed
B4 BLK 550 Ground B4 — — Not Used
B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed B5 GRY 120 Fuel Pump Feed
C1 WHT 883 C1 WHT 883
Rotation RR Rotation RR
C2 BLK 884 C2 BLK 884
Signal LR Signal LR
C3 RED 885 C3 RED 885
Rotation LR Rotation LR
C4 DK GRN 19 Right Stop/Turn Feed C4 DK GRN 19 Right Stop/Turn Feed
C402 Rear Chassis Harness to Clearance Lamps Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
B — — Body Builder B BLK 650 Clearance Lights Ground
C500 Rear Chassis Harness to Taillamp Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84051 WRK84052

Information D 7-Way F Metri-Pack (BLK) Information D 7-Way M Metri-Pack (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Park Lamp Feed Left
A PPL 912 A PPL 912 Park Lamp Feed Left Rear
Rear
Stop Lamp Feed Left
B YEL 18 B YEL 18 Stop Lamp Feed Left Rear
Rear
Rear Rear
D BLK 650 Ground to G501 D BLK 650 Ground to G501
Rear Rear
License Plate Lamp
Feed
C501 Rear Chassis Harness to CHMSL Harness (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK84049 WRK84050

Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A — — Body Builder A — — Body Builder
BLANK
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.5 – Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
Instrument Panel, Gauges and Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics

Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-3 (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81:
Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.5-3 Indicators) (L4B) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-15
Instrument Panel, Gauges and Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
Console Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-3 (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81:
Gauges) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-16
Audible Warnings Schematics (P32
Motorhome) (Cell 76) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-4 Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
(P42 Commercial) (Cell 81:
Power/Ground/Data Bus
Motorhome) (Cell 76) (L31) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-5
Inputs) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-17
Commercial) (Cell 76) (L4B) . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-6
Audible Warnings Schematics (P52 Indicators) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-18
Commercial) (Cell 76) (L18) . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-7
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 81:
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators and Illumination
Indicators) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-8 Lamps) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-19
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators (P52 Commercial) (Cell 81:
and Illumination Lamps) (L18) . . . . (S2) 8.5-9 Gauges) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-20
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-21
Instrument Cluster Connector End
Gauges) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-10
Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . (S2) 8.5-21
Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . (S2) 8.5-23
Indicators (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-11
Views (P42 Commercial)
(P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators
(L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-25
and Illumination Lamps) (L31) . . (S2) 8.5-12
Views (P52 Commercial)
(L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-27
Gauges) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-13
Indicators) (L4B) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.5-14
BLANK
Body and Accessories Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console (S2) 8.5-3

Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Schematic Icons
19384
(S2) 8.5-4
Audible Warnings Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 76) (L18)

77585001
Audible Warnings Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 76) (L31)

(S2) 8.5-5
48850004
(S2) 8.5-6
Audible Warnings Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 76) (L4B)

77585002
Audible Warnings Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 76) (L18)

(S2) 8.5-7
77585003
(S2) 8.5-8
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators) (L18)

77585004
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators and Illumination Lamps) (L18)

(S2) 8.5-9
77585005
(S2) 8.5-10
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Gauges) (L18)

77585006
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators (L31)

(S2) 8.5-11
48850001
(S2) 8.5-12
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Indicators and Illumination Lamps) (L31)

48850002
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 81: Gauges) (L31)

(S2) 8.5-13
48850003
(S2) 8.5-14
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81: Indicators) (L4B) (1 of 2)

77585007
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81: Indicators) (L4B) (2 of 2)

(S2) 8.5-15
77585008
(S2) 8.5-16
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81: Gauges) (L4B)

77585009
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 81: Power/Ground/Data Bus Inputs) (L4B)

(S2) 8.5-17
77585010
(S2) 8.5-18
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 81: Indicators) (L18)

77585011
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 81: Indicators and Illumination Lamps) (L18)

(S2) 8.5-19
77585012
(S2) 8.5-20
Instrument Cluster: Analog Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 81: Gauges) (L18)

77585013
Views (P32 Motorhome) (L18)
WRK85005
Instrument Cluster Connector Instrument Cluster (cont’d)

D 12191309 D 12191309
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery Lamp LT GRN / DRL Indicator
1 BRN 25 17 592
Indicator BLK (w/DRL)
2 — — Not Used 18-20 — — Not Used
3 LT BLU 14 Left Turn Indicator Reduced Engine
21 WHT/BLK 499
Power Indicator
4 BLK/WHT 551 Ground Cluster
Ignition Positive
5 (w/o High Beam Indicator 22 PNK 39
LT GRN 11 Gauges Fuse
DRL) w/o DRL
Malfunction Indicator
High Beam Indicator 23 BRN/WHT 419
5 (DRL) WHT 629 Lamp
w/DRL
24 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Lamp
6 WHT 121 Tachometer Input
25 — — Not Used
Ignition Positive
7 PNK 39
Gauges Fuse 26 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Input
8–12 — — Not Used 27 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator
Coolant Temperature 28 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator
13 DK GRN 35
Gauge Input
Backlight Illumination
29 GRY 8
DK Speedometer/Vehicle Feed
14 817
GRN/WHT Speed Input
Chime Module Seat
Oil Pressure Indicator 30 YEL 234 Belt Warning Lamp
15 TAN 31
Lamp Output Indicator
Fuel Level Signal 31 BLK/WHT 551 Cluster Ground
16 PPL 30
(PCM Output)
32 DK BLU 15 Right Turn Indicator
(S2) 8.5-22 Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console Body and Accessories
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
77585018
D 12110293
Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Metri-Pack 150 39663
Series (GRY)
D 12065299
Circuit Connector Part
Information D 4 Way F Metri-Pack 150
Pin Wire Color No. Function Series (GRY)
A GRY 720 LO Ref (ECT) Circuit
B YEL 410 (ECT) 5v Ref/Signal Pin Wire Color No. Function
C DK GRN 35 Gauge Signal Oil Pressure Sensor
A TAN 31
Signal
B-D — — Not Used
Views (P32 Motorhome) (L31)
WRK85005
Instrument Cluster Connector Instrument Cluster (cont’d)

D 12191309 D 12191309
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Battery Lamp Ignition Positive
1 BRN 25 22 PNK 39
Indicator Gauges Fuse
2 — — Not Used Malfunction Indicator
23 BRN/WHT 419
Lamp
3 LT BLU 14 Left Turn Indicator
24–25 — — Not Used
4 BLK/WHT 451 Cluster Ground
26 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Input
5 WHT 629 DRL Module
27 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator
5 LT GRN 11 High Beam Input
28 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator
6 WHT 121 Tachometer Input
Backlight Illumination
Ignition Positive 29 GRY 8
7 PNK 439 Feed
ECM–1 Fuse
Chime Module Seat
8–12 — — Not Used 30 YEL 234 Belt Warning Lamp
Coolant Temperature Indicator
13 DK GRN 35
Gauge Input 31 BLK/WHT 451 Cluster Ground
Speedometer/Vehicle
14 DK GRN 389 32 DK BLU 15 Right Turn Indicator
Speed Input
Oil Pressure Sensor
15 TAN 31
Input
Fuel Level Signal
16 PPL 30
(PCM Output)
LT GRN/
17 592 DRL Indicator
BLK
18-21 — — Not Used
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Sensor Seat Belt/Lamps Alarm Module
WRK86002 73214

Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information D 8 Way BLK
Series (GRY)
Circuit
Circuit Pin Wire Color No. Function
Instrument Panel
A1 GRY 8
Coolant Temperature Lamp Feed
A DK GRN 35 Indicator Lamp
A2 BLK 250 Ground
Output
Fuse
B — — Not Used
B1 ORN 40 Output-Battery-Type
III Fuse
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor B2 BLK 250 Ground
C1 — — Not Used
Seat Belt Indicator
C2 YEL 234
Lamp Output
D1 — — Not Used
Fuse
D2 PNK 39 Output-Ignition 1-
Type III Fuse
39663
D 12065299
Connector Part
Series (GRY)
Circuit
Oil Pressure Sensor
A TAN 31
Signal
Views (P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Instrument Cluster Connector C1 Instrument Cluster Connector C2
77585014 77585015

Information D 22 Way F (GRN) Information D 16 Way F (GRN)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
1 BLK/WHT 551 Ground 1 PPL 30 Fuel Level Signal
2 LT GRN 867 ABS Lamp 2-4 — — Not Used
3 BRN/WHT 2253 Maintenance Lamp 5 BLK/WHT 551 Ground
4 YEL 234 Seat Belt Lamp 6-10 — — Not Used
5 DK GRN 998 Range Inhibit Lamp 11 LT GRN 1478 Coolant Level Lamp
6 YEL/BLK 508 Water In Fuel Lamp 12 BRN 25 Battery Lamp Signal
7 — — Not Used 13-16 — — Not Used
LT
8 592 DRL Lamp
GRN/BLK
9 PNK 39 Ignition Voltage
10 — — Not Used
11 TAN 990 Trans Lamp Signal
12 — — Not Used
Stop Engine Lamp
13 WHT/BLK 499
Signal
14 BRN/WHT 419 Service Engine Soon
15 — — Not Used
16 DK BLU 507 Wait To Start
17 LT BLU 958 O/D Off Lamp
18-20 — — Not Used
21 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Lamp
22 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Lamp
Instrument Cluster Connector C3 Instrument Cluster Connector C4
77585016 77585017

Connector Part
Information D 10 Way F (GRN) Information D 6 Way M Metri-Pack 150
Circuit Series (GRY)
No. Circuit
1 ORN 1040 Battery Voltage No.
2 BLK/WHT 551 Ground A LT BLU 14 Left Turn
3 PNK 39 Ignition Voltage B WHT 629 High Beam Signal
4 GRY 8 Cluster Illumination C DK BLU 15 Right Turn
ECM Data/High D BLK/WHT 551 Ground
5 TAN 1921
Signal E BLK/WHT 551 Ground
ECM Data/Low F BLK/WHT 551 Ground
6 PPL 1922
Signal
ECM Data/High
7 YEL 2361
Signal
ECM Data/Low
8 LT GRN 2362
Signal
9 — — Not Used
10 BLK/WHT 551 Ground
Views (P52 Commercial) (L18)
WRK85005
Instrument Cluster Connector Instrument Cluster Connector (cont’d)

D 12191309 D 12191309
Circuit Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function No.
Battery Lamp Range Inhibit
1 BRN 25 20 DK GRN 998
Indicator Indicator
2 LT BLU 958 O/D Off Input Reduced Engine
21 WHT/BLK 499
Power Indicator
3 LT BLU 14 Left Turn Indicator
Ignition Positive
4 BLK/WHT 551 Cluster Ground 22 PNK 39
Gauges Fuse
5 WHT 629 High Beam Input Malfunction Indicator
23 BRN/WHT 419
6 WHT 121 Tachometer Input Lamp
Ignition Positive 24 TAN 990 Trans Indicator Lamp
7 PNK 39
Gauges Fuse 25 — — Not Used
8–12 — — Not Used 26 GRY/BLK 745 Door Ajar Input
DK Coolant Temperature 27 LT GRN 867 ABS Indicator
13 35
GRN/WHT Gauge Input
28 TAN/WHT 33 Brake Indicator
DK Speedometer/Vehicle
14 817
GRN/WHT Speed Input Backlight Illumination
29 GRY 8
Feed
Oil Pressure Sensor
15 TAN 31
Input Chime Module Seat
30 YEL 234 Belt Warning Lamp
Fuel Level Signal
16 PPL 30 Indicator
(PCM Output)
31 BLK/WHT 551 Cluster Ground
LT GRN
17 592 DRL Indicator
/BLK 32 DK BLU 15 Right Turn Indicator
18 — — Not Used
19 ORN 917 Warning Buzzer
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Sensor
77585018
D 12110293
Connector Part
Information D 2 Way F Metri-Pack 150 39663
Series (GRY)
D 12065299
Circuit Connector Part
Pin Wire Color No. Function Series (GRY)
A GRY 720 LO Ref (ECT) Circuit
B YEL 410 (ECT) 5v Ref/Signal Pin Wire Color No. Function
C DK GRN 35 Gauge Signal Oil Pressure Indicator

A TAN 31
Lamp Output
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.6 – Horns
Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-3 Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-8

Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.6-3 Horns Connector End Views
Horns Schematic Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-3 (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-8
Horns Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Horns Connector End Views
(Cell 40) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-4 (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-9
Horns Schematics (P32 Motorhome) Horns Connector End Views
(Cell 40) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-5 (P42 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-10
Horns Schematics (P42 Commercial) Horns Connector End Views
(Cell 40) (L4B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-6 (P52 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-11
Horns Schematics (P52 Commercial)
(Cell 40) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.6-7
BLANK
Body and Accessories Horns (S2) 8.6-3
Horns
Horns Schematic Icons
(S2) 8.6-4
Horns Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 40) (L18)
Horns
77586001
Horns Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 40) (L31)
Horns
(S2) 8.6-5
48860001
(S2) 8.6-6
Horns Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 40) (L4B)
Horns
77586002
Horns Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 40) (L18)
Horns
(S2) 8.6-7
77586003
(S2) 8.6-8 Horns Body and Accessories
(P32 Motorhome) (L18)
Horns
WRK86002
D 12052644
Connector Part
Series (GRY)
Circuit
No.
A BLK 150 Horn Ground
B DK GRN 29 Horn Feed

Horns Horn Relay
WRK86002 39670
D 12052644 D 12129716
Information D 2 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information D 4 Way F Metri-Pack 280
Series (GRY) Series Flexlock (GRY)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BLK 150 Horn Ground 30 DK GRN 29 Horn Feed
B DK GRN 29 Horn Feed Fuse Output-Battery-

85 ORN 40
Type III Fuse
Horn Relay Output-

86 BLK 28
Coil
87 ORN 40
Type III Fuse
(P42 Commercial) (L4B)
Horns
WRK86002
D 12052644
Connector Part
Series (GRY)
Circuit
No.

(P52 Commercial) (L18)
Horns
WRK86002
D 12052644
Connector Part
Series (GRY)
Circuit
No.

BLANK
Section 8
Sub-Section 8.7 – Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-3 Visual Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-8

Schematic and Routing Diagrams . . . . (S2) 8.7-3 Cruise Control Connector End Views
Cruise Control Schematic Icons . . . . . (S2) 8.7-3 (P32 Motorhome) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-8
Cruise Control Schematics (P32 Cruise Control Connector End Views
Motorhome) (Cell 34: TAC Cruise (P32 Motorhome) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-9
Control Inputs) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-4 Cruise Control Connector End Views
Cruise Control Schematics (P32 (P42 Commercial) (L4B) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-10
Motorhome) (Cell 34: Cruise Control Cruise Control Connector End Views
Module) (L31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-5 (P52 Commercial) (L18) . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-10
Cruise Control Schematics (P42 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-11
Commercial) (Cell 34: Accelerator Pedal Cruise Control System Circuit
Position Sensor Circuits) (L4B) . . . (S2) 8.7-6 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-11
Cruise Control Schematics (P52
Commercial) (Cell 34: TAC Cruise
Control Inputs) (L18) . . . . . . . . . . . . (S2) 8.7-7
BLANK
Body and Accessories Cruise Control (S2) 8.7-3
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Schematic Icons
(S2) 8.7-4
Cruise Control Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 34: TAC Cruise Control Inputs) (L18)
Cruise Control
77564013
Cruise Control Schematics (P32 Motorhome) (Cell 34: Cruise Control Module) (L31)
Cruise Control
(S2) 8.7-5
48870001
(S2) 8.7-6
Cruise Control Schematics (P42 Commercial) (Cell 34: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuits) (L4B)
Cruise Control
77564056
Cruise Control Schematics (P52 Commercial) (Cell 34: TAC Cruise Control Inputs) (L18)
Cruise Control
(S2) 8.7-7
77564013
(S2) 8.7-8 Cruise Control Body and Accessories
391334
D 12033739
Connector Part
Information D 4 Way Printed Circuit
Connector and Clip (BLK)
Circuit
No.
A BRN 41 Cruise Fuse
Cruise Control ON
B GRY 397
Switch Output
Cruise Control
C GRY/BLK 87 Resume/Accel
Switch Signal
Cruise Control
D DK BLU 84 Set/Coast Switch
Signal
Cruise Control Module Cruise Control Switch
258921 391334
D 12065425 D 12033739
Information D 10 Way F Metri-Pack 150 Information D 4 Way Printed Circuit
Series (BLK) Connector and Clip (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
Cruise Control ON Fuse Output-Ignition

A GRY 397 A BRN 241
Switch Output 3-Type III Fuse
Cruise Control Cruise Control ON

B GRY 397
B DK BLU 84 Set/Coast Switch Switch Output
Signal
Cruise Control
Cruise Control C GRY/BLK 87 Resume/Accel
C GRY/BLK 87 Resume/Accel Switch Signal
Switch Signal
Cruise Control
Stoplamps Switch D DK BLU 84 Set/Coast Switch
D PPL 420
Output Signal
E BLK/WHT 451 Ground
F BRN 241
3-Type III Fuse
G LT BLU 20 Stoplamp Feed
H — — Not Used
LT BLU/ Cruise Control

J 396
BLK Signal-Engaged
Vehicle Speed
DK GRN/
K 817 Signal-4000 Pulses
WHT
Per Mile
Cruise Control Connector End Views Cruise Control Connector End Views
(P42 Commercial) (L4B) (P52 Commercial) (L18)
Cruise Control Switch Cruise Control Switch
391334 391334
D 12033739 D 12033739
Connector and Clip (BLK) Connector and Clip (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
No. No.
A BRN 41 Cruise Fuse A BRN 41 Cruise Fuse
Cruise Control ON Cruise Control ON

B GRY 397 B GRY 397
Switch Output Switch Output
Cruise Control Cruise Control

C GRY/BLK 87 Resume/Accel C GRY/BLK 87 Resume/Accel
Switch Signal Switch Signal
Cruise Control Cruise Control

D DK BLU 84 Set/Coast Switch D DK BLU 84 Set/Coast Switch
Signal Signal
Cruise Control System Circuit Description L31 Engines
The cruise control system maintains the desired The cruise control system contains the following
vehicle speed under normal driving conditions. The components:
cruise control system has the following capabilities: D The cruise control switch
D CRUISE D The cruise control module
D RESUME SPEED The cruise control module receives power from the
D ACCELERATE I-3 fuse through CKT 241 (BRN) and is grounded at
D COAST G 115 through CKT 451 (BLK/WHT).
Depressing the SET and the R/A switches The cruise control module monitors the vehicle speed
simultaneously will cancel the cruise control from the powertrain control module (PCM) and
operation. Canceling the cruise control operation will operates the stepper motor. In response to the cruise
not cancel the speed memory. control module, the stepper motor moves the cruise
control cable. The cable moves the throttle linkage in
L18 and L4B Engines order to vary the throttle position and maintain the
The cruise control system contains the following desired speed.
components: The cruise control module contains a low speed limit
D The cruise control switch which will prevent the system from engaging below a
D The engine control module (ECM), or the throttle minimum speed of about 25 mph.
actuator control (TAC) module The cruise control switch is on the turn signal lever
The cruise control switch is on the turn signal lever and controls the cruise control system. With the
and controls the cruise control system. With the ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is supplied
ignition switch in the RUN position, voltage is supplied to the cruise control switch from the I-3 fuse through
to the cruise control switch from the CRUISE fuse CKT 241 (BRN). When the cruise control switch is in
through CKT 41 (BRN). When the cruise control the ON position, power is supplied to the cruise
switch is in the ON position, power is supplied to the control module, cavity A, through CKT 397 (GRY).
ECM or TAC module through CKT 397 (GRY). With the SET button activated, voltage is applied to
With the SET button activated, voltage is applied to the cruise control module, cavity B, through CKT 84
the ECM or TAC module through CKT 84 (DK BLU). (DK BLU). The cruise control module will maintain the
The ECM or TAC module will monitor the vehicle speed the vehicle has reached only when the SET
speed sensor (VSS) and maintain the speed the button is released.
vehicle has reached when the SET button is With the R/A (Resume/Accelerate) button activated,
activated. voltage is applied to the cruise control module, cavity
With the R/A (Resume/Accelerate) button activated, C, through CKT 87 (GRY/BLK). This button will only
voltage is applied to the ECM or TAC module through resume speed after an initial speed has been set
CKT 87 (GRY/BLK). This button will only resume using the SET button. With the cruise control system
speed after an initial speed has been set using the on, this button will also accelerate the speed of the
SET button. With the cruise control system on, this vehicle. When the switch is released, the system will
button will also accelerate the speed of the vehicle. maintain the new speed.
When the switch is released, the system will maintain Both the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)/stoplamps
the new speed. switch and the stoplamps switch will disengage the
Both the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)/stoplamps cruise control system. This is done when the brake
switch and the stoplamps switch will disengage the pedal is depressed.
cruise control system. This is done when the brake The contacts in the TCC/stoplamps switch open and
pedal is depressed. the signal to the cruise control module is interrupted.
The contacts in the TCC/stoplamps switch open and The contacts in the stoplamps switch close and a
the signal to the cruise control module is interrupted. voltage signal goes to ground in the cruise control
The contacts in the stoplamps switch close and a module. Both the absence and presence of these
voltage signal goes to ground in the cruise control voltage signals cause the cruise control module to
module. Both the absence and presence of these disengage the cruise control system.
voltage signals cause the cruise control module to
disengage the cruise control system.
BLANK
Actia Instrument Cluster 8A-1
Section 8A
Actia Instrument Cluster
1. CLUSTER PART NUMBERS AND FEATURES ...........................................................................................................8A-3
2. CLUSTER ELEMENTS....................................................................................................................................................8A-4
3. CLUSTER CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS.....................................................................................................8A-5
4. CLUSTER DIAGNOSTICS ..............................................................................................................................................8A-8
4.1. TEST AT TURN ON ...........................................................................................................................................................8A-8

4.2. ACCESS TO DIAGNOSTIC MENUS AND MENU OPERATION ..................................................................................................8A-8
4.2.1. Access to diagnostic menus ....................................................................................................................................8A-8
4.2.2. Menu Operation ......................................................................................................................................................8A-8
4.3. CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................................................................8A-9
4.4. RESTORE DEFAULT ........................................................................................................................................................8A-10
4.5. SOFTWARE VERSION ......................................................................................................................................................8A-11
4.6. ENGINE HOURS ..............................................................................................................................................................8A-11
4.7. MAX ENGINE RPM........................................................................................................................................................8A-11
4.8. MAX VEHICLE SPEED ....................................................................................................................................................8A-11
4.9. CLUSTER SELF DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................................................8A-11
4.9.1. Gauge Test ............................................................................................................................................................8A-12
4.9.2. Warning Lamps Test.............................................................................................................................................8A-13
4.9.3. LCD Test...............................................................................................................................................................8A-14
4.9.4. Backlighting Test ..................................................................................................................................................8A-15
4.9.5. Speaker Test..........................................................................................................................................................8A-16
4.9.6. Switch Inputs ........................................................................................................................................................8A-17
4.9.7. Analog Inputs........................................................................................................................................................8A-18
4.9.8. Frequency Inputs...................................................................................................................................................8A-19
5. TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE ...................................................................................................................................8A-.20

5.1. GAUGES ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8A-20
5.1.1. Tachometer ...........................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.1.2. Speedometer..........................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.1.3. Fuel .......................................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.1.4. Coolant Temperature............................................................................................................................................8A- 20
5.2. WARNING LIGHTS ..........................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.2.1. Battery charge indicator ........................................................................................................................................8A-20
8A-2 Actia Instrument Cluster
5.2.2. Low oil pressure....................................................................................................................................................8A-20

5.2.3. Check transmission ...............................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.2.4. Cruise control ........................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.2.5. Left turn.................................................................................................................................................................8A-20
5.2.6. Right turn ..............................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.7. High beam .............................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.8. Check tires.............................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.9. ABS.......................................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.10. Brake ...................................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.11. Seat belt...............................................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.12. Service engine soon.............................................................................................................................................8A-21
5.2.13. Daylight running lamp ........................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.2.14. High idle..............................................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.2.15. Range inhibit .......................................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.2.16. Auto park.............................................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.2.17. Overdrive off.......................................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.3. BACKLIGHTING ..............................................................................................................................................................8A-22
5.3.1. Backlight LCD & display odometer (Headlights On input, Key in Ignition input) ..............................................8A-22
5.3.2. Backlight gauges (Headlights On input, Dimmer input) .......................................................................................8A-23
5.4. MISC ..............................................................................................................................................................................8A-23
5.4.1. Outside temperature ..............................................................................................................................................8A-23
5.4.2. Door ajar ...............................................................................................................................................................8A-23
5.4.3. Buzzer enable ........................................................................................................................................................8A-24
5.4.4. Change Units, Metric or U.S.................................................................................................................................8A-24
5.4.5. No J1850 Activity .................................................................................................................................................8A-24
5.4.6. Engine Oil Change Reminder ...............................................................................................................................8A-24
5.4.7. Current Draw.........................................................................................................................................................8A-25
6. CLUSTER DIAGNOSTICS MENU TREE.....................................................................................................................8A-25

1. CLUSTER PART NUMBERS AND FEATURES

The table below identifies both WCC and Actia cluster part numbers, which chassis they are used
on, and the cluster’s software options.
Effective 11-1-02 with VIN breakpoint 5B4MP67G533363924, the cluster part numbers were
superseded by new part numbers. The new part numbers reflect a software change only. Old part
number clusters can be replaced with new part number clusters.
Old Old New New Chassis PRND321 Trip

WCC Actia P/N WCC Actia P/N Computer
P/N P/N (CTC)
W0003520 101730 W0004985 102699 W22 YES NO
W0002900 101733 W0004984 102700 P32 NO NO
W0003614 101731 W0004987 102701 W22 YES YES
W0003612 101734 W0004986 102703 P32 NO YES
2. CLUSTER ELEMENTS
1 Speedometer 13 Transmission Fail Warning Light

2 Tachometer 14 Tire pressure monitoring telltale
3 Fuel Gauge 15 Anti-lock Brake System Warning
Light
4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 16 Auto Park Brake Engaged Warning
Light
5 LCD Screen 17 Battery Charging System Warning
Light
6 Trip Button 18 Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
7 Mode Button 19 Daytime Running Lamps On Warning
Light
8 Turn signal LH turn active 20 Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light
9 Turn signal RH turn active 21 Service Engine Warning Light
10 Headlight High Beam On Warning 22 Transmission Range Inhibit On
Light Warning Light
11 Brake fail and Park Brake Warning 23 High Idle Enabled On Warning Light
Light
12 Cruise Control Active Warning Light 24 Overdrive Off Warning Light
3. CLUSTER CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
CLU Description Input Output

Pin
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Outside temperature 28582 Ω Message center displays -20 °C (-4 °F).
sender 980 Ω Message center displays 50 °C (122 °F).
4 Back lighting 0 volts Backlighting is off.
(dimming) 13.8 volts Backlighting is on full bright.
5 Not used
6 Ignition voltage 13.8 volts Powers up cluster when ignition is on.
7 Signal Ground Gnd
8 Not used
9 Not used
10 J1939 + Actia diagnostic tool Data link diagnostics is done through the
cluster CAN channel. It requires a PC and
RS232-to-CAN interface hardware.
11 J1939 - Actia diagnostic tool Data link diagnostics is done through the
cluster CAN channel. It requires a PC and
RS232-to-CAN interface hardware.
12 J1850 Data bus If the data bus is not active in the vehicle, the
message center will display
“No J1850 Activity”.

13 Tachometer Frequency 1 Hz = 30 RPM
14 Speedometer Frequency 1.11 Hz = 1 mph
15 Door ajar Low Door open.

High Door closed.
16 Overdrive off Low Warning light “Overdrive off” is on.
High Warning light “Overdrive off” is off.
17 Remote Trip Reset Low Switch open.
switch High Switch closed.
18 Remote Mode switch High Switch open.
Low Switch closed.
19 Left turn Low Warning light “Left turn” is off.
High Warning light “Left turn” is on.
20 Right turn Low Warning light “Right turn” is off.
High Warning light “Right turn” is on.
21 High beam Low Warning light “High beam” is off.
High Warning light “High beam” is on.
22 Headlights on Low Headlights are off.
High Headlights are on.
23 ABS < 1.4 volts Warning light “ABS” is on.
> 6 volts Warning light “ABS” is off.
24 Park Brake on Low Park Brake is set. Warning light “Brake”
High is on.
Park Brake is not set. Warning light
“Brake” is off.
25 Brake system failure < 1.4 volts Warning light “Brake” is on.
> 6 volts Warning light “Brake” is off.
26 Seat belt Low Seat belt is unfastened.
High Seat belt is fastened.
27 Service engine soon Low Warning light “Service engine soon” is
High on.
Warning light “Service engine soon” is
off.
28 Key in ignition Low Ignition key is in.
High Ignition key is out.
29 Not used
30 High Idle Low Warning light “High Idle” is on.
High Warning light “High Idle” is off.
31 Check Tires Low Warning light “Check Tires” is on.
High Warning light “Check Tires” is off.
32 Buzzer enable Low Buzzer active with warning messages on

High message center.
Buzzer inactive with warning messages
on message center.
33 Daylight Running High Warning light “Daylight Running
Lamps Low Lamps” is on.
Warning light “Daylight Running
Lamps” is off.
34 Auto park Low Warning light “Auto park” is off.
High Warning light “Auto park” is on
35 Chassis Ground Gnd.
36 Direct battery input 13.8 volts Always connected directly to battery.
4. CLUSTER DIAGNOSTICS
4.1. Test at Turn On
When ignition voltage is first applied to the cluster, all the tell-tales, except turn signals, turn on for
2 seconds, then, turned off. Simultaneously, all the gauges reference themselves and then go to the
position corresponding to their current reading.
4.2. Access to diagnostic menus and menu operation
4.2.1. Access to diagnostic menus
On-board diagnostic functions are displayed in the message center. They can be accessed if the
vehicle transmission is in PARK or if the vehicle PARK BRAKE is set and the MODE switch is
pressed and held for at least 5 seconds. To exit diagnostics, select “EXIT MENU” or turn the vehicle
ignition off then back on.
4.2.2. Menu Operation
Menus have 4 lines. To make a selection, a line must first be highlighted. To highlight a line, the trip
switch is used to scroll up and the mode switch is used to scroll down. The highlighted line is shown
in reverse video. Once highlighted, the line can be selected in either of two ways. Depressing and
then releasing both the trip and mode switches at the same time chooses the line. Or, after 3 seconds
of inactivity, the line shown in reverse video is automatically chosen.
A summary of all menu lines available in self-diagnostic mode is shown below.
4.3. Contrast Adjustment

4.4. Restore Default

4.5. Software version

Displays the software part number and version programmed into the micro controller.
Pressing the mode switch exits to the diagnostic menu. (The message "m to exit" appears on
the screen).
Note: The software version can also be seen by holding in both the Trip and Mode buttons
while turning the ignition switch to the “ON” position.
4.6. Engine hours

Displays the engine hours that are accumulated in the cluster.
Pressing the mode switch exits to the diagnostic menu. (The message “m to exit” appears on
the screen).
4.7. Max Engine RPM

Displays the maximum engine RPM that was sustained for > 3 seconds.
the screen).
4.8. Max Vehicle Speed

Displays the maximum vehicle speed that was sustained for > 5 seconds.
the screen).
4.9. Cluster Self Diagnostics

Cluster diagnostics gives the technician two powerful tools for determining whether or not a
cluster needs replacement.
The first tool, Master Mode, gives the technician control over the outputs of the cluster. The
technician can individually test all four gauges, all 17 warning lights, the LCD pixels,
backlighting and speaker.
The second tool, Current Value Monitor, shows the technician in real time the status of the
cluster inputs. The technician can test switch inputs, analog inputs and frequency inputs.
4.9.1. Gauge Test

4.9.2. Warning Lamps Test

4.9.3. LCD Test

4.9.4. Backlighting Test

4.9.5. Speaker Test

4.9.6. Switch Inputs

4.9.7. Analog Inputs

4.9.8. Frequency Inputs

5. TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE

5.1. Gauges
5.1.1. Tachometer
Engine speed is read from a frequency input (pin 13) at the rate of 2 pulses/revolution. On
board diagnostics can report the tachometer frequency input where 1 Hz = 30 RPM. If the
frequency input to the cluster is missing, the cluster will display engine speed by reading it
from the J1850 data bus. In this case, the needle movement can be jumpy due to the slow rate
of transmission on the bus.
5.1.2. Speedometer
Vehicle speed is read from a frequency input (pin 14) at the rate of 4000 pulses/mile. On
board diagnostics can report the speedometer frequency input where 1.11 Hz = 1 MPH. If the
frequency input to the cluster is missing, the cluster will display vehicle speed by reading it
from the J1850 data bus. In this case, the needle movement can be jumpy due to the slow rate
of transmission on the bus.
5.1.3. Fuel
Fuel levels are read from the J1850 data bus.
5.1.4. Coolant Temperature
Temperature is read from the J1850 data bus.
5.2. Warning lights
5.2.1. Battery charge indicator
The warning light is turned on from a J1850 data bus message.
5.2.2. Low oil pressure
5.2.3. Check transmission
5.2.4. Cruise control
5.2.5. Left turn
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input at pin 19:
Low = warning light is off.
High = warning light is on.
5.2.6. Right turn

5.2.7. High beam
5.2.8. Check tires
Low = warning light is on.
High = warning light is off.
5.2.9. ABS
On board diagnostics can report the status of the analog input at pin 23:
<1.6V = warning light is on.
>6.0V = warning light is off.
5.2.10. Brake
The brake warning light can be turned on from two different sources: the Park Brake input or
Brake Failure input.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Park Brake at pin 24:
On board diagnostics can report the status of the analog input for Brake Failure at pin 25:
<1.6V = warning light is on.
>6.0V = warning light is off.
5.2.11. Seat belt
5.2.12. Service engine soon
5.2.13. Daylight running lamp

5.2.14. High idle
5.2.15. Range inhibit
5.2.16. Auto park
5.2.17. Overdrive off
5.3. Backlighting
5.3.1. Backlight LCD & display odometer (Headlights On input, Key in Ignition input)
The odometer is readable with the ignition off if the vehicle headlights are on, if the key is in
the ignition or if the trip or mode buttons are pressed. If the headlight switch or key is used,
the odometer turns on and off with the switch or key without a delay. If the trip or mode
switches are used, the odometer will be visible for 15 seconds.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Headlights On at pin 22:
Low = headlights are off.
High = headlights are on.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Key in Ignition at pin 28:
Low = key is in ignition.
High = key is out of ignition.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Trip Reset at pin 17:
Low = switch open.
High = switch closed.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Mode at pin 18:
Low = switch open.

High = switch closed.
5.3.2. Backlight gauges (Headlights On input, Dimmer input)
When the headlights are on, the gauges, gauge pointers and LCD dim together in accordance
with the dimmer input. (Note: If the headlights are off, then the LCD backlighting will be on
full bright.)
On board diagnostics can report the status of the switch input for Headlights On at pin 22:
Low = headlights are off.
High = headlights are on.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the analog input for Dimmer at pin 4:
0 V = backlighting is off.
13.8 V = backlighting is on full bright
5.4. Misc.
5.4.1. Outside temperature
The message center will display outside temperature if the vehicle is equipped with a
temperature sender.
On board diagnostics can report the status of the analog input at pin 3. The table below shows
the relationship between temperature, temperature sender resistance and the voltage
displayed on pin 3.
Temperature (C°/ F°) Resistance (Ω) Voltage (V)
-35/-31 OPEN ----V
0/32 9399 2.6
10/50 5658 2.0
20/68 3511 1.5
30/86 2240 1.0
40/104 1465 0.7
50/122 980 0.5
5.4.2. Door ajar

The message center will display Door Ajar if the vehicle is so equipped.
Low = door open.
High = door closed.
5.4.3. Buzzer enable

A continuous buzzer alerts a driver to specific warning conditions. Activation requires the
“buzzer enable” input grounded and appropriate message input. The buzzer is normally
associated with an activated warning message or warning lamp.
Low = buzzer enabled.
High = buzzer disabled.
5.4.4. Change Units, Metric or U.S.
Any time the user is in normal operating mode, the units displayed in the message center can
be toggled back and forth from Metric to U.S. by pressing and releasing both the TRIP and
MODE buttons.
5.4.5. No J1850 Activity
If the cluster cannot detect J1850 data bus activity, the message “No J1850 Activity” is
displayed on the message center. J1850 enters the cluster on pin 12.
5.4.6. Engine Oil Change Reminder
Resetting the engine oil change reminder message:
Perform oil change as normal.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position, but do not start engine.
Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within 5 seconds, and turn ignition
“OFF” for at least 10 seconds.
The oil life counter on the engine controller will be reset to start a new cycle.
5.4.7. Current Draw
Nominal current draw at 13.8 V:
Cluster asleep < 1 mA
Cluster awake 250 mA
6. CLUSTER DIAGNOSTICS MENU TREE

BLANK
Ametek Dixson Instrument Cluster 8B-1
Section 8B
Ametek Dixson Instrument Cluster
Table of Contents
1 Introduction Page............................................................................................................................................... 8B-3
1.1 Purpose and Scope.................................................................................................................................. 8B-3
1.2 How To Use This Manual......................................................................................................................... 8B-3
1.3 Definitions and Abbreviations .................................................................................................................. 8B-3
2 Operation Page.................................................................................................................................................. 8B-5
2.1 System Components................................................................................................................................ 8B-5
2.2 Activating the Instrumentation (Initialization) ........................................................................................... 8B-5
2.3 Mode and Set Switches ........................................................................................................................... 8B-6
2.4 Alphanumeric Display .............................................................................................................................. 8B-7
2.4.1 Normal Operating Mode ................................................................................................................. 8B-7
2.4.2 System Diagnostic Test Mode........................................................................................................ 8B-9
2.4.2.1 Auto Test Sequence ........................................................................................................... 8B-10
2.4.2.2 Manual Test Function ......................................................................................................... 8B-10
2.5 Fault Codes and Warning Messages..................................................................................................... 8B-12
2.5.1 Fault Codes .................................................................................................................................. 8B-12
2.5.2 Warning Messages....................................................................................................................... 8B-12
2.5.2.1 Unacknowledged Warning Messages ................................................................................ 8B-12
2.5.2.2 Acknowledged Warning Messages..................................................................................... 8B-12
2.5.3 Light Bar Telltales......................................................................................................................... 8B-14
3 Functional Description Page............................................................................................................................ 8B-15
3.1 Vehicle Data Bus.................................................................................................................................... 8B-15
3.2 NGI Bus.................................................................................................................................................. 8B-16
3.3 NGI Cable Assemblies ........................................................................................................................... 8B-16
3.4 NGI Modules ......................................................................................................................................... 8B-16
3.4.1 System Control Unit..................................................................................................................... 8B-16
3.4.1.1 Alphanumeric Display ......................................................................................................... 8B-18
3.4.1.2 Mode and Set Switches ...................................................................................................... 8B-18
3.4.1.3 Audible Warning Device...................................................................................................... 8B-18
3.4.2 Gauges, General Information ....................................................................................................... 8B-18
3.4.2.1 Gauge Warning LEDs ......................................................................................................... 8B-18
3.4.2.2 Data Bus Gauges................................................................................................................ 8B-19
3.4.2.3 Analog Input Gauges .......................................................................................................... 8B-20
3.4.3 Light Bar ....................................................................................................................................... 8B-22
4 Service Procedures Page................................................................................................................................ 8B-23
4.1 Replacing 2-Inch Gauges ...................................................................................................................... 8B-23
4.2 Replacing Other NGI Modules .............................................................................................................. 8B-24
4.3 Panel Wiring........................................................................................................................................... 8B-25
4.4 Connections ........................................................................................................................................... 8B-26
4.4.1 Light Bar Connections .................................................................................................................. 8B-27
4.5 Spare Parts List...................................................................................................................................... 8B-28
8B-2 Ametek Dixson Instrument Cluster
List of Illustrations
Figure 2-1 Panel Layout ................................................................................................................................ 8B-5
Figure 2-2 System Initialization ..................................................................................................................... 8B-6
Figure 2-3 Alphanumeric Displays................................................................................................................. 8B-7
Figure 2-4 Normal Operation Mode............................................................................................................... 8B-8
Figure 2-5 System Diagnostic Test Mode ..................................................................................................... 8B-9
Figure 2-6 Using the Manual Test Function ................................................................................................ 8B-11
Figure 2-7 Displaying Warning Messages................................................................................................... 8B-13
Figure 2-8 Light Bar Telltales ...................................................................................................................... 8B-14
Figure 3-1 System Block Diagram.............................................................................................................. 8B-15
Figure 3-2 Block Diagram for SCU ............................................................................................................. 8B-17
Figure 3-3 Block Diagram for Data Bus Gauges ......................................................................................... 8B-19
Figure 3-4 Block Diagram for Analog Input Gauges.................................................................................... 8B-21
Figure 3-5 Block Diagram for Light Bar ....................................................................................................... 8B-22
Figure 4-1 Two-Inch Gauge Replacement .................................................................................................. 8B-23
Figure 4-2 Light Bar and Three-Inch Module Replacement ........................................................................ 8B-24
Figure 4-3 Panel Wiring............................................................................................................................... 8B-25
Figure 4-4 SCU Connections....................................................................................................................... 8B-26
Figure 4-5 Light Bar Connections................................................................................................................ 8B-27
List of Tables
Table 2-1 Warning Messages...................................................................................................................... 8B-14
Table 4-1 Spare Parts List........................................................................................................................... 8B-28
1 Introduction
1.1 Purpose and Scope
The purpose of this manual is to provide Workhorse Custom Chassis (WCC) with the knowledge required to
understand the operation and functionality of the Next Generation Instrumentation (NGI™) System (also
referred to as the “instrumentation”) as provided to WCC. For information about the vehicle’s Electronic
Control Unit(s), wiring diagrams, the vehicle data bus, external sensors and other components that are not
part of the instrumentation, please refer to the appropriate vehicle service documentation.
1.2 How To Use This Manual
The manual is divided into four chapters:
• Chapter 1, Introduction - Contains a brief introduction to the product and to the manual itself.
• Chapter 2, Operation - This chapter describes how to use the instrumentation and the information it
presents. Anyone who operates the vehicle should read and understand this chapter.
• Chapter 3, Functional Description - Describes the components that make up the instrumentation
and how they communicate with each other and with other systems in the vehicle. Understanding the
information in this chapter will help diagnose problems and isolate instrumentation-related problems
in the vehicle.
• Chapter 4, Service - Describes how to remove and reinstall NGI modules. It contains a spare parts
list and complete electrical connection diagrams.
1.3 Definitions and Abbreviations
• ECU - Electronic Control Unit
• Ground - Any point that measures less than two ohms resistance between it and the battery ground
terminal when using a properly zeroed ohmmeter on its X1 range.
• LC - Liquid Crystal, as in LC display
• LCD - Liquid Crystal Display
• LED - Light-Emitting Diode
• NGI - Next Generation Instrumentation
• SCU - System Control Unit
Note - Throughout this manual, the terms public data bus, vehicle data bus, and public bus refer
specifically to the J1939 data bus.
BLANK
2 Operation
2.1 System Components
The instrumentation system consists of six gauges, three indicators (not part of the NGI System), a light bar
with 16 telltales, and a mounting panel similar to that shown in Figure 2-1. The purpose of the instrumentation
is to display the operational status of the vehicle. In addition to the gauges and Light Bar, the instrumentation
contains an Alphanumeric Display that alerts the driver to a condition or event that requires attention.
Figure 2-1 Panel Layout
2.2 Activating the Instrumentation (Initialization)

Turning on the ignition activates the instrumentation and starts an initialization sequence. This sequence
gives the operator a chance to verify correct operation of the gauges and indicators. The sequence is
illustrated in Figure 2-2 on page 2-2. Service the vehicle if any of the following conditions occur during or
after the initialization:
• The initialization sequence does not run as described
• A telltale is off when it should be on, or is on when it should be off
• A gauge’s pointer stays at minimum scale and its warning LED flashes slowly
• A 2-inch gauge’s pointer goes to full or minimum scale and its warning LED flashes rapidly
• Any other symptom not part of the initialization or normal operation
Figure 2-2 System Initialization
2.3 Mode and Set Switches

The mode and set switches are buttons in the speedometer that allow you to select, set, and reset displays in
the Alphanumeric Display. They also allow you to scroll through active system warning messages.
2.4 Alphanumeric Display

The Alphanumeric Display provides mileage, engine hours, and messages to the driver. Examples of displays
are shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3 Alphanumeric Displays

The Alphanumeric Display can be activated in the following ways (refer to Figure 2-4 on page 2-5):
• Ignition Switch - Turning the ignition on turns on the display and also starts an initialization
sequence. The display will remain on as long as the ignition switch is on.
• Mode or Set Switch - Pressing either switch when the ignition is off activates the display for 10
seconds, allowing it to be used without an ignition key. The display will remain active until 10 seconds
have elapsed after the last press of the mode or set switch. This method does not start an
initialization sequence.
• Backlighting - Turning the backlighting on activates the display as long as the backlighting remains
on. This method does not start an initialization sequence.
2.4.1 Normal Operating Mode
After the initialization sequence (or after the mode or set switch is pressed, or the backlighting is turned on),
the Alphanumeric Display goes into its normal operation mode (see Figure 2-4 on page 2-5). If any
unacknowledged messages exist, they will be displayed (most recent first). The non-resettable odometer is
displayed next. The display goes from 0 to 999999.9, then from 1000000 to 9999999 (no decimal point) and
then rolls over to 0. Leading zeros are not displayed.
The following displays are also available by pressing the mode switch:
• Trip Odometers - Two independently resettable trip odometers, each with a maximum display of
9999.9 miles or kilometers.
• Hourmeter - A non-resettable hourmeter that displays up to 999999 hours.
In addition to these displays, the Alphanumeric Display can be used to view fault codes and up to the last six
warning messages stored by the SCU. These are explained in Section 2.5 on page 2-9.
Figure 2-4 Normal Operation Mode

2.4.2 System Diagnostic Test Mode

To access the System Diagnostic Test mode, turn the ignition on and press the mode switch until DIAGTST
appears in the display. If all of the conditions shown at the bottom of Figure 2-4 are met, pressingthe set
switch activates the System Diagnostic Test mode and AUTO will be displayed. If any of the conditions drop
out during this mode, the loop automatically returns to normal operation. This is shown in Figure 2-5.
The System Diagnostic Test mode is shown in Figure 2-5. Three functions are available:
• Auto Test Sequence - A fully automatic test of all modules, displays, and telltales
• Manual Test Function - Manual selection of individual modules and telltales to test
• Fault Display - Recalls up to 128 device fault codes
Figure 2-5 System Diagnostic Test Mode

2.4.2.1 Auto Test Sequence

Pressing the set switch while AUTO is displayed starts the Auto Test sequence (shown in Figure 2-5
on page 2-6). During the sequence, the SCU generates its own pointer positioning data, warning LED
data, and telltale control data. The sequence begins with all pointers at zero scale and a blank
Alphanumeric Display. The SCU moves the pointers in unison to mid-scale, full scale, back to mid-
scale, back to zero, and then exits to the Normal Operation mode.
Pressing the mode or set switch during the Auto Test sequence halts the sequence and returns the
display to AUTO.
If the instrumentation passes the Auto Test sequence, it is a strong indication that the entire
instrumentation system is functioning properly.
2.4.2.2 Manual Test Function
Pressing the mode switch while AUTO is displayed activates the Manual Test function (shown in
Figure 2-6 on page 2-8) and causes MANUAL to be displayed. The Manual Test is the same as the
Auto Test sequence except that the user can select which modules to test and must press the set
switch to move from one phase to the next.
• Use the set switch while MANUAL is displayed to select the module to be tested. The
module’s name will appear in the display, starting with SCU .
• Press the set switch to start the test, or press the mode switch to select a different module.
• To end the test and display the module name, press the mode switch at any time during the
sequence.
Figure 2-6 Using the Manual Test Function

2.5 Fault Codes and Warning Messages

2.5.1 Fault Codes
When a device (or ECU) attached to the vehicle data bus detects a fault, it can place an active fault
code on the data bus. The active fault code describes a specific type of failure (for example, low oil
pressure). Each fault code includes a device fault code that identifies the device which detected the
fault. Pressing the set switch when FAULTS is displayed tells the SCU to will send a request over the
vehicle data bus for all devices to send their active fault codes. During this time the SCU displays
POLLING. After all the active fault codes have been received, the SCU displays the device fault
codes one-at-a-time in 3-second intervals. Up to 128 device fault codes can be displayed. Pressing
the mode or set switch during this time exits the Fault mode.
Note: A device fault code does not contain actual failure data, only the identification of the device that
detected the fault.
2.5.2 Warning Messages
2.5.2.1 Unacknowledged Warning Messages
When the SCU receives an active fault code, it displays a warning message in the Alphanumeric
Display, turns on the buzzer, and turns on the warning LED in the appropriate gauge. That warning
message overrides all other displays until it is acknowledged. Warning messages are listed in Table
2-1 on page 2-11.
When the condition resulting in the active fault code is corrected, the device that detects the condition
places an inactive fault code for that condition on the vehicle data bus. When the SCU receives an
inactive fault code, it turns off the buzzer and the gauge warning LED.
2.5.2.2 Acknowledged Warning Messages
Unless otherwise stated in column 5 of Table 2-1 (page 2-11), the user can acknowledge an
unacknowledged message by pressing the set switch when the message is visible. The SCU will turn
the buzzer off and display either the odometer or the next unacknowledged message if one exists.
The SCU stores the six most recently acknowledged messages for later viewing. If more than six
messages have been acknowledged, the oldest one will be deleted.
Messages can be viewed and acknowledged using the mode and set switches as shown in Figure 2-
7 on page 2-10. The last message to be acknowledged will be the first message to be displayed. If
the mode switch is not pressed for 15 seconds, the SCU will display the odometer (or the next
unacknowledged message, if one exists).
Figure 2-7 Display Warning Messages

Table 2-1 Warning Messages
2.5.3 Light Bar Telltales

The light bar contains the telltales shown in Figure 2-8. Some of the telltales are controlled by direct
inputs from switches while others are controlled by data on the NGI bus from the SCU. See Figures 4-4
and 4-5 in Chapter 4 for activation data.
Figure 2-8 Light Bar Telltales

3 Functional Description
This chapter provides a more detailed understanding of how the system works. Reading and understanding this
section can help one troubleshoot and service the system. Figure 3-1 shows how the instrumentation connects to the
rest of the vehicle.
Figure 3-1 System Block Diagram
3.1 Vehicle Data Bus

The vehicle data bus is a two-wire bus that transfers information to and from the vehicle’s ECUs. Examples of
ECUs are the engine ECU, ABS ECU, and the instrumentation system control unit (SCU) that is built into the
speedometer. From the vehicle data bus, the SCU receives road speed, engine RPM, engine hours, engine
oil pressure, water temperature data, and data for some of the telltales in the Light Bar.
3.2 NGI Bus

The NGI bus is an internal six-wire bus that originates at the SCU and that is connected to all NGI
components. It contains a pair of wires for module power and ground, a pair for backlight power and ground,
and a pair that carries pointer destination and gauge warning LED data to gauges.
The NGI bus connects to the Alphanumeric Display and is then brought outside the speedometer housing on
two six-pin connectors that are wired in parallel. Each NGI module has a pair of these six-pin NGI connectors.
3.3 NGI Cable Assemblies
NGI cable assemblies distribute the NGI bus, module power and ground, and module backlighting power and
ground to every display module in the system. Because all NGI modules are connected to each other by the
NGI cable assemblies, a fault in any one of these modules can affect the operation of some, or all, of the
others. For example, if the wire that carries backlight power to the gauges is broken, the gauges between the
break and the speedometer will have backlighting while the remaining modules will not. Or, a short circuit
from one data line to the other in one of the modules will disable all modules (including the Alphanumeric
Display) connected to the NGI bus.
3.4 NGI Modules
3.4.1 System Control Unit
The SCU is mounted inside the speedometer housing and is connected to the vehicle data bus and the
NGI bus. A block diagram showing how the SCU is connected is provided in Figure 3-2 on page 3-3.
The SCU performs the following functions:
• Receives, conditions, and processes vehicle data bus information into pointer destination data for
the data bus gauges
• Receives, conditions, and processes analog input signals from external sensors into pointer
destination data for the analog gauges
• Controls gauge warning LEDs
• Requests vehicle mileage and engine hour data upon power-up
• Calculates odometer and trip odometer values
• Controls the Alphanumeric Display and monitors the mode and set switches
• Periodically compares calculated odometer data with total vehicle miles
• Stores gauge configuration and parameters (range, pointer sweep, zero point)
• Compares input data to stored gauge configuration data to determine outof-range conditions
• Supplies power and backlight power to the gauges
• Supplies test data to modules during the Auto Test and Manual Test functions
• Controls the buzzer
Figure 3-2 Block Diagram for SCU

3.4.1.1 Alphanumeric Display

The Alphanumeric Display is a seven-digit, multi-segment, backlit, LC display. It contains a
microprocessor that receives data from the SCU over the NGI bus. The Alphanumeric Display also
receives inputs from the mode and set switches. During the power-on initialization sequence (Figure
2-2 on page 2-2), this microprocessor momentarily turns on all display segments and icons for visual
verification.
3.4.1.2 Mode and Set Switches
The Alphanumeric Display also receives inputs from the mode and set switches. The mode and set
switches are normally open and apply ground to the Alphanumeric Display when pressed. The driver
uses them to select displays, reset the trip odometers, scroll through diagnostic messages, and to
perform the diagnostic tests described in Section 2.4.2.2 (page 2-7).
Depending upon the configuration, these switches may be integrated into the speedometer or they
may be installed externally on the instrument panel.
3.4.1.3 Audible Warning Device
Sometimes called the buzzer, the warning device is mounted inside the speedometer housing and is
controlled by the SCU.
3.4.2 Gauges, General Information
Each gauge contains a microprocessor, a stepper motor, a red warning LED (except the tachometer and
speedometer), and a pair of NGI bus connectors that are wired in parallel.
Applying power to a gauge causes its microprocessor to re-zero the pointer and momentarily turn on its
warning LED. This action is not initiated by the SCU but by the gauge’s microprocessor. Because power
is applied to all gauges (through their NGI bus connections) when the ignition is switched on, all pointers
and LEDs will act in unison. Gauge operation can also be checked through the SCU by using the mode
and set switches as described elsewhere in this manual.
The SCU tells the gauge microprocessor where to rotate the pointer, and updates the information often
enough to provide smooth pointer operation. The gauge microprocessor converts the pointer destination
into stepper motor drive signals, and warning LED data into LED-on, LED-off signals.
3.4.2.1 Gauge Warning LEDs
3.4.2.1.1 LED Steadily On
This is the LED’s primary function. When it is on steadily, it indicates that a condition exists in the
vehicle that requires the driver’s attention (high temperature, low oil pressure, low fuel, and
voltage too high or too low).
3.4.2.1.2 Rapid Flashing LED
If the SCU detects that the data it receives for a particular gauge is beyond that gauge’s display
range, it will flash that gauge’s warning LED rapidly and position its pointer to zero (if the input is
too low) or full scale (if the input is too high).
3.4.2.1.3 Slow Flashing LED
If a gauge does not receive any data from the SCU, it will flash its warning LED slowly (about
once per second) and position its pointer to zero.
Figure 3-3 Block Diagram for Data Bus Gauges

3.4.2.2 Data Bus Gauges
The Speedometer, Tachometer, Engine Oil Pressure, and Coolant Temperature gauges all obtain
their pointer data from the vehicle data bus through the SCU and the NGI bus. They are
sometimes referred to as data bus gauges. Figure 3-3 shows the information flow for data bus
gauges.
3.4.2.2.1 Speedometer Gauge
The speedometer houses the SCU, Alphanumeric Display, and the speedometer pointer drive
electronics. The SCU receives current vehicle speed data (PGN 65265) from the Engine ECU
and sends it to the speedometer over the (internal) NGI bus. The SCU updates the speedometer
pointer data every 0.3 seconds.
3.4.2.2.2 Odometer and Hourmeter Displays
Each time power is applied to the instrumentation, and periodically thereafter, the SCU requests
(PGN 60159) and receives total vehicle distance (PGN 65248) and total engine hours data (PGN
65253) from the Engine ECU over the vehicle data bus. Upon receipt, the SCU sends the data to
the Alphanumeric Display over the NGI bus. The odometer displayed data is updated every three
seconds, the hourmeter data every 10 seconds.
3.4.2.2.3 Tachometer Gauge
The tachometer receives its pointer data from the Engine ECU (PGN 61444) over the vehicle
data bus. The SCU updates the tachometer pointer destination often enough to ensure smooth
operation.
3.4.2.2.4 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
The Engine Oil Pressure gauge receives its pointer and warning LED data (PGN 65263) from the
Engine ECU over the vehicle data bus. If the SCU receives an active fault code for oil pressure, it
will turn on the LED in the Oil Pressure gauge, display OILP LO in the Alphanumeric Display, and
sound the buzzer. If the SCU does not receive any more of these active fault codes during the
next 30 seconds, or if the SCU receives an inactive fault code for oil pressure, or if the SCU’s
message is acknowledged, the SCU will turn the LED and the buzzer off and will display
whatever was being displayed when the active fault code was detected.
3.4.2.2.5 Coolant Temperature Gauge

The Coolant Temperature gauge receives its pointer and warning LED data (PGN 65262) from
the Engine ECU over the vehicle data bus. If the SCU receives an active fault code for coolant
temperature, it will turn on the LED in the Coolant Temperature gauge, display H2OT HI in the
Alphanumeric Display, and sound the buzzer. If the SCU does not receive any more of these
active fault codes during the next 30 seconds, or if the SCU receives an inactive fault code for
coolant temperature, or if the SCU’s message is acknowledged, the SCU will turn the LED and
the buzzer off, and display whatever was being displayed when the active fault code was
detected.
3.4.2.3 Analog Input Gauges
3.4.2.3.1 Fuel Level Gauge
The fuel level sensor output varies according to the fuel level in the tank. This analog signal is
connected to an analog input at the SCU. The SCU converts the analog signal into digital format
and places the resulting pointer destination data on the NGI bus. The data flow for the Fuel Level
gauge is shown in Figure 3-4.
When the SCU detects the fuel level is less than 1/8 tank, it will turn on the warning LED in the
Fuel Level gauge and display LO FUEL in the Alphanumeric Display. It does not turn the buzzer
on. When the fuel level rises above 1/8 tank, the SCU turns the LED in the Fuel Level gauge off
and sends FUEL OK to the Alphanumeric Display.
The SCU compensates for the effects of fuel slosh inside the tank so the LED does not flash
erratically when the fuel level is near 1/8 tank.
3.4.2.3.2 Voltmeter Gauge

The SCU uses its own Battery + connection as an analog signal input for the Voltmeter gauge. It
converts this analog voltage into digital format and places the resulting pointer drive data on the
NGI bus. The data flow for the Voltmeter gauge is shown in Figure 3-4.
When the voltage at the SCU’s Battery + connection is less than 10 volts or more than 15 volts,
the SCU will turn on the warning LED in the Voltmeter gauge and display VOLTS in the
Alphanumeric Display. It will not turn the buzzer on. When the voltage at that point is within 10 to
15 volts, the SCU will turn off the Voltmeter gauge’s warning LED and will display whatever it was
displaying when the active fault code was detected.
Figure 3-4 Block Diagram for Analog Input Gauges

3.4.3 Light Bar

The light bar contains 16 individually controlled telltales, each illuminated by an LED. Most of these LEDs
are controlled by discrete switches connected directly to the light bar. Light bar power is routed through
the ignition switch rather than to the battery.
All switched inputs for the light bar telltales are active when their switches connect them to ground.
Exceptions to this are:
• Overdrive Off - This input is active when it is switched to battery voltage (+12 volts).
• Coolant Level - This switched input is applied to the SCU, and is active when the coolant level
detection switch connects the input to ground.
• Cruise - The Cruise telltale is controlled by the SCU from data it receives over the vehicle data
bus.
• Seatbelt - This telltale is controlled entirely by the SCU. Each time the ignition is switched on, the
SCU uses the NGI bus to turn on the Seatbelt telltale for 60 seconds.
• Battery - The Battery telltale has two controls and will light when either one of them is active.
One is a switched input from the charging system to the SCU. Should the switch connect this
input to ground, the SCU will turn the Battery telltale on. The other control is the battery power
connection to the SCU power connector. Should the voltage at this connection be less than 10
volts or more than 17 volts, the SCU will turn the telltale on.
Figure 3-5 Block Diagram for Light Bar

4 Service Procedures
All NGI modules are easily replaceable in the field. This chapter describes the correct method of removing and
replacing those modules. For a functional description of the instrument system, see Chapter 3.
Note - NGI modules are not repairable in the field. Replace them if defective. Opening any module voids its warranty.
4.1 Replacing 2-Inch Gauges
Figure 4-1 Two-Inch Gauge Replacement

4.2 Replacing Other NGI Modules
Figure 4-2 Light Bar and Three-Inch Module Replacement

4.3 Panel Wiring
Figure 4-3 Panel Wiring
4.4 Connections
Figure 4-4 SCU Connections

4.4.1 Light Bar Connections
Figure 4-5 Light Bar Connections

4.5 Spare Parts List
Table 4-1 Spare Parts List

2003 Service Manual
Supplement
Electrical Diagrams
Front Engine Motorhome and Commercial
Motorhome and Commercial
Chassis Service Manual
Supplement 2003
Volume 8
Chassis Wiring Diagrams
This manual provides chassis wiring diagrams for the Motorhome and Commercial Chassis Truck. This manual is a supplement to be used in conjunction with the Workhorse Custom Chassis Motorhome
and Commercial Chassis Service Manuals previously published in seven volumes.
The technicians who understand the material in this manual and in the appropriate Dealer Service Bulletins better serve the vehicle owners.
When this manual refers to a brand name, a part number, or a specific tool, you may use an equivalent product in place of the recommended item. All information, illustrations, and specifications in this
manual are based on the latest product information available at the time of publication approval. Workhorse Custom Chassis reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Published by
Workhorse Custom Chassis, LLC
940 South State Route 32
Union City, IN 47390
©2003 WORKHORSE CUSTOM CHASSIS, LLC

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
The information cutoff date is 02/01/03. LITHO IN U.S.A.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means (including but not limited to electronic, mechanical, photocopying, and recording) without the prior written permission of
Workhorse Custom Chassis. This applies to all text, illustrations, and tables.
Error and Suggestion Reporting
If you find an error in a Workhorse service manual, or if you have a suggestion about a Workhorse service manual, we want to hear from you.
When calling, be prepared with the following information:
• Your name
• Your dealership’s name
• Your dealership’s phone number
• The model year and the vehicle line
• The publication part number (if present)
• The vehicle identification number of the vehicle being worked on
• The service category and page number(s)
• Any applicable electronic information element identification numbers
• A descriptive explanation of your concern
The Workhorse service manual phone personnel will respond to your concerns in the following ways:
• By delivering your concern to the manual’s author.

• By eliciting a response from the author.
• By supplying you with an answer to your concerns.
The Workhorse service manual phone personnel will explain how to send in examples or marked-up pages.
Please direct your service manual comments to 877-246-7731.

Electrical Diagrams TOC-1
Section 8
Electrical Schematics
P32 Electrical Diagrams ....................... 8-1 P32 w/ L65 Antilock Brake P32 w/ L18 Horn ............................8-115 P42 w/ L4B Cruise Control............ 8-169
P32 w/ L31 .......................................... 8-1 System..........................................8-58 P32 w/ L18 Antilock Brake P42 w/ L4B Fuel Delivery EVAP
Index ................................................. 8-1 P32 w/ L65 DLC Connector .............8-63 System ........................................8-116 Emissions ................................... 8-170
Vehicle Zoning .................................. 8-2 P32 w/ L65 HVAC............................8-64 P32 w/ L18 DLC Connector ...........8-120 P42 w/ L4B Horn ........................... 8-171
P32 w/ L31 Fuse Block...................... 8-3 P32 w/ L65 Audible Warnings..........8-65 P32 w/ L18 HVAC ..........................8-121 P42 w/ L4B Antilock Brake
P32 w/ L31 Ground Distribution ........ 8-4 P32 w/ L65 Cluster ..........................8-66 P32 w/ L18 Cluster ........................8-122 System ....................................... 8-172
P32 w/ L31 Power Distribution .......... 8-5 P32 w/ L65 Wiper / Washer Pulse ...8-68 P32 w/ L18 Wiper / Washer P42 w/ L4B DLC Connector .......... 8-175
P32 w/ L31 Auxiliary Boost Fan ........ 8-9 P32 w/ L65 Headlamps w/ DRL.......8-69 Pulse ...........................................8-124 P42 w/ L4B HVAC......................... 8-177
P32 w/ L31 Cruise Control .............. 8-10 P32 w/ L65 Exterior Lighting............8-72 P32 w/ L18 Headlamps w/ DRL .....8-125 P42 w/ L4B Audible Warnings....... 8-178
P32 w/ L31 Gas Fuel System.......... 8-11 P32 w/ L65 Interior Lighting .............8-75 P32 w/ L18 Exterior Lighting ..........8-128 P42 w/ L4B Cluster ....................... 8-179
P32 w/ L31 Horn ............................. 8-12 P32 w/ L65 Instrument Panel P32 w/ L18 Interior Lighting ...........8-131 P42 w/ L4B Wiper / Washer
P32 w/ L31 Brake ............................ 8-13 Dimming........................................8-76 P32 w/ L18 Instrument Panel Pulse .......................................... 8-182
P32 w/ L31 DLC Connector............. 8-14 P32 w/ L65 Brake Transmission Dimming ......................................8-132 P42 w/ L4B Headlamps w/ DRL .... 8-183
P32 w/ L31 Manual HVAC............... 8-15 Shift Interlock ................................8-77 P32 w/ L18 Brake Transmission P42 w/ L4B Exterior Lighting ......... 8-185
P32 w/ L31 Audible Warnings ......... 8-16 P32 w/ L65 Engine Harness Shift Interlock ..............................8-133 P42 w/ L4B Interior Lighting .......... 8-188
P32 w/ L31 Cluster .......................... 8-17 Connector Faces .............................8-78 P32 w/ L18 Engine Harness P42 w/ L4B Instrument Panel
P32 w/ L31 Wiper / Washer Pulse... 8-18 P32 w/ L65 I/P Harness Connector Connector Faces.........................8-134 Dimming ..................................... 8-189
P32 w/ L31 Headlamps w/ DRL ...... 8-19 Faces ............................................8-82 P32 w/ L18 I/P Harness P42 w/ L4B Brake Transmission
P32 w/ L31 Exterior Lighting ........... 8-21 P32 w/ L65 Chassis Harness Connector Faces.........................8-137 Shift Interlock.............................. 8-190
P32 w/ L31 Interior Lighting............. 8-24 Connector Faces ..........................8-85 P32 w/ L18 I/P EXTN Harness P42 w/ L4B Engine Harness
P32 w/ L31 Instrument Panel P32 w/ L65 Drive Away Harness Connector Faces.........................8-139 Connector Faces ........................ 8-191
Dimming ....................................... 8-25 Connector Faces ..........................8-86 P32 w/ L18 Chassis Harness P42 w/ L4B I/P Harness
P32 w/ L31 Brake Transmission P32 w/ L65 ABS/Fuel Harness Connector Faces.........................8-141 Connector Faces ........................ 8-194
Shift Interlock................................ 8-26 Connector Faces ..........................8-87 P32 w/ L18 Drive Away Harness P42 w/ L4B I/P EXTN Harness
P32 w/ L31 Connector Faces .......... 8-27 P32 w/ L65 FWD/Rear LP Harness Connector Faces.........................8-142 Connector Faces ........................ 8-196
P32 w/ L31 Connector Faces .......... 8-30 Connector Faces ..........................8-88 P32 w/ L18 ABS & BRK ACTR P42 w/ L4B Chassis Harness
P32 w/ L31 Connector Faces .......... 8-33 P32 w/ L65 Drive Away Wiring ........8-89 Harness Connector Faces ..........8-143 Connector Faces ........................ 8-198
P32 w/ L31 Drive Away Wiring ........ 8-35 P32 w/ L18.........................................8-90 P32 w/ L18 FWD/Rear LP P42 w/ L4B Drive Away Harness
P32 w/ L65 ........................................ 8-36 Index................................................8-90 Harness Connector Faces ..........8-144 Connector Faces ........................ 8-199
Index ............................................... 8-36 Legend and Wire Information ..........8-91 P32 w/ L18 Drive Away Wiring.......8-146 P42 w/ L4B Drive Away Wiring...... 8-200
Legend and Wiring Information ....... 8-37 Vehicle Zoning.................................8-92 P42 Electrical Diagrams....................8-147 P42 w/ L35 ...................................... 8-201
Vehicle Zones ................................. 8-38 P32 w/ L18 Power Distribution.........8-93 P42 w/ L4B ......................................8-147 Index ............................................. 8-201
P32 w/ L65 Power Distribution ........ 8-39 P32 w/ L18 Fuse Block....................8-98 Index ..............................................8-147 Legend and Wire Information ........ 8-202
P32 w/ L65 Fuse Block.................... 8-45 P32 w/ L18 I/P EXTN Legend and Wire Information.........8-148 Vehicle Zoning .............................. 8-203
P32 w/ L65 Ground Distribution ...... 8-47 Convenience Center ...................8-100 Vehicle Zoning ...............................8-149 P42 w/ L35 Power Distribution ...... 8-204
P32 w/ L65 Powertrain .................... 8-51 P32 w/ L18 Ground Distribution.....8-101 P42 w/ L4B Power Distribution ......8-150 P42 w/ L35 Fuse Block ................. 8-209
P32 w/ L65 Auxiliary Boost Fan ...... 8-54 P32 w/ L18 Powertrain ..................8-105 P42 w/ L4B Fuse Block..................8-155 P42 w/ L35 Ground Distribution .... 8-211
P32 w/ L65 Cruise Control .............. 8-55 P32 w/ L18 Auxiliary Boost Fan.....8-111 P42 w/ L4B I/P EXTN P42 w/ L35 Powertrain .................. 8-215
P32 w/ L65 Fuel Delivery EVAP P32 w/ L18 Cruise Control.............8-112 Convenience Center ...................8-157 P42 w/ L35 Fuel Delivery EVAP
Emissions ..................................... 8-56 P32 w/ L18 Fuel Delivery EVAP P42 w/ L4B Ground Distribution.....8-158 Emissions ................................... 8-219
P32 w/ L65 Horn ............................. 8-57 Emissions ...................................8-113 P42 w/ L4B Powertrain ..................8-162 P42 w/ L35 Horn ........................... 8-220
P32 w/ L18 Check Tire ..................8-114 P42 w/ L4B Auxiliary Boost Fan.....8-168
TOC-2 Electrical Diagrams
P42 w/ L35 Antilock Brake P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 HVAC .................8-276 P42 w/ L31 Wiper / Washer P42 w/ L57 Instrument Panel
System ....................................... 8-221 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Cluster................8-277 Pulse ...........................................8-329 Dimming ..................................... 8-389
P42 w/ L35 DLC Connector........... 8-223 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Wiper / Washer P42 w/ L31 Headlamps w/ DRL .....8-330 P42 w/ L57 Engine Harness
P42 w/ L35 HVAC ......................... 8-224 Pulse...........................................8-279 P42 w/ L31 Exterior Lighting .........8-332 Connector Faces ........................ 8-390
P42 w/ L35 Audible Warnings ....... 8-225 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Headlamp w/ P42 w/ L31 Interior Lighting ...........8-335 P42 w/ L57 I/P Harness
P42 w/ L35 Cluster ........................ 8-226 DRL.............................................8-280 P42 w/ L31 Instrument Panel Connector Faces ........................ 8-394
P42 w/ L35 Wiper / Washer P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Exterior Dimming ......................................8-336 P42 w/ L57 Chassis Harness
Pulse .......................................... 8-228 Lighting .......................................8-282 P42 w/ L31 Brake Transmission Connector Faces ........................ 8-397
P42 w/ L35 Headlamps w/ DRL .... 8-229 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Interior Shift Interlock ..............................8-337 P42 w/ L57 Drive Away Harness
P42 w/ L35 Exterior Lighting ......... 8-231 Lighting ......................................8-285 P42 w/ L31 Engine Harness Connector Faces ........................ 8-398
P42 w/ L35 Interior Lighting .......... 8-234 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Instrument Panel Connector Faces.........................8-338 P42 w/ L57 ABS Fuel/Harness
P42 w/ L35 Instrument Panel Lighting .......................................8-286 P42 w/ L31 I/P Harness Connector Faces ........................ 8-399
Dimming ..................................... 8-235 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Brake Connector Faces.........................8-342 P42 w/ L57 FWD/Rear LP
P42 w/ L35 Brake Transmission Transmission Shift Interlock........8-287 P42 w/ L31 Chassis Harness Harness Connector Faces.......... 8-400
Shift Interlock.............................. 8-236 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Engine Harness Connector Faces.........................8-346 P42 w/ L57 Drive Away Wiring ...... 8-402
P42 w/ L35 Engine Harness Connector Faces ...........................8-288 P42 w/ L31 Drive Away Harness W22 Electrical Diagrams.................. 8-403
Connector Faces ........................ 8-237 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 I/P Harness Connector Faces.........................8-347 Legend and Wire Information ........ 8-403
P42 w/ L35 I/P Harness Connector Faces ........................8-292 P42 w/ L31 ABS/Fuel Harness Connector Reference Number
Connector Faces ........................ 8-240 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 I/P EXTN Connector Faces.........................8-348 Zones ......................................... 8-404
P42 w/ L35 Chassis Harness Harness Connector Faces ..........8-294 P42 w/ L31 FWD/Rear LP W22 Power Distribution................. 8-405
Connector Faces ....................... 8-242 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Chassis Harness Connector Faces .............8-350 W22 Fuse Block ............................ 8-410
P42 w/ L35 Drive Away Harness Harness Connector Faces ..........8-296 P42 w/ L57 .......................................8-352 W22 I/P EXTN Convenience
Connector Faces ........................ 8-243 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Drive Away Index ..............................................8-352 Center......................................... 8-412
P42 w/ L35 ABS/Fuel Harness Harness Connector Faces ..........8-297 Legend and Wire Information.........8-353 W22 Ground Distribution............... 8-413
Connector Faces ........................ 8-244 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 FWD/Rear LP Vehicle Zoning ...............................8-354 W22 Powertrain............................. 8-417
P42 w/ L35 FWD/Rear LP Harness Connector Faces ..........8-298 P42 w/ L57 Power Distribution.......8-355 W22 Auxiliary Boost Fan............... 8-423
Harness Connector Faces .......... 8-245 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 P/B Boost P42 w/ L57 Fuse Block ..................8-360 W22 Cruise Control....................... 8-424
P42 w/ L35 Drive Away Wiring ...... 8-246 Harness Connector Faces ..........8-299 P42 w/ L57 Block Heater ...............8-361 W22 Fuel Delivery EVAP
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 .............................. 8-247 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Drive Away P42 w/ L57 Ground Distribution .....8-362 Emissions ................................... 8-425
Index ............................................. 8-247 Wiring..........................................8-300 P42 w/ L57 Powertrain...................8-366 W22 Check Tire ............................ 8-426
Legend and Wire Information ........ 8-248 P42 w/ L31.......................................8-301 P42 w/ L57 Auxiliary Boost Fan .....8-369 W22 Horn...................................... 8-427
Vehicle Zoning .............................. 8-249 Index..............................................8-301 P42 w/ L57 Cruise Control .............8-370 W22 Antilock Brake System .......... 8-428
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Power Legend and Wire Information ........8-302 P42 w/ L57 Fuel Delivery EVAP W22 DLC Connector ..................... 8-430
Distribution.................................. 8-250 Vehicle Zoning...............................8-303 Emission .....................................8-371 W22 HVAC.................................... 8-431
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Fuse Block ......... 8-256 P42 w/ L31 Power Distribution.......8-304 P42 w/ L57 Horn ............................8-372 W22 Cluster .................................. 8-432
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 I/P EXTN P42 w/ L31 Fuse Block..................8-309 P42 w/ L57 Antilock Brake W22 Wiper / Washer Pulse ........... 8-434
Convenience Center................... 8-258 P42 w/ L31 Ground Distribution.....8-311 System ........................................8-373 W22 Headlamps w/ DRL............... 8-435
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Ground P42 w/ L31 Powertrain ..................8-315 P42 w/ L57 DLC Connector ...........8-376 W22 Exterior Lighting.................... 8-438
Distribution.................................. 8-259 P42 w/ L31 Fuel Delivery EVAP P42 w/ L57 HVAC ..........................8-377 W22 Interior Lighting ..................... 8-441
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Powertrain.......... 8-263 Emissions ...................................8-319 P42 w/ L57 Audible Warnings........8-378 W22 Instrument Panel Dimming.... 8-442
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Cruise Control .... 8-269 P42 w/ L31 Horn............................8-320 P42 w/ L57 Cluster ........................8-379 W22 Brake Transmission Shift
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Fuel Delivery P42 w/ L31 Antilock Brake P42 w/ L57 Wiper / Washer Interlock...................................... 8-443
EVAP Emissions......................... 8-270 System........................................8-321 Pulse ...........................................8-382 W22 Engine Harness Connector
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Check Tire.......... 8-271 P42 w/ L31 DLC Connector ...........8-324 P42 w/ L57 Headlamps w/ DRL .....8-383 Faces.......................................... 8-444
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Horn ................... 8-272 P42 w/ L31 HVAC..........................8-325 P42 w/ L57 Exterior Lighting ..........8-385 W22 I/P Harness Connector
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 Antilock Brake P42 w/ L31 Audible Warnings........8-326 P42 w/ L57 Interior Lighting ...........8-388 Faces.......................................... 8-447
System ....................................... 8-273 P42 w/ L31 Cluster ........................8-327
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 DLC Connector .. 8-275
Electrical Diagrams TOC-1
W22 I/P EXTN Harness W52 Power Distribution .................8-460 W52 DLC Connector......................8-485 Faces.......................................... 8-502
Connector Faces ........................ 8-449 W52 Fuse Block ............................8-465 W52 HVAC ....................................8-486 W52 I/P EXTN Harness
W22 Chassis Harness Connector W52 I/P EXTN Convenience W52 Cluster ...................................8-487 Connector Faces ........................ 8-504
Faces.......................................... 8-451 Center .........................................8-467 W52 Wiper / Washer Pulse............8-489 W52 Chassis Harness Connector
W22 Drive Away Harness W52 Ground Distribution ...............8-468 W52 Headlamps w/ DRL................8-490 Faces.......................................... 8-506
Connector Faces ........................ 8-452 W52 Powertrain .............................8-472 W52 Exterior Lighting.....................8-492 W52 Drive Away Harness
W22 FWD/Rear Lamp Harness W52 Auxiliary Boost Fan ...............8-478 W52 Interior Lighting......................8-495 Connector Faces ........................ 8-507
Connector Faces ........................ 8-453 W52 Cruise Control .......................8-479 W52 Instrument Panel Dimming ....8-496 W52 FWD/Rear LP Harness
W22 Drive Away Wiring................. 8-455 W52 Fuel Delivery EVAP W52 Brake Transmission Shift Connector Faces ........................ 8-508
W52 Electrical Diagrams................. 8-457 Emissions ...................................8-480 Interlock ......................................8-497 W52 Drive Away Wiring ................ 8-509
Index ............................................. 8-457 W52 Check Tire.............................8-481 W52 Engine Harness Connector
Legend and Wire Information ........ 8-458 W52 Horn ......................................8-482 Faces ..........................................8-498
Vehicle Zoning .............................. 8-459 W52 Antilock Brake System ..........8-483 W52 I/P Harness Connector
TOC-4 Electrical Diagrams
BLANK
P32 Electrical Diagrams 8-1
8-2 P32 Electrical Diagrams
Continued on
Power
Distribution
Sheet #010
2 of 4
P32 w/ L31
Power Distribution
Sheet #010
1 of 4
Continued on
Power
Distribution
Sheet #010
1 of 4 Continued on
Power
Distribution
Sheet #010
3 of 4
P32 w/ L31
Power Distribution
Sheet #010
2 of 4
Continued on Continued on
Power Power
Distribution Distribution
Sheet #010 Sheet #010
2 of 4 4 of 4
P32 w/ L31
Power Distribution
Sheet #010
3 of 4
Continued on
Power
Distribution
Sheet #010
3 of 4
P32 w/ L31
Power Distribution
Sheet #010
4 of 4
P32 w/ L31
Cluster
Sheet #081
P32 w/ L31
Headlamps with
Daytime Running Lamps
Sheet #100
1 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Headlamps with
Daytime Running Lamps
Sheet #100
2 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Connector Faces
Sheet #203
1 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Connector Faces
Sheet #203
1 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Connector Faces
Sheet #203
2 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Connector Faces
Sheet #204
1 of 2
P32 w/ L31
Connector Faces
Sheet #204
2 of 2
W22 Electrical Diagrams 8-403
8-404 W22 Electrical Diagrams
BLANK
BLANK
ABS & BRK ACTR Harness Cruise Control Fuse Block
A P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-143 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-10 P32 w/ L31 ..........................................................8-3
Antilock Brake System ABS/Fuel Harness P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-55 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................8-45
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-58 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-87 P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-112 P32 w/ L18 ........................................................8-98
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-116 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-244 P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-169 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-155
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-172 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-348 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-269 P42 w/ L35 ......................................................8-209
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-221 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-399 P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-370 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-256
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-273 Chassis Harness W22 ................................................................ 8-424 P42 w/ L31 ......................................................8-309
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-321 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-85 W52 ................................................................ 8-479 P42 w/ L57 ......................................................8-360
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-373 P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-141 W22 .................................................................8-410
W22................................................................. 8-428 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-198 W52 .................................................................8-465
W52................................................................. 8-483 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-242 D
Audible Warnings P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-296 DLC
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-16 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-346 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-14 G
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-65 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-397 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-63 Ground Distribution
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-178 W22 .................................................................8-451 P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-120 P32 w/ L31 ..........................................................8-4
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-225 W52 .................................................................8-506 P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-175 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................8-47
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-326 Drive Away Harness P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-223 P32 w/ L18 ......................................................8-101
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-378 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-85 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-275 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-158
Auxiliary Boost Fan P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-142 P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-324 P42 w/ L35 ......................................................8-211
P32 w/ L31 .......................................................... 8-9 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-199 P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-376 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-259
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-54 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-243 W22 ................................................................ 8-430 P42 w/ L31 ......................................................8-311
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-111 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-297 W52 ................................................................ 8-485 P42 w/ L57 ......................................................8-362
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-168 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-347 Drive Away Wiring W22 .................................................................8-413
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-369 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-398 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-35 W52 .................................................................8-468
W22................................................................. 8-423 W22 .................................................................8-452 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-89
W52................................................................. 8-478 W52 .................................................................8-507 P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-146
Engine Harness P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-200 H
P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-78 P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-246 Headlamps w/ DRL
B P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-134 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-300 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................8-19
Block Heater P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-191 P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-402 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................8-69
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-361 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-237 W22 ................................................................ 8-455 P32 w/ L18 ......................................................8-125
Brake P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-288 W52 ................................................................ 8-509 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-183
P32 w L31 ......................................................... 8-13 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-338 P42 w/ L35 ......................................................8-229
Brake Transmission Shift Interlock P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-390 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-280
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-26 W22 .................................................................8-444 E P42 w/ L31 ......................................................8-330
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-77 W52 .................................................................8-498 Exterior Lighting P42 w/ L57 ......................................................8-384
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-133 FWD/Rear Lamp Harness P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-21 W22 .................................................................8-435
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-190 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-88 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-72 W52 .................................................................8-490
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-236 P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-144 P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-128 Horn
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-287 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-245 P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-185 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................8-12
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-337 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-298 P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-231 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................8-57
W22................................................................. 8-443 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-350 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-282 P32 w/ L18 ......................................................8-115
W52................................................................. 8-497 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-400 P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-332 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-171
W22 .................................................................8-453 P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-385 P42 w/ L35 ......................................................8-220
W52 .................................................................8-508 W22 ................................................................ 8-438 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-272
C I/P EXTN Harness W52 ................................................................ 8-492 P42 w/ L31 ......................................................8-320
Check Tire P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-139 P42 w/ L57 ......................................................8-372
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-114 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-196 W22 .................................................................8-427
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-271 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-294 F W52 .................................................................8-482
W22................................................................. 8-426 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-350 Fuel Delivery EVAP Emissions HVAC
W52................................................................. 8-481 W22 .................................................................8-449 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-56 P32 w/ L31 ........................................................8-15
Cluster W52 .................................................................8-504 P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-113 P32 w/ L65 ........................................................8-64
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-17 I/P Harness P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-170 P32 w/ L18 ......................................................8-121
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-66 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-82 P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-219 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-177
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-122 P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-137 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-270 P42 w/ L35 ......................................................8-224
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-179 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-194 P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-319 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-276
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-226 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-240 P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-371 P42 w/ L31 ......................................................8-325
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-277 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-292 W22 ................................................................ 8-425 P42 w/ L57 ......................................................8-377
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-327 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-342 W52 ................................................................ 8-480 W22 .................................................................8-431
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-379 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-394 Fuel System W52 .................................................................8-486
W22................................................................. 8-432 W22 .................................................................8-447 P32 w/ L31 .................................................... 8-11
W52................................................................. 8-487 W52 .................................................................8-502
Connector Faces P/B Boost Harness
P32 w/ L31 ...................................... 8-27, 8-30, 8-33 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-299
Powertrain
I
Instrument Cluster P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-51
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-17 P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-105
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-66 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-162
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-122 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-215
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-179 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-263
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-226 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-315
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-277 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-366
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-327 W22 .................................................................8-417
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-379 W52 .................................................................8-472
W22................................................................. 8-432
W52................................................................. 8-487
Instrument Panel Dimming V
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-25 Vehicle Zones
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-76 P32 w/ L31...........................................................8-2
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-132 P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-38
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-189 P32 w/ L18.........................................................8-92
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-235 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-149
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-286 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-203
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-336 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-249
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-389 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-303
W22................................................................. 8-442 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-354
W52................................................................. 8-496 W22 .................................................................8-404
I/P EXTN Convenience Center W52 .................................................................8-459
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-100
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-157
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-258 W
W22................................................................. 8-412 Wiper / Washer Pulse
W52................................................................. 8-467 P32 w/ L31.........................................................8-18
Interior Lighting P32 w/ L65.........................................................8-68
P32 w/ L31 ........................................................ 8-24 P32 w/ L18.......................................................8-124
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-75 P42 w/ L4B ......................................................8-182
P32 w/ L18 ...................................................... 8-131 P42 w/ L35.......................................................8-228
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-188 P42 w/ LQ4/LR4 ..............................................8-279
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-234 P42 w/ L31.......................................................8-329
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-285 P42 w/ L57.......................................................8-383
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-335 W22 .................................................................8-434
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-388 W52 .................................................................8-489
W22................................................................. 8-441
W52................................................................. 8-490
P
Power Distribution
P32 w/ L31 .......................................................... 8-5
P32 w/ L65 ........................................................ 8-39
P32 w/ L18 ........................................................ 8-93
P42 w/ L4B...................................................... 8-150
P42 w/ L35 ...................................................... 8-204
P42 w/ LQ4/LR4.............................................. 8-250
P42 w/ L31 ...................................................... 8-304
P42 w/ L57 ...................................................... 8-355
W22................................................................. 8-405
W52................................................................. 8-460

Section 8 - Body &amp; Accessories

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Section 8 - Body &amp; Accessories

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Body and Accessories Table of Contents 8-1

Data Link Communications . . . . . Interior Lights Dimming Schematic

Data Link Communications

Data Link Communications Schematic Icons

0.5 ORN 540

0.5 PPL 11807 Fuse Block

Cell 11 0.8 ORN

0.5 PPL 18071

In the engine harness, approximately 4 cm

I S143 (MFI Diesel) I In the engine harness, approximately

Data Link Communications Components (Motorhome)

VCM Connector End I

In the engine harness, 16 cm (7 In) from

S101 (Diesel) the breakout for the auxrhary englne - -

I Sl50 (Diesel) I In the engine harness, 14 cm (6 in) from

S235 (Diesel) 1 In the IP side of the engine harness,

Connector Part 12110250

1. Remove the Scan Tool from the Data Link

13 I 1. Install the scan tool.

I Will the scan tool communicate with the powertrain control

I 1. Keep the ignition switch in the RUN position. I I I

Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with EBCM

I 4. Attempt scan tool communications with the electronic

5 DLC from terminal 12 to terminal 5. 10M R

1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. I

Engine Controls Cell 21 6 - Engine ~ o % o l s

Headlamps Dimmer Swltch

I ?LI,* ILT GRN

0.8PNK 0.5 LT BLU

0.8 DK BLU j93 0.5LT BLU

0.8 PNK 39 1 YEL

871 851 Headlamp

0.5 BLK 250

3 BLK 250 Relay

0.8 WHT 629 In -Line

Hot In RUN And START

I 0.8 PNK 39 E'

0.8 PNK 39 0.8 ORN

----- --- .................................. ,,,,,,J

I Fuse7 I 0.5 LT BLU 14 0.5DK BLU

0.8 LT BLU 114 0.8 DK BLU

0.8 LT BLU 0.5 LT BLU 14

0.8 BRN 9 0.5 BRN 9 0.8 BRN

0.8 BRN 9 0.8 BRN 9

0.8 BLK 150 0.8 BLK I50

1 DK GRN 19 ) < stop Tail And

0.8 PPL 912

2 PPL 1912 2 DK BLU 913 1

A, C204 O.8GRY 914

0.8GRY 914 0.8 GRY 914

---- ' Fuse

l Instrument I 9 Lamps 0.5 B L W H T 1451 Ground

Side Side Park

0.8 BLK 150

' Alarm I T / Transmission

Lighting Systems Lighting Systems

Daytime Running Lamp: On the IP harness located by the body

Body builder installed - Connector End Views in

Park Brake System

Torque Converter Lighting Systems Lighting Systems

Engine harness to the rear chassis

Power and Grounding

In the IP harness, approximately 4 cm

In the IP harness, appr~x~mately 12 cm

Section 8 - Body & Accessories

Section 8 - Body & Accessories